DRS

As confidentially submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 8, 2021.

This draft registration statement has not been publicly filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and all information herein remains strictly confidential.

Registration No. 333-          

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	2834	83-1984773
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

405 Eagleview Boulevard

Exton, Pennsylvania 19341

Telephone: (484) 713-6000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Matthew Gantz

Chief Executive Officer

Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc.

405 Eagleview Boulevard

Exton, Pennsylvania 19341

Telephone: (484) 713-6000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Christopher D. Lueking, Esq. Latham & Watkins LLP 330 North Wabash Avenue, Suite 2800 Chicago, Illinois 60611 Telephone: (312) 876-7700 Edwin O’Connor, Esq. Seo Salimi, Esq. William A. Magioncalda, Esq. Goodwin Procter LLP 620 Eighth Avenue New York, New York 10018 Telephone: (212) 813-8800

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated filer	☐
Non-accelerated filer	☒	Smaller reporting company	☒
		Emerging growth company	☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by checkmark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of Securities To Be Registered	Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2)	Amount of Registration Fee(3)
Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share	$	$

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2) Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(3) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED                , 2021

            Shares

Common Stock

This is the initial public offering of common stock by Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc. We are selling                shares of our common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We currently expect that the initial public offering price will be between $        and $        per share.

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional                shares of our common stock.

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CCBS.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and in future reports after the closing of this offering.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body have approved or disapproved these securities, or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

	Per Share	Total
Initial public offering price	$	$
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)	$	$
Proceeds to us, before expenses	$	$

(1) See “Underwriting” beginning on page 181 for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about                , 2021.

Citigroup Piper Sandler

Prospectus dated                , 2021

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY		1
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA		11
RISK FACTORS		13
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS		87
INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA		89
USE OF PROCEEDS		90
DIVIDEND POLICY		91
CAPITALIZATION		92
DILUTION		94
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA		97
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS		99
BUSINESS		115
MANAGEMENT		148
EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION		154
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS		161
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS		166
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK		167
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE		173
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS		176
UNDERWRITING		181
LEGAL MATTERS		189
EXPERTS		189
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION		189
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		F-1

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares of common stock offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

i

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company,” “Castle Creek,” “Castle Creek Biosciences” and similar references refer to Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc. together with its subsidiary.

Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. Our fiscal year ends on December 31 of each year. References to fiscal 2020 and 2020 are references to the year ended December 31, 2020. Our most recent fiscal year ended on December 31, 2020.

Certain monetary amounts, percentages and other figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Percentage amounts included in this prospectus have not in all cases been calculated on the basis of such rounded figures, but on the basis of such amounts prior to rounding. For this reason, percentage amounts in this prospectus may vary from those obtained by performing the same calculations using the figures in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain other amounts that appear in this prospectus may not sum due to rounding.

TRADEMARKS AND TRADENAMES

Solely for convenience, trademarks, service marks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ^®, TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and tradenames. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks, tradenames and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners.

ii

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We are a clinical-stage cell and gene therapy company focused on developing and commercializing disease-modifying therapies for patients suffering from rare diseases for which there is a lack of available treatment options. Our proprietary autologous fibroblast platform serves as the foundation for developing personalized, targeted and redosable cell-based gene therapy product candidates for both monogenic and chronic disorders. At present, our novel in-house manufacturing process entails collecting minimally invasive skin biopsies from patients, and transducing fibroblast cells with a third-generation self-inactivating lentiviral vector to express a targeted protein of interest. The genetically modified cells are then intradermally administered to the disease site with the goal of expressing the target protein in the desired region. As part of this process, we also create a personalized cell bank of genetically modified autologous fibroblasts that can be stored cryogenically, serving as a repository for the patient’s long term drug product needs. Our most advanced product candidate, dabocemagene autoficel, or D-Fi, is currently in a Phase 3 clinical trial for the treatment of recessive dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa, or RDEB, with topline data expected in the                . We also plan to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial of D-Fi for the treatment of dominant dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa, or DDEB, in the                . In addition to D-Fi, we are developing a second product candidate, FCX-013, for the treatment of moderate to severe localized scleroderma, or LS, and are currently conducting a Phase 1/2 clinical trial and anticipate reporting preliminary data from this trial in the                . We are initially prioritizing our clinical-stage product candidates for skin and connective tissue diseases, with the goal of expanding into other rare diseases and broader indications where patients have limited or no therapeutic options.

D-Fi is being developed as a disease-modifying autologous cell-based gene therapy to address the deficiency of functional type VII collagen protein, or COL7, in patients with autosomally recessive or dominant dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa, or DEB. DEB results from mutations in the type VII collagen gene, or COL7A1, which encodes COL7. COL7 is the main constituent of anchoring fibrils, which anchor the basement membrane zone of the epidermis to the dermis, providing structural integrity to the skin at the dermoepidermal junction. When functional COL7 is deficient, the anchoring fibrils cannot form properly. The clinical hallmarks of DEB are skin fragility, blistering and oral mucosal involvement, which lead to persistent non-healing and recurrent wounds, scarring, pain, itching and nail abnormalities. When scarring is extensive, the patients may develop contractures, including restricted movement at the joints or of the mouth and tongue, esophageal strictures and/or fusion of digits.

RDEB patient estimates are based on limited analyses of clinical databases or registries and vary widely. Utilizing a genetic modelling approach, the incidence of RDEB in the United States is estimated to be 95 per million live births. Applying simulation methods, it is estimated that the prevalence of RDEB in the United States is 3,850 patients. Using a more conservative assumption based on a worldwide prevalence of RDEB estimated to be approximately 8 per million persons, the prevalence of RDEB in the United States is extrapolated to be 2,640 patients, although national epidermolysis bullosa, or EB, advocacy groups suggest the number of patients may be even greater. While the prevalence of DDEB is estimated to be similar to that of RDEB, the

1

treatable population is considered to be somewhat smaller as the clinical manifestations are generally milder in severity.

There are currently no U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approved treatments for RDEB or DDEB and treatment is generally limited to supportive care. Patients with RDEB typically manifest signs and symptoms shortly after birth and are diagnosed as neonates due to the severity of the disease. Up to 88% of RDEB patients experience fusion of their digits as a result of repeated cycles of blistering and scarring, sometimes requiring surgical intervention. There is a continuous risk of sepsis in RDEB patients due to the failure of meaningful tissue repair. Patients with severe RDEB are at an extremely high risk of developing aggressive squamous cell carcinomas, which is the leading cause of death in this group. DDEB patients typically have higher levels of COL7A1 expression, resulting in milder signs and symptoms, with blistering often limited to the hands, feet, knees and elbows with mild scarring. However, untreated symptoms may lead to serious complications, which could be fatal. The complications from RDEB and DDEB have long-lasting effects on the quality of life of patients and their families.

We previously evaluated D-Fi in an open-label Phase 1/2 clinical trial for the treatment of RDEB. The primary objective of this trial was to evaluate the safety and efficacy of D-Fi for the treatment of wounds associated with RDEB. We completed this trial in 2019 and reported safety and efficacy data on ten D-Fi treated wounds up to 34 cm² in size across six RDEB patients, from 9 to 38 years of age. D-Fi was intradermally administered in the margins of and across the targeted wounds, as well as in separate intact skin sites. At 12 weeks after the initial administration of D-Fi, eight out of the ten treated wounds exhibited complete wound closure, as defined as greater than or equal to 90% wound closure based on a categorical assessment of percent healed at various post-administration visits. Of the eight wounds that had greater than or equal to 90% wound closure, six had 100% closure. D-Fi was generally well-tolerated up to 52 weeks post-administration in this clinical trial.

We are currently evaluating D-Fi in a Phase 3 multi-center, intra-patient randomized and controlled clinical trial for the treatment of persistent non-healing and recurrent RDEB wounds. The primary efficacy objective is to determine whether the administration of D-Fi in addition to the standard of care improves wound healing as compared to the standard of care alone in each patient’s control wounds. The primary efficacy endpoint is complete wound closure, defined as 100% closure, of the first wound pair at week 24, and key secondary endpoints include complete wound closure of the first wound pair at week 12 plus complete wound closure of all fully treated wound pairs at weeks 12 and 24. We aim to complete screening of at least 24 patients by the                and expect to report topline data in the                .

In February 2021, the FDA permitted us to submit a clinical protocol to study DDEB under the same investigational new drug application, or IND, used to evaluate D-Fi for the treatment of RDEB. Because D-Fi’s safety and efficacy have been evaluated in our preclinical studies and clinical trials for the treatment of RDEB, and recognizing that both subtypes of DEB are caused by mutations of COL7A1, we believe that providing functional COL7A1 for patients suffering from DDEB may provide therapeutic efficacy. We plan to submit a Phase 3 clinical trial protocol to evaluate the safety and efficacy of D-Fi for the treatment of DDEB to the FDA in the                 and are targeting initiation of this clinical trial in the                 .

Our second most advanced candidate, FCX-013, is being developed as a disease-modifying autologous cell-based gene therapy that utilizes lentiviral vectors to deliver functional matrix metalloproteinase 1 genes, or MMP-1, to patients with moderate to severe LS. MMP-1 encodes the enzyme responsible for breaking down collagen. LS is a rare idiopathic inflammatory skin and connective tissue disease characterized by chronic inflammation and deposition of a collagen-rich extracellular matrix, resulting in thickening and hardening of the skin and its underlying connective tissue. Clinical manifestations of LS include sclerotic lesions (i.e., plaques or nodules) that result in pain and/or itching and often include hypopigmentation, hyperpigmentation, and alopecia

2

secondary to the loss of hair follicles. The sclerotic lesions typically soften over time and may transition into hypopigmented or hyperpigmented atrophic lesions characterized by fine, cigarette paper-like skin or shallow depressions. Associated morbidities and complications include disorders of the musculoskeletal system, such as joint pain and swelling, muscle pain, limb contractures and limited range of motion, and ophthalmologic disorders or neurological symptoms in patients with lesions on the head or face.

There are approximately 160,000 patients with LS in the United States. The prevalence of LS in the United States in adults is similar to that of children and is estimated to be 50 per 100,000 persons. We estimate that there are approximately 20,000 patients with moderate to severe LS under the age of 18, and 30,000 moderate to severe adult LS patients in the United States.

There are no FDA-approved treatments for LS and treatment is generally limited to supportive care. Anti-inflammatory agents and/or therapies, such as systemic or topical corticosteroids, topical calcineurin inhibitors and calcipotriene, are used as off-label treatments for LS and may potentially inhibit the physiological functions of fibroblasts to help alleviate symptoms and prevent worsening of the disease. Ultraviolet light therapy may also be used, which may have anti-inflammatory effects and help with the breakdown of collagen. These current treatments are limited by their unfavorable safety profiles and inability to fully address the excessive collagen accumulation in the skin and connective tissue.

We are currently conducting a Phase 1/2 open-label clinical trial to evaluate FCX-013 for the treatment of moderate to severe LS and anticipate treating ten adult patients in this trial. The primary outcome measure is to evaluate the safety of FCX-013 in combination with veledimex in patients with moderate to severe LS. We expect to report preliminary safety and efficacy data from this trial in the                .

Leveraging our expertise in the fields of rare disease and cell and gene therapy development, we are evaluating new programs to expand our product candidate pipeline to target underserved patient populations with limited or no effective treatment options. Programs targeting collagen diseases of the skin and connective tissue would complement our existing product candidates. We are also exploring the potential of our platform for treating diseases of other organ systems. In particular, we are evaluating our platform for the treatment of osteogenesis imperfecta, or OI, and Ehlers-Danlos syndrome, or EDS. Additionally, we are evaluating other viral and non-viral delivery technologies for future product candidates, including use of gene editing tools. We believe fibroblasts or other cells can be delivered in a variety of different vectors, and we will select the best vehicle depending on the genetic payload and delivery approach for each condition we aim to treat.    

Our ability to manufacture the drug substance and drug product for our lead clinical candidates in-house is core to our strategy. We are currently producing the drug product for the clinical development of D-Fi and FCX-013 in our manufacturing facility located in Exton, Pennsylvania. To further optimize our manufacturing process, we are currently implementing improvements to the facility, and anticipate bringing vector manufacturing in-house for future clinical and commercial needs.

Our Management Team

We have assembled a highly experienced management team with successful track records in discovering, developing, manufacturing and commercializing innovative therapies in the biopharmaceutical industry, through previous experiences at leading institutions including Abbott Laboratories, Chiron Corporation, Novartis AG, Asklepios BioPharmaceutical, Inc., Merck & Co., Inc., Wyeth, LLC and Biogen Inc. Our President and Chief Executive Officer, Matthew Gantz, has over 28 years of experience in the life sciences industry, having held a number of leadership positions at various biopharmaceutical companies. Notably, he has built and led several successful businesses in the United States and Europe with a special emphasis on rare diseases, during which

3

time he launched several critical therapies including TOBI and VORAXAZE. Our Chief Operating Officer, John Maslowski, was previously our Chief Executive Officer and served as the Chief Executive Officer of Fibrocell Science, Inc., or Fibrocell, and has extensive experience in the field of cell and gene therapy, including advancing cell therapy and vaccine candidates through FDA approval and commercialization. Our Chief Medical Officer, Mary Spellman, M.D., is a board-certified dermatologist with over 30 years of clinical experience, including 20 years in the biopharmaceutical industry, with extensive knowledge in the therapeutic areas in which we are seeking to commercialize our product candidates. Our founder and chairman, Jeffrey S. Aronin, is the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Paragon Biosciences, LLC, or Paragon, and has extensive experience investing in and building life sciences companies, assisting them from preclinical development to commercialization. We believe the combination of our management team and founder has created the foundation from which our company can achieve its vision of developing and commercializing disease-modifying therapies for patients suffering from rare diseases and broader indications for which there are high unmet medical needs.

Our Product Candidate Pipeline

Our current development programs are focused on providing disease modifying treatments for rare diseases affecting the skin and connective tissue for which there are high unmet needs and underserved populations. The following table summarizes our product candidate pipeline:

Our Strategy

Our goal is to transform the lives of patients suffering from rare diseases by utilizing our fibroblast cell-based gene therapy platform. We are focused on treating diseases where there are currently no FDA-approved treatment options or those for which there are no disease-modifying treatments available. We are a patient-focused organization and are advocating on behalf of these individuals, their families and caretakers. Key elements of our strategy include:

• Complete the development of, and obtain FDA approval for, D-Fi for the treatment of RDEB and DDEB.

4

• Rapidly advance the clinical development of FCX-013 for the treatment of moderate to severe LS and other diseases.

• Continue to enhance our in-house commercial manufacturing capabilities and infrastructure to streamline clinical development and enable commercial scale.

• Establish a patient-centric global commercial infrastructure.

• Continue to expand our pipeline and develop innovative, disease-modifying therapies targeting underserved patient populations by leveraging our rare disease expertise, fibroblast cell-based gene therapy platform and manufacturing know-how.

• Maximize the value of our pipeline and platform by opportunistically collaborating with strategic partners.

Summary Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk. Our ability to execute our strategy is also subject to certain risks. The risks described under the heading “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus may cause us not to realize the full benefits of our strengths or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. Some of the most significant challenges and risks include the following:

• We have incurred significant net losses since inception and we expect to continue to incur significant net losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

• Even if this offering is successful, we will require substantial additional capital to finance our operations. If we are unable to raise such capital when needed, or on acceptable terms, we may be forced to delay, reduce and/or eliminate one or more of our research and drug development programs or future commercialization efforts.

• Our management has expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

• Our Loan Agreement contains restrictive and financial covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

• The regulatory approval processes of the FDA, the European Medicines Agency, or the EMA, and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities are lengthy, time consuming and inherently unpredictable. If we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, we will be unable to generate product revenue and our business will be substantially harmed.

• We may encounter substantial delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

• The outcome of preclinical studies and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and the results of our clinical trials may not satisfy the requirements of the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities.

• Our current or future product candidates may cause adverse events, toxicities or other undesirable side effects when used alone or in combination with other approved products or investigational new drugs that may result in a safety profile that could inhibit regulatory approval, prevent market acceptance, limit their commercial potential or result in significant negative consequences.

• Because gene therapy is novel and the regulatory landscape that governs any gene therapy product candidates we may develop is rigorous, complex, uncertain and subject to change, we cannot predict the time and cost of obtaining regulatory approval, if we receive it at all, for any product candidates we may develop. At the moment, only a small number of gene therapy products have been approved in the United States and the European Union.

5

• We face significant competition, and if our competitors develop and market technologies or products more rapidly than we do or that are more effective, safer or less expensive than the product candidates we develop, our commercial opportunities will be negatively impacted.

• We are substantially dependent on the success of our lead product candidates, D-Fi and FCX-013, and our other current and future product candidates. If we are unable to complete development of, obtain approval for and commercialize any of our current or future product candidates in a timely manner, our business will be harmed.

• Our long-term prospects depend in part upon discovering, developing and commercializing additional product candidates, which may fail in development or suffer delays that adversely affect their commercial viability.

• We have never commercialized an autologous cell-based gene therapy product candidate before and may lack the necessary expertise, personnel and resources to successfully commercialize any products on our own or together with suitable collaborators.

• The COVID-19 pandemic could continue to adversely impact our business, including our ongoing and planned clinical trials, supply chain and business development activities.

• We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties, including independent clinical investigators and contract research organizations, or CROs, to conduct certain aspects of our preclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, comply with applicable regulatory requirements or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates and our business could be adversely harmed.

• We are highly dependent on our Exton, Pennsylvania facility and any failure to maintain the use of this facility would have a material and adverse effect on our business.

• We currently manufacture our product candidates for preclinical studies and clinical trials in-house, and expect to continue to do so for commercialization. The manufacture of drugs, especially our gene therapy product candidates, is complex and we may encounter difficulties in production. However, we may rely on third parties in the future and this may increase the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or drugs or such quantities at an acceptable cost, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts and our business could be adversely affected.

• Our success depends on our ability to protect our in-licensed intellectual property and our proprietary technologies.

Corporate History and Information

Our operating subsidiary, Castle Creek Biosciences, LLC, (formerly known as Castle Creek Pharmaceuticals, LLC) was formed in August 2015. We were formed as a Delaware corporation in September 2018 as Castle Creek Pharmaceutical Holdings, Inc., and changed our name to Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc. in February 2020.

Our corporate headquarters are located at 405 Eagleview Boulevard, Exton, Pennsylvania 19341. Our telephone number is (484) 713-6000. Our principal website address is www.castlecreekbio.com. The information on or accessed through our website is not incorporated in this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

6

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or JOBS Act. As an “emerging growth company” we may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

• the option to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus;

• not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

• not being required to comply with any requirements that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., disclosure of critical audit matters);

• reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

• exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. However, if any of the following events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, (i) our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion, (ii) we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, or (iii) we become a “large accelerated filer,” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act), we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. We will be deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” at such time that we (a) have an aggregate worldwide market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of $700.0 million or more as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (b) have been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, for a period of at least 12 months, and (c) have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements including reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests. In particular, we have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company, or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. If we were to subsequently elect instead to comply with these public company effective dates, such election would be irrevocable pursuant to the JOBS Act.

We are also a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is

7

less than $700 million and our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million or (ii) our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company, we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

8

The Offering

Common stock offered by us                 shares

Option to purchase additional shares We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to                  additional shares of our common stock.

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering                 shares (or                  shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full)

Use of proceeds We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds of this offering to advance and expand our clinical and preclinical development programs, to enhance our manufacturing capabilities at our Exton, Pennsylvania manufacturing facility, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. For a more complete description of our intended use of the proceeds from this offering, see “Use of Proceeds.”

Risk factors You should read the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol “CCBS”

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on                  shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, and includes an additional                 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, or Preferred Stock, on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering into                  shares of common stock, and excludes:

•                 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options granted under the Amended and Restated Castle Creek Pharmaceutical Holdings, Inc. Management Incentive Plan, or the 2018 Plan, as of December 31, 2020, at a weighted average exercise price of $        per share;

•                 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of value appreciation rights, or VARs, granted under the 2018 Plan, as of December 31, 2020, at a weighted average exercise price of $        per share;

•                 shares of common stock available for future issuance under the 2018 Plan as of December 31, 2020, which such shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2021 Plan (as defined below) becomes effective;

9

•                 shares of common stock that will become available for future issuance under the 2021 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, and shares of common stock that become available pursuant to provisions in the 2021 Plan that automatically increase the share reserve under the 2021 Plan;

•                 shares of common stock that will become available for future issuance under our employee stock purchase plan, or ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and shares of our common stock that become available pursuant to provisions in the ESPP that automatically increase the share reserve under the ESPP;

•                 shares of common stock, based on an assumed public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, issuable upon the exercise of stock options in connection with this offering, or the IPO Grants, granted under the 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price; and

• an aggregate of                shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants held by Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, or Horizon, at a weighted average exercise price of $        per share.

Unless we indicate otherwise or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

• the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

• the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, or Series A Preferred Stock, Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, or Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, or Series C Preferred Stock, into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

• a                for                 split of our common stock, effected on                , 2021;

• no exercise of the outstanding options, VARs or warrants described above after December 31, 2020; and

• no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to                additional shares of common stock in this offering.

10

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth our summary consolidated financial data for the periods indicated. We have derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020, from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected for any future period. You should read the following summary consolidated financial data together with the more detailed information contained in “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
	(in thousands, except unit, share and per share amounts)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Operating expenses:
Research and development	$	15,130		$	81,028
General and administrative		11,533			8,722
Total operating expenses		26,663			89,750
Loss from operations		(26,663	)		(89,750	)
Other income (expense):
Interest income		149			1,183
Interest expense		(2,123	)		—
Other income		18			129
Total other (expense) income		(1,956	)		1,312
Net loss before income taxes	$	(28,619	)	$	(88,438	)
Income tax expense		—			6
Net loss	$	(28,619	)	$	(88,444	)
Accretion to redemption value under redeemable convertible preferred stock		(637	)		(457	)
Net loss available to common stockholders	$	(29,256	)	$	(88,901	)
Loss per share:
Loss per share, basic and diluted(1)	$	(3,442	)	$	(34,391	)
Weighted average number of common stock, basic and diluted		8,500			2,585
Pro Forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)	$			$
Pro Forma weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)

(1) See Note 2 to our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2020 appearing at the end of this prospectus for further details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

11

	As of December 31, 2020
	Actual			Pro Forma(2)	Pro  Forma As Adjusted(3)
	(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	20,565		$	$
Working capital(1)		20,359
Total assets		27,926
Total liabilities		23,024
Accumulated deficit		(193,092	)
Redeemable convertible preferred stock		197,111
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)		(192,209	)

(1) We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.

(2) The pro forma balance sheet data give effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Preferred Stock on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering into                 shares of common stock.

(3) The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data give further effect to our issuance and sale of                shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $        million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $        million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

12

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be materially and adversely affected if any of these risks occurs, and as a result, the market price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth below.

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition and Capital Requirements

We have incurred significant net losses since inception and we expect to continue to incur significant net losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

We have incurred net losses in each reporting period since our inception, have not generated any revenue from product sales to date and have financed our operations principally through private financings. We have incurred net losses of approximately $28.6 million and $88.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $193.1 million. Our losses have resulted principally from expenses incurred in research and development of our product candidates and from management and administrative costs and other expenses that we have incurred while building our business infrastructure. We are currently recruiting patients for a Phase 3 clinical trial of D-Fi for the treatment RDEB and we plan to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial of D-Fi for the treatment of DDEB in the                 . Additionally, we are recruiting patients for a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of FCX-013 for the treatment of moderate to severe LS. As a result, we expect that it will be several years, if ever, before we have a commercialized product and generate revenue from product sales. Even if we succeed in receiving marketing approval for and commercializing one or more of our product candidates, we expect that we will continue to incur substantial research and development and other expenses as we discover, develop and market additional potential product candidates.

We expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect these losses to increase substantially if and as we:

• advance the development of our lead product candidates, D-Fi and FCX-013, through clinical development, and, if approved by the FDA, commercialization;

• advance our preclinical development programs into clinical development;

• incur manufacturing costs for lentiviral vectors and our product candidates;

• seek regulatory approvals for any of our product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

• increase our research and development activities to identify and develop new product candidates;

• hire additional personnel;

• expand our operational, financial and management systems;

• invest in measures to protect and expand our intellectual property;

• establish a sales, marketing, medical affairs and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any product candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval and intend to commercialize;

• expand our manufacturing and develop our commercialization efforts; and

• operate as a public company.

13

The net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter such that a period-to-period comparison of our results of operations may not be a good indication of our future performance. The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future growth of our expenses and our ability to generate revenue. Our prior losses and expected future losses have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our working capital and our ability to achieve and maintain profitability.

Even if this offering is successful, we will require substantial additional capital to finance our operations. If we are unable to raise such capital when needed, or on acceptable terms, we may be forced to delay, reduce and/or eliminate one or more of our research and drug development programs or future commercialization efforts.

Developing pharmaceutical products, including conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials, is a very time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete. Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception, and we expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we initiate and conduct clinical trials of, and seek marketing approval for our current product candidates and any future product candidates. Even if one or more of the product candidates that we develop is approved for commercial sale, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with commercializing any approved product candidate. Our expenses could increase beyond expectations if we are required by the FDA, the EMA or other comparable regulatory authorities to perform clinical trials or preclinical studies in addition to those that we currently anticipate. Other unanticipated costs may also arise. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to drug sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. Because the design and outcome of our anticipated clinical trials are highly uncertain, we cannot reasonably estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of any product candidate we develop. Following this offering, we also expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in order to maintain our continuing operations.

As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $20.6 million in cash and cash equivalents and $20.0 million of debt outstanding under our Venture Loan and Security Agreement, or the Loan Agreement, with Horizon. Based on our current business plans, we believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditures requirements through                . Our estimate as to how long we expect the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to be able to continue to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditures requirements is based on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Changing circumstances, some of which may be beyond our control, could cause us to consume capital significantly faster than we currently anticipate, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned.

Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

• the initiation, progress, timeline, cost and results of our clinical trials for our product candidates, D-Fi and FCX-013;

• the initiation, progress, timeline, cost and results of additional research and preclinical studies related to pipeline development and other research programs we initiate in the future;

• the cost and timing of manufacturing activities, including our planned manufacturing scale-up activities associated with our product candidates and other programs as we advance them through preclinical and clinical development through commercialization;

• the potential expansion of our current development programs to seek new indications;

• the continued negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, including delays in clinical trials;

14

• the outcome, timing and cost of meeting regulatory requirements established by the FDA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities;

• the cost of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property rights, in-licensed or otherwise;

• the effect of competing technological and market developments;

• the payment of licensing fees, potential royalty payments and potential milestone payments;

• the cost of general operating expenses;

• the cost of interest expense in conjunction with our debt facility;

• the cost of establishing sales, marketing, and distribution capabilities for any product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval in regions where we choose to commercialize our products on our own; and

• the cost of operating as a public company.

We plan to use the net proceeds from this offering to advance and expand our clinical and preclinical development programs, to enhance our manufacturing capabilities at our Exton, Pennsylvania manufacturing facility, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Advancing the development of our product candidates will require a significant amount of capital. The net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents will not be sufficient to fund all of the activities that are necessary to complete the development of our product candidates.

We will be required to obtain further funding through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations and licensing arrangements or other sources, which may dilute our stockholders or restrict our operating activities. Other than our Loan Agreement, we do not have any committed external source of funds. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Additionally, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on capital markets may affect the availability, amount and type of financing available to us in the future. Our failure to raise capital as and when needed or on acceptable terms would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategy, and we may have to delay, reduce the scope of, suspend or eliminate one or more of our research-stage programs, clinical trials or future commercialization efforts.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our product candidates on unfavorable terms to us.

We may seek additional capital through a variety of means, including through public or private equity, debt financings, including our Loan Agreement, or other sources, including up-front payments and milestone payments from strategic collaborations. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt or equity securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. Such financing may result in dilution to stockholders, imposition of debt covenants, increased fixed payment obligations or other restrictions that may affect our business. If we raise additional funds through up-front payments or milestone payments pursuant to strategic collaborations with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our product candidates, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.

Our management has expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared as though we will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. We

15

have incurred operating losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception. As of December 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $193.1 million. Management expects to continue to incur operating losses and negative cash flows from operations in 2021. In addition, we are subject to certain royalty obligations for D-Fi and FCX-013 under our agreement with Precigen, Inc. (formerly known as Intrexon Corporation), or Precigen. See “Business—Collaboration and Licensing Agreement.” We have financed our operations to date with proceeds from the sale of our common stock and preferred stock and by drawing down on our Loan Agreement with Horizon.

If we are unable to successfully complete this offering, we will need to create alternate financing or operational plans to continue as a going concern. There can be no assurance that such alternate financing, if available, can be obtained on acceptable terms. If we are unable to obtain such alternate financing, future operations would need to be scaled back or discontinued.

Accordingly, these factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the consolidated financial statements are issued. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern.

Our Loan Agreement contains restrictive and financial covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

Our Loan Agreement contains certain restrictive covenants that either limit our ability to, or require a mandatory prepayment in the event that we, engage in businesses other than businesses in which we are currently engaged, incur additional indebtedness or liens, make certain investments, make certain payments, pay dividends or make any other distributions (subject to certain exceptions), merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, transfer or dispose of certain assets, enter into transactions with affiliates, create new subsidiaries, enter into various other specified transactions, and change our name, location, executive office or executive management without notice. We, therefore, may not be able to engage in any of the foregoing transactions unless we obtain the consent of Horizon or prepay the outstanding amount under the Loan Agreement. The Loan Agreement also contains certain affirmative covenants, including minimum cash on deposit in certain accounts (not less than $5.0 million) until the date which we have received Positive Phase III Data for D-Fi (as defined within the Loan Agreement). Our obligations under the Loan Agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets, excluding our intellectual property, certain equity interests, certain property interests and certain permits and licenses. We may not be able to produce the positive Phase 3 results as required under the Loan Agreement for D-Fi. Additionally, we may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow or sales to pay the principal and interest under the Loan Agreement. Furthermore, our future working capital, borrowings or equity financing could be unavailable to repay or refinance the amounts outstanding under the Loan Agreement. In the event of a liquidation, Horizon would be repaid all outstanding principal and interest prior to distribution of assets to unsecured creditors, and the holders of our common stock would receive a portion of any liquidation proceeds only if all of our creditors then existing, including Horizon, were first repaid in full.

We have a limited operating history and none of our current product candidates have been approved for commercial sale, which may make it difficult for you to evaluate our current business and predict our future success and viability.

Biopharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. We are a clinical-stage cell and gene therapy company with a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. None of our current product candidates are approved for commercial sale and we have not generated any revenue from such product candidates. To date, we have devoted substantially all of our resources and efforts to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, executing partnerships, raising capital, discovering, identifying and developing potential product candidates, securing related intellectual property rights and conducting and planning preclinical studies and clinical trials of

16

our product candidates, including the ongoing Phase 3 clinical trial of D-Fi for the treatment of RDEB, anticipated Phase 3 clinical trial of D-Fi for the treatment of DDEB and ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial of FCX-013 for the treatment of moderate to severe LS. In relation to our current product candidates, we have not yet demonstrated our ability to successfully complete any Phase 3 clinical trials, obtain marketing approvals, manufacture a commercial-scale product or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. As a result, it may be more difficult for you to accurately predict our future success or viability than it could be if we had a longer operating history.

In addition, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown factors and risks frequently experienced by clinical-stage biopharmaceutical companies in rapidly evolving fields. We also may need to transition from a company with a research focus to a company capable of supporting commercial activities. If we do not adequately address these risks and difficulties or successfully make such a transition, our business will suffer.

Our ability to use our net operating losses and other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $86.0 million of federal and $64.8 million of state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, available to offset future taxable income. Certain of our federal NOLs and our state NOLs will begin to expire in 2036. Under Sections 382 and 383 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a greater than 50% change by value in its equity ownership over a three-year period is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs and other tax attributes such as research tax credits to offset future taxable income. Our acquisition of Fibrocell resulted in an ownership change of that company. As part of the transaction, we acquired approximately $251.8 million of NOLs, of which approximately $42.6 million are not subject to limitations. We have not performed an analysis to determine whether our past issuances of stock and other changes in our stock ownership may have resulted other ownership changes. If it is determined that we have in the past experienced other ownership changes, or if we undergo one or more ownership changes as a result of this offering or future transactions in our stock, which may be outside our control, then our ability to utilize NOLs and other pre-change tax attributes could be further limited by Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, and certain of our NOLs and other pre-change tax attributes may expire unused. As a result, if or when we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change NOLs or other tax attributes to offset such taxable income or otherwise reduce any liability for income taxes may be subject to limitations, which could adversely affect our future cash flows.

Risks Related to Development, Regulatory Approval and Commercialization

The regulatory approval processes of the FDA, the EMA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities are lengthy, time consuming and inherently unpredictable. If we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, we will be unable to generate product revenue and our business will be substantially harmed.

We are not permitted to commercialize, market, promote or sell any product candidate in the United States without obtaining marketing approval from the FDA. Foreign regulatory authorities impose similar requirements. The time required to obtain approval by the FDA, the EMA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities is unpredictable, typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved. In addition, approval policies, regulations or the type and amount of clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions, which may cause delays in the approval or the decision not to approve an application. Regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data are insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other data. Even if we eventually complete clinical testing and receive approval of any regulatory filing for our product candidates, the FDA, the EMA and

17

other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may approve our product candidates for a more limited indication or a narrower patient population than we originally requested. We have not submitted for, or obtained, regulatory approval for any product candidate, and it is possible that none of our existing product candidates or any product candidates we may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval.

Further, development of our product candidates and/or regulatory approval may be delayed for reasons beyond our control. For example, a U.S. federal government shutdown or budget sequestration, such as ones that occurred during 2013, 2018 and 2019, may result in significant reductions to the FDA’s budget, employees and operations, which may lead to slower response times and longer review periods, potentially affecting our ability to progress development of our product candidates or obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates.

Applications for our product candidates could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including the following:

• the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with the design, implementation or results of our clinical trials;

• the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may determine that our product candidates are not safe and effective, only moderately effective or have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use;

• the population studied in the clinical trial may not be sufficiently broad or representative to assure efficacy and safety in the full population for which we seek approval;

• the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

• the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates may not be sufficient to support the submission of a Biologics Licensing Application, or BLA, or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere;

• we may be unable to demonstrate to the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities that a product candidate’s risk-benefit ratio for its proposed indication is acceptable;

• the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may fail to approve our manufacturing processes, test procedures and specifications or facilities or those of third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies; and

• the approval policies or regulations of the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.

This lengthy uncertain approval process, as well as the unpredictability of the results of clinical trials, may result in our failing to obtain regulatory approval to market any of our product candidates, which would significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects. In addition, the FDA, the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may change their policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations or take other actions, which may prevent or delay approval of our future product candidates under development on a timely basis. Such policy or regulatory changes could impose additional requirements upon us that could delay our ability to obtain approvals, increase the costs of compliance or restrict our ability to maintain any marketing authorizations we may have obtained.

Additionally, we expect that our FCX-013 product candidate will be regulated as a combination product that consists of both a biologic and a drug, where the small molecule veledimex serves as an activator (without independent potentially disease-modifying effect) for the gene therapy component of the candidate that is regulated as a biologic. Developing and obtaining regulatory approval for combination products can pose unique challenges because they involve components that are regulated under different types of regulatory requirements

18

and potentially by different FDA centers. As a result, such products raise regulatory, policy and review management challenges. Differences in regulatory pathways for each component of a combination product can impact the regulatory processes for all aspects of product development and management, including clinical investigation, marketing applications, manufacturing and quality control, adverse event reporting, promotion and advertising, user fees and post-approval modifications. Although the FDA and similar foreign regulatory agencies have systems in place for the review and approval of combination products such as ours, we may experience delays in the development and commercialization of our product candidates due to regulatory timing constraints and uncertainties in the product development and approval process.

We may encounter substantial delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

Before obtaining marketing approval from the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities for the sale of our product candidates, we must complete preclinical development and extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates. Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and its ultimate outcome is uncertain. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of the process. The outcome of preclinical studies and early-stage clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials.

We do not know whether our future clinical trials will begin on time or enroll patients on time, or whether our ongoing and/or future clinical trials will be completed on schedule or at all. Clinical trials can be delayed for a variety of reasons, including delays related to:

• the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities disagreeing as to the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

• obtaining regulatory authorizations to commence a trial or reaching a consensus with regulatory authorities on trial design;

• any failure or delay in reaching an agreement with CROs and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

• obtaining approval from one or more institutional review boards, or IRBs;

• IRBs refusing to approve, suspending or terminating the trial at an investigational site, precluding enrollment of additional subjects, or withdrawing their approval of the trial;

• delays in enrollment due to travel or quarantine policies, or other factors related to COVID-19, other pandemics or other events outside our control;

• changes to clinical trial protocol;

• clinical sites deviating from trial protocol or dropping out of a trial;

• manufacturing sufficient quantities of product candidate or obtaining sufficient quantities of combination therapies for use in clinical trials;

• subjects failing to enroll or remain in our trial at the rate we expect, or failing to return for post- treatment follow-up;

• subjects choosing an alternative treatment for the indication for which we are developing our product candidates, or participating in competing clinical trials;

• lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial;

• subjects experiencing severe or unexpected drug-related adverse effects;

• occurrence of serious adverse events in trials of the same class of agents conducted by other companies;

19

• selection of clinical end points that require prolonged periods of clinical observation or analysis of the resulting data;

• a facility manufacturing our product candidates or any of their components being ordered by the FDA, the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to temporarily or permanently shut down due to violations of current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, regulations or other applicable requirements, or infections or cross-contaminations of product candidates in the manufacturing process;

• any changes to our manufacturing process that may be necessary or desired;

• third-party clinical investigators losing the licenses or permits necessary to perform our clinical trials, not performing our clinical trials on our anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical trial protocol, good clinical practices, or GCP, or other regulatory requirements;

• third-party contractors not performing data collection or analysis in a timely or accurate manner; or

• third-party contractors becoming debarred or suspended or otherwise penalized by the FDA, the EMA or other government or regulatory authorities for violations of regulatory requirements, in which case we may need to find a substitute contractor, and we may not be able to use some or all of the data produced by such contractors in support of our marketing applications.

For instance, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and the measures taken by the governmental authorities could disrupt the supply chain and the manufacture or shipment of drug substances and finished drug products for our product candidates for use in our research and clinical trials, delay, limit or prevent our employees and CROs from continuing research and development activities, impede the ability of patients to enroll or continue in clinical trials, or impede testing, monitoring, data collection and analysis or other related activities, any of which could delay our clinical trials and increase our development costs, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Further, conducting clinical trials in foreign countries, as we may do for our product candidates, presents additional risks that may delay completion of our clinical trials. These risks include the failure of enrolled patients in foreign countries to adhere to clinical protocol as a result of differences in healthcare services or cultural customs, managing additional administrative burdens associated with foreign regulatory schemes, as well as political and economic risks relevant to such foreign countries.

Additionally, if the results of our clinical trials are inconclusive or if there are safety concerns or serious adverse events associated with our product candidates, we may:

• be delayed in obtaining marketing approval, if at all;

• obtain approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired;

• obtain approval with labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings

• be required to perform additional clinical trials to support approval or be subject to additional post-marketing testing requirements;

• have regulatory authorities withdraw, or suspend, their approval of the drug or impose restrictions on its distribution in the form of a modified risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS;

• be subject to the addition of labeling statements, such as warnings or contraindications;

• be sued; or

• experience damage to our reputation.

Our development costs will also increase if we experience delays in testing or obtaining marketing approvals. We do not know whether any of our preclinical studies or clinical trials will begin as planned, need to

20

be restructured or be completed on schedule, if at all. Any delay in, or termination of, our clinical trials will delay the submission of a BLA to the FDA or similar applications with comparable foreign regulatory authorities and, ultimately, our ability to commercialize our product candidates, if approved, and generate product revenue. Even if our clinical trials are completed as planned, we cannot be certain that their results will support our claims for differentiation or the effectiveness or safety of our product candidate. The FDA has substantial discretion in the review and approval process and may disagree that our data support the claims we propose.

In addition, we utilize bovine-sourced materials to manufacture our product candidates. It is possible that future regulations of the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to change the source of the bovine-sourced materials we use in our product candidates or to cease using bovine-sourced materials. If we are required to use alternative materials in our product candidates, including alternative vectors, and in the event that such alternative materials are available to us, or if we choose to change the materials used in our product candidates in the future, we would need to validate the new manufacturing process and run comparability trials with any reformulated product candidate, which could delay future clinical trials and the submission for regulatory approval of our product candidates and negatively impact the development and potential commercialization of our product candidates.

Moreover, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive compensation in connection with such services. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to report some of these relationships to the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may conclude that a financial relationship between us and a principal investigator has created a conflict of interest or otherwise affected interpretation of the study. The FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may therefore question the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized. This could result in a delay in approval, or rejection, of our marketing applications by the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities, as the case may be, and may ultimately lead to the denial of marketing approval of one or more of our product candidates.

If we experience delays in the completion of, or termination of, any clinical trial of our product candidates, the commercial prospects of our product candidates will be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenues from any of these product candidates will be delayed. Moreover, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues.

In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, termination or suspension of, or a delay in the commencement or completion of, clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of a product candidate. Any delays to our clinical trials that occur as a result could shorten any period during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates and our competitors may be able to bring products to market before we do, and the commercial viability of our product candidates could be significantly reduced. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

The outcome of preclinical studies or early clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and the results of our clinical trials may not satisfy the requirements of the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities.

Although we have seen positive results in preclinical studies and clinical trials of D-Fi and preclinical studies of FCX-013, positive results from preclinical studies and early clinical trials does not mean that future clinical trials will be successful. Failure can occur at any time during the clinical trial process. We do not know whether any of our product candidates will perform in current or future clinical trials as they have performed in preclinical studies and early clinical trials. Product candidates in later-stage clinical trials may fail to demonstrate sufficient safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of the FDA, the EMA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities despite having progressed through preclinical studies and early-stage clinical trials.

21

In some instances, there can be significant variability in safety and efficacy results between different clinical trials of the same product candidate due to numerous factors, including changes in trial protocols, differences in size and type of the patient populations, differences in and adherence to the dosing regimen and other trial protocols and the rate of dropout among clinical trial participants. Patients treated with our product candidates may also be undergoing surgical, radiation and chemotherapy treatments and may be using other approved products or investigational new drugs, which can cause side effects or adverse events that are unrelated to our product candidate. As a result, assessments of efficacy can vary widely for a particular patient, and from patient to patient and site to site within a clinical trial. This subjectivity can increase the uncertainty of, and adversely impact, our clinical trial outcomes. We do not know whether any clinical trials we may conduct will demonstrate consistent or adequate efficacy and safety sufficient to obtain marketing approval to market our product candidates. Most product candidates that begin clinical trials are never approved by regulatory authorities for commercialization.

Additionally, most of our past, planned and ongoing clinical trials utilize an “open-label” trial design. An “open-label” clinical trial is one where both the patient and investigator know whether the patient is receiving the investigational product candidate or either an existing approved pharmaceutical or placebo. Most typically, open-label clinical trials test only the investigational product candidate and sometimes may do so at different dose levels. Open-label clinical trials are subject to various limitations that may exaggerate any therapeutic effect as patients in open-label clinical trials are aware when they are receiving treatment. Open-label clinical trials may be subject to a “patient bias” where patients perceive their symptoms to have improved merely due to their awareness of receiving an experimental treatment. In addition, open-label clinical trials may be subject to an “investigator bias” where those assessing and reviewing the physiological outcomes of the clinical trials are aware of which patients have received treatment and may interpret the information of the treated group more favorably given this knowledge. The results from an open-label trial may not be predictive of future clinical trial results with any of our product candidates for which we include an open-label clinical trial when studied in a controlled environment with a placebo or active control.

Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses and many companies that believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies or clinical trials nonetheless failed to obtain FDA, EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authority approval. We cannot guarantee that the FDA, the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities will interpret trial results as we do, and more trials could be required before we are able to submit applications seeking approval of our product candidates. This is particularly true for clinical trials in rare diseases, such as with D-Fi for the treatment of RDEB or DDEB and FCX-013 for the treatment of moderate to severe LS, where the very small patient population makes it difficult to conduct two traditional, adequate and well-controlled studies, and therefore the FDA, the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities are often required to exercise flexibility in approving therapies for such diseases. To the extent that the results of the trials are not satisfactory to the FDA, the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for support of a marketing application, we may be required to expend significant resources, which may not be available to us, to conduct additional trials in support of potential approval of our product candidates. Even if regulatory approval is secured for any of our product candidates, the terms of such approval may limit the scope and use of our product candidate, which may also limit its commercial potential. Furthermore, the approval policies or regulations of the FDA, the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval, which may lead to the FDA, the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities delaying, limiting or denying approval of our product candidates.

Interim, “topline” and preliminary data from our clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time, we may publicly disclose interim, preliminary or topline data from our preclinical studies or clinical trials, which is based on a preliminary analysis of then-available data, and the results and related

22

findings and conclusions are subject to change following a more comprehensive review of the data related to the particular study or trial. We also make assumptions, estimations, calculations and conclusions as part of our analyses of data, and we may not have received or had the opportunity to fully and carefully evaluate all data. As a result, the interim, topline or preliminary results that we report may differ from future results of the same studies, or different conclusions or considerations may qualify such results, once additional data have been received and fully evaluated. Interim, preliminary, and topline data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the preliminary data we previously published. As a result, interim, topline and preliminary data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available. Adverse differences between preliminary, topline or interim data and final data could significantly harm our business prospects. Further, disclosure of preliminary, topline or interim data by us or by our competitors could result in volatility in the price of our common stock after this offering.

Further, others, including regulatory agencies, may not accept or agree with our assumptions, estimates, calculations, conclusions or analyses or may interpret or weigh the importance of data differently, which could impact the value of the particular program, the approvability or commercialization of the particular product candidate or product and our company in general. In addition, the information we choose to publicly disclose regarding a particular study or clinical trial is based on what is typically extensive information, and you or others may not agree with what we determine is material or otherwise appropriate information to include in our disclosure. If the interim, topline, or preliminary data that we report differ from actual results, or if others, including regulatory authorities, disagree with the conclusions reached, our ability to obtain approval for, and commercialize, our product candidates may be harmed, which could harm our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.

Our current or future product candidates may cause adverse events, toxicities or other undesirable side effects when used alone or in combination with other approved products or investigational new drugs that may result in a safety profile that could inhibit regulatory approval, prevent market acceptance, limit their commercial potential or result in significant negative consequences.

As is the case with pharmaceuticals generally, it is likely that there may be side effects and adverse events associated with our product candidates’ use. Results of our clinical trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects or unexpected characteristics. Undesirable side effects caused by our product candidates could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA, the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The drug-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

If our product candidates are associated with undesirable side effects or have unexpected characteristics in preclinical studies or clinical trials when used alone or in combination with other approved products or investigational new drugs we may need to interrupt, delay or abandon their development or limit development to more narrow uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective. Treatment-related side effects could also affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled subjects to complete the trial, or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences may prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the affected product candidate and may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

Patients in our ongoing and planned clinical trials in the future may suffer significant adverse events or other side effects not observed in our preclinical studies or previous clinical trials. Some of our product candidates, may be used as chronic therapies or be used in pediatric populations, for which safety concerns may be particularly scrutinized by regulatory agencies. In addition, if our product candidates are used in combination with other therapies, our product candidates may exacerbate adverse events associated with the therapy. Patients

23

treated with our product candidates may also be undergoing surgical, radiation or chemotherapy treatments, which can cause side effects or adverse events that are unrelated to our product candidate, but may still impact the success of our clinical trials. The inclusion of critically ill patients in our clinical trials may result in deaths or other adverse medical events due to other therapies or medications that such patients may be using or due to the gravity of such patients’ illnesses.

If significant adverse events or other side effects are observed in any of our current or future clinical trials, we may have difficulty recruiting patients to the clinical trials, patients may drop out of our trials, or we may be required to abandon the trials or our development efforts of that product candidate altogether. We, the FDA, the EMA, other comparable regulatory authorities or an IRB may suspend clinical trials of a product candidate at any time for various reasons, including a belief that subjects in such trials are being exposed to unacceptable health risks or adverse side effects.

Additionally, if any of our product candidates receives regulatory approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such product, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result. For example, the FDA could require us to adopt a REMS to ensure that the benefits of treatment with such product candidate outweigh the risks for each potential patient, which may include, among other things, a communication plan to health care practitioners, patient education, extensive patient monitoring or distribution systems and processes that are highly controlled, restrictive and more costly than what is typical for the industry. We or our collaborators may also be required to adopt a REMS or engage in similar actions, such as patient education, certification of health care professionals or specific monitoring, if we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by any product that we develop alone or with collaborators. Other potentially significant negative consequences include that:

• we may be forced to suspend marketing of that product, or decide to remove the product form the marketplace;

• regulatory authorities may withdraw or change their approvals of that product;

• regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label or limit access of that product to selective specialized centers with additional safety reporting and with requirements that patients be geographically close to these centers for all or part of their treatment;

• we may be required to create a medication guide outlining the risks of the product for patients, or to conduct post-marketing studies;

• we may be required to change the way the product is administered;

• we could be subject to fines, injunctions, or the imposition of criminal or civil penalties, or to sued and held liable for harm caused to subjects or patients; and

• the product may become less competitive, and our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could diminish the usage or otherwise limit the commercial success of our product candidates and prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the affected product candidate, if approved by applicable regulatory authorities.

In previous clinical trials conducted by third parties involving viral vectors for gene therapy, some patients experienced serious adverse events, including the development of leukemia due to vector-related insertional oncogenesis. If our vectors demonstrate a similar effect, we may be required to halt or delay further clinical development of our product candidates.

A significant risk in any gene therapy product based on viral vectors is that the vector will insert in or near cancer-causing oncogenes leading to uncontrolled clonal proliferation of mature cancer cells in the patient. For example, in 2003, trials using early versions of murine gamma-retroviral vectors, which integrate with, and

24

thereby alter, the host cell’s DNA, have led to several well-publicized adverse events, including reported cases of leukemia. The cause of these adverse events was shown to be insertional oncogenesis, which is the process whereby the corrected gene inserts in or near a gene that is important in a critical cellular process like growth or division, and this insertion results in the development of a cancer, often leukemia. Using molecular diagnostic techniques, it was determined that clones from these patients showed retrovirus insertion in proximity to the promoter of the LMO2 proto-oncogene. Earlier generation retroviruses like the one used in these two trials have been shown to preferentially integrate in regulatory regions of genes that control cell growth.

These well-publicized adverse events led to the development of new viral vectors, such as lentiviral vectors, which are what we use for our current product candidates, with the goal of potentially improved safety profiles, as well as the requirement of enhanced safety monitoring in gene therapy clinical trials, including routine performance of vector copy number analysis on all production lots to monitor the number of insertion events per cell. Notwithstanding the potential safety improvements of lentiviral vectors, the risk of insertional oncogenesis remains a significant concern for gene therapy and we cannot be certain that it will not occur in any of our clinical trials. There is also the potential risk of delayed adverse events following exposure to gene therapy products due to persistent biological activity of the genetic material or other components of products used to carry the genetic material. The FDA has stated that lentiviral vectors possess characteristics that may pose risks of delayed adverse events. If any such adverse events occur, further advancement of our clinical trials could be halted or delayed, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

The disorders we seek to treat have low prevalence and it may be difficult to identify and enroll patients with these disorders. If we experience delays or difficulties in the enrollment and/or maintenance of patients in clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

Patient enrollment is a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials, and the timing of our clinical trials depends, in part, on the speed at which we can recruit patients to participate in our trials, as well as completion of required follow-up periods. We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for our product candidates if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these trials to such trial’s conclusion as required by the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Additionally, clinical trials for our current product candidates are focused on treatment of rare diseases (i.e., diseases that affect less than 200,000 persons in the United States), which may further limit enrollment of eligible patients or may result in slower enrollment than we anticipate. The eligibility criteria of our clinical trials, once established, may further limit the pool of available trial participants.

Patient enrollment may also be affected if our competitors have ongoing clinical trials for product candidates that are under development for the same indications as our product candidates, and patients who would otherwise be eligible for our clinical trials instead enroll in clinical trials of our competitors’ product candidates. Patient enrollment for any of our clinical trials may be affected by other factors, including:

• size and nature of the patient population;

• severity of the disease under investigation;

• availability and efficacy of approved drugs for the disease under investigation;

• patient eligibility criteria for the trial in question as defined in the protocol;

• perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate under study;

• clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new products that may be approved for the indications we are investigating;

• efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials;

• patient referral practices of physicians;

25

• the ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment;

• proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients;

• continued enrollment of prospective patients by clinical trial sites;

• the risk that patients enrolled in clinical trials will drop out of the trials before completion or, because they may be late-stage cancer patients, will not survive the full terms of the clinical trials; and

• delays or difficulties in enrollment and completion of studies due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials would result in significant delays or may require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether. Enrollment delays in our clinical trials may result in increased development costs for our product candidates and jeopardize our ability to obtain marketing approval for the sale of our product candidates. Furthermore, even if we are able to enroll a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials, we may have difficulty maintaining enrollment of such patients in our clinical trials.

Even if approved, our product candidates may not achieve adequate market acceptance among physicians, patients, healthcare payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

Even if our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may not gain adequate market acceptance among physicians, patients, healthcare payors and others in the medical community. The degree of market acceptance of any of our approved product candidates will depend on a number of factors, including:

• the efficacy and safety profile as demonstrated in clinical trials compared to alternative treatments;

• the timing of market introduction of the product candidate as well as competitive products;

• the clinical indications for which the product candidate is approved;

• restrictions on the use of our product candidates, such as boxed warnings or contraindications in labeling, or a REMS, if any, which may not be required of alternative treatments and competitor products;

• the potential and perceived advantages of product candidates over alternative treatments;

• the cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments;

• the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement, as well as pricing, by third-party payors, including government authorities;

• relative convenience and ease of administration;

• the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

• the effectiveness of sales and marketing efforts;

• unfavorable publicity relating to our products or product candidates or similar approved products or product candidates in development by third parties; and

• the approval of other new therapies for the same indications.

Our target patient populations are relatively small, and there are currently no FDA-approved treatments for these diseases. As a result, the pricing and reimbursement of our product candidates or any future product candidates we may develop, if approved, is uncertain, but must be adequate to support commercial infrastructure. If we are unable to obtain adequate levels of reimbursement, our ability to successfully market and sell our current product candidates or any future product candidates we may develop will be adversely affected.

If any of our product candidates is approved but does not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by physicians, hospitals, healthcare payors and patients, we may not generate or derive sufficient revenue from that product candidate and our financial results could be negatively impacted.

26

There is currently no FDA-approved treatment for dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa or for localized scleroderma, and our development of D-Fi and FCX-013 for these indications, respectively, may never lead to a marketable product.

We are developing D-Fi as an intradermal autologous cell-based gene therapy to treat RDEB and DDEB and FCX-013 as an intradermal autologous cell-based gene therapy to treat moderate to severe LS. There are currently no FDA-approved treatments for DEB or LS. We cannot be certain that our approach will lead to the development of an approvable or marketable product. We may not succeed in demonstrating safety and efficacy of these product candidates in our ongoing or anticipated clinical trials or either, in larger-scale clinical trials. Advancing these product candidates creates significant challenges for us, including:

• obtaining marketing approval, as the FDA, the EMA or other regulatory authorities have yet to approve a treatment for DEB or moderate to severe LS;

• if either are approved, educating medical personnel regarding the potential efficacy and safety benefits, as well as the challenges, of incorporating either of these product candidates into existing supportive care regimens; and

• establishing the sales and marketing capabilities upon obtaining any marketing approvals to gain market acceptance.

Our current gene therapies are for autologous use only. Therefore, if a drug product is administered to the wrong patient, the patient could suffer harm.

Our gene therapies are autologous, which means they must only be administered back to the patient from which the cellular material was collected. While we implement specific identifiers, lot numbers and labels with cross checks for our products and operations from collection of cellular material, through manufacture of drug product, transport of product to the clinical site up to warming and administration of the product, it is possible that a product may be administered into the wrong patient. If an autologous cell therapy were to be administered into the wrong patient, the patient could suffer harm, including experiencing a severe adverse immune reaction and this event, should it happen, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our refrigerated product candidates require specific storage, handling and administration at the clinical sites.

Our refrigerated drug product candidates must be stored at low temperatures in specialized refrigerated containers until immediately prior to use. For administration, the drug product container must be carefully removed from storage, warmed to room temperature and inverted to place cells into suspension prior to drawing the product into syringes. The handling, warming and administration of the gene therapy product must be performed according to specific instructions. Failure to correctly handle the product, follow the instructions for warming and administration and/or failure to administer the product within the specified period post-warming could negatively impact the efficacy and or safety of the product.

Because gene therapy is novel and the regulatory landscape that governs any gene therapy product candidates we may develop is rigorous, complex, uncertain and subject to change, we cannot predict the time and cost of obtaining regulatory approval, if we receive it at all, for any product candidates we may develop. At the moment, only a small number of gene therapy products have been approved in the United States and the European Union.

The regulatory requirements that will govern any novel gene therapy product candidates we develop are not entirely clear and are subject to change. Within the broader genetic medicine field, very few therapeutic products have received marketing authorization from the FDA or the EMA. Even with respect to more established products that fit into the categories of gene therapies or cell therapies, the regulatory landscape is still

27

developing. Regulatory requirements governing gene therapy products and cell therapy products have changed frequently and will likely continue to change in the future. Moreover, there is substantial overlap in those responsible for regulation of existing gene therapy products and cell therapy products. For example, in the United States, the FDA has established the Office of Tissues and Advanced Therapies within its Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, or CBER, to consolidate the review of gene therapy and related products, and the Cellular, Tissue and Gene Therapies Advisory Committee to advise CBER on its review. Although the FDA has approved other autologous cell-based gene therapies utilizing lentiviral vectors, there is no assurance that these previous approvals will affect the FDA’s review of our product candidates.

Our gene therapy product candidates will need to meet safety and efficacy standards applicable to any new biologic under the regulatory framework administered by the FDA. In addition to FDA oversight and oversight by institutional review boards, or IRBs, under guidelines promulgated by the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, gene therapy clinical trials are also subject to review and oversight by an institutional biosafety committee, or IBC, a local institutional committee that reviews and oversees research utilizing recombinant or synthetic nucleic acid molecules at that institution. The IBC assesses the safety of the research and identifies any potential risk to public health or the environment. While the NIH guidelines are not mandatory unless the research in question is being conducted at or sponsored by institutions receiving NIH funding of recombinant or synthetic nucleic acid molecule research, many companies and other institutions not otherwise subject to the NIH Guidelines voluntarily follow them. Although the FDA decides whether individual gene therapy protocols may proceed, the review process and determinations of other reviewing bodies can impede or delay the initiation of a clinical trial, even if the FDA has reviewed the trial and approved its initiation.

The same applies in the European Union. The EMA’s Committee for Advanced Therapies, or CAT, is responsible for assessing the quality, safety, and efficacy of advanced-therapy medicinal products. Advanced-therapy medicinal products include gene therapy medicines, somatic-cell therapy medicines and tissue-engineered medicines. The role of the CAT is to prepare a draft opinion on an application for marketing authorization for a gene therapy medicinal candidate that is submitted to the EMA. In the European Union, the development and evaluation of a gene therapy product must be considered in the context of the relevant EU guidelines. The EMA may issue new guidelines concerning the development and marketing authorization for gene therapy products and require that we comply with these new guidelines. As a result, the procedures and standards applied to gene therapy products and cell therapy products may be applied to any gene therapy product candidate we may develop, but that remains uncertain at this point.

Adverse developments in preclinical studies or clinical trials conducted by others in the field of gene therapy and gene regulation products may cause the FDA, the EMA, and other regulatory bodies to revise the requirements for approval of any product candidates we may develop or limit the use of products utilizing gene regulation technologies, either of which could harm our business. In addition, the clinical trial requirements of the FDA, the EMA, and other regulatory authorities and the criteria these regulators use to determine the safety and efficacy of a product candidate vary substantially according to the type, complexity, novelty, and intended use and market of the potential products. The regulatory approval process for product candidates such as ours can be more expensive and take longer than for other, better known, or more extensively studied pharmaceutical or other product candidates. Further, as we are developing novel potential treatments for diseases in which, in some cases, there is little clinical experience with potential new endpoints and methodologies, there is heightened risk that the FDA, the EMA or other regulatory bodies may not consider the clinical trial endpoints to provide clinically meaningful results, and the resulting clinical data and results may be more difficult to analyze. In addition, we may not be able to identify or develop appropriate animal disease models to enable or support planned clinical development. Any natural history studies that we may conduct or rely upon in our clinical development may not be accepted by the FDA, the EMA or other regulatory authorities. Regulatory agencies administering existing or future regulations or legislation may not allow production and marketing of products utilizing gene regulation technology in a timely manner or under technically or commercially feasible conditions. In addition, regulatory action or private litigation could result in expenses, delays, or other impediments to our

28

research programs or the commercialization of resulting products. Further, approvals by one regulatory agency may not be indicative of what other regulatory agencies may require for approval.

The regulatory review committees and advisory groups described above and the new guidelines they promulgate may lengthen the regulatory review process, require us to perform additional preclinical studies or clinical trials, increase our development costs, lead to changes in regulatory positions and interpretations, delay or prevent approval and commercialization of these treatment candidates, or lead to significant post-approval limitations or restrictions. As we advance our research programs and develop future product candidates, we will be required to consult with these regulatory and advisory groups and to comply with applicable guidelines. If we fail to do so, we may be required to delay or discontinue development of any product candidates we identify and develop. These additional processes may result in a review and approval process that is longer than we otherwise would have expected. Delays as a result of an increased or lengthier regulatory approval process or further restrictions on the development of our product candidates can be costly and could negatively impact our ability to complete clinical trials and commercialize our current and future product candidates in a timely manner, if at all.

We may be unable to obtain U.S. or foreign regulatory approvals and, as a result, may be unable to commercialize our product candidates.

Our product candidates are subject to extensive governmental regulations relating to, among other things, research, testing, development, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, approval, recordkeeping, reporting, labeling, storage, packaging, advertising and promotion, pricing, marketing and distribution of drugs. Rigorous preclinical studies and clinical trials and an extensive regulatory approval process must be successfully completed in the United States and in many foreign jurisdictions before a new drug can be marketed. Satisfaction of these and other regulatory requirements is costly, time consuming, uncertain and subject to unanticipated delays. We cannot provide any assurance that any product candidate we may develop will progress through required clinical testing and obtain the regulatory approvals necessary for us to begin selling them.

We have not conducted, managed or completed large-scale or pivotal clinical trials nor managed the regulatory approval process with the FDA, the EMA or any other regulatory authority with respect to our current product candidates. The time required to obtain approvals from the FDA and other regulatory authorities is unpredictable, and requires successful completion of extensive clinical trials which typically takes many years, depending upon the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidate. The standards that the FDA and its foreign counterparts use when evaluating clinical trial data can and often changes during drug development, which makes it difficult to predict with any certainty how they will be applied. We may also encounter unexpected delays or increased costs due to new government regulations, including future legislation or administrative action, or changes in FDA policy during the period of drug development, clinical trials and FDA regulatory review.

Any delay or failure in seeking or obtaining required approvals would have a material and adverse effect on our ability to generate revenue from the particular product candidate for which we developing and seeking approval. Furthermore, any regulatory approval to market a drug may be subject to significant limitations on the approved uses or indications for which we may market the drug or the labeling or other restrictions. In addition, the FDA has the authority to require a REMS as part of approving a new drug application, or NDA, or BLA, or after approval, which may impose further requirements or restrictions on the distribution or use of an approved drug. These requirements or restrictions might include limiting prescribing to certain physicians or medical centers that have undergone specialized training, limiting treatment to patients who meet certain safe-use criteria and requiring treated patients to enroll in a registry. These limitations and restrictions may significantly limit the size of the market for the drug and affect reimbursement by third-party payors.

We are also subject to numerous foreign regulatory requirements governing, among other things, the conduct of clinical trials, manufacturing and marketing authorization, pricing and third-party reimbursement. The foreign regulatory approval process varies among countries, and generally includes all of the risks associated

29

with FDA approval described above as well as risks attributable to the satisfaction of local regulations in foreign jurisdictions. Moreover, the time required to obtain approval may differ from that required to obtain FDA approval.

We have received orphan drug designation from the FDA for D-Fi for the treatment of dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa and FCX-013 for the treatment of localized scleroderma. We may seek orphan drug designation for some of our future product candidates and we may be unsuccessful, or may be unable to maintain the benefits associated with orphan drug designation, including the potential for market exclusivity, for product candidates for which we have obtained, or will obtain, orphan drug designation.

Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States, may designate drugs or biologics intended to treat relatively small patient populations as orphan drug products. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a drug or biologic as an orphan drug if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or a patient population of 200,000 or more in the United States where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the drug will be recovered from sales in the United States.

In the United States, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as tax advantages and user fee waivers. Opportunities for grant funding toward clinical trial costs may also be available for clinical trials of drugs or biologics for rare diseases, regardless of whether the drugs or biologics are designated for the orphan use. In addition, if a drug or biologic with an orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a seven year period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the FDA from approving another marketing application for the same drug for the same indication for that time period, except in limited circumstances. If our competitors are able to obtain orphan drug exclusivity prior to us, for products that constitute the “same drug” and treat the same indications as our product candidates, we may not be able to have competing products approved by the applicable regulatory authority for a significant period of time.

We have obtained orphan drug designation from the FDA for D-Fi for the treatment of DEB and FCX-013 for the treatment of LS. We may seek orphan designation for our future product candidates. However, we may be unsuccessful in obtaining orphan drug designation for these and may be unable to maintain the benefits associated with orphan drug designation. Even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for any of our product candidates, that exclusivity may not effectively protect those product candidates from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition, and orphan drug exclusivity does not prevent the FDA from approving the same or a different drug in another indication. Even after an orphan drug is granted orphan exclusivity and approved, the FDA can subsequently approve a later application for the same drug for the same condition before the expiration of the seven-year exclusivity period if the FDA concludes that the later drug is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer in a substantial portion of the target populations, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. In addition, a designated orphan drug may not receive orphan drug exclusivity if it is approved for a use that is broader than the indication for which it received orphan designation. Moreover, orphan-drug-exclusive marketing rights in the United States may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if we are unable to manufacture sufficient quantities of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition. Orphan drug designation neither shortens the development time or regulatory review time of a drug nor gives the drug any advantage in the regulatory review or approval process.

30

We have received rare pediatric disease designation from the FDA for D-Fi for the treatment of recessive dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa and FCX-013 for the treatment of moderate to severe localized scleroderma. However, a marketing application for D-Fi and FCX-013, if approved, may not meet the eligibility criteria for a priority review voucher or the rare pediatric disease designation program may sunset before the FDA is able consider us for a voucher.

We have received rare pediatric disease designation for D-Fi for the treatment of RDEB and FCX-013 for the treatment of moderate to severe LS. Under this program, a sponsor who receives an approval for a drug or biologic for a “rare pediatric disease” may qualify for a voucher that can be redeemed to receive a priority review of a subsequent marketing application for a different product. Designation of a biologic as a product for a rare pediatric disease does not guarantee that a BLA for such biologic will meet the eligibility criteria for a rare pediatric disease priority review voucher at the time the application is approved. Under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, we will need to request a rare pediatric disease priority review voucher in our original BLA for D-Fi and FCX-013, and for any other candidates for which we submit a marketing application. The FDA may determine that a BLA for D-Fi and FCX-013, if approved, does not meet the eligibility criteria for a priority review voucher, including for the following reasons:

• RDEB or moderate to severe LS no longer meet the definition of a rare pediatric disease;

• the BLA contains an active ingredient (including any ester or salt of the active ingredient) that has been previously approved in a BLA;

• the BLA is not deemed eligible for priority review;

• the BLA does not rely on clinical data derived from studies examining a pediatric population and dosages of the drug intended for that population (that is, if the BLA does not contain sufficient clinical data to allow for adequate labeling for use by the full range of affected pediatric patients); or

• the BLA is approved for a different adult indication than the rare pediatric disease for which D-Fi and FCX-013 are designated.

The authority for the FDA to award rare pediatric disease priority review vouchers for drugs that have received rare pediatric disease designation prior to September 30, 2024 currently expires on September 30, 2026. If the BLA for D-Fi or FCX-013 is not approved prior to September 30, 2026 for any reason, regardless of whether they meet the criteria for a rare pediatric disease priority review voucher, they will not be eligible for a priority review voucher. However, it is also possible the authority for FDA to award rare pediatric disease priority review vouchers will be further extended in the future.

We have received Fast Track designation by the FDA for D-Fi for the treatment of recessive dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa and FCX-013 for the treatment of moderate to severe localized scleroderma, and we may seek Fast Track designation for our future product candidates. Even if received, Fast Track designation may not actually lead to a faster review or approval process and does not increase the likelihood that our product candidates will receive marketing approval.

We have received Fast Track designation for D-Fi for the treatment of RDEB and FCX-013 for the treatment of moderate to severe LS, and we may seek Fast Track designation for our current and future product candidates. If a drug or biologic is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and the product demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this condition, the sponsor may apply for FDA Fast Track designation for a particular indication. There is no assurance that the FDA will grant this status to any of our other proposed product candidates. If granted, Fast Track designation makes a product eligible for more frequent interactions with FDA to discuss the development plan and clinical trial design, as well as rolling review of the application, which means that the company can submit completed sections of its marketing application for review prior to completion of the entire submission. Marketing applications of product candidates with Fast Track designation may qualify for priority review under the policies and procedures offered by the FDA, but the Fast Track designation does not assure any such qualification or ultimate marketing approval

31

by the FDA. The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant Fast Track designation, so even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for this designation, there can be no assurance that the FDA would decide to grant it. Even if we do receive Fast Track designation, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures, and receiving a Fast Track designation does not provide any assurance of ultimate FDA approval. In addition, the FDA may withdraw Fast Track designation at any time if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program.

The regenerative medicine advanced therapy, or RMAT, designation by the FDA for D-Fi, or an RMAT designation granted for any of our other current or future product candidates, may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process and it does not increase the likelihood that D-Fi or our other product candidates will receive marketing approval.

The FDA granted an RMAT designation for D-Fi in May 2019 and we plan to seek an RMAT designation for our other current and future product candidates if the clinical data support such a designation. An RMAT is defined as cell and gene therapies, therapeutic tissue engineering products, human cell and tissue products and combination products using any such therapies or products. Gene therapies, including genetically modified cells that lead to a durable modification of cells or tissues may meet the definition of a regenerative medicine therapy. The RMAT program is intended to facilitate efficient development and expedite review of RMATs, which are intended to treat, modify, reverse or cure a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and for which preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug has the potential to address unmet medical needs for such disease or condition. A BLA for a regenerative medicine therapy that has received RMAT designation may be eligible for priority review or accelerated approval. An RMAT may be eligible for priority review if it treats a serious condition, and, if approved would provide a significant improvement in the safety or effectiveness of the treatment of the condition. An RMAT may be eligible for accelerated approval through (1) surrogate or intermediate endpoints reasonably likely to predict long-term clinical benefit, or (2) reliance upon data obtained from a meaningful number of sites. Benefits of such designation also include early interactions with the FDA to discuss any potential surrogate or intermediate endpoint to be used to support accelerated approval. A regenerative medicine therapy with RMAT designation that is granted accelerated approval and is subject to post-approval requirements may fulfill such requirements through the submission of clinical evidence from clinical trials, patient registries, or other sources of real world evidence, such as electronic health records; the collection of larger confirmatory data sets; or post-approval monitoring of all patients treated with such therapy prior to its approval.

Designation as an RMAT is within the discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe one of our product candidates meets the criteria for designation as a RMAT, the FDA may disagree and instead determine not to make such designation. In any event, the receipt of RMAT designation for D-Fi or for other product candidates may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to drugs considered for approval under conventional FDA procedures and does not assure ultimate approval by the FDA. In addition, even if one or more of our product candidates qualify for RMAT designation, the FDA may later decide that the biological products no longer meet the conditions for qualification.

We may develop our current and future product candidates in combination with other therapies, which exposes us to additional risks, and certain of our product candidates are regulated as combination products.

We may develop our current and future product candidates in combination with one or more other approved or unapproved therapies to treat skin and connective tissue diseases or other diseases. We may also develop certain product candidates as biologic/drug combination products. Additional time may be required to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates because they are combination products. Our product candidates that are biologic/drug combination products require coordination within the FDA and similar foreign regulatory agencies for review of their biologic and drug components. Although the FDA and similar foreign regulatory agencies have systems in place for the review and approval of combination products such as ours, we may

32

experience delays in the development and commercialization of our product candidates due to regulatory timing constraints and uncertainties in the product development and approval process.

In addition, even if any product candidate we develop were to receive marketing approval or be commercialized for use in combination with other existing therapies, we would continue to be subject to the risks that the FDA, the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities outside of the United States could revoke approval of the therapy used in combination with our product or that safety, efficacy, manufacturing or supply issues could arise with any of those existing therapies. If the therapies we use in combination with our product candidates are replaced as the standard of care for the indications we choose for any of our product candidates, the FDA, the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to conduct additional clinical trials. The occurrence of any of these risks could result in our own products, if approved, being removed from the market or being less successful commercially.

We also may choose to evaluate our current product candidates or any future product candidates in combination with one or more therapies that have not yet been approved for marketing by the FDA, the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. We will not be able to market and sell our product candidates we develop in combination with an unapproved therapy for a combination indication if that unapproved therapy does not ultimately obtain marketing approval either alone or in combination with our product. In addition, unapproved therapies face the same risks described with respect to our product candidates currently in development and clinical trials, including the potential for serious adverse effects, delay in their clinical trials and lack of FDA approval.

If the FDA, the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities do not approve these other drugs or revoke their approval of, or if safety, efficacy, quality, manufacturing or supply issues arise with, the drugs we choose to evaluate in combination with our product candidate we develop, we may be unable to obtain approval of or market such combination therapy.

Any product candidates for which we intend to seek approval as biologic products may face competition sooner than anticipated.

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively the ACA, includes a subtitle called the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, which created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products that are biosimilar to or interchangeable with an FDA-licensed reference biological product. Under the BPCIA, an application for a biosimilar product may not be submitted to the FDA until four years following the date that the reference product was first licensed by the FDA. In addition, the approval of a biosimilar product may not be made effective by the FDA until 12 years from the date on which the reference product was first licensed. During this 12-year period of exclusivity, another company may still market a competing version of the reference product if the FDA approves a full BLA for the competing product containing the sponsor’s own preclinical data and data from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to demonstrate the safety, purity and potency of their product. The law is complex and is still being interpreted and implemented by the FDA. As a result, its ultimate impact, implementation and meaning are subject to uncertainty. While it is uncertain when such processes intended to implement BPCIA may be fully adopted by the FDA, any such processes could have an adverse effect on the future commercial prospects for our biological products.

There is a risk that any of our product candidates approved as a biological product under a BLA would not qualify for the 12-year period of exclusivity or that this exclusivity could be shortened due to congressional action or otherwise, or that the FDA will not consider our product candidates to be reference products for competing products, potentially creating the opportunity for generic competition sooner than anticipated. Other aspects of the BPCIA, some of which may impact the BPCIA exclusivity provisions, have also been the subject of recent litigation. Moreover, the extent to which a biosimilar, once approved, will be substituted for any one of our reference products in a way that is similar to traditional generic substitution for non-biological products is not

33

yet clear, and will depend on a number of marketplace and regulatory factors that are still developing. If competitors are able to obtain marketing approval for biosimilars referencing our candidates, if approved, our products may become subject to competition from such biosimilars, with the attendant competitive pressure and potential adverse consequences.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate or indication and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we focus on research programs, therapeutic platforms and product candidates that we identify for specific indications. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other therapeutic platforms or product candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential or a greater likelihood of success. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs, therapeutic platforms and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights.

Risks Related to Our Business

We are substantially dependent on the success of our lead product candidates, D-Fi and FCX-013, and our other current and future product candidates. If we are unable to complete development of, obtain approval for and commercialize any of our current or future product candidates in a timely manner, our business will be harmed.

Our future success is dependent on our ability to timely advance and complete clinical trials, obtain marketing approval for and successfully commercialize D-Fi and FCX-013, our lead product candidates, and our other current and future product candidates. We are investing significant efforts and financial resources in the research and development of D-Fi and our other current product candidates. We are currently conducting a Phase 3 clinical trial of D-Fi in patients with RDEB, a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of FCX-013 in patients with moderate to severe LS and plan to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial of D-Fi in patients with DDEB in the                . D-Fi will require additional clinical development, evaluation of clinical manufacturing activities, marketing approval from government regulators, substantial investment and significant marketing efforts before we can generate any revenues from product sales. We are not permitted to market or promote D-Fi, FCX-013 or any other product candidate, before we receive marketing approval from the FDA, the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, and we may never receive such marketing approvals.

The success of D-Fi, FCX-013 and our other current product candidates will depend on several factors, including the following:

• the successful and timely completion of our ongoing or planned clinical trials, including any delays arising out of the COVID-19 pandemic;

• the initiation and successful patient enrollment and completion of additional clinical trials on a timely basis;

• maintaining and establishing relationships with CROs and clinical sites for clinical development, both in the United States and internationally;

• the frequency and severity of adverse events in the clinical trials;

• the efficacy, safety and tolerability profiles that are satisfactory to the FDA, the EMA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority for marketing approval;

34

• the timely receipt of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

• the extent of any required post-marketing approval commitments to applicable regulatory authorities;

• maintaining our manufacturing facility and certain regulatory requirements thereof;

• the maintenance of existing or the establishment of new supply arrangements with third-party drug product suppliers and manufacturers for clinical development;

• the maintenance of existing, or the establishment of new, scaled production arrangements with third-party manufacturers to obtain finished products that are appropriate for commercial sale of our product candidates, if approved;

• the protection of our rights in our intellectual property portfolio;

• the successful launch of commercial sales following any marketing approval;

• a continued acceptable safety profile following any marketing approval;

• commercial acceptance by patients, the medical community and third-party payors; and

• our ability to compete with other therapies.

We do not have complete control over many of these factors, including certain aspects of clinical development and the regulatory submission process, potential threats to our intellectual property rights and the manufacturing, marketing, distribution and sales efforts of any future collaborator. If we are not successful with respect to one or more of these factors in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully commercialize D-Fi and FCX-013, or other current product candidates, which would materially harm our business. If we do not receive marketing approvals for D-Fi and FCX-013, or our other product candidates, we may not be able to continue our operations.

Our company has limited experience in designing clinical trials and may experience delays or unexpected difficulties in obtaining regulatory approval for our current and future product candidates.

We have limited experience in designing clinical trials and may be unable to design and execute a clinical trial to support marketing approval. We cannot be certain that our planned clinical trials or any future clinical trials will be successful. It is possible that the FDA may refuse to accept any or all of our planned BLAs for substantive review or may conclude after review of our data that our application is insufficient to obtain regulatory approval for any product candidates. If the FDA does not approve any of our planned BLAs, it may require that we conduct additional costly clinical trials, preclinical studies or manufacturing validation studies before it will reconsider our applications. Depending on the extent of these or any other FDA-required studies, approval of any BLA or other application that we submit may be significantly delayed, possibly for several years, or may require us to expend more resources than we have available. Any failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approvals would prevent us from commercializing our product candidates, generating revenues and achieving and sustaining profitability. It is also possible that additional studies, if performed and completed, may not be considered sufficient by the FDA to approve any BLA or other application that we submit. If any of these outcomes occur, we may be forced to abandon the development of our product candidates, which would materially adversely affect our business and could potentially cause us to cease operations. We face similar risks for our applications in foreign jurisdictions.

We intend to identify and develop novel gene therapy product candidates, which makes it difficult to predict the time, cost and potential success of product candidate development.

Our strategy is to identify, develop and commercialize gene therapy product candidates using our proprietary autologous fibroblast technology, which involves collecting small skin biopsies from patients, isolating cells and expanding them in culture, transducing the patient’s fibroblast cells with an integrative viral or

35

non-viral vector to express a targeted protein, followed by continued expansion of the gene modified cells in culture. Our future success depends on the successful development of these novel therapeutic approaches. To date, very few products that utilize gene transfer have been approved in the United States or Europe and no gene therapy products that utilize an intradermal method of administration have been approved. In addition, there have been a limited number of clinical trials of gene transduction technologies as compared to other, more conventional forms of therapy.

Although viral and non-viral vectors in gene therapy have been tested in numerous clinical trials and are used in FDA-approved gene therapy products, we cannot be certain that our gene therapy product candidates that utilize viral or non-viral vectors will successfully complete preclinical studies or clinical trials, or that they will not cause significant adverse events or toxicities. We also cannot be certain that we will be able to avoid triggering toxicities in our future preclinical studies or clinical trials or that our intradermal method of administration will not cause unforeseen side effects or other challenges. Any such results could impact our ability to develop a product candidate, including our ability to enroll patients in our clinical trials. As a result of these factors, it is more difficult for us to predict the time and cost of product candidate development, and we cannot predict whether the application of our approach to gene therapy, or any similar or competitive programs, will result in the identification, development and regulatory approval of any product candidates, or that other gene therapy programs will not be considered better or more attractive. There can be no assurance that any development problems we experience in the future related to our current gene therapy product candidates or any of our research programs will not cause significant delays or unanticipated costs, or that such development problems can be solved. We may also experience delays and challenges in achieving sustainable, reproducible and scalable production. Any of these factors may prevent us from completing our preclinical studies or clinical trials or commercializing any product candidates we may develop on a timely or profitable basis, if at all.

Our long-term prospects depend in part upon discovering, developing and commercializing additional product candidates, which may fail in development or suffer delays that adversely affect their commercial viability.

Our future operating results are dependent on our ability to successfully discover, develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize product candidates beyond those we currently have in clinical development. A product candidate can unexpectedly fail at any stage of preclinical or clinical development. The historical failure rate for product candidates is high due to risks relating to safety, efficacy, clinical execution, changing standards of medical care and other unpredictable variables. The results from preclinical studies or early clinical trials of a product candidate may not be predictive of the results that will be obtained in later stage clinical trials of the product candidate.

The success of other product candidates we may develop will depend on many factors, including the following:

• generating sufficient data to support the initiation or continuation of clinical trials;

• obtaining regulatory permission to initiate clinical trials;

• contracting with the necessary parties to conduct clinical trials;

• successful enrollment of patients in, and the completion of, clinical trials on a timely basis;

• the timely manufacture of sufficient quantities of the product candidate and other key materials needed for use in clinical trials;

• adverse events in the clinical trials; and

• any potential interruptions or delays resulting from factors related to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Even if we successfully advance any other product candidates into clinical development, their success will be subject to all of the clinical, regulatory and commercial risks described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors”

36

section. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will ever be able to discover, develop, obtain regulatory approval of, commercialize or generate significant revenue from our product candidates.

We have never commercialized an autologous cell-based gene therapy product candidate before and may lack the necessary expertise, personnel and resources to successfully commercialize any products on our own or together with suitable collaborators.

We have never commercialized an autologous cell-based gene therapy product candidate, and we currently have no sales force, marketing or distribution capabilities. To achieve commercial success for our current product candidates, which we may license to others, we will rely on the assistance and guidance of those collaborators. For product candidates for which we retain commercialization rights, we will have to develop our own sales, marketing and supply organization or outsource these activities to a third party.

Factors that may affect our ability to commercialize our product candidates on our own include recruiting and retaining adequate numbers of effective sales and marketing personnel, obtaining access to or persuading adequate numbers of physicians to prescribe our product candidates and other unforeseen costs associated with creating an independent sales and marketing organization. Developing a sales and marketing organization will be expensive and time-consuming and could delay the launch of our product candidates. We may not be able to build an effective sales and marketing organization. If we are unable to build our own distribution and marketing capabilities or to find suitable partners for the commercialization of our product candidates, we may not generate revenues from them or be able to reach or sustain profitability.

We face significant competition, and if our competitors develop and market technologies or products more rapidly than we do or that are more effective, safer or less expensive than the product candidates we develop, our commercial opportunities will be negatively impacted.

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary and novel products and product candidates. Our competitors have developed, are developing or may develop products, product candidates and processes competitive with our product candidates. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. We believe that a significant number of products are currently under development, and may become commercially available in the future, for the treatment of conditions for which we may attempt to develop product candidates. In addition, our products may need to compete with off-label drugs used by physicians to treat the indications for which we seek approval. This may make it difficult for us to replace existing therapies with our products.

In particular, there is intense competition in the field of gene therapy we are pursuing. We have competitors both in the United States and internationally, including major multinational pharmaceutical companies, established biotechnology companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies, emerging and start-up companies, universities and other research institutions. For example, our product candidate and programs for DEB will compete with product candidates and programs being advanced by Krystal Biotech Inc. and Abeona Therapeutics, Inc., among others, and our product candidate and program for LS will compete with product candidates or programs being advanced by Pfizer Inc. and Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc., among others. We also compete with these organizations to recruit management, scientists and clinical development personnel, which could negatively affect our level of expertise and our ability to execute our business plan. We will also face competition in establishing clinical trial sites, enrolling subjects for clinical trials and in identifying and in-licensing new product candidates.

We have chosen to initially address well-validated biochemical targets, and therefore expect to face competition from existing products and products in development for each of our product candidates. There are a large number of companies developing or marketing gene therapies, including many major pharmaceutical and

37

biotechnology companies. Many of these current and potential competitors have significantly greater financial, manufacturing, marketing, drug development, technical and human resources and commercial expertise than we do. Large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, in particular, have extensive experience in clinical testing, obtaining regulatory approvals, recruiting patients and manufacturing biotechnology products. These companies also have significantly greater research and marketing capabilities than we do and may also have products that have been approved or are in late stages of development, and collaborative arrangements in our target markets with leading companies and research institutions. Established pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies may also invest heavily to accelerate discovery and development of novel compounds or to in-license novel compounds that could make the product candidates that we develop obsolete. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. As a result, our competitors may succeed in obtaining approval from the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities or in discovering, developing and commercializing products in our field before we do.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe effects, are more convenient, have a broader label, are marketed more effectively, are reimbursed or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain marketing approval from the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. Even if the product candidates we develop achieve marketing approval, they may be priced at a significant premium over competitive products if any have been approved by then, resulting in reduced competitiveness. Technological advances or products developed by our competitors may render our technologies or product candidates obsolete, less competitive or not economical. If we are unable to compete effectively, our opportunity to generate revenue from the sale of our products we may develop, if approved, could be adversely affected.

If the market opportunities for our current product candidates and any future product candidates we may develop are smaller than we believe they are, our revenue may be adversely affected and our business may suffer. Moreover, because the target patient populations we are seeking to treat are small, and the addressable patient population is even smaller, we must be able to successfully identify patients and capture a significant market share to achieve profitability and growth.

We focus our research and product development on treatments for rare diseases affecting the skin and connective tissue. The incidence and prevalence of RDEB is not clearly defined, and estimates based on limited analyses of clinical databases or registries vary widely. Utilizing a genetic modelling approach, the incidence of RDEB in the United States is estimated to be 95 per million live births. Applying simulation methods, it is estimated that the prevalence of RDEB in the United States is 3,850 patients. Using a more conservative assumption based on a worldwide prevalence of RDEB estimated to be approximately 8 per million persons, the prevalence of RDEB in the United States is extrapolated to be 2,640 patients, although national EB advocacy groups suggest the number of patients may be even greater. While the prevalence of DDEB is estimated to be similar to that of RDEB, the treatable population is considered to be somewhat smaller as the clinical manifestations are generally milder in severity. In addition, we estimate that there are approximately 160,000 patients with LS in the United States. The prevalence of LS in the United States in adults is similar to that of children and is estimated to be 50 per 100,000 persons. We estimate that there are approximately 20,000 patients with moderate to severe LS under the age of 18, and 30,000 moderate to severe adult LS patients in the United States. Given the small number of patients who have the diseases that we are targeting, it is critical to our ability to grow and become profitable that we continue to successfully identify patients with these rare diseases. Our projections of both the number of people who have these diseases, as well as the subset of people with these diseases who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our current product candidates and any future product candidates we may develop, are based on our beliefs and estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including the scientific literature, surveys of clinics, patient foundations or market

38

research that we conducted, and may prove to be incorrect or contain errors. New studies may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these diseases. The number of patients may turn out to be lower than expected. The effort to identify patients with diseases we seek to treat is in early stages, and we cannot accurately predict the number of patients for whom treatment might be possible. Additionally, the potentially addressable patient population for our current product candidates or any future product candidates we may develop may be limited or may not be amenable to treatment with our current product candidates or any future product candidates we may develop, and new patients may become increasingly difficult to identify or gain access to, which would adversely affect our results of operations and our business. Further, even if we obtain significant market share for our current product candidates or any future product candidates we may develop, because the potential target populations are very small, we may never achieve profitability despite obtaining such significant market share.

The COVID-19 pandemic could continue to adversely impact our business, including our ongoing and planned clinical trials, supply chain and business development activities.

In December 2019, SARS-CoV-2, a novel strain of coronavirus, causing a disease referred to as COVID-19, was first reported in Wuhan, China and has since become a global pandemic. The former President of the United States declared the COVID-19 pandemic a national emergency on March 13, 2020 and many states and municipalities in the United States have announced aggressive actions to reduce the spread of the disease, including limiting non-essential gatherings of people, ceasing all non-essential travel, ordering certain businesses and government agencies to cease non-essential operations at physical locations and issuing “shelter-in-place” orders which direct individuals to shelter at their places of residence (subject to limited exceptions). For example, the Governor of Pennsylvania declared a state of emergency related to the spread of COVID-19 and issued orders effective March 23, 2020 directing all individuals in seven counties, including where our headquarters is located, to “stay at home” except to perform certain essential activities. We may experience further limitations on employee resources in the future, including because of sickness of employees or their families. The effects of government actions and our own policies and those of third parties to reduce the spread of COVID-19 may negatively impact productivity and slow down or delay our ongoing and future clinical trials, preclinical studies and research and development activities, and may cause disruptions to our supply chain and impair our ability to execute our business development strategy. For example, we have experienced site initiation and recruitment delays in our clinical trials of D-Fi for the treatment of RDEB and FCX-013 for the treatment of moderate to severe LS due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. In the event that government authorities were to enhance current restrictions, our employees who currently are not telecommuting may no longer be able to access our facilities, and our operations may be further limited or curtailed.

As COVID-19 continues to spread, we may experience ongoing disruptions that could severely impact our business, preclinical studies or clinical trials, including:

• interruption or delays in our operations, which may impact our ability to conduct and produce preclinical results required for submission of a BLA or IND;

• delays in receiving approval from local regulatory authorities to initiate our planned clinical trials;

• delays or difficulties in enrolling patients in our clinical trials;

• delays or difficulties in clinical site initiation, including difficulties in recruiting clinical site investigators and clinical site staff;

• delays in clinical sites receiving the supplies and materials needed to conduct our clinical trials, including interruption in global shipping that may affect the transport of clinical trial materials;

• changes in local regulations as part of a response to the COVID-19 outbreak which may require us to change the ways in which our clinical trials are conducted, which may result in unexpected costs, or to discontinue the clinical trials altogether;

• diversion of healthcare resources away from the conduct of clinical trials, including the diversion of hospitals serving as our clinical trial sites and hospital staff supporting the conduct of our clinical trials;

39

• interruption of key clinical trial activities, such as clinical trial site monitoring, due to limitations on travel imposed or recommended by federal or state governments, employers and others, or interruption of clinical trial subject visits and study procedures, the occurrence of which could affect the integrity of clinical trial data;

• interruption or delays in the operations of the FDA, the EMA or other regulatory authorities, which may impact review and approval timelines;

• risk that participants enrolled in our clinical trials will acquire COVID-19 while the clinical trial is ongoing, which could impact the results of the clinical trial, including by increasing the number of observed adverse events; and

• refusal of the FDA to accept data from clinical trials in affected geographies.

These and other disruptions in our operations and the global economy could negatively impact our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our current and future clinical trials may be affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. For example, some clinical trial sites have slowed down or stopped further enrollment of new patients in clinical trials, denied access to site monitors and otherwise curtailed certain operations. Similarly, our ability to recruit and retain principal investigators and site staff who, as healthcare providers, may have heightened exposure to COVID-19, may be adversely impacted. Our planned clinical trials may also be impacted by interruptions or delays in the operations of the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory agencies. We and our CROs will act in accordance with the guidance issued by the FDA in our future clinical trials to ensure the monitoring and safety of patients and minimize risks to trial integrity during the COVID-19 pandemic. This may have unforeseen effects on the enrollment, progress and completion of these trials and the findings. These events could delay our clinical trials, increase the cost of completing our clinical trials and negatively impact the integrity, reliability or robustness of the data from our clinical trials.

In addition, quarantines, shelter-in-place and similar government orders, or the perception that such orders, shutdowns or other restrictions on the conduct of business operations could occur, related to COVID-19 or other infectious diseases could impact personnel at third-party manufacturing facilities, such as those of Catalent Maryland, Inc., or Catalent, upon which we may rely in the future, or the availability or cost of materials, which could disrupt the supply chain for our product candidates. To the extent our future suppliers and service providers are unable to comply with their obligations under our future agreements with them or they are otherwise unable to deliver or are delayed in delivering goods and services to us due to the COVID-19 pandemic, our future ability to continue meeting clinical supply demand for our product candidates or otherwise advancing development of our product candidates may become impaired.

Additionally, three vaccines for COVID-19 were granted Emergency Use Authorization by the FDA in late 2020 and early 2021, and more are likely to be authorized in the coming months. The resultant demand for vaccines and potential for manufacturing facilities and materials to be commandeered under the Defense Production Act of 1950, or equivalent foreign legislation, may make it more difficult to obtain materials or manufacturing slots for the product candidates needed for our clinical trials, which could lead to further delays in these trials.

The spread of COVID-19 and actions taken to reduce its spread may also materially affect us economically. While the potential economic impact brought by, and the duration of, the COVID-19 pandemic may be difficult to assess or predict, there could be a significant disruption of global financial markets, reducing our ability to access capital, which could in the future negatively affect our liquidity and financial position. In addition, the trading prices for other biopharmaceutical companies have been highly volatile as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. As a result, we may face difficulties raising capital through sales of our common stock or such sales may be on unfavorable terms.

40

COVID-19 and actions taken to reduce its spread continue to rapidly evolve. The extent to which COVID-19 may impede the development of our product candidates, reduce the productivity of our employees, disrupt our supply chains, delay our clinical trials, reduce our access to capital or limit our business development activities, will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence. To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, such as those relating to the timing and results of our clinical trials and our financing needs.

Negative public opinion and increased regulatory scrutiny of gene therapy may damage public perception of the safety of our product candidates and adversely affect our ability to conduct our business or obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates.

Our gene therapy product candidates involve introducing genetic material into a patient’s cells via intradermal administration to the affected areas. Gene therapy remains a novel technology, with only a limited number of gene therapy products approved to date. Public perception may be influenced by claims that gene therapy is unsafe, and gene therapy may not gain the acceptance of the public or the medical community. In particular, our success will depend upon physicians who specialize in the treatment of genetic diseases targeted by our current or future gene therapy product candidates, prescribing treatments that involve the use of our current or future gene therapy product candidates in lieu of, or in addition to, existing treatments with which they are familiar and for which greater clinical data may be available. More restrictive government regulations or negative public opinion would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects and may delay or impair the development, commercialization or demand of our current and future gene therapy product candidates we develop. Potential serious adverse events in our clinical trials, or other clinical trials involving gene therapy products or our competitors’ products, even if not ultimately attributable to the relevant product candidates, and the resulting publicity, could result in increased government regulation, unfavorable public perception, potential regulatory delays in the testing or approval of our current and future gene therapy product candidates, stricter labeling requirements for those product candidates that are approved and a decrease in demand for any such product candidates.

Risks Relating to Our Dependence on Third Parties

We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties, including independent clinical investigators and CROs, to conduct certain aspects of our preclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, comply with applicable regulatory requirements or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates and our business could be adversely harmed.

We have relied upon and plan to continue to rely upon third parties, including independent clinical investigators and third-party CROs, to conduct certain aspects of our preclinical studies and clinical trials and to monitor and manage data for our ongoing preclinical and clinical programs. We rely on these parties for execution of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, and control only certain aspects of their activities. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our studies and trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal, regulatory and scientific standards, and our reliance on these third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. We, our third-party contractors and CROs are required to comply with GCP requirements, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for all of our product candidates in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCPs through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or any of these third parties or our CROs fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA, the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure you that upon inspection by a given regulatory authority, such regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with GCP regulations. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with products

41

manufactured under cGMP regulations. Our failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process. Moreover, our business may be adversely affected if any of these third parties violates federal or state fraud and abuse or false claims laws and regulations or healthcare privacy and security laws.

Further, there is no guarantee that any such CROs, investigators or other third parties on which we rely will devote adequate time and resources to our development activities or perform as contractually required. These risks are heightened as a result of the efforts of government agencies and the CROs themselves to limit the spread of COVID-19, including quarantines and shelter-in-place orders. These third parties may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other product development activities, which could affect their performance on our behalf. If independent investigators or CROs fail to devote sufficient resources to the development of our product candidates, or if CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our product candidates. Consequently, our results of operations and the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenues could be delayed or halted entirely.

Our CROs have the right to terminate their agreements with us in the event of an uncured material breach. In addition, some of our CROs have an ability to terminate their respective agreements with us if it can be reasonably demonstrated that the safety of the subjects participating in our clinical trials warrants such termination, if we make a general assignment for the benefit of our creditors or if we are liquidated.

If any of our relationships with these third-party CROs terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs or to do so on commercially reasonable terms. Switching or adding additional CROs involves additional cost and requires management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO commences work. As a result, delays occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Additionally, CROs may lack the capacity to absorb higher workloads or take on additional capacity to support our needs. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter similar challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.

If we decide to establish additional collaborations, but are not able to establish those collaborations on commercially reasonable terms, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans.

Our drug development programs and the potential commercialization of our product candidates will require substantial additional cash to fund expenses. We may continue to seek to selectively form collaborations to expand our capabilities, potentially accelerate research and development activities and provide for commercialization activities by third parties. Any of these relationships may require us to incur non-recurring and other charges, increase our near and long-term expenditures, issue securities that dilute our existing stockholders, or disrupt our management and business.

We would face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators and the negotiation process is time-consuming and complex. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the design or results of clinical trials, the likelihood of approval by the FDA, the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, the potential market for the subject product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering such product candidate to patients, the potential of competing drugs, the

42

existence of uncertainty with respect to our ownership of intellectual property and industry and market conditions generally. The potential collaborator may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available to collaborate on and whether such collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for our product candidate. Further, we may not be successful in our efforts to establish a collaboration or other alternative arrangements for future product candidates because they may be deemed to be at too early of a stage of development for collaborative effort and third parties may not view them as having the requisite potential to demonstrate safety and efficacy.

In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators. Even if we are successful in entering into a collaboration, the terms and conditions of that collaboration may restrict us from entering into future agreements on certain terms with potential collaborators.

If and when we seek to enter into collaborations, we may not be able to negotiate collaborations on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so, we may have to curtail the development of a product candidate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate product revenue.

We have and in the future may enter into collaborations with third parties for the development and commercialization of product candidates. If those collaborations are not successful, we may not be able to capitalize on the market potential of these product candidates.

We have and may in the future seek third-party collaborators for the development and commercialization of one or more of our product candidates. Our likely collaborators for any future collaboration arrangements include large and mid-size pharmaceutical companies, regional and national pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies.

We have and will likely have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators dedicate to the development or commercialization of our product candidates. Our ability to generate revenues from these arrangements will depend on our collaborators’ abilities and efforts to successfully perform the functions assigned to them in these arrangements. Collaborations involving our product candidates could pose numerous risks to us, including the following:

• collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations and may not perform their obligations as expected;

• collaborators may deemphasize or not pursue development and commercialization of our product candidates or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on clinical trial results, changes in the collaborators’ strategic focus, including as a result of a sale or disposition of a business unit or development function, or available funding or external factors such as an acquisition that diverts resources or creates competing priorities;

• collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial or abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

• collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our product candidates if the collaborators believe that competitive products are more likely to be successfully developed or can be commercialized under terms that are more economically attractive than ours;

43

• a collaborator with marketing and distribution rights to multiple products may not commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of our product relative to other products;

• collaborators may not properly obtain, maintain, defend or enforce our intellectual property rights or may use our proprietary information and intellectual property in such a way as to invite litigation or other intellectual property related proceedings that could jeopardize or invalidate our proprietary information and intellectual property or expose us to potential litigation or other intellectual property related proceedings;

• disputes may arise between the collaborators and us that result in the delay or termination of the research, development or commercialization of our product candidates or that result in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management attention and resources;

• collaborations may be terminated and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates;

• collaboration agreements may not lead to development or commercialization of product candidates in the most efficient manner or at all; and

• if a collaborator of ours were to be involved in a business combination, the continued pursuit and emphasis on our drug development or commercialization program could be delayed, diminished or terminated.

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial collaborators, principal investigators, CROs, suppliers and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial collaborators, principal investigators, CROs, suppliers and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities. Misconduct by these parties could include failures to comply with FDA regulations, provide accurate information to the FDA, comply with federal and state health care fraud and abuse laws and regulations, accurately report financial information or data or disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the health care industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Misconduct by these parties could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by these parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant penalties, including civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, integrity oversight and reporting obligations, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

Risks Related to Manufacturing

We are highly dependent on our Exton, Pennsylvania facility and any failure to maintain the use of this facility would have a material and adverse effect on our business.

We currently manufacture our product candidates at our manufacturing facility in Exton, Pennsylvania. We are entirely reliant on our manufacturing facility to manufacture our product candidates and any failure to

44

maintain the use of this facility would have a material and adverse effect on our business. Our reliance on our manufacturing facility exposes us to a number of risks, including:

• any inability to maintain the facility and conduct its operations in compliance with regulatory requirements, including those specified by the FDA’s regulations regarding cGMP, would have a material and adverse effect on our business and operations;

• we may have no back up manufacturing options, at least in the near term, and even if there were manufacturing alternatives, the third-party contract manufacturing organization, or CMO, we may contract may not be able to manufacture our product candidates for us in a quantity, with the specifications, and otherwise in the manner we request or require and in a timely fashion;

• our ability to manufacture our product candidates could be adversely affected by circumstances beyond our control, including natural disasters or adverse weather, or legal or regulatory issues we may experience that are unrelated to our activities;

• our ability to successfully renew the lease of our facility, which is set to expire in April 2023, on reasonable terms or at all; and

• our ability to establish and maintain certain licenses or permits necessary to continue our manufacturing activities for our clinical trials and, if any of our product candidates are approved, for commercialization.

We currently manufacture our product candidates for preclinical studies and clinical trials in-house, and expect to continue to do so for commercialization. The manufacture of drugs, especially our gene therapy product candidates, is complex and we may encounter difficulties in production.

Manufacturing drugs, especially in large quantities, is complex and may require the use of innovative technologies. Moreover, the manufacturing of our gene therapy product candidates is complex and novel and has not yet been validated for commercial production. Each lot of an approved drug product must undergo thorough testing for identity, strength, quality, purity and potency. Manufacturing drugs requires facilities specifically designed for and validated for this purpose, and sophisticated quality assurance and quality control procedures are necessary. Slight deviations anywhere in the manufacturing process, including filling, labeling, packaging, storage and shipping and quality control and testing, may result in lot failures, product recalls or spoilage. When changes are made to the manufacturing process, we may be required to provide preclinical and clinical data showing the comparable identity, strength, quality, purity or potency of the products before and after such changes. If microbial, viral or other contaminations are discovered at our facilities or the facilities of a potential future manufacturer, such facilities may need to be closed for an extended period of time to investigate and remedy the contamination, which could delay clinical trials and adversely harm our business. The use of biologically derived ingredients can also lead to allegations of harm, including infections or allergic reactions, or closure of product facilities due to possible contamination. If we or our potential future manufacturers are unable to produce sufficient quantities for clinical trials or for commercialization as a result of these challenges, or otherwise, our development and commercialization efforts would be impaired, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We rely on third parties for certain portions of the manufacturing process, and may in the future rely in third party manufacturers for our product candidates, and this increases the risk related to the timely and sufficient production of our product candidates.

We do not have complete control over all aspects of the manufacturing process of, and are dependent on, our contract manufacturing partners for compliance with cGMP regulations for manufacturing the lentiviral vectors for our final gene therapy product candidates. Third-party manufacturers may not be able to comply with cGMP regulations or similar regulatory requirements outside of the United States. If our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA, the EMA or others, they will not be able to secure and/or maintain marketing approval

45

for their manufacturing facilities. In addition, we do not have control over the ability of our contract manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. If the FDA, the EMA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates or if it withdraws any such approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain marketing approval for or market our product candidates, if approved. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocation, seizures or recalls of product candidates or drugs, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supplies of our product candidates or drugs and harm our business and results of operations. Furthermore, the raw materials for our product candidates may be sourced, in some cases, from a single-source supplier. If we were to experience an unexpected loss of supply of any of our product candidates or any of our future product candidates for any reason, whether as a result of manufacturing, supply or storage issues or otherwise, we could experience delays, disruptions, suspensions or terminations of, or be required to restart or repeat, any pending or ongoing clinical trials.

We currently have the infrastructure and internal capability to manufacture our product candidates at our manufacturing facility in Exton, Pennsylvania. In the future, we may rely on third-party manufacturers for the production of our product candidates for use in development and commercialization under the guidance of members of our organization. In the event that we or our any of our potential future third-party manufacturers fail to comply with such requirements or to perform with certain requirements in relation to quality, timing or otherwise, or if our supply of components or other materials becomes limited or interrupted for other reasons, including due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may be forced to enter into an agreement with another third-party, which we may not be able to do on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. In particular, any replacement of our facility or future third-party manufacturers could require significant effort and expertise because there may be a limited number of qualified replacements. In some cases, the technical skills or technology required to manufacture our product candidates may be unique or proprietary to us or the third-party manufacturer and we may have difficulty transferring such skills or technology to another third-party and a feasible alternative may not exist. In addition, certain of our product candidates and our own proprietary methods have never been produced or implemented outside of our company, and we may therefore experience delays to our development programs if we attempt to establish new third-party manufacturing arrangements for these product candidates or methods. These factors would increase our reliance on such manufacturer or require us to obtain a license from such manufacturer in order to have another third-party manufacture our product candidates. If we are required to or voluntarily stop manufacturing our product candidates for any reason, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations and guidelines and that the product produced is equivalent to that produced in our facility. The delays associated with the verification of a new manufacturer and equivalent product could negatively affect our ability to develop product candidates in a timely manner or within budget.

Our or a third-party’s failure to execute on our manufacturing requirements, do so on commercially reasonable terms and timelines and comply with cGMP requirements could adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including:

• inability to meet our product specifications and quality requirements consistently;

• inability to initiate or continue clinical trials of our product candidates under development;

• delays in submitting regulatory applications, or receiving marketing approvals, for our product candidates, if at all;

• inability to commercialize any product candidates that receive marketing approval on a timely basis;

• loss of the cooperation of future collaborators;

• subjecting third-party manufacturing facilities or our manufacturing facilities to additional inspections by regulatory authorities;

46

• requirements to cease development or to recall batches of our product candidates;

• in the event of approval to market and commercialize our product candidates, an inability to meet commercial demands for our product candidates or any future product candidates;

• our future profit margins; and

• any potential interruptions or delays resulting from factors related to the COVID-19 pandemic.

We have limited experience as a company managing a complex supply chain or satisfying manufacturing-related regulatory requirements. Managing autologous ex vivo gene therapy supply chains is highly complex. We must identify, engage and coordinate with treatment centers where each patient’s cellular material must be collected, prepared, stored and transported to the manufacturing facility and the refrigerated drug product must be returned to the treatment center for administration into the patient using controlled temperature shipping containers.

The FDA, the EMA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to submit samples of any lot of any approved product together with the protocols showing the results of applicable tests at any time. Under some circumstances, the FDA, the EMA or other foreign regulatory authorities may require that we not distribute a product lot until the relevant agency authorizes its release. Slight deviations in the manufacturing process, including those affecting quality attributes and stability, may result in unacceptable changes in a viral vector or a gene therapy product that could result in lot failures or product recalls. Lot failures or product recalls could cause us to delay product launches or clinical trials, which could be costly to us and otherwise harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Problems in our manufacturing processes could restrict our ability to meet market demand for our products.

For example, our current gene therapy product candidates require collecting small skin biopsies from patients and isolating their fibroblast cells. Once these cells are collected from the patient, the cellular material must be prepared and stored according to specified procedures. While we intend to standardize the processes at treatment centers, if there is a deviation from the processes, the cellular material from a patient could be adversely affected and potentially result in manufacturing failures. Each patient’s cellular material must be transported to the manufacturing facility using a shipping container that maintains the material at a cool temperature and must typically be delivered and processed the day after collection. While we intend to use reputable couriers and agents for the transport of such materials, if the shipping container is opened or damaged such that the cool temperature is not maintained, the cellular material may be adversely impacted and it may not be feasible to manufacture a drug product for the patient. Similarly, if a shipment is delayed due to adverse weather or natural disasters, misrouting, being held up at a customs point, COVID-19 impacts or other events, the cellular material may not be delivered within a time window that will allow for its use for the successful manufacture of a drug product.

Similarly, each patient’s autologous drug product must be returned to the clinical site for administration into the patient using a specialized shipping container that maintains the material at a very low temperature, typically for a period of up to two days. While we intend to use reputable couriers and agents for the transport of our drug products, if the shipping container is opened or damaged such that the very low temperature is not maintained, the drug product may be adversely impacted and it may not be feasible to administer it to the patient or, if administered, it could cause harm to the patient. Similarly, if a shipment is delayed due to adverse weather, misrouting, being held up at a customs point, COVID-19 impacts or other events, and is not delivered to the clinical site within the time period that the very low temperature is maintained, the drug product may be adversely affected and be unable to be administered or, if administered, could cause harm to the patient.

We may be delayed or unable to identify, engage, successfully coordinate or qualify with treatment centers in the regions we are targeting as part of our commercial launch strategy, which could delay or prevent patients from receiving gene therapy treatments, if approved. For example, due to COVID-19-related travel restrictions,

47

some in-person visits to qualify certain potential treatment centers were postponed or required to take place remotely. If our treatment centers fail to perform satisfactorily, we may suffer reputational, operational, and business harm.

Any of the above events, should they happen, could adversely affect our development timelines and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The development of our gene therapy product candidates are subject to uncertainty because autologous cell therapy is inherently variable.

The manufacture of autologous cell therapies is inherently variable because the number and composition of the cell population varies from patient to patient. Such variability in the number and composition of these cells could adversely affect our ability to manufacture autologous cell therapies in a cost-effective or profitable manner and meet acceptable product release specifications for use in a clinical trial or, if approved, for commercial sale. As a consequence, the development and regulatory approval process for autologous cell therapy products could be delayed or may never be completed. Our product development costs will also increase if manufacturing processes and controls require unexpected investments, which could harm our business and results of operations.

Interruptions in the supply of viral vectors and/or drug products or inventory loss may harm our operating results and financial condition.

Our viral vectors and drug products are manufactured using technically complex processes in specialized facilities, sometimes using specialized equipment with highly specific raw materials and other production constraints. The complexity of these processes, as well as strict government standards for the manufacture and storage of our gene therapies, subjects us to manufacturing risks. While viral vectors and drug product released for use in clinical trials or for commercialization undergo sample testing, some defects may only be identified following their release. In addition, process deviations or unanticipated effects of approved process changes may result in viral vector and/or drug product not complying with stability requirements or specifications. Our viral vectors and drug product must be stored and transported at temperatures within a certain range. If these environmental conditions deviate, our viral vectors and drug products’ remaining shelf-lives could be impaired or their efficacy and safety could be negatively impacted, making them no longer suitable for use. For example, patients’ cellular material must be received by the manufacturing facility typically the day after collection, and our gene therapy must be received by the clinical site typically within two days after shipping from the manufacturing facility. The occurrence, or suspected occurrence, of manufacturing and distribution difficulties can lead to lost inventories and, in some cases, product recalls, with consequential reputational damage and the risk of product liability. The investigation and remediation of any identified problems can cause production delays, substantial expense, lost sales and delays of new product launches. Any interruption in the supply of finished products, due to transportation or other delays, including delays or disruptions resulting from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, or the loss thereof could hinder our ability to timely distribute our products and satisfy customer demand. Any unforeseen failure in the storage of the viral vectors or drug products or loss in supply could delay our clinical trials and result in a loss of our market share for our commercial product or our product candidates, if approved, and negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The manufacture of lentiviral vectors is complex and variable, and there are a limited number of manufacturers able to supply us with lentiviral vectors.

Our D-Fi and FCX-013 gene therapy product candidates utilize a lentiviral delivery vector and some or all of our future gene therapy product candidates may require a lentiviral delivery vector, a key drug substance that delivers the encoded gene to the target cell. We currently rely on third-party manufacturers for the production of our lentiviral vectors; however, we plan to bring the lentiviral vector manufacturing process in-house in the

48

future. The manufacturing process for lentiviral vectors is variable and still evolving. It is not uncommon for manufacturing runs to fail, whether due to contamination, supplier error, or equipment failure, or to be delayed. To the extent our product candidates use a lentiviral delivery vector, a lack of vector supply will cause us to be unable to manufacture our gene therapy product candidates as well as a delay in patient enrollment, which may have a negative impact on our ability to successfully develop our product candidates.

Further, there are a limited number of manufacturers capable of producing lentiviral vectors. It can be challenging to secure a relationship with any of these manufacturers, and the manufacturing and release process can take a significant amount of time. We believe we have secured a supply of lentiviral vectors from Catalent sufficient to meet our needs for our ongoing clinical trials as we transition from our former supplier, City of Hope National Medical Center. There is no assurance that we will be able to secure an adequate and timely supply of lentiviral vectors in the future. Moreover, we cannot be certain that our gene therapy product candidates produced with lentiviral vectors from different manufacturers will be comparable or that results of clinical trials will be consistent if conducted with lentiviral vectors from different manufacturers, including those we may manufacture ourselves. This may require us to perform bridging studies or additional clinical trials to establish the comparability and/or efficacy of our product candidates produced using lentiviral vectors from alternative manufacturers.

Changes in methods of product candidate manufacturing or formulation may result in additional costs or delay.

As product candidates proceed through preclinical studies to late-stage clinical trials towards potential approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods and formulation, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize processes and product characteristics. Such alterations can also occur due to changes in manufacturers. Such changes carry the risk that they will not achieve our intended objectives. Any such changes could cause our product candidates to perform differently and affect the results of planned clinical trials or other future clinical trials conducted with the materials manufactured using altered processes. Such changes may also require additional testing, FDA notification or FDA approval. This could delay completion of clinical trials, require the conduct of bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials beyond those we currently anticipate, increase clinical trial costs, delay approval of our product candidates and jeopardize our ability to commence sales and generate revenue. In addition, we may be required to make significant changes to our upstream and downstream processes across our pipeline, which could delay the development of our future product candidates.

Any contamination or interruption in our manufacturing process, shortages of raw materials or failure of our suppliers of plasmids and viruses to deliver necessary components could result in delays in our clinical development or marketing schedules.

Given the nature of gene therapy manufacturing, there is a risk of contamination. Any contamination could adversely affect our ability to produce product candidates on schedule and could, therefore, harm our results of operations and cause reputational damage. Additionally, although our gene therapies are tested for contamination prior to release, if a contaminated product was administered to a patient, it could result in harm to the patient. Some of the raw materials required in our manufacturing process are derived from biologic sources. Such raw materials are difficult to procure and may be subject to contamination or recall. A material shortage, contamination, recall or restriction on the use of biologically derived substances in the manufacture of our product candidates could adversely impact or disrupt the commercial manufacturing or the production of clinical material, which could adversely affect our development timelines and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

49

Risks Related to Legal and Regulatory Compliance Matters

Our relationships with healthcare professionals, clinical investigators, CROs and third party payors in connection with our current and future business activities may be subject to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, false claims laws, transparency laws, and government price reporting, and health information privacy and security laws, which could expose us to, among other things, criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, exclusion from governmental healthcare programs, reputational harm, administrative burdens and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Our current and future arrangements with healthcare professionals, clinical investigators, CROs, third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute our products for which we obtain marketing approval. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations include the following:

• the federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. On December 2, 2020, the Office of Inspector General, or OIG, published further modifications to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Under the final rules, OIG added safe harbor protections under the Anti-Kickback Statute for certain coordinated care and value-based arrangements among clinicians, providers, and others. This rule (with exceptions) became effective January 19, 2021. Implementation of this change and new safe harbors for point-of-sale reductions in price for prescription pharmaceutical products and pharmacy benefit manager service fees are currently under review by the Biden administration and may be amended or repealed. We continue to evaluate what effect, if any, the rule will have on our business;

• the federal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act, which can be enforced by private citizens through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, and civil monetary penalties laws, prohibit individuals or entities from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act;

• the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, prohibits, among other things, executing or attempting to execute a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or to obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private) and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statements or representations in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

• HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or the HITECH, and their implementing regulations, also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, on certain covered healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses as well as their respective business associates, independent contractors or agents of covered entities, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. The

50

HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, there may be additional federal, state and non-U.S. laws which govern the privacy and security of health and other personal information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts;

• federal government price reporting laws, which require us to calculate and report complex pricing metrics in an accurate and timely manner to government programs;

• federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers;

• the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires applicable manufacturers of covered drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to annually report to CMS information regarding payments and other transfers of value to physicians (as defined by statute), certain other healthcare providers starting 2022 and teaching hospitals, as well as information regarding ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. The information reported is publicly available on a searchable website, with disclosure required annually;

• analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers. Many U.S. states have adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and False Claims Act, and may apply to our business practices, including, but not limited to, research, distribution, sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental payors, including private insurers; and

• some state laws require biotechnology companies to comply with the biotechnology industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government and may require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and some state laws require biotechnology companies to report information on the pricing of certain drug products. Several states also impose other marketing restrictions or require pharmaceutical companies to make marketing or price disclosures to the state and require the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives.

State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health-related and other personal information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts. For instance, the collection and use of health data in the European Economic Area, or the EEA, is governed by the General Data Protection Regulation, or the GDPR, which imposes strict requirements for processing personal data of individuals within the EEA. The GDPR provides that EU and EEA Member States may make their own further laws and regulations, which may impose more limitations, including in relation to the processing of genetic, biometric or health data, which may result in differences between Member State laws, limit our ability to use and share personal data, cause our costs to increase, and/or harm our business and/or financial condition. Failure to comply with the GDPR may result in substantial fines and other administrative penalties. The GDPR may increase our responsibility and liability in relation to personal data that we process and we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance with the GDPR This may be onerous and if our efforts to comply with GDPR or other applicable European Union laws and regulations are not successful, it could adversely affect our business in the European Union. Among other requirements, the GDPR regulates transfers of personal data subject to the GDPR to third countries that have not been found to provide adequate protection to such personal data, including the United States, and the efficacy and longevity of current transfer mechanisms between the EU and the United States

51

remains uncertain. For example, in 2016, the EU and United States agreed to a transfer framework for data transferred from the EU to the United States, called the Privacy Shield, but the Privacy Shield was invalidated in July 2020 by the Court of Justice of the European Union. Further, from January 1, 2021, companies have to comply with the GDPR and also the United Kingdom GDPR, or the UK GDPR, which, together with the amended UK Data Protection Act 2018, retains the GDPR in UK national law. The UK GDPR mirrors the fines under the GDPR, i.e., fines up to the greater of €20 million (£17.5 million) or 4% of global turnover. The relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union in relation to certain aspects of data protection law remains unclear, and it is unclear how United Kingdom data protection laws and regulations will develop in the medium to longer term, and how data transfers to and from the United Kingdom will be regulated in the long term. Currently there is a four to six-month grace period agreed in the EU and United Kingdom Trade and Cooperation Agreement, ending June 30, 2021 at the latest, whilst the parties discuss an adequacy decision. However, it is not clear whether (and when) an adequacy decision may be granted by the European Commission enabling data transfers from EU member states to the United Kingdom long term without additional measures. These changes may lead to additional costs and increase our overall risk exposure.

In addition, on June 28, 2018, the State of California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which went into effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA creates individual privacy rights for California consumers and increases the privacy and security obligations of entities handling certain personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. The CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability, and similar laws have been proposed at the federal level and in other states. Additionally, the California Privacy Rights Act, or CPRA, recently passed in California. The CPRA will impose additional data protection obligations on companies doing business in California, including additional consumer rights processes, limitations on data uses, new audit requirements for higher risk data, and opt outs for certain uses of sensitive data. It will also create a new California data protection agency authorized to issue substantive regulations and could result in increased privacy and information security enforcement. The majority of the provisions will go into effect on January 1, 2023, and additional compliance investment and potential business process changes may be required. Compliance with U.S. and foreign privacy and security laws, rules and regulations could require us to take on more onerous obligations in our contracts, require us to engage in costly compliance exercises, restrict our ability to collect, use and disclose data, or in some cases, impact our or our partners’ or suppliers’ ability to operate in certain jurisdictions.

Efforts to ensure that our current and future business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve on-going substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices, including our arrangements with physicians, some of whom have been granted stock options, may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, integrity oversight and reporting obligations, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Defending against any such actions can be costly, time-consuming and may require significant financial and personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired. Further, if any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

Our business entails a significant risk of product liability and if we are unable to obtain sufficient insurance coverage such inability could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Our business exposes us to significant product liability risks inherent in the development, testing, manufacturing and marketing of therapeutic treatments. Product liability claims could delay or prevent

52

completion of our development programs. If we succeed in marketing products, such claims could result in an FDA, EMA or other regulatory authority investigation of the safety and effectiveness of our products, our manufacturing processes and facilities or our marketing programs. FDA, EMA or other regulatory authority investigations could potentially lead to a recall of our products or more serious enforcement action, limitations on the approved indications for which they may be used or suspension or withdrawal of approvals. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may also result in decreased demand for our products, injury to our reputation, costs to defend the related litigation, a diversion of management’s time and our resources and substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients. We currently have product liability insurance that we believe is appropriate for our stage of development and may need to obtain higher levels prior to marketing any of our product candidates, if approved. Any insurance we have or may obtain may not provide sufficient coverage against potential liabilities. Furthermore, clinical trial and product liability insurance is becoming increasingly expensive. As a result, we may be unable to obtain sufficient insurance at a reasonable cost to protect us against losses caused by product liability claims that could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Any product candidates we develop may become subject to unfavorable third-party coverage and reimbursement practices, as well as pricing regulations.

The availability and extent of coverage and adequate reimbursement by third-party payors, including government health administration authorities, private health coverage insurers, managed care organizations and other third-party payors is essential for most patients to be able to afford expensive treatments. Sales of any of our product candidates that receive marketing approval will depend substantially, both in the United States and internationally, on the extent to which the costs of our product candidates will be covered and reimbursed by third-party payors. If reimbursement is not available, or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. Even if coverage is provided, the approved reimbursement amount may not be high enough to allow us to establish or maintain pricing sufficient to realize an adequate return on our investment. Coverage and reimbursement may impact the demand for, or the price of, any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval. If coverage and reimbursement are not available or reimbursement is available only to limited levels, we may not successfully commercialize any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval. For products administered under the supervision of a physician, obtaining coverage and adequate reimbursement may be particularly difficult because of the higher prices often associated with such drugs.

There is significant uncertainty related to third-party payor coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors and coverage and reimbursement levels for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. The Medicare and Medicaid programs increasingly are used as models for how private payors and other governmental payors develop their coverage and reimbursement policies for drugs and biologics. However, one third-party payor’s determination to provide coverage for a product candidate does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage for the product candidate. As a result, the coverage determination process is often time-consuming and costly. This process will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each third-party payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance. Factors payors consider in determining reimbursement are based on whether the product is: (i) a covered benefit under its health plan; (ii) safe, effective and medically necessary; (iii) appropriate for the specific patient; (iv) cost-effective; and (v) neither experimental nor investigational.

Increasingly, third-party payors are requiring that drug companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are challenging the prices charged for medical products. Further, such payors are increasingly challenging the price, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost effectiveness of medical product candidates. There may be especially significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific product candidates on an approved

53

list, known as a formulary, which might not include all FDA-approved drugs for a particular indication. We may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost effectiveness of our products. Nonetheless, our product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost effective. We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for any product that we commercialize and, if reimbursement is available, what the level of reimbursement will be.

Outside the United States, international operations are generally subject to extensive governmental price controls and other market regulations, and we believe the increasing emphasis on cost containment initiatives in Europe, Canada and other countries has and will continue to put pressure on the pricing and usage of therapeutics such as our product candidates. In many countries, particularly the countries of the European Union, medical product prices are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after a product receives marketing approval. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies. In general, product prices under such systems are substantially lower than in the United States. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for products, but monitor and control company profits. Additional foreign price controls or other changes in pricing regulation could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for our product candidates. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for our products may be reduced compared with the United States and may be insufficient to generate commercially reasonable revenue and profits.

If we are unable to establish or sustain coverage and adequate reimbursement for any future product candidates from third-party payors, the adoption of those products and sales revenue will be adversely affected, which, in turn, could adversely affect the ability to market or sell those product candidates, if approved. Coverage policies and third-party payor reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

We face potential liability related to the privacy of health information we obtain from clinical trials sponsored by us.

Most healthcare providers, including research institutions from which we obtain patient health information, are subject to privacy and security regulations promulgated under HIPAA, as amended by the HITECH. We are not currently classified as a covered entity or business associate under HIPAA and thus are not directly subject to its requirements or penalties. However, any person may be prosecuted under HIPAA’s criminal provisions either directly or under aiding-and-abetting or conspiracy principles. Consequently, depending on the facts and circumstances, we could face substantial criminal penalties if we knowingly receive individually identifiable health information from a HIPAA-covered healthcare provider or research institution that has not satisfied HIPAA’s requirements for disclosure of individually identifiable health information. In addition, we may maintain sensitive personally identifiable information, including health information, that we receive throughout the clinical trial process, in the course of our research collaborations, and directly from individuals (or their healthcare providers) who enroll in our patient assistance programs. As such, we may be subject to state laws requiring notification of affected individuals and state regulators in the event of a breach of personal information, which is a broader class of information than the health information protected by HIPAA.

Furthermore, certain health privacy laws, data breach notification laws, consumer protection laws and genetic testing laws may apply directly to our operations and/or those of our collaborators and may impose restrictions on our collection, use and dissemination of individuals’ health information. Patients about whom we or our collaborators obtain health information, as well as the providers who share this information with us, may have statutory or contractual rights that limit our ability to use and disclose the information. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to ensure ongoing compliance with applicable privacy and data security laws. Claims that we have violated individuals’ privacy rights or breached our contractual obligations,

54

even if we are not found liable, could be expensive and time consuming to defend and could result in adverse publicity that could harm our business.

If we or third-party CMOs, CROs or other contractors or consultants fail to comply with applicable federal, state or local regulatory requirements, we could be subject to a range of regulatory actions that could affect our or our contractors’ ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates and could harm or prevent sales of any affected products that we are able to commercialize, or could substantially increase the costs and expenses of developing, commercializing and marketing our products. Any threatened or actual government enforcement action could also generate adverse publicity and require that we devote substantial resources that could otherwise be used in other aspects of our business. Increasing use of social media could give rise to liability, breaches of data security or reputational damage.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or commercialization efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

The FDA, the EMA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may not accept data from trials conducted in locations outside of their jurisdiction.

We may choose to conduct international clinical trials in the future. The acceptance of study data by the FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authority from clinical trials conducted outside of their respective jurisdictions may be subject to certain conditions. In cases where data from foreign clinical trials are intended to serve as the basis for marketing approval in the United States, the FDA will generally not approve the application on the basis of foreign data alone unless (1) the data are applicable to the United States population and United States medical practice; (2) the trials are performed by clinical investigators of recognized competence and pursuant to current GCP requirements; and (3) the FDA is able to validate the data through an on-site inspection or other appropriate mean. Additionally, the FDA’s clinical trial requirements, including the adequacy of the patient population studied and statistical powering, must be met. In addition, such foreign trials would be subject to the applicable local laws of the foreign jurisdictions where the trials are conducted. There can be no assurance that the FDA, the EMA or any applicable foreign regulatory authority will accept data from trials conducted outside of its applicable jurisdiction. If the FDA, the EMA or any applicable foreign regulatory authority does not accept such data, it would result in the need for additional trials, which would be costly and time-consuming and delay aspects of our business plan, and which may result in our product candidates not receiving approval for commercialization in the applicable jurisdiction.

55

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not mean that we will be successful in obtaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in other jurisdictions.

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not guarantee that we will be able to obtain or maintain regulatory approval in any other jurisdiction. For example, even if the FDA or the EMA grants marketing approval of a product candidate, comparable regulatory authorities in foreign jurisdictions must also approve the manufacturing, marketing and promotion and reimbursement of the product candidate in those countries. However, a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from those in the United States, including additional preclinical studies or clinical trials as clinical trials conducted in one jurisdiction may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions. In many jurisdictions outside the United States, a product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that jurisdiction. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our products is also subject to approval.

Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and establishing and maintaining compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in certain countries. If we or any future collaborator fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets or fail to receive applicable marketing approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our product candidates will be harmed.

Even if our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they will be subject to significant post-marketing regulatory requirements and oversight.

Any regulatory approvals that we may receive for our product candidates will require the submission of reports to regulatory authorities and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate, may contain significant limitations related to use restrictions for specified age groups, warnings, precautions or contraindications, and may include burdensome post-approval study or risk management requirements. For example, the FDA may require a REMS in order to approve our product candidates, which could entail requirements for a medication guide, physician training and communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. In addition, if the FDA, the EMA or foreign regulatory authorities approve our product candidates, the manufacturing processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion, import, export and recordkeeping for our product candidates will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration, as well as on-going compliance with cGMPs and GCP for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. In addition, manufacturers of drug products and their facilities are subject to continual review and periodic, unannounced inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMP regulations and standards. If we or a regulatory agency discover previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facilities where the product is manufactured, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product, the manufacturing facility or us, including requiring recall or withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing. In addition, failure to comply with FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory requirements may subject our company to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions, including:

• delays in or the rejection of product approvals;

• restrictions on our ability to conduct clinical trials, including full or partial clinical holds on ongoing or planned trials;

• restrictions on the products, manufacturers or manufacturing process;

• warning or untitled letters;

56

• civil and criminal penalties;

• injunctions;

• suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals;

• product seizures, detentions or import bans;

• voluntary or mandatory product recalls and publicity requirements;

• total or partial suspension of production; and

• imposition of restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements.

The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize our product candidates and generate revenue and could require us to expend significant time and resources in response and could generate negative publicity.

The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change, and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained, and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

We also cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action, either in the United States or abroad. For example, certain policies of the current U.S. administration may impact our business and industry. Namely, the previous U.S. administration took several executive actions, including the issuance of a number of Executive Orders, that could impose significant burdens on, or otherwise materially delay, the FDA’s ability to engage in routine regulatory and oversight activities such as implementing statutes through rulemaking, issuance of guidance, and review and approval of marketing applications. It is difficult to predict whether or how these executive actions, including the Executive Orders, will be implemented, or whether they will be rescinded or replaced under the new U.S. administration. If these executive actions impose constraints on FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be negatively impacted.

The FDA and other regulatory agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses.

If any of our product candidates are approved and we are found to have improperly promoted off-label uses of those products, we may become subject to significant liability. The FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about prescription products, such as our product candidates, if approved. In particular, a product may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA, the EMA or such other regulatory agencies as reflected in the product’s approved labeling. If we receive marketing approval for a product candidate, physicians may nevertheless prescribe it to their patients in a manner that is inconsistent with the approved label. If we are found to have promoted such off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability. The U.S. federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion of off-label use and has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The government has also required companies to enter into consent decrees or imposed permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed. If we cannot successfully manage the promotion of our product candidates, if approved, we could become subject to significant liability, which would materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.

57

Disruptions at the FDA, the SEC and other government agencies caused by funding shortages or global health concerns could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner or otherwise prevent those agencies from performing normal business functions on which the operation of our business may rely, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and statutory, regulatory, and policy changes. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and other government agencies on which our operations may rely, including those that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.

Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new drugs to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, in recent years, including in 2018 and 2019, the U.S. government shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA and the SEC, had to furlough critical employees and stop critical activities. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, upon completion of this offering and in our operations as a public company, future government shutdowns could impact our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.

Separately, in response to the global COVID-19 pandemic, on March 10, 2020 the FDA announced its intention to postpone most foreign inspections of manufacturing facilities and products, and on March 18, 2020, the FDA announced its intention to temporarily postpone routine surveillance inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities. Subsequently, on July 10, 2020 the FDA announced its intention to resume certain on-site inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities subject to a risk-based prioritization system. The FDA intends to use this risk-based assessment system to identify the categories of regulatory activity that can occur within a given geographic area, ranging from mission critical inspections to resumption of all regulatory activities. Should the FDA determine that an inspection is necessary for approval of a marketing application and an inspection cannot be completed during the review cycle due to restrictions on travel, the FDA has stated that it generally intends to issue a complete response letter, or CRL. Further, if there is inadequate information to make a determination on the acceptability of a facility, the FDA may defer action on the application until an inspection can be completed. In 2020, several companies announced receipt of CRLs due to the FDA’s inability to complete required inspections for their applications. Regulatory authorities outside the United States may adopt similar restrictions or other policy measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns continue to prevent the FDA, the EMA or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews, or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA, the EMA or other regulatory authorities to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may face difficulties from changes to current regulations and future legislation.

Existing regulatory policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

For example, the ACA was passed, which substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both the government and private insurers, and significantly impacts the U.S. pharmaceutical industry. The ACA, among

58

other things, subjected biologic products to potential competition by lower-cost biosimilars; increased the minimum level of Medicaid rebates payable by manufacturers of brand name drugs from 15.1% to 23.1% of the average manufacturer price; required collection of rebates for drugs paid by Medicaid managed care organizations; imposed a non-deductible annual fee on pharmaceutical manufacturers or importers who sell certain “branded prescription drugs” to specified federal government programs; implemented a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted, or injected; expanded eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs; created a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; and established a Center for Medicare & Medicaid Innovation at CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drug spending.

Since its enactment, there have been judicial, executive and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. By way of example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the Tax Act, was signed into law, which included a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate”. On December 14, 2018, a Texas U.S. District Court Judge ruled that the ACA is unconstitutional in its entirety because the “individual mandate” was repealed by Congress as part of the Tax Act. Additionally, on December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5^th Circuit ruled that the individual mandate was unconstitutional and remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. On March 2, 2020, the U.S. Supreme Court granted the petitions for writs of certiorari to review this case, and held oral arguments on November 10, 2020. It is also unclear how other efforts to challenge, repeal or replace the ACA will impact the ACA or our business.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, effective April 1, 2013, which, due to subsequent legislative amendments, will stay in effect through 2030, with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2021, unless additional congressional action is taken. Proposed legislation, if passed, would extend this suspension until the end of the pandemic. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, which could have a material adverse effect on customers for our drugs, if approved, and accordingly, our financial operations.

Moreover, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny recently over the manner in which drug manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. The likelihood of success of these and other measures initiated by the former Trump administration is uncertain. The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or the HHS, has already started the process of soliciting feedback on certain measures initiated by the former Trump administration and, at the same time, is immediately implementing others under its existing authority. For example, in May 2019, CMS issued a final rule to allow Medicare Advantage Plans the option of using step therapy for Part B drugs beginning January 1, 2020. However, it is unclear whether the Biden administration will challenge, reverse, revoke or otherwise modify these executive and administrative actions after January 20, 2021.

In addition, there have been several changes and challenges to the 340B drug pricing program, which imposes ceilings on prices that drug manufacturers can charge for medications sold to certain health care facilities. It is unclear how these developments could affect covered hospitals who might purchase our future products and affect the rates we may charge such facilities for our approved products in the future, if any.

59

In 2020, President Trump announced several executive orders related to prescription drug pricing that seek to implement several of the administration’s proposals. In response, the FDA released a final rule on September 24, 2020, which went into effect on November 30, 2020, providing guidance for states to build and submit importation plans for drugs from Canada. Further, on November 20, 2020 CMS issued an Interim Final Rule implementing the Most Favored Nation, or MFN, Model under which Medicare Part B reimbursement rates will be calculated for certain drugs and biologicals based on the lowest price drug manufacturers receive in Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development countries with a similar gross domestic product per capita. The MFN Model regulations mandate participation by identified Part B providers and would have applied to all U.S. states and territories for a seven-year period beginning January 1, 2021, and ending December 31, 2027. However, in response to a lawsuit filed by several industry groups, on December 28, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California issued a nationwide preliminary injunction enjoining government defendants from implementing the MFN Rule pending completion of notice-and-comment procedures under the Administrative Procedure Act. On January 13, 2021, in a separate lawsuit brought by industry groups in the U.S. District of Maryland, the government defendants entered a joint motion to stay litigation on the condition that the government would not appeal the preliminary injunction granted in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California and that performance for any final regulation stemming from the MFN Interim Final Rule shall not commence earlier than 60 days after publication of that regulation in the Federal Register. Further, authorities in Canada have passed rules designed to safeguard the Canadian drug supply from shortages. If implemented, importation of drugs from Canada and the MFN Model may materially and adversely affect the price we receive for any of our product candidates. Additionally, on December 2, 2020, the HHS published a regulation removing safe harbor protection for price reductions from pharmaceutical manufacturers to plan sponsors under Part D, either directly or through pharmacy benefit managers, unless the price reduction is required by law. The rule also creates a new safe harbor for price reductions reflected at the point-of-sale, as well as a safe harbor for certain fixed fee arrangements between pharmacy benefit managers and manufacturers. Pursuant to an order entered by the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, the portion of the rule eliminating safe harbor protection for certain rebates related to the sale or purchase of a pharmaceutical product from a manufacturer to a plan sponsor under Medicare Part D has been delayed to January 1, 2023. Further, implementation of this change and new safe harbors for point-of-sale reductions in price for prescription pharmaceutical products and pharmacy benefit manager service fees are currently under review by the Biden administration and may be amended or repealed.

Further, on May 30, 2018, the Trickett Wendler, Frank Mongiello, Jordan McLinn, and Matthew Beilina Right to Try Act of 2017, or the Right to Try Act, was signed into law. The law, among other things, provides a federal framework for certain patients to access certain investigational new product candidates that have completed a Phase 1 clinical trial and that are undergoing investigation for FDA approval. Under certain circumstances, eligible patients can seek treatment without enrolling in clinical trials and without obtaining FDA permission under the FDA expanded access program. There is no obligation for a drug manufacturer to make its products available to eligible patients as a result of the Right to Try Act.

We expect that the ACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our product candidates. Further, it is possible that additional governmental action is taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for biotechnology products. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our product candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing

60

approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

Our success depends on our ability to protect our in-licensed intellectual property and our proprietary technologies.

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection and trade secret protection for our product candidates, proprietary technologies and their uses as well as our and our licensors’ ability to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others. If we or our licensors are unable to protect our intellectual property rights or if our intellectual property rights are inadequate for our technology or our product candidates, our competitive position could be harmed. We and our licensors generally seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our product candidates, proprietary technologies and their uses that are important to our business. Our in-licensed patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless, and until, patents issue from such applications, and then only to the extent the issued claims cover the technology. There can be no assurance that our in-licensed patent applications will result in patents being issued or that issued patents will afford sufficient protection against competitors with similar technology, nor can there be any assurance that the patents if issued will not be infringed, designed around, invalidated or rendered unenforceable by third parties. Even issued patents may later be found invalid or unenforceable or may be modified or revoked in proceedings instituted by third parties before various patent offices or in courts. The degree of future protection for our and our licensors’ proprietary rights is uncertain. Only limited protection may be available and may not adequately protect our or our licensors’ rights or permit us or our licensors to gain or keep any competitive advantage. These uncertainties and/or limitations in our and our licensors’ ability to properly protect the intellectual property rights relating to our product candidates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. See “Business—Collaboration and Licensing Agreement.”

Although we in-license issued patents in the United States and foreign countries, we cannot be certain that the claims in our other in-licensed U.S. pending patent applications, corresponding international patent applications and patent applications in certain foreign countries will be considered patentable by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, courts in the United States or by the patent offices and courts in foreign countries, nor can we be certain that the claims in our in-licensed issued patents will not be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged.

The patent application process is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, and there can be no assurance that we or our licensors or any of our potential future collaborators will be successful in protecting our product candidates by obtaining and defending patents. These risks and uncertainties include the following:

• the USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent process, the noncompliance with which can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, and partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction;

• patent applications may not result in any patents being issued;

• patents may be challenged, invalidated, modified, revoked, circumvented, found to be unenforceable or otherwise may not provide any competitive advantage;

• the degree and range of protection any issued patents will afford us against competitors, including whether third parties will find ways to invalidate or otherwise circumvent our patents;

• whether others will apply for or obtain patents claiming aspects similar to those covered by our patents and patent applications;

61

• whether the patent applications that we own, or in-license will result in issued patents with claims that cover our product candidates or uses thereof in the United States or in other foreign countries;

• our competitors, many of whom have substantially greater resources than we or our licensors do and many of whom have made significant investments in competing technologies, may seek or may have already obtained patents that will limit, interfere with or block our ability to make, use and sell our product candidates;

• there may be significant pressure on the U.S. government and international governmental bodies to limit the scope of patent protection both inside and outside the United States for disease treatments that prove successful, as a matter of public policy regarding worldwide health concerns; and

• countries other than the United States may have patent laws less favorable to patentees than those upheld by U.S. courts, allowing foreign competitors a better opportunity to create, develop and market competing products.

The patent prosecution process is also expensive and time-consuming, and we or our licensors may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner or in all jurisdictions where protection may be commercially advantageous. It is also possible that we or our licensors may not identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Moreover, in some circumstances, we do not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the patents, directed to technology that we license, including those from our licensors and from third parties. We also may require the cooperation of our licensors in order to enforce the licensed patent rights, and such cooperation may not be provided. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. We cannot be certain that patent prosecution and maintenance activities by our licensors have been or will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, which may affect the validity and enforceability of such patents or any patents that may issue from such applications. If they fail to do so, this could cause us to lose rights in any applicable intellectual property that we in-license, and as a result our ability to develop and commercialize products or product candidates may be adversely affected and we may be unable to prevent competitors from making, using and selling competing products.

Composition of matter patents for biological and pharmaceutical products such as gene therapy and cell therapy product candidates often provide a strong form of intellectual property protection for those types of products, as such patents provide protection without regard to any method of use. We cannot be certain, however, that the claims in our pending patent applications covering the composition of matter of our product candidates will be considered patentable by the USPTO, or by patent offices in foreign countries, or that the claims in any of our issued patents will be considered valid and enforceable by courts in the United States or foreign countries. Method of use patents protect the use of a product for the specified method. This type of patent does not prevent a competitor from making and marketing a product that is identical to our product for an indication that is outside the scope of the patented method. Moreover, even if competitors do not actively promote their product for our targeted indications, physicians may prescribe these products “off-label” for those uses that are covered by our method of use patents. Although off-label prescriptions may infringe or contribute to the infringement of method of use patents, the practice is common and such infringement is difficult to prevent or prosecute.

In addition, although we enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to patentable aspects of our research and development output, such as our employees, outside scientific collaborators, CROs, third-party manufacturers, consultants, advisors, licensors, and other third parties, any of these parties may breach such agreements and disclose such output before a patent application is filed, thereby jeopardizing our ability to seek patent protection.

62

If we fail to comply with our obligations in the agreements under which we license intellectual property rights from our licensors and third parties or otherwise experience disruptions to our business relationships with our licensors, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.

We are party to a number of license agreements under which we are granted rights to intellectual property that are important to our business and we may enter into additional license agreements in the future. For example, on October 5, 2012, we entered into an agreement with Precigen to obtain an exclusive license to certain intellectual property rights to develop and commercialize D-Fi and FCX-013. See “Business—Collaboration and Licensing Agreement.”

This and our other existing license agreements impose on us, and we expect that any future license agreements where we in-license intellectual property will impose on us, various development, regulatory and/or commercial diligence obligations, payment of milestones and/or royalties and other obligations. If we fail to comply with our obligations under these agreements, or we are subject to bankruptcy-related proceedings, the licensors may have the right to terminate the licenses, in which event we would not be able to market products covered by the licenses.

In addition, the agreements under which we license intellectual property or technology to or from third parties are complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Moreover, if disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on commercially acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates. Our business also would suffer if any current or future licensors fail to abide by the terms of the license, if the licensors fail to enforce licensed patents against infringing third parties, if the licensed patents or other rights are found to be invalid or unenforceable, or if we are unable to enter into necessary licenses on acceptable terms. Moreover, our licensors may own or control intellectual property that has not been licensed to us and, as a result, we may be subject to claims, regardless of their merit, that we are infringing or otherwise violating the licensor’s rights.

We may need to obtain licenses from third parties to advance our research or allow commercialization of our product candidates, and we cannot provide any assurances that third-party patents do not exist that might be enforced against our product candidates in the absence of such a license. We may fail to obtain any of these licenses on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to develop or license replacement technology. If we are unable to do so, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected product candidates, which could materially harm our business and the third parties owning such intellectual property rights could seek either an injunction prohibiting our sales, or, with respect to our sales, an obligation on our part to pay royalties and/or other forms of compensation. Licensing of intellectual property is of critical importance to our business and involves complex legal, business and scientific issues. Disputes may arise between us and our licensors regarding intellectual property subject to a license agreement, including:

• the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

• whether and the extent to which our technology and processes infringe intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

• our right to sublicense patents and other rights to third parties;

• our diligence obligations with respect to the use of the licensed technology in relation to our development and commercialization of our product candidates, and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

63

• the priority of invention of patented technology;

• the amount and timing of payments owed under license agreements;

• our right to transfer or assign the license; and

• the ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and its affiliates and sublicensees and by us and our partners and sublicensees.

If disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may not be able to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

If the scope of any patent protection our licensors obtain is not sufficiently broad, or if our licensors lose any of the patent protection we license, our ability to prevent our competitors from commercializing similar or identical product candidates would be adversely affected.

The patent position of biopharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions, and has been the subject of much litigation in recent years. As a result, the existence, issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our in-licensed patent rights are highly uncertain. Our pending and future in-licensed patent applications may not result in patents being issued that protect our product candidates or that effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive product candidates.

Moreover, the scope of claims in a patent application can be significantly reduced before any claims in a patent is issue, and claim scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Even if patent applications we license currently or in the future issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors or other third parties from competing with us, or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Any patents that we license may be challenged or circumvented by third parties or may be narrowed or invalidated as a result of challenges by third parties. Consequently, we do not know whether our product candidates will be protectable or remain protected by valid and enforceable patents. Our competitors or other third parties may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our licensed-in patents may not cover our product candidates or may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. We may be subject to a third party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the USPTO, or become involved in opposition, derivation, revocation, reexamination, post-grant review, or PGR, and inter partes review, or IPR, or other similar proceedings in the USPTO or foreign patent offices challenging our patent rights. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to validity of our in-licensed patents, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we or our licensors and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. There is no assurance that all potentially relevant prior art relating to our in-licensed patents and patent applications or those of our licensors has been found. There is also no assurance that there is not prior art of which we or licensors are aware, but which we do not believe affects the validity or enforceability of a claim in our patents and patent applications or those of our licensors, which may, nonetheless, ultimately be found to affect the validity or enforceability of a claim. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate or render unenforceable, our in-licensed patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our product candidates and compete directly with us, without payment to us. Such loss of in-licensed patent rights, loss of exclusivity or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our product candidates. Such proceedings also may result in

64

substantial cost and require significant time from our scientists and management, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, regardless of the outcome, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

The patent protection and patent prosecution for some of our product candidates may be dependent on our licensors and third parties.

We or our licensors may fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. Therefore, we may miss potential opportunities to strengthen our patent position. It is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our in-licensed patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, for example with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, claim scope, or requests for patent term adjustments. If we or our licensors, whether current or future, fail to establish, maintain or protect such patents and other intellectual property rights, such rights may be reduced or eliminated. If our licensors are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be compromised. If there are material defects in the form, preparation, prosecution, or enforcement of our in-licensed patents or patent applications, such patents may be invalid and/or unenforceable, and such applications may never result in valid, enforceable patents. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business.

As a licensee of third parties, we rely on third parties to file and prosecute patent applications and maintain patents and otherwise protect the licensed intellectual property under some of our license agreements. We have not had and do not have primary control over these activities for certain of our patents or patent applications and other intellectual property rights. If our licensors or any future licensees having rights to file, prosecute, maintain, and defend our patent rights fail to conduct these activities for patents or patent applications covering any of our product candidates, including due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our licensors’ business operations, our ability to develop and commercialize those product candidates may be adversely affected and we may not be able to prevent competitors from making, using, or selling competing products. We cannot be certain that such activities by third parties have been or will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents or other intellectual property rights. Pursuant to the terms of the license agreements with some of our licensors, the licensors may have the right to control enforcement of our licensed patents or defense of any claims asserting the invalidity of these patents and even if we are permitted to pursue such enforcement or defense, we will require the cooperation of our licensors. We cannot be certain that our licensors will allocate sufficient resources or prioritize their or our enforcement of such patents or defense of such claims to protect our interests in the licensed patents. Even if we are not a party to these legal actions, an adverse outcome could harm our business because it might prevent us from continuing to license intellectual property that we may need to operate our business.

In addition, even where we have the right to control patent prosecution of licensed patents and patent applications, enforcement of licensed patents, or defense of claims asserting the invalidity of those patents, we may still be adversely affected or prejudiced by actions or inactions of our licensors and their counsel that took place prior to or after our assuming control over patent prosecution. In the event we breach any of our obligations related to such prosecution, we may incur significant liability to our licensing partners.

Our technology acquired or licensed from various third parties, including our licensors, may be subject to retained rights. Our licensors often retain certain rights under their agreements with us, including the right to use the underlying technology for use in fields other than the fields licensed to us or for use in noncommercial academic and research use, to publish general scientific findings from research related to the technology, and to make customary scientific and scholarly disclosures of information relating to the technology. It is difficult to monitor whether our licensors limit their use of the technology to these uses, and we could incur substantial expenses to enforce our rights to our licensed technology in the event of misuse.

65

If we are limited in our ability to utilize acquired or licensed technologies, or if we lose our rights to critical in-licensed technology, we may be unable to successfully develop, out-license, market and sell our products, which could prevent or delay new product introductions. Our business strategy depends on the successful development of licensed and acquired technologies into commercial products. Therefore, any limitations on our ability to utilize these technologies may impair our ability to develop, out-license or market and sell our product candidate.

We may not identify relevant third-party patents or may incorrectly interpret the relevance, scope or expiration of a third-party patent, which might adversely affect our ability to develop and market our product candidates.

We cannot guarantee that any of our patent searches or analyses, including the identification of relevant patents, the scope of patent claims or the expiration of relevant patents, are complete or thorough, nor can we be certain that we have identified each and every third-party patent and pending application in the United States and abroad that is relevant to or necessary for the commercialization of our product candidates in any jurisdiction. The scope of a patent claim is determined by an interpretation of the law, the written disclosure in a patent and the patent’s prosecution history. Our interpretation of the relevance or the scope of a patent or a pending application may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to market our products. We may incorrectly determine that our products are not covered by a third-party patent or may incorrectly predict whether a third-party’s pending application will issue with claims of relevant scope. Our determination of the expiration date of any patent in the United States or abroad that we consider relevant may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our product candidates. Our failure to identify and correctly interpret relevant patents may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our product candidates.

One aspect of the determination of patentability of our inventions depends on the scope and content of the “prior art,” information that was or is deemed available to a person of skill in the relevant art prior to the priority date of the claimed invention. There may be prior art of which we are not aware that may affect the patentability of our patent claims or, if issued, affect the validity or enforceability of a patent claim. Further, we may not be aware of all third-party intellectual property rights potentially relating to our product candidates or their intended uses, and as a result the impact of such third-party intellectual property rights upon the patentability of our own patents and patent applications, as well as the impact of such third-party intellectual property upon our freedom to operate, is highly uncertain. Because patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for typically a period of 18 months after filing, or may not be published at all, we cannot be certain that we were the first to file any patent application related to our product candidates. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Furthermore, for U.S. applications in which all claims are entitled to a priority date before March 16, 2013, an interference proceeding can be provoked by a third party or instituted by the USPTO to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications. For U.S. applications containing a claim not entitled to priority before March 16, 2013, there is a greater level of uncertainty in the patent law in view of the passage of the America Invents Act, which brought into effect significant changes to the U.S. patent laws, including new procedures for challenging pending patent applications and issued patents.

Our patents or pending patent applications may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. For example, we may be subject to a third-party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the USPTO or become involved in post-grant review procedures, oppositions, derivations, reexaminations, or inter partes review proceedings, in the United States or elsewhere, challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated, or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and products. In addition, given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. Any failure to obtain or maintain patent

66

protection with respect to our product candidates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Some of our intellectual property has been, and in the future may be, discovered through government-funded programs and thus may be subject to federal regulations such as “march-in” rights, certain reporting requirements and a preference for U.S.-based companies. Compliance with such regulations may limit our exclusive rights, and limit our ability to contract with non-U.S. manufacturers.

Some of the intellectual property rights we have acquired or licensed or may acquire or license in the future may have been generated through the use of U.S. government funding and may therefore be subject to certain federal regulations. These U.S. government rights may include retained rights in the intellectual property, including a non-exclusive, non-transferable, irrevocable worldwide license to use inventions for any governmental purpose. In addition, the U.S. government has the right, under certain limited circumstances, to require us to grant exclusive, partially exclusive, or non-exclusive licenses to any of these inventions to a third party if it determines that: (i) adequate steps have not been taken to commercialize the invention; (ii) government action is necessary to meet public health or safety needs; or (iii) government action is necessary to meet requirements for public use under federal regulations (also referred to as “march-in rights”). The U.S. government also has the right to take title to these inventions if the grant recipient fails to disclose the invention to the government or fails to file an application to register the intellectual property within specified time limits. Intellectual property generated under a government funded program is also subject to certain reporting requirements, compliance with which may require us to expend substantial resources. In addition, the U.S. government requires that any products embodying any of these inventions or produced through the use of any of these inventions be manufactured substantially in the United States. This preference for U.S. industry may be waived by the federal agency that provided the funding if the owner or assignee of the intellectual property can show that reasonable but unsuccessful efforts have been made to grant licenses on similar terms to potential licensees that would be likely to manufacture substantially in the United States or that under the circumstances domestic manufacture is not commercially feasible. This preference for U.S. industry may limit our ability to contract with non-U.S. product manufacturers for products covered by such intellectual property. To the extent any of our future intellectual property is also generated through the use of U.S. government funding, the provisions of the Bayh-Dole Act may similarly apply.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

• others may be able to develop products that are similar to our product candidates but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own or license;

• we or our licensors or future collaborators might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patents or pending patent applications that we own or license;

• we or our licensors or future collaborators might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our inventions;

• others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;

• it is possible that our licensors’ pending patent applications will not lead to issued patents;

• issued patents that we own or license may be held invalid or unenforceable, as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

• our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

67

• we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

• we cannot predict the scope of protection of any patent issuing based on our patent applications, including whether the patent applications that we own or in-license will result in issued patents with claims that cover our product candidates or uses thereof in the United States or in other foreign countries;

• the claims of any patent issuing based on our patent applications may not provide protection against competitors or any competitive advantages, or may be challenged by third parties;

• if enforced, a court may not hold that our patents are valid, enforceable and infringed;

• we may need to initiate litigation or administrative proceedings to enforce and/or defend our patent rights which will be costly whether we win or lose;

• we may choose not to file a patent application in order to maintain certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third party may subsequently file a patent application and obtain an issued patent covering such intellectual property;

• we may fail to adequately protect and police our trademarks and trade secrets; and

• the patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business, including if others obtain patents claiming subject matter similar to or improving that covered by our patents and patent applications.

Should any of these events occur, they could significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

Our commercial success depends significantly on our ability to operate without infringing the patents and other proprietary rights of third parties. Claims by third parties that we infringe their proprietary rights may result in liability for damages or prevent or delay our developmental and commercialization efforts.

Our commercial success depends in part on avoiding infringement of the patents and proprietary rights of third parties. However, our research, development and commercialization activities may be subject to claims that we infringe or otherwise violate patents or other intellectual property rights owned or controlled by third parties. Other entities may have or obtain patents or proprietary rights that could limit our ability to make, use, sell, offer for sale or import our product candidates and products that may be approved in the future, or impair our competitive position. There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biopharmaceutical industry, including patent infringement lawsuits, oppositions, reexaminations, IPR proceedings and PGR proceedings before the USPTO and/or foreign patent offices. Numerous third-party U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications exist in the fields in which we are developing product candidates. There may be third-party patents or patent applications with claims to materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of our product candidates.

As the biopharmaceutical industry expands and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our product candidates may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent rights of third parties. We cannot provide any assurances that third-party patents do not exist which might be enforced against our current product candidates or future products, resulting in either an injunction prohibiting our sales, or, with respect to our sales, an obligation on our part to pay royalties and/or other forms of compensation to third parties. Because patent applications are maintained as confidential for a certain period of time, until the relevant application is published we may be unaware of third-party patents that may be infringed by commercialization of any of our product candidates, and we cannot be certain that we were the first to file a patent application related to a product candidate or technology. Moreover, because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications that may later result in issued patents that our product candidates may infringe. In addition, identification of third-party patent rights that may be relevant to our technology is difficult because patent searching is imperfect due to differences in terminology among patents, incomplete databases and the difficulty in assessing the meaning of patent claims. It is also possible that patents owned by third parties of which we are

68

aware, but which we do not believe are relevant to our product candidates and other proprietary technologies we may develop, could be found to be infringed by our product candidate. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. Any claims of patent infringement asserted by third parties would be time consuming and could:

• result in costly litigation that may cause negative publicity;

• divert the time and attention of our technical personnel and management;

• cause development delays;

• prevent us from commercializing any of our product candidates until the asserted patent expires or is held finally invalid or unenforceable or not infringed in a court of law;

• require us to develop non-infringing technology, which may not be possible on a cost-effective basis;

• subject us to significant liability to third parties; or

• require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or which might be non-exclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same technology.

Although, to our knowledge, no third party has asserted a claim of patent infringement against us as of the date of this prospectus, others may hold proprietary rights that could prevent our product candidates from being marketed. Any patent-related legal action against us claiming damages and seeking to enjoin activities relating to our product candidates or processes could subject us to potential liability for damages, including treble damages if we were determined to willfully infringe, and require us to obtain a license to manufacture or develop our product candidates. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of management and employee resources from our business. We cannot predict whether we would prevail in any such actions or that any license required under any of these patents would be made available on commercially acceptable terms, if at all. Moreover, even if we or our future strategic partners were able to obtain a license, the rights may be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. In addition, we cannot be certain that we could redesign our product candidates or processes to avoid infringement, if necessary. Accordingly, an adverse determination in a judicial or administrative proceeding, or the failure to obtain necessary licenses, could prevent us from developing and commercializing our product candidates, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Parties making claims against us may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources or more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios, or both. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise additional funds or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, our ability to compete in the marketplace, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful. Further, our in-licensed issued patents could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court.

Competitors may infringe our patents or other intellectual property rights or the intellectual property rights of our licensors. To cease such infringement or unauthorized use, we and/or our licensors may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. Further, our licensors may need to file infringement claims, and our licensors may elect not to file such claims. Our pending patent applications cannot

69

be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless and until a patent issues from such applications. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent we own or license is not valid, is unenforceable and/or is not infringed. If we or any of our licensors or potential future collaborators were to initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent directed at one of our product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that our patent is invalid and/or unenforceable in whole or in part. In patent litigation, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge include an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty or written description, obviousness, written description, or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could include an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent intentionally withheld material information from the USPTO or made a misleading statement during prosecution.

If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on such product candidate. There is also a risk that, even if the validity of such patents is upheld, the court will construe the patent’s claims narrowly or decide that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue on the grounds that our patent claims do not cover the invention, or decide that the other party’s use of our patented technology falls under the safe harbor to patent infringement under 35 U.S.C. §271(e)(1). In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications or those of our licensors is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection would have a material adverse impact on our business. Similarly, if we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid or unenforceable, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question. In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to our intellectual property rights may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could compromise our ability to compete in the marketplace.

Even if we establish infringement, the court may decide not to grant an injunction against further infringing activity and instead award only monetary damages, which may or may not be an adequate remedy. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or other legal proceedings relating to our intellectual property rights, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation or other proceedings.

Intellectual property litigation may lead to unfavorable publicity that harms our reputation and causes the market price of our common shares to decline.

During the course of any intellectual property litigation, there could be public announcements of the initiation of the litigation as well as results of hearings, rulings on motions, and other interim proceedings in the litigation. If securities analysts or investors regard these announcements as negative, the perceived value of our existing products, programs or intellectual property could be diminished. Accordingly, the market price of shares of our common stock may decline. Such announcements could also harm our reputation or the market for our future products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

70

Derivation or interference proceedings may be necessary to determine priority of inventions, and an unfavorable outcome may require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights from the prevailing party.

Derivation or interference proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us or our licensors, or declared by the USPTO or similar proceedings in foreign patent offices may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to, or correct the inventorship of, our or our licensors’ patents or patent applications. An unfavorable outcome could result in a loss of our current patent rights and require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms. Our or our licensors’ defense of such proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. In addition, the uncertainties associated with such proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our clinical trials, continue our research programs, license necessary technology from third parties or enter into development or manufacturing partnerships that would help us bring our product candidates to market.

Patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

In September 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act could increase uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art, and provide more efficient and cost-effective avenues for competitors to challenge the validity of patents. In particular, under the Leahy-Smith Act, the United States transitioned in March 2013 to a “first inventor to file” system in which, assuming that other requirements of patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent regardless of whether a third party was first to invent the claimed invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after March 2013 but before we file an application covering the same invention, could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by such third party. This will require us to be cognizant going forward of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Furthermore, our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents depends on whether the differences between our technology and the prior art allow our technology to be patentable over the prior art. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing or until issuance, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to either (1) file any patent application related to our product candidates and other proprietary technologies we may develop or (2) invent any of the inventions claimed in our or our licensors’ patents or patent applications. Even where we have a valid and enforceable patent, we may not be able to exclude others from practicing the claimed invention where the other party can show that they used the invention in commerce before our filing date or the other party benefits from a compulsory license.

The Leahy-Smith Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and also may affect patent litigation. These include allowing third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including PGR, IPR, and derivation proceedings. An adverse determination in any such submission or proceeding could reduce the scope or enforceability of, or invalidate, our patent rights, which could adversely affect our competitive position.

Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been

71

invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action. Thus, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our or licensors’ patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Changes in U.S. patent law, or laws in other countries, could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our product candidates.

As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involve a high degree of technological and legal complexity. Therefore, obtaining and enforcing biopharmaceutical patents is costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. Changes in either the patent laws or in the interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish our ability to protect our inventions, obtain, maintain, and enforce our intellectual property rights, and, more generally, could affect the value of our intellectual property and may increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents. We cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third-party patents. In addition, Congress or other foreign legislative bodies may pass patent reform legislation that is unfavorable to us or narrows the scope of our owned and licensed patents.

For example, the U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our or our licensors’ ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. federal courts, the USPTO, or similar authorities in foreign jurisdictions, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our or our licensors’ ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents we might obtain in the future. For example, in the 2013 case Assoc. for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad Genetics, Inc., the U.S. Supreme Court held that certain claims to naturally-occurring substances are not patentable. Although we do not believe that any of the patents owned or licensed by us will be found invalid based on this decision, we cannot predict how future decisions by Congress, the federal courts or the USPTO may impact the value of our patents.

We or our licensors may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our or our in-licensed patents and other intellectual property.

We may also be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators, or other third parties have an ownership interest in our in-licensed patents or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. The failure to name the proper inventors on a patent application can result in the patents issuing thereon being unenforceable. Inventorship disputes may arise from conflicting views regarding the contributions of different individuals named as inventors, the effects of foreign laws where foreign nationals are involved in the development of the subject matter of the patent, conflicting obligations of third parties involved in developing our product candidates or as a result of questions regarding co-ownership of potential joint inventions. For example, we may have inventorship disputes arise from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates. Alternatively, or additionally, we may enter into agreements to clarify the scope of our rights in such intellectual property. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership. If we or our licensors fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership or a right to use. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we or our licensors are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

72

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing, or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our product candidates for an adequate amount of time.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after its first effective filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the term of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents directed to our product candidates are obtained, once the patent term has expired, we may be open to competition from competitive products. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of product candidates, patents directed to our product candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours. In addition, although upon issuance in the United States a patent’s life can be increased based on certain delays caused by the USPTO, this increase can be reduced or eliminated based on certain delays caused by the patent applicant during patent prosecution.

If we or our licensors do not obtain patent term extension for our product candidates, our business may be materially harmed.

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA marketing approval of our product candidates, one or more of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term restoration under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch- Waxman Amendments permit a patent restoration term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. A maximum of one patent may be extended per FDA-approved product as compensation for the patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval and only those claims covering such approved drug product, a method for using it or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. Patent term extension may also be available in certain foreign countries upon regulatory approval of our product candidates. However, we or our licensors may not be granted an extension because of, for example, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the applicable time period or the scope of patent protection afforded could be less than we request. If we or our licensors are unable to obtain patent term extension or restoration or the term of any such extension is less than we request, our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration, and our revenue could be reduced, possibly materially. Further, if this occurs, our competitors may take advantage of our investment in development and clinical trials by referencing our clinical and preclinical data and launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case. If we do not have sufficient patent life to protect our products, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Although we have in-licensed pending patent applications in the United States and certain other countries, filing, prosecuting and defending patents in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries, particularly certain developing countries, do

73

not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our in-licensed inventions in all countries outside the United States or from selling or importing products made using our in-licensed inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our in-licensed technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we or our licensors have patent protection but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our product candidates, and our or our licensors patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of many foreign countries do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets, and other intellectual property protection, which could make it difficult in those jurisdictions for us to stop the infringement or misappropriation of our or our licensors’ patents or other intellectual property rights, or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights. Proceedings to enforce our or our licensors’ patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our or our licensors’ patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable, or interpreted narrowly and our or our licensors’ patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We or our licensors may not prevail in any lawsuits that we or our licensors initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Similarly, if our trade secrets are disclosed in a foreign jurisdiction, competitors worldwide could have access to our proprietary information and we may be without satisfactory recourse. Such disclosure could have a material adverse effect on our business. Accordingly, our or our licensors’ efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

In addition, certain countries, including China and India, have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In those countries, we and our licensors may have limited remedies if patents are infringed or if we or our licensors are compelled to grant a license to a third-party, which could materially diminish the value of those patents. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we or our licensors are forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.

Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation in certain foreign jurisdictions, we may conclude that even if a third-party is infringing our issued patents, any patents that may be issued as a result of our pending or future patent applications or other intellectual property rights, the risk-adjusted cost of bringing and enforcing such a claim or action, which typically last for years before they are concluded, may be too high or not in the best interest of our company or our stockholders, or it may be otherwise impractical or undesirable to enforce our intellectual property against some third parties. Our competitors or other third parties may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. In such cases, we may decide that the monetary cost of such litigation and the diversion of the attention of our management and scientific personnel could outweigh any benefit we receive as a result of the proceedings and that the more prudent course of action is to simply monitor the situation or initiate or seek some other non-litigious action or solution. In addition, the uncertainties associated with litigation could compromise our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our clinical trials, continue our internal research programs, in-license needed technology or other product candidates, or enter into development partnerships that would help us bring our product candidates to market.

74

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, documentary, fee payment and other requirements imposed by regulations and governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to the USPTO and various foreign patent offices at various points over the lifetime of our patents and/or applications. We have systems in place to remind us to pay these fees, and we rely on third parties to pay these fees when due. Additionally, the USPTO and various foreign patent offices require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. We employ reputable law firms and other professionals to help us comply, and in many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with rules applicable to the particular jurisdiction. However, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. If such an event were to occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to the protection afforded by other types of intellectual property, we rely on the protection of our trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information to maintain our competitive position. Although we have taken steps to protect our trade secrets and unpatented know-how, including entering into confidentiality agreements with third parties (including, but not limited to, contractors, collaborators, and outside scientific advisors), and confidential information and inventions agreements with employees, consultants, licensors and advisors, we cannot provide any assurances that all such agreements have been duly executed, and any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. We require our employees to enter into written confidentiality agreements that assign to us any inventions, developments, creative works and useful ideas of any description that are conceived of, reduced to practice or developed in the course of their employment. In addition, we require our third party contractors to enter into a written non-disclosure agreement that requires the third party to not disclose certain of our confidential information in any manner or for any purpose other than as necessary and/or appropriate in connection with their obligations for a defined period of time, subject to certain exclusions. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. We may need to share our proprietary information, including trade secrets, with our current and future business partners, collaborators, contractors and others located in countries at heightened risk of theft of trade secrets, including through direct intrusion by private parties or foreign actors, and those affiliated with or controlled by state actors.

Moreover, third parties may still obtain this information or may come upon this or similar information independently, and we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of these events occurs or if we otherwise lose protection for our trade secrets, the value of this information may be greatly reduced and our competitive position would be harmed. If we or our licensors do not apply for patent protection prior to such publication or if we cannot otherwise maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary technology and other confidential information, then our ability to obtain patent protection or to protect our trade secret information may be jeopardized.

We may be subject to claims that we have wrongfully hired an employee from a competitor or that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged confidential information or trade secrets of their former employers.

75

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants, or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties.

As is common in the biopharmaceutical industry, in addition to our employees, we engage the services of consultants to assist us in the development of our product candidates. Many of these consultants, and many of our employees, were previously employed at, or may have previously provided or may be currently providing consulting services to, other biopharmaceutical companies including our competitors or potential competitors. We may become subject to claims that we, our employees, independent contractors, or consultants inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other information proprietary to their former employers or their former or current clients. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel, which could adversely affect our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our management team and other employees.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

Our current or future trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or descriptive or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names or may be forced to stop using these names, which we need for name recognition by potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections of our applications by the USPTO or in other foreign jurisdictions. Although we would be given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. We may license our trademarks and trade names to third parties, such as distributors. Though these license agreements may provide guidelines for how our trademarks and trade names may be used, a breach of these agreements or misuse of our trademarks and tradenames by our licensees may jeopardize our rights in or diminish the goodwill associated with our trademarks and trade names.

Moreover, any name we have proposed to use with product candidates in the United States may need FDA approval, regardless of whether we have registered it, or applied to register it, as a trademark. Similar requirements exist in Europe. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names. If the FDA (or an equivalent administrative body in a foreign jurisdiction) objects to any of our proposed proprietary product names, we may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable substitute name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA. Furthermore, in many countries, owning and maintaining a trademark registration may not provide an adequate defense against a subsequent infringement claim asserted by the owner of a senior trademark. At times, competitors or other third parties may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. If we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid or unenforceable, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question. In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks.

76

Risks Related to Employee Matters and Managing our Growth

If we are unable to establish sales or marketing capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to sell or market our product candidates, we may not be able to successfully sell or market our product candidates that obtain regulatory approval.

We currently do not have and have never had a marketing or sales team. In order to commercialize any product candidates, if approved, we must build marketing, sales, distribution, managerial and other non-technical capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services for each of the territories in which we may have approval to sell or market our product candidates. We may not be successful in accomplishing these required tasks.

Establishing an internal sales or marketing team with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize our product candidates will be expensive and time-consuming, and will require significant attention of our executive officers to manage. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities could adversely impact the commercialization of any of our product candidates that we obtain approval to market, if we do not have arrangements in place with third parties to provide such services on our behalf. Alternatively, if we choose to collaborate, either globally or on a territory-by-territory basis, with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems, we will be required to negotiate and enter into arrangements with such third parties relating to the proposed collaboration. If we are unable to enter into such arrangements when needed, on acceptable terms, or at all, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any of our product candidates that receive regulatory approval or any such commercialization may experience delays or limitations. If we are unable to successfully commercialize our approved product candidates, either on our own or through collaborations with one or more third parties, our future product revenue will suffer and we may incur significant additional losses.

Our success is highly dependent on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled executive officers and employees.

To succeed, we must recruit, retain, manage and motivate qualified clinical, scientific, technical and management personnel, and we face significant competition for experienced personnel. We are highly dependent on the principal members of our management and scientific and medical staff. If we do not succeed in attracting and retaining qualified personnel, particularly at the management level, it could adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan and harm our operating results. In particular, the loss of one or more of our executive officers could be detrimental to us if we cannot recruit suitable replacements in a timely manner. The competition for qualified personnel in the biotechnology field is intense and as a result, we may be unable to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel necessary for the future success of our business. We could in the future have difficulty attracting experienced personnel to our company and may be required to expend significant financial resources in our employee recruitment and retention efforts.

Many of the other biotechnology companies that we compete against for qualified personnel have greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles and a longer history in the industry than we do. They also may provide more diverse opportunities and better prospects for career advancement. Some of these characteristics may be more appealing to high-quality candidates than what we have to offer. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high-quality personnel, the rate and success at which we can discover, develop and commercialize our product candidates will be limited and the potential for successfully growing our business will be harmed.

In order to successfully implement our plans and strategies, we will need to grow the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing this growth.

As of December 31, 2020, we had 44 full-time employees, including 32 employees engaged in research and development. In order to successfully implement our development and commercialization plans and strategies,

77

and as we transition into operating as a public company, we expect to need additional managerial, operational, sales, marketing, financial and other personnel. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including:

• identifying, recruiting, integrating, maintaining and motivating additional employees;

• managing our internal development efforts effectively, including the clinical, FDA, EMA and other comparable foreign regulatory agencies’ review process of our product candidates and any other product candidate we develop, while complying with any contractual obligations to contractors and other third parties we may have; and

• improving our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures.

Our future financial performance and our ability to successfully develop and, if approved, commercialize any of our current product candidates and any other product candidate we may develop will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth, and our management may also have to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from day-to-day activities in order to devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities.

We currently rely, and for the foreseeable future will continue to rely, in substantial part on certain independent organizations, advisors and consultants to provide certain services, including key aspects of clinical development and manufacturing. We cannot assure you that the services of independent organizations, advisors and consultants will continue to be available to us on a timely basis when needed, or that we can find qualified replacements. In addition, if we are unable to effectively manage our outsourced activities or if the quality or accuracy of the services provided by third party service providers is compromised for any reason, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain marketing approval of any current or future product candidates or otherwise advance our business. We cannot assure you that we will be able to manage our existing third party service providers or find other competent outside contractors and consultants on economically reasonable terms, or at all.

If we are not able to effectively expand our organization by hiring new employees and/or engaging additional third party service providers, we may not be able to successfully implement the tasks necessary to further develop and commercialize our product candidates and any future product candidates and, accordingly, may not achieve our research, development and commercialization goals.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

There has been no prior public market for our common stock. We do not know whether an active, liquid and orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be and as a result it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock.

Prior to this offering, no public market for shares of our common stock existed and an active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained following this offering. We will determine the initial public offering price for our common stock through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. The market value of our common stock may decrease from the initial public offering price. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. Furthermore, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock and may impair our ability to enter into strategic collaborations or acquire companies, technologies or other assets by using our shares of common stock as consideration.

78

The price of our stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which we cannot control. The stock market in general, and pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. The trading prices for common stock of other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies have also been highly volatile as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus, these factors include:

• the success of competitive products or announcements by potential competitors of their product development efforts;

• regulatory actions with respect to our products or our competitors’ products;

• actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

• regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

• developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

• the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

• announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic collaborations, joint ventures, collaborations or capital commitments;

• actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

• fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

• market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sector;

• changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

• share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

• announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts;

• sales of our common stock by us, our insiders or our other stockholders;

• expiration of market stand-off or lock-up agreements;

• the ongoing and future impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and actions taken to slow its spread; and

• general economic, industry and market conditions.

The realization of any of the above risks or any of a broad range of other risks, including those described in this “Risk Factors” section, could have a dramatic and adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

Our management team has broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering and its investment of these proceeds may not yield a favorable return. They may invest the net proceeds from this offering in ways with which investors disagree.

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to advance and expand our clinical and preclinical development programs, including pre-commercial activities of D-Fi, enhance our manufacturing capabilities at our Exton, Pennsylvania facility, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the hiring of additional staff as we expand our operations. See “Use of Proceeds.” However, within the

79

scope of our plan, and in light of the various risks to our business, including those discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus, our management will have broad discretion over the use of net proceeds from this offering, and could spend the net proceeds in ways our stockholders may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable return, if at all. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that improve our operating results, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports, or if they publish adverse or misleading research or reports, regarding us, our business or our market, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business or our market. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities or industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the stock price would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us issue adverse or misleading research or reports regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property, our stock performance or our market, or if our operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Prior to this offering, our executive officers, directors, holders of 5% or more of our capital stock and their respective affiliates beneficially owned approximately     % of our voting stock and, upon the closing of this offering, that same group will beneficially own approximately     % of our outstanding voting stock (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares), in each case giving effect to the Corporate Conversion. Therefore, even after this offering these stockholders will be able to influence us through this ownership position. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents or approval of any merger, sale of assets or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders. The interests of this group of stockholders may not always coincide with your interests or the interests of other stockholders and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders, including seeking a premium value for their common stock, and might affect the prevailing market price for our common stock.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in our initial public offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution.

The initial public offering price of $         per share is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately following the completion of this offering. If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value per share of $         per share as of December 31, 2020. That is because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional dilution when those holding stock options or warrants exercise their right to purchase common stock under our Management Incentive Plan or when we otherwise issue additional shares of common stock. See “Dilution.”

80

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

Our common stock price could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of common stock after this offering or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, might also make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

Upon the completion of this offering,                  shares of common stock will be outstanding (                 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full), based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020.

All shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The resale of the remaining                  shares, or     % of our outstanding shares of common stock following this offering, is currently prohibited or otherwise restricted as a result of securities law provisions, market standoff agreements entered into by certain of our stockholders with us or lock-up agreements entered into by our stockholders with the underwriters in connection with this offering. However, subject to applicable securities law restrictions, these shares will be able to be sold in the public market beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options and warrants outstanding under our Management Incentive Plan or pursuant to future awards granted under those plans will become available for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of applicable vesting schedules, market stand-off agreements and/or lock-up agreements, as well as Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. For more information, see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately                  shares, or      % of our outstanding shares following this offering, of our common stock will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our other stockholders. We also intend to register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register the offer and sale of shares for the holders of registration rights and shares that may be issued under our Management Incentive Plan, these shares will be able to be sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described under “Underwriting.”

In addition, in the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock, or other equity or debt securities convertible into common stock, in connection with a financing, acquisition, employee arrangement or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation of the value of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our equity securities. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to any appreciation in the value of our common stock, which is not certain. Furthermore, we are party to a Loan Agreement with Horizon that contains negative covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends. For more information, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

81

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the market price of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon closing of the offering, will contain provisions that could depress the market price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions, among other things:

• establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board are elected at one time;

• permit only the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill vacancies on the board;

• provide that directors may only be removed “for cause” and only with the approval of two-thirds of our stockholders;

• authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board could use to implement a stockholder rights plan (also known as a “poison pill”);

• eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

• prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

• prohibit cumulative voting;

• authorize our board of directors to amend the bylaws;

• establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings; and

• require a super-majority vote of stockholders to amend some provisions described above.

In addition, Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, generally a person which together with its affiliates owns, or within the last three years has owned, 15% of our voting stock, for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

Any provision of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our capital stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for:

• any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

• any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty;

• any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; and

• any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal-affairs doctrine.

82

This exclusive-forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision. If a court were to find this exclusive-forum provision in our bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could seriously harm our business. Nothing in our certificate of incorporation will preclude stockholders that assert claims under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act from bringing such claims in state or federal court, subject to applicable law.

General Risks

Our internal computer systems, or those of any of our CROs, manufacturers, other contractors, consultants, collaborators or potential future collaborators, may fail or suffer security or data privacy breaches or other unauthorized or improper access to, use of, or destruction of our proprietary or confidential data, employee data, or personal data, which could result in additional costs, loss of revenue, significant liabilities, harm to our brand and material disruption of our operations.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our current and any future CROs and other contractors, consultants, collaborators and third-party service providers, are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, cybersecurity threats, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failure. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may face increased risks of a security breach or disruption due to our reliance on internet technology and the number of our employees who are working remotely, which may create additional opportunities for cybercriminals to exploit vulnerabilities. Furthermore, because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to, or to sabotage, systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended period. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations or result in the unauthorized acquisition of or access to personally identifiable information or individually identifiable health information (violating certain privacy laws such as HIPAA and GDPR), it could result in a material disruption of our drug discovery and development programs and our business operations, whether due to a loss of our trade secrets or other similar disruptions. Some of the federal, state and foreign government requirements include obligations of companies to notify individuals of security breaches involving particular personally identifiable information, which could result from breaches experienced by us or by our vendors, contractors, or organizations with which we have formed strategic relationships. Notifications and follow-up actions related to a security breach could impact our reputation, cause us to incur significant costs, including legal expenses and remediation costs. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the lost data. We also rely on third parties to manufacture our product candidates, and similar events relating to their computer systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could be exposed to litigation and governmental investigations, the further development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed, and we could be subject to significant fines or penalties for any noncompliance with certain state, federal and/or international privacy and security laws.

Our insurance policies may not be adequate to compensate us for the potential losses arising from any such disruption, failure or security breach. In addition, such insurance may not be available to us in the future on economically reasonable terms, or at all. Further, our insurance may not cover all claims made against us and could have high deductibles in any event, and defending a suit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management attention.

83

Our operations are vulnerable to interruption by fire, severe weather conditions, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist activity and other events beyond our control, which could harm our business.

Our facility is located in a region which experiences severe weather from time to time. We have not undertaken a systematic analysis of the potential consequences to our business and financial results from a major tornado, flood, fire, earthquake, power loss, terrorist activity or other disasters and do not have a recovery plan for such disasters. In addition, we do not carry sufficient insurance to compensate us for actual losses from interruption of our business that may occur, and any losses or damages incurred by us could harm our business. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including:

• being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus;

• not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

• not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or disclosure of critical audit matters;

• reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

• exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory stockholder votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; (2) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (3) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period; and (4) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the extended transition period for adopting new or revised accounting standards under the JOBS Act as an emerging growth company. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, result in more litigation and divert management’s attention.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing

84

requirements of Nasdaq and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Complying with these rules and regulations has increased and will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. We may also need to hire additional employees or engage outside consultants to comply with these requirements, which will increase our costs and expenses.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.

These new rules and regulations may make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and, in the future, we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

By disclosing information in this prospectus and in future filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If those claims are successful, our business could be seriously harmed. Even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, the time and resources needed to resolve them could divert our management’s resources and seriously harm our business.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.

85

We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis and our management will be required to assess the effectiveness of these controls annually. However, for as long as we are an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting could lead to restatements of our financial statements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

86

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that can involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, prospective products, product approvals, research and development costs, future revenue, timing and likelihood of success, plans and objectives of management for future operations, future results of anticipated products and prospects, plans and objectives of management are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” ,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” or “would” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

• the timing, progress and results of preclinical studies and clinical trials for our current and future product candidates, including statements regarding the timing of initiation and completion of studies or trials and related preparatory work, the period during which the results of the trials will become available and our research and development programs;

• the timing, scope or likelihood of regulatory submissions, filings, and approvals, including final regulatory approval of our product candidates;

• our ability to develop and advance product candidates into, and successfully complete, clinical trials;

• our expectations regarding the size of the patient populations for our product candidates, if approved for commercial use;

• the implementation of our business model and our strategic plans for our business, product candidates and technology;

• our commercialization, marketing and manufacturing capabilities and strategy;

• the pricing and reimbursement of our product candidates, if approved;

• the scalability and commercial viability of our manufacturing methods and processes, including our plans to maintain our in-house manufacturing facility, even after commercialization of any of our product candidates, and begin in-house vector manufacturing once we complete the scale-up of our facility;

• the rate and degree of market acceptance and clinical utility of our product candidates, in particular, and gene therapy, in general;

• our ability to establish or maintain collaborations or strategic relationships or obtain additional funding;

• our competitive position;

• the scope of protection we and/or our licensors are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our product candidates;

• developments and projections relating to our competitors and our industry;

• our expectations related to the use of proceeds from this offering;

• our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing;

• the period over which we estimate our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our future operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements;

87

• the impact of laws and regulations;

• our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act; and

• the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about our business, the industry in which we operate and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and these forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance or development. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein until after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and you are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

88

INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus contains industry, market and competitive position data from our own internal estimates and research as well as industry and general publications and research surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believe to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. Our internal data and estimates are based upon information obtained from trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate and our management’s understanding of industry conditions. While we believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable, we have not independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources. While we believe our internal company research is reliable and the market definitions are appropriate, neither such research nor definitions have been verified by an independent source.

89

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from in this offering will be approximately $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $         million.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

• approximately $         million to advance the clinical development of D-Fi, including to complete our ongoing Phase 3 clinical trial of D-Fi in patients with RDEB and our anticipated Phase 3 clinical trial in patients with DDEB, and pre-launch commercial activities;

• approximately $         million to advance the clinical development of FCX-013, including to fund our ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial in patients with moderate to severe LS;

• approximately $         million to advance and expand our clinical and preclinical development programs and design and develop new product candidates leveraging our fibroblast technology platform;

• approximately $         million to enhance our manufacturing capabilities at our Exton, Pennsylvania manufacturing facility; and

• the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the hiring of additional staff as we expand our operations.

This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to in-license, acquire or invest in additional businesses, technologies, products or assets, although currently we have no specific agreements, commitments or understandings in this regard. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. Predicting the cost necessary to develop product candidates can be difficult and we anticipate that we will need additional funds to complete the development of any product candidates we identify. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures and the extent of clinical development may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development efforts, the status of and results from preclinical studies and any ongoing clinical trials or clinical trials we may commence in the future, as well as any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties for our product candidates and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through                 . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be incorrect, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. We may satisfy our future cash needs through the sale of equity securities, debt financings, working capital lines of credit, corporate collaborations or license agreements, grant funding, interest income earned on invested cash balances or a combination of one or more of these sources.

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

90

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development, commercialization and growth of our business, and therefore we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on any class of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to compliance with contractual restrictions and covenants in the agreements governing our current and future indebtedness. Any such determination will also depend upon our business prospects, results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and availability and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Our Loan Agreement with Horizon prohibits us from declaring and paying cash dividends.

Accordingly, you may need to sell your shares of our common stock to realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation of the value of our common stock.”

91

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2020, as follows:

• on an actual basis;

• on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Preferred Stock into shares of our common stock, and (ii) the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, in each case immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

• on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of                 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

	As of December 31, 2020
	Actual			Pro Forma	Pro Forma  As Adjusted(1)
	(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	20,565		$	$
Long-term debt, net		19,334
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share: 1,466,227 shares authorized, 1,416,232 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted		197,111
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity
Common stock, $0.00001 par value per share: 1,581,151 shares authorized, 8,500 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted;                  shares issued and shares outstanding, pro forma;                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted		—
Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value per share: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;                 shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted		—
Additional paid-in capital		883
Accumulated deficit		(193,092	)
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)		(192,209	)
Total capitalization	$	24,236		$	$

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total equity and total capitalization by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and

92

estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million.

The number of shares of our common stock on a pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis set forth in the table above is based on                  shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, and excludes:

•                 additional shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Plan;

•                 shares of common stock that will become available for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and shares of our common stock that become available pursuant to provisions in the ESPP that automatically increase the share reserve under the ESPP;

•                 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise outstanding stock options granted under the 2018 Plan as of December 31, 2020, at a weighted average exercise price of $         per share;

•              shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding VARs granted under the 2018 Plan as of December 31, 2020, at a weighted average exercise price of $         per share;

•                 shares of common stock available for future issuance under the 2018 Plan as of December 31, 2020;

•                 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options in connection with the IPO Grants granted under the 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price; and

• an aggregate of                shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants held by Horizon at a weighted average exercise price of $         per share.

93

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of December 31, 2020 was                 , or $         per share of our common stock. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and Preferred Stock, which is not included within stockholders’ equity (deficit). Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents historical net tangible book value (deficit) divided by the                  shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020.

Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of December 31, 2020 was $        million, or $        per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Preferred Stock on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering in                  shares of common stock.

After giving further effect to our issuance and sale of                shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of                , would have been $          million, or $         per share of common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $        per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of common stock. The following table illustrates this dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock		$
Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of December 31, 2020	$
Increase per share attributable to the conversion of outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2020 before this offering	$
Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to investors in this offering
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering
Dilution per share to new common stock investors in this offering		$

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $        , and dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $         per share, the increase in pro forma

94

as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $         per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to new investors would be $         per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table summarizes, as of                , after giving effect to this offering, the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, or to be paid, to us and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing stockholders and by the new investors. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

	Shares Purchased				Total Consideration
	Number	Percent			Amount		Percent			Average Price Per Share
Existing stockholders				%	$				%	$
New investors
Total			100	%		$		100	%	$

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and the total consideration paid by all stockholders by $          million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions but before estimated offering expenses.

Except as otherwise indicated, the discussion and the tables above assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock and excludes:

•                 additional shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Plan;

•                 shares of common stock that will become available for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and shares of our common stock that become available pursuant to provisions in the ESPP that automatically increase the share reserve under the ESPP;

•                  shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options granted under the 2018 Plan as of December 31, 2020, at a weighted average exercise price of $         per share;

•                  shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding VARs granted under the 2018 Plan as of December 31, 2020, at a weighted average exercise price of $         per share;

•                  shares of common stock available for future issuance under the 2018 Plan as of December 31, 2020;

•                  shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options in connection with the IPO Grants granted under the 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price; and

• an aggregate of                shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants held by Horizon, at a weighted average exercise price of $         per share.

To the extent any of these outstanding options or warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. To the extent all of such outstanding options had been exercised as of                 , the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $        , and total dilution per share to new investors would be $        .

95

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full:

• the percentage of shares of our common stock held by the existing stockholders will decrease to approximately    % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

• the number of shares held by new investors will increase to                , or approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

96

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth our selected financial data for the periods indicated. We have derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected for any future period. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this prospectus.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
	(in thousands, except unit, share and per share amounts)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Operating expenses:
Research and development	$	15,130		$	81,028
General and administrative		11,533			8,722
Total operating expenses		26,663			89,750
Loss from operations		(26,663	)		(89,750	)
Other income (expense):
Interest income		149			1,183
Interest expense		(2,123	)		—
Other income		18			129
Total other (expense) income		(1,956	)		1,312
Net loss before income taxes	$	(28,619	)	$	(88,438	)
Income tax expense		—			6
Net loss	$	(28,619	)	$	(88,444	)
Accretion to redemption value under redeemable convertible preferred stock		(637	)		(457	)
Net loss available to common stockholders	$	(29,256	)	$	(88,901	)
Loss per share:
Loss per share, basic and diluted(1)	$	(3,442	)	$	(34,391	)
Weighted average number of common stock, basic and diluted		8,500			2,585
Pro Forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)	$			$
Pro Forma weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)

(1) See Note 2 to our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2020 appearing at the end of this prospectus for further details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

97

	As of December 31,
	2020			2019
	(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	20,565		$	57,188
Working capital(1)		20,359			29,893
Total assets		27,926			61,796
Total liabilities		23,024			29,274
Accumulated deficit		(193,092	)		(163,836	)
Redeemable convertible preferred stock		197,111			195,689
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)		(192,209	)		(163,167	)

(1) We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.

98

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are a clinical-stage cell and gene therapy company focused on developing and commercializing disease-modifying therapies for patients suffering from rare diseases for which there is a lack of available treatment options. Our proprietary autologous fibroblast platform serves as the foundation for developing personalized, targeted and redosable cell-based gene therapy product candidates for both monogenic and chronic disorders. At present, our novel in-house manufacturing process entails collecting minimally invasive skin biopsies from patients, and transducing fibroblast cells with a third-generation self-inactivating lentiviral vector to express a targeted protein of interest. The genetically modified cells are then intradermally administered to the disease site with the goal of expressing the target protein in the desired region. As part of this process, we also create a personalized cell bank of genetically modified autologous fibroblasts that can be stored cryogenically, serving as a repository for the patient’s long term drug product needs. Our most advanced product candidate, dabocemagene autoficel, or D-Fi, is currently in a Phase 3 clinical trial for the treatment of recessive dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa, or RDEB, with topline data expected in the                . We also plan to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial of D-Fi for the treatment of dominant dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa, or DDEB, in the                . In addition to D-Fi, we are developing a second product candidate, FCX-013, for the treatment of moderate to severe localized scleroderma, or LS, and are currently conducting a Phase 1/2 clinical trial and anticipate reporting preliminary data from this trial in the                . We are initially prioritizing our clinical-stage product candidates for skin and connective tissue diseases, with the goal of expanding into other rare diseases and broader indications where patients have limited or no therapeutic options.

Since our inception in 2015, our operations have included business planning, hiring personnel, raising capital, building our intellectual property portfolio, licensing, acquisitions and performing research and development on our product candidates and our autologous fibroblast technology, leveraging the clinical benefits of fibroblasts as the basis of our personalized cell and gene therapy platform.

We have incurred net losses since inception and expect to incur losses in the future as we continue our research and development activities. To date, we have funded our operations primarily through sales of our preferred stock and $20.0 million drawn under our Venture Loan and Security Agreement, or the Loan Agreement, with Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, or Horizon.

As of December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $20.6 million. Since our inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. We incurred net losses of approximately $28.6 million and $88.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $193.1 million and $163.8 million, respectively. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and operating losses for the next several years. See “—Funding Requirements” below.

99

We expect our expenses to increase as we continue to:

• advance the development of our lead product candidates, D-Fi and FCX-013, through clinical development, and, if approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, commercialization;

• advance our preclinical development programs into clinical development;

• incur manufacturing costs for lentiviral vectors and our product candidates;

• seek regulatory approvals for any of our product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

• increase our research and development activities to identify and develop new product candidates;

• hire additional personnel;

• expand our operational, financial and management systems;

• invest in measures to protect and expand our intellectual property;

• establish a sales, marketing, medical affairs and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any product candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval and intend to commercialize;

• develop our manufacturing and commercialization efforts; and

• operate as a public company.

Due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with biopharmaceutical product development and the economic and developmental uncertainty arising from the COVID-19 pandemic, we may be unable to accurately predict the timing or magnitude of all expenses. Our ability to ultimately generate revenue to achieve profitability will depend heavily on the development, approval, and subsequent commercialization of our product candidates. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce or terminate our operations.

In addition, we will be subject to royalty payments to Precigen, Inc. (formerly known as Intrexon Corporation), or Precigen, should we receive FDA approval for our product candidates D-Fi or FCX-013 and commercialize either product candidate. See “Business—Collaboration and Licensing Agreement—Precigen Exclusive Channel Collaboration Agreement.”

As a result, we will need substantial additional funding to support our continuing operations and pursue our growth strategy. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through the sale of equity, debt financings or other capital sources, which may include collaborations with other companies or other strategic transactions. We may not be able to raise additional funds or enter into such other agreements or arrangements when needed on favorable terms, or at all. If we fail to raise capital or enter into such agreements as and when needed, we would have to significantly delay, reduce or eliminate the development and commercialization of one or more of our product candidates or delay our pursuit of potential in-licenses or acquisitions.

Factors Affecting Comparability

Our historical financial condition and results of operations for the periods presented may not be comparable, either between periods or going forward due to the factors described below.

TWI Biotechnology, Inc. License Agreement

On December 16, 2015, we entered into a license agreement with TWI Biotechnology, Inc., or TWIB, to develop, manufacture and sell the compound known as diacerein, or CCP-020, including its enantiomers,

100

racemates, isomers and any pharmaceutically acceptable salt or complex thereof, including any prodrugs and active metabolites. The license covers the entire world, excluding all areas in Asia, with the exception of Australia and New Zealand. In 2015, we paid TWIB a one-time license fee of $0.5 million which was recorded as research and development expense. TWIB is entitled to receive milestone payments up to an aggregate of $6.5 million based on achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones.

On June 13, 2017, the license agreement was amended to restructure timing of the $6.5 million milestone payments. A milestone payment of approximately $0.8 million was made in connection with the amended terms. This payment reduced the remaining potential milestone payments to approximately $5.8 million.

In the fourth quarter of 2019, following the acquisition of Fibrocell Science, Inc., or Fibrocell, described below, we reduced spending on the CCP-020 development program substantially as we evaluated our clinical development goals and priorities. Spending on the CCP-020 development program for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was approximately $0.4 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

We intend to terminate the TWIB license agreement and discontinue further development of CCP-020 prior to this offering. We are not required to make any future payments upon termination of the TWIB license agreement.

Fibrocell Transaction

On April 12, 2019, we entered into a Co-Development and License Agreement with Fibrocell for the development and commercialization of D-Fi for the treatment of RDEB in the United States and its territories. In connection with this agreement, we paid Fibrocell a one-time license fee of $7.5 million which was recorded as in-process research and development expense. In addition, we paid Fibrocell approximately $1.3 million in co-development costs which was recorded as research and development expense.

In September 2019, we entered into an agreement and plan of merger, or the Merger Agreement, by and among us, Castle Creek Merger Corp., or Merger Sub, and Fibrocell. On December 13, 2019, we and Merger Sub acquired Fibrocell pursuant to the Merger Agreement. As a result, Merger Sub was merged into Fibrocell and thereafter ceased to exist, the Co-Development and License Agreement was terminated and Fibrocell became our wholly owned subsidiary. The Fibrocell acquisition was accounted for as an asset acquisition because all the fair value of the gross assets acquired were deemed to be substantially concentrated in a group of similar identifiable assets related to Fibrocell’s lead product candidate, D-Fi.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, we acquired 100% of the outstanding common and preferred shares of Fibrocell, as well as all outstanding warrants, convertible notes and employee stock options. Additionally, we issued promissory notes to each holder of preferred stock in exchange for each preferred stockholder’s agreement to terminate their preferred stock agreements. All of these instruments were settled during the period from December 2019 to February 2020. The cash purchase price on the date we acquired Fibrocell was approximately $67.9 million, including approximately $2.3 million of transaction costs.

COVID-19 Pandemic

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a pandemic, which continues to spread throughout the United States and worldwide. We could be materially and adversely affected by the risks, or the public perception of the risks, related to an epidemic, pandemic, outbreak or other public health crisis, such as the COVID-19 pandemic. Among other things, we have experienced site initiation and recruitment delays in our clinical trials of D-Fi for the treatment of RDEB and FCX-013 for the treatment of moderate to severe LS due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, extending the timelines and increasing the overall costs to finish the clinical trials, as our fixed costs are not substantially reduced while the clinical trials are delayed.

101

The ultimate extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, financial condition and results of operations will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information that may emerge concerning the severity of the COVID-19 pandemic and actions taken to contain or prevent the further spread, among others. Accordingly, we cannot predict the extent to which our business, financial condition or results of operations will be affected. We remain focused on maintaining liquidity and financial flexibility and continue to monitor developments as we deal with the disruptions and uncertainties from a business and financial perspective relating to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

Prior to September 2018, we consisted of a single entity, Castle Creek Pharmaceuticals, LLC. In September 2018, we formed a new entity, Castle Creek Pharmaceutical Holdings, Inc., and in October 2018, completed a restructuring transaction, which resulted in Castle Creek Pharmaceuticals, LLC becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Castle Creek Pharmaceutical Holdings, Inc. This transaction was considered as a recapitalization and was accounted for as a change in capital structure. In connection with the restructuring, members of Castle Creek Pharmaceuticals, LLC contributed their equity to Castle Creek Pharmaceutical Holdings, Inc. in exchange for equity in Castle Creek Pharmaceutical Holdings, Inc.

In September 2019, we entered into a Merger Agreement with Fibrocell, a former publicly traded Delaware corporation. The merger was completed on December 13, 2019 at which time Fibrocell became a wholly owned subsidiary of Castle Creek Pharmaceutical Holdings, Inc.

In February 2020, we changed the names of Castle Creek Pharmaceutical Holdings, Inc. and Castle Creek Pharmaceuticals, LLC to Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc. and Castle Creek Biosciences, LLC, respectively.

In December 2020, we consolidated our legal entity structure whereby Fibrocell merged into and with Castle Creek Biosciences, LLC.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

To date, we have not generated any revenue from product sales and do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the foreseeable future. If our development efforts for any of our product candidates are successful and result in regulatory approval, we may generate revenue in the future from product sales. We cannot predict if, when or to what extent we will generate revenue from the commercialization and sale of any of our product candidates. We may never succeed in obtaining regulatory approval for any of our product candidates.

Research and Development Expenses

Our research and development expenses consist of expenses incurred in connection with the development of our product candidates and include:

• employee-related expenses, which include salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for our research and development personnel;

• direct third-party costs such as expenses incurred under agreements with contract research organizations, or CROs, and contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs;

• consultants that conduct research and development activities on our behalf;

• costs associated with conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials;

• amortization expense for assets used in research and development activities;

102

• costs associated with technology and intellectual property licenses; and

• facilities and other allocated expenses, which include expenses for rent and other facility related costs and other supplies.

We expense research and development costs as incurred. Nonrefundable advance payments that we make for goods or services to be received in the future for use in research and development activities are recorded as prepaid expenses. The prepaid amounts are expensed as the related goods are delivered or the services are performed. Costs incurred in obtaining technology licenses are charged immediately to research and development expense if the technology licensed has not reached technological feasibility and has no alternative future use. Our direct research and development costs are tracked on a program-by-program basis and consist primarily of external costs, such as fees paid to consultants, contractors, CMOs and CROs in connection with our preclinical and clinical development activities. We do not allocate employee costs and costs associated with our discovery efforts, laboratory supplies and facilities, and, as such, are not separately classified.

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses by program incurred for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

	Year Ended December 31,				Change Amount
	2020		2019
	(dollars in thousands)
Research and development expenses:
IP R&D	$	—	$	72,663	$	(72,663	)
D-Fi		4,281		1,331		2,950
FCX-013		920		—		920
CCP-020		398		2,900		(2,502	)
Indirect research and development		9,531		4,134		5,397
Total	$	15,130	$	81,028	$	(65,898	)

We expect our research and development expenses to increase substantially for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in research and development activities related to developing our product candidates D-Fi and FCX-013 as they advance into later stages of clinical development and our other product candidates in preclinical development as they advance into clinical development. We do not expect to incur additional research and development expenses related to CCP-020. The process of conducting the necessary clinical research to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time-consuming, and the successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain. As a result, we are unable to determine the duration and completion costs of our research and development projects or when and to what extent we will generate revenue from the commercialization and sale of any of our product candidates. This is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing product candidates, including uncertainty related to:

• the duration, costs and timing of clinical trials of our current development programs and any further clinical trials related to new product candidates;

• the sufficiency of our financial and other resources to complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials

• the impact of COVID-19 pandemic on the ability to initiate new clinical trials and/or maintain the continuity of ongoing clinical trials;

• the acceptance of investigational new drug, or IND, applications for future clinical trials;

• the successful and timely enrollment and completion of clinical trials;

• the successful completion of preclinical studies and clinical trials;

103

• successful data from our clinical program that supports an acceptable risk-benefit profile of our product candidates in the intended populations;

• the receipt and maintenance of regulatory and marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

• establishing agreements with third-party manufacturers for clinical supply for our clinical trials and commercial manufacturing, if any of our product candidates are approved;

• the entry into collaborations to further the development of our product candidates;

• obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity for our product candidates; and

• successfully launching our product candidates and achieving commercial sales, if and when approved.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of any of our programs or any product candidate we develop would significantly change the costs, timing and viability associated with the development and/or regulatory approval of such programs or product candidates.

General and Administrative Expenses

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, allocated facilities costs, and other expenses for outside professional services, including legal, marketing, investor relations, human resources services, and accounting services. Personnel costs consist of salaries, benefits, and stock-based compensation for our general and administrative personnel. We expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Nasdaq Global Market, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services. We also expect to increase the size of our administrative function to support the growth of our business. In addition, if we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant expenses related to building a sales and marketing team to support product sales, marketing and distribution activities.

Paragon Agreements

We are party to a Management Services Agreement with Paragon Biosciences, LLC, or Paragon, entered into on October 9, 2018, or the Effective Date, pursuant to which Paragon provides to us certain professional services. In exchange for services provided to us under the Management Services Agreement, we pay to Paragon a management fee of approximately $0.3 million per each calendar month. This fee is reduced to approximately $0.2 million per each calendar month starting in October 2021. We intend to terminate the Management Services Agreement upon the consummation of this offering. Upon termination, we will owe Paragon a termination fee of $         million. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Agreements in Effect Prior to this Offering—Management and Other Agreements” for further information.

We are also party to a right of use agreement with Paragon whereby we have access to and the right to use certain office space leased by Paragon in Chicago, Illinois. Since entering into the right of use agreement in November 2019 through December 31, 2020, we paid fees of approximately $0.9 million pursuant to this agreement.

In addition, we are party to a letter agreement for advisory services provided by Paragon Health Capital, LLC, or Paragon Health, a broker-dealer and wholly owned subsidiary of Paragon. We incurred debt placement fees of approximately $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 associated with the Loan Agreement. We incurred equity placement fees of approximately $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 associated with the offering of our Series C Preferred Stock.

104

Interest Expense

Our interest expense consists primarily of cash interest expense on our debt facility and accretion of debt discount and issuance costs.

Interest Income

Our interest income consists primarily of interest income earned on cash and cash equivalents and money market funds.

Other Expense

Our other expense consists primarily of the change in fair value of the liability associated with warrants issued in connection with our debt facility.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

As described above in “—COVID-19 Pandemic,” the ultimate extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our results of operations will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain, including new information that may emerge concerning the severity of the COVID-19 pandemic or other public health crises and actions taken to contain or prevent the further spread, among others. Accordingly, we cannot fully predict the extent to which our business and results of operations will be affected. Many clinical trial sites have been impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, forcing them to delay enrollment in research trials, including ours. This has affected the speed of enrollment in our current trials, slowing, but not stopping, the progress of our programs.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

	Year Ended December 31,						Change Amount
	2020			2019
	(dollars in thousands)
Operating expenses:
Research and development	$	15,130		$	81,028		$	(65,898	)
General and administrative		11,533			8,722			2,811
Total operating expenses		26,663			89,750			(63,087	)
Loss from operations		(26,663	)		(89,750	)		63,087
Interest income (expense), net		(1,974	)		1,183			(3,157	)
Other income (expense)		18			129			(111	)
Loss before provision for income taxes		(28,619	)		(88,438	)		59,819
Provision for income taxes		—			6			(6	)
Net loss	$	(28,619	)	$	(88,444	)	$	59,825

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 were approximately $81.0 million, of which approximately $72.7 million represented non-recurring in-process research and development related to the Fibrocell acquisition and the Fibrocell Co-Development and License Agreement.

105

Excluding these non-recurring costs, research and development expenses increased by approximately $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to increased compensation, development, and facilities costs. Compensation costs and stock-based compensation costs increased by approximately $2.6 million as a result of increased headcount due to the assumption of employees from the Fibrocell acquisition. Development costs increased by approximately $2.4 million due to a full year of development expenses for D-Fi and FCX-013 combined with a decrease in development expenses for CCP-020. Rent, facilities costs, and other overhead costs increased by approximately $1.8 million due to a full year of rent and other facility costs in our Exton, Pennsylvania facility as compared to less than one month in 2019.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $2.8 million to $11.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to approximately $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to increased compensation, depreciation and amortization, professional services, and facilities costs. Compensation costs and stock-based compensation costs increased by approximately $1.7 million as a result of increased headcount due to the assumption of employees from the Fibrocell acquisition. Depreciation and amortization costs increased by approximately $0.7 million due to the assumption of Fibrocell’s fixed assets and the addition of intangible assets from the Fibrocell acquisition. Professional and consulting costs increased by approximately $0.2 million, primarily as a result of increased accounting and consulting fees. Facilities costs increased by approximately $0.2 million, primarily as a result of a full year of rent and other facility costs in our Exton, Pennsylvania facility as compared to less than one month in 2019.

Interest Income (Expense)

Interest income decreased by approximately $1.0 million to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease is due to a combination of a decreasing cash balance upon which interest is earned as well as a substantial decrease in the interest rate on our cash deposits. The decrease in our cash balance is a result of cash utilized to fund operations while the decrease in interest rates is due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the United States financial markets.

Interest expense increased by approximately $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, as a result of our debt facility with Horizon. No interest expense was incurred during the year ended December 31, 2019. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 includes cash interest payments of approximately $1.6 million and accretion of debt discount and issuance costs of approximately $0.5 million.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) consists primarily of the change in fair value of warrants issued to Horizon in 2020.

Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes was immaterial in 2020 and 2019 due to our operating loss position against which we have recorded a full valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2020, we had federal and state net operating losses of approximately $86.0 million and $64.8 million, respectively, available to reduce future taxable income, if any. The net operating losses will begin to expire in 2036.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

To date, we have financed our operations primarily with proceeds from sales of our preferred stock and borrowings under our Loan Agreement. From our inception through December 31, 2020, we have received

106

aggregate proceeds of approximately $178.1 million from sales of our preferred stock. As of December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $20.6 million and an accumulated deficit of approximately $193.1 million. As of December 31, 2020, we had outstanding debt, net of issuance costs, of approximately $19.3 million.

On February 26, 2020, we entered into the Loan Agreement. Borrowings under the Loan Agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets, excluding our intellectual property, certain equity interests, certain property interests and certain permits and licenses. The Loan Agreement matures in March 2024, with interest-only monthly payments until April 2022. A final payment fee of $1.0 million is due at maturity. The loan bears interest at a floating rate equal to 7.5% plus the greater of: (i) 1.80% per annum and, or (ii) the one-month LIBOR Rate (rounded to the nearest one hundredth percent), as reported in the Wall Street Journal, with a minimum interest rate of 9.3%. In the event LIBOR is no longer widely used as a benchmark market rate for new facilities of this type, we will work with Horizon to determine a comparable successor benchmark rate. The Loan Agreement requires compliance with certain financial covenants, including maintaining not less than $5.0 million in cash on deposit until we receive certain positive Phase 3 D-Fi data for RDEB and financial reporting requirements. We have been in compliance with the financial covenants under Loan Agreement since it was entered into on February 26, 2020. The Loan Agreement also contains certain negative restrictive covenants that either limit our ability to, or require a mandatory prepayment in the event we, engage in businesses other than businesses in which we are currently engaged, incur additional indebtedness or liens, make certain investments, make certain payments, pay dividends or make any other distributions (subject to certain exceptions), merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, transfer or dispose of certain assets, enter into transactions with affiliates, create new subsidiaries, enter into various other specified transactions, and change our name, location, executive office or executive management without notice.

In connection with the issued loans, we granted warrants to Horizon that entitle them to purchase 2,428 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at a price of $411.85 per share. The warrants are exercisable any time from the grant date through the expiration date of February 26, 2027 and are classified as a liability on our balance sheet. Warrants classified as liabilities are required to be marked to market from the issuance date until the exercise date.

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
	(dollars in thousands)
Net cash (used in) operating activities	$	(31,627	)	$	(17,836	)
Net cash (used in) investing activities		(25,213	)		(49,647	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		20,142			53,480
Net (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	$	(36,698	)	$	(14,003	)

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was approximately $31.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and approximately $17.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Cash used in operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily related to our net loss for the period of approximately $28.6 million driven by funding of our product development activities and a net change of approximately $4.4 million in our net operating asset and liabilities, partially offset by non-cash

107

charges of approximately $1.4 million. The non-cash charges consisted mainly of depreciation expense, debt issuance cost amortization, and stock-based compensation expense. The changes in our net operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to an increase in prepaid expenses and other current and non-current assets as well as increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses.

Cash used in operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily related to our net loss for the period of approximately $88.4 million driven by funding of our product development activities adjusted by non-cash charges of approximately $73.2 million. The non-cash charges consisted mainly of approximately $72.7 million of acquired in-process research and development.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $25.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and $49.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Cash used in investing activities in the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily related to our 2019 acquisition of Fibrocell of approximately $23.5 million and purchases of capital equipment for our lab facilities of approximately $1.7 million.

Cash used in investing activities in the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily related to our acquisition of Fibrocell of approximately $42.1 million and acquisition of license rights of $7.5 million in connection with the Fibrocell license agreement.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was approximately $20.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily related to borrowings under the Loan Agreement and approximately $53.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily related to proceeds from the issuance of our Series C Preferred Stock.

Funding Requirements

We do not have any products approved for sale, and we have never generated any revenue from contracts with customers. We do not expect to generate any meaningful revenue unless and until we obtain regulatory approval of and commercialize any of our current or future product candidates and we do not know when, or if, that will occur. We expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect the losses to increase as we continue the development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, our current and future product candidates, and begin to commercialize any approved products. We are subject to all the risks typically related to the development of new product candidates, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business. Moreover, following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared as though we will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. We have incurred operating losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception. As of December 31, 2020, we have an accumulated deficit of approximately $193.1 million. Management expects to continue to incur operating losses and negative cash flows. In addition, we will be subject to royalty payments to Precigen following the commercialization of our product candidates D-Fi or FCX-013. We have financed our operations to date with proceeds primarily from sales of our preferred stock and borrowings under our credit facility.

We may need to raise additional capital in order to continue to fund operations, including royalty payment obligations to Precigen following the commercialization of our product candidates D-Fi or FCX-013. We believe we will be able to obtain additional capital through equity financings or other arrangements to fund operations;

108

however, there can be no assurance that such additional financing, if available, can be obtained on acceptable terms. If we are unable to obtain such additional financing, future operations would need to be scaled back or discontinued.

Accordingly, these factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the consolidated financial statements are issued. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern.

Based on the expected net proceeds from this offering, our research and development plans and our timing expectations related to the development of our product candidates into early and later-stages of clinical development, we believe that the anticipated net proceeds from this offering will enable us to fund our operating expenses, clinical development, interest expense and capital expenditure requirements through at least                . However, we have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be incorrect, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we expect. If this offering is not successful, there is no guarantee that we will have sufficient capital to fund operations.

Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

• the initiation, progress, timeline, cost and results of our clinical trials for our product candidates, D-Fi and FCX-013;

• the initiation, progress, timeline, cost and results of additional research and preclinical studies related to pipeline development and other research programs we initiate in the future;

• the cost and timing of manufacturing activities, including our planned manufacturing scale-up activities associated with our product candidates and other programs as we advance them through preclinical and clinical development through commercialization;

• the potential expansion of our current development programs to seek new indications;

• the continued negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, including delays in clinical trials;

• the outcome, timing and cost of meeting regulatory requirements established by the FDA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities;

• the cost of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property rights, in-licensed or otherwise;

• the effect of competing technological and market developments;

• the payment of licensing fees, potential royalty payments and potential milestone payments;

• the cost of general operating expenses;

• the cost of interest expense in conjunction with our debt facility;

• the cost of establishing sales, marketing, and distribution capabilities for any product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval in regions where we choose to commercialize our products on our own; and

• the cost of operating as a public company.

Further, our operating plan may change, and we may need additional funds to meet operational needs and capital requirements for clinical trials and other research and development expenditures.

If we need to raise additional capital to fund our operations, funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing when needed, we may have to delay,

109

reduce the scope of or suspend one or more of our preclinical studies, clinical trials, research and development programs or commercialization efforts. We may seek to raise any necessary additional capital through a combination of public or private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations and other licensing arrangements. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, we may be subject to covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional capital through marketing and distribution arrangements or other collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish certain valuable rights to our product candidates, technologies, future revenue streams or research programs or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

As of December 31, 2020, our commitments consisted of the Loan Agreement and an operating lease for our corporate headquarters in Exton, Pennsylvania, for approximately 86,500 square feet. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020.

	Payments Due by Period
	Total		Less Than One Year		1–3 Years		3–5 Years		More Than 5 Years
	(dollars in thousands)
Loan Agreement obligations	$	25,161	$	1,886	$	23,275		—		—
Operating lease obligations		3,309		1,471		1,838		—		—
Total	$	28,470	$	3,357	$	25,113		—		—

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During the periods presented, we did not have, nor do we currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements or holdings in any variable interest entities.

Critical Accounting Polices and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the dates of the balance sheets and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We define our critical accounting policies as those under U.S. GAAP that require us to make subjective estimates and judgments about matters that are uncertain and are likely to have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations, as well as the specific manner in which we apply those principles. While our accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following are the critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements that require significant estimates and judgments.

Accrued Research and Development Expenses

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs consist of salaries, benefits, and other personnel related costs, including equity-based compensation expense, laboratory

110

supplies, preclinical studies, clinical trials and related clinical manufacturing costs, costs related to manufacturing preparations, fees paid to other entities to conduct certain research and development activities on our behalf, and allocated facility and other related costs. Non-refundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities are deferred and capitalized as prepaid expenses until the related goods are delivered or services are performed.

We record accrued expenses for estimated costs of our research and development activities conducted by third-party service providers, which include the conduct of clinical studies and preclinical studies. We record the estimated costs of research and development activities based upon the estimated cost of services provided but not yet invoiced and include these costs in accrued liabilities in the balance sheets and within research and development expense in the statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. These costs are a significant component of our research and development expenses. We record accrued expenses for these costs based on factors such as estimates of the work completed and in accordance with agreements established with these third-party service providers. Any payments made in advance of services provided are recorded as prepaid assets, which are expensed as the contracted services are performed.

We estimate the amount of work completed through discussions with internal personnel and external service providers as to the progress or stage of completion of the services and the agreed-upon fee to be paid for such services. We make significant judgments and estimates in determining the accrued balance in each reporting period. As actual costs become known, we adjust our accrued estimates. Our accrued expenses are dependent, in part, upon the receipt of timely and accurate reporting from clinical research organizations and other third-party service providers. If we under-estimate or over-estimate the level of services performed or the costs of these services, our accrued expenses could differ from our estimates. For the periods presented, we have experienced no material differences between our accrued expenses and actual expenses.

Equity-Based Compensation

We recognize compensation costs related to stock awards and stock options granted to employees, nonemployees and directors based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant. We estimate the grant date fair value and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The grant date fair value of the stock-based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods, which are generally the vesting period of the respective awards. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.

Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock

As there is no public market for our common stock as we are a private company, our board of directors has determined the fair value of our common stock by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including having contemporaneous and retrospective valuations of our equity performed by a third-party valuation specialist, valuations of comparable peer public companies, sales of our preferred stock, operating and financial performance, the stage of our clinical development activities, the lack of liquidity of our stock, general and industry-specific economic outlook, and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering, or IPO, or a sale of our company in light of prevailing market conditions.

The fair value of our common stock will be determined by our board of directors until such time as our common stock are listed on an established stock exchange. Equity-based compensation is measured at the grant date for all equity-based awards made to employees and non-employees based on the fair value of the awards and is recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. Our value appreciation rights are indexed to the value of our common stock and are considered liability-classified awards and are remeasured at their fair-value-based amount in each reporting period until settlement. We have elected to recognize the actual forfeitures by reducing the equity-based compensation in the same period as the forfeitures occur.

111

The fair value of each share option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We historically have been a private company and lack company-specific historical and implied volatility information for our shares. Therefore, we estimate our expected share price volatility based on the historical volatility of publicly traded peer companies and expect to continue to do so until such time as we have adequate historical data regarding the volatility of our own traded share price. The expected term of our share options has been determined utilizing the “simplified method” for awards that qualify as “plain-vanilla” options. Prior to the adoption of ASU 2018-07, the expected term of share options granted to non-employees was the contractual term. After adoption of ASU 2018-07, the expected term of share options granted to non-employees is determined in the same manner as share options granted to employees. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that we have never paid cash dividends on our ordinary shares and do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The third-party valuations were performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Our ordinary share valuations were prepared using either an option pricing model backsolve method, or OPBM, or an income-based Discounted Cash Flows approach, or DCF. The OPBM used market approaches to estimate our enterprise value. The OPBM treats ordinary shares and convertible preferred shares as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company’s securities changes. Under this method, the ordinary shares have value only if the funds available for distribution to shareholders exceeded the value of the preferred share liquidation preferences at the time of the liquidity event, such as a strategic sale or a merger. The DCF method is based upon the theory that the value of a business is equal to the present value of its projected future cash flows. Under both methods, a discount for lack of marketability of the ordinary shares is then applied to arrive at an indication of value for the ordinary share. Since January 1, 2020, one third-party valuation was performed which resulted in a valuation of our ordinary shares of $52.61 per share as of June 30, 2020.

The assumptions underlying these valuations represent management’s best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our share-based compensation expense could be materially different.

Once a public trading market for our ordinary shares has been established in connection with the closing of this offering, it will no longer be necessary for our board of directors to estimate the fair value of our ordinary shares in connection with our accounting for granted share options and other such awards we may grant, as the fair value of our ordinary shares will be determined based on the quoted market price of our ordinary shares.

Options Granted

The following table sets forth, by grant date, the number of shares of common stock subject to options granted on October 1, 2020, the per share exercise price of the options, the fair value per share on each grant date, and the per share estimated fair value of the options on each grant date.

Grant Date	Number of Shares Subject to Options Granted		Per Share Exercise Price of Options		Fair Value per Share on Grant Date		Per Share Estimated Fair Value of Options on Grant Date
October 1, 2020		32,476	$	52.61	$	49.43	$	1,605,289

Value Appreciation Rights Granted

The following table sets forth, by grant date, the number of shares of common stock subject to value appreciation rights, or VARs, granted from August 1, 2016 through September 29, 2017, the per share base price

112

of the VARs, the fair value per share of common stock on each grant date, and the per share estimated fair value of the VARs on each grant date.

Grant Date	Number of Shares Subject to VARs Granted		Per Share Base Price of VARs		Fair Value per Share on Grant Date		Per Share Estimated Fair Value of VARs on Grant Date
August 1, 2016		6,666	$	0.57	$	81.26	$	541,679
October 3, 2016		1,750	$	144.88	$	51.16	$	89,530
April 21, 2017		1,500	$	144.88	$	51.16	$	76,740
July 27, 2017		667	$	161.72	$	48.88	$	32,603
August 14, 2017		50	$	161.72	$	48.88	$	2,444
September 26, 2017		1,000	$	161.72	$	48.88	$	48,880
September 27, 2017		353	$	161.72	$	48.88	$	17,255
September 29, 2017		833	$	161.72	$	48.88	$	40,717

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

The JOBS Act

We are an “emerging growth company”, or EGC, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, of 2012. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies.

We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an EGC or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. If we were to subsequently elect instead to comply with these public company effective dates, such election would be irrevocable pursuant to the JOBS Act.

We will remain an EGC until the earliest of (i) the last day of our fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completing of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.07 billion, or (ii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700.0 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities over a three-year period.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The primary objectives of our investment activities are to ensure liquidity and to preserve capital. We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate sensitivities. We had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $20.6 million and $57.2 million as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, which consisted of bank deposits and highly liquid money market funds. Historical fluctuations in interest rates have not been significant for us. Due to the short-term maturities of our cash equivalents, an immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our cash equivalents. We do not believe that inflation, interest rate changes, or foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations had a significant impact on our results of operations for any periods presented herein.

113

As of December 31, 2020, we had $20.0 million in variable rate debt outstanding. Issuance costs of approximately $1.0 million are being amortized over the four-year loan term. Unamortized debt issuance costs as of December 31, 2020 are approximately $0.8 million and are presented in the consolidated balance sheets as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the debt. As of December 31, 2019, we had no debt.

The Loan Agreement matures in March 2024, with interest-only monthly payments until April 2022. A final payment fee of $1.0 million is due at maturity. The loan bears interest at a floating rate equal to 7.5% plus the greater of (i) 1.80% per annum, or (ii) the one-month LIBOR Rate (rounded to the nearest one hundredth percent), as reported in the Wall Street Journal, with a minimum interest rate of 9.3%. In the event LIBOR is no longer widely used as a benchmark market rate for new facilities of this type, we will work with Horizon to determine a comparable successor benchmark rate.

114

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a clinical-stage cell and gene therapy company focused on developing and commercializing disease-modifying therapies for patients suffering from rare diseases for which there is a lack of available treatment options. Our proprietary autologous fibroblast platform serves as the foundation for developing personalized, targeted and redosable cell-based gene therapy product candidates for both monogenic and chronic disorders. At present, our novel in-house manufacturing process entails collecting minimally invasive skin biopsies from patients, and transducing fibroblast cells with a third-generation self-inactivating lentiviral vector to express a targeted protein of interest. The genetically modified cells are then intradermally administered to the disease site with the goal of expressing the target protein in the desired region. As part of this process, we also create a personalized cell bank of genetically modified autologous fibroblasts that can be stored cryogenically, serving as a repository for the patient’s long term drug product needs. Our most advanced product candidate, dabocemagene autoficel, or D-Fi, is currently in a Phase 3 clinical trial for the treatment of recessive dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa, or RDEB, with topline data expected in the                . We also plan to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial of D-Fi for the treatment of dominant dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa, or DDEB, in the                . In addition to D-Fi, we are developing a second product candidate, FCX-013, for the treatment of moderate to severe localized scleroderma, or LS, and are currently conducting a Phase 1/2 clinical trial and anticipate reporting preliminary data from this trial in the                . We are initially prioritizing our clinical-stage product candidates for skin and connective tissue diseases, with the goal of expanding into other rare diseases and broader indications where patients have limited or no therapeutic options.

D-Fi is being developed as a disease-modifying autologous cell-based gene therapy to address the deficiency of functional type VII collagen protein, or COL7, in patients with autosomally recessive or dominant dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa, or DEB. DEB results from mutations in the type VII collagen gene, or COL7A1, which encodes COL7. COL7 is the main constituent of anchoring fibrils, which anchor the basement membrane zone of the epidermis to the dermis, providing structural integrity to the skin at the dermoepidermal junction. When functional COL7 is deficient, the anchoring fibrils cannot form properly. The clinical hallmarks of DEB are skin fragility, blistering and oral mucosal involvement, which lead to persistent non-healing and recurrent wounds, scarring, pain, itching and nail abnormalities. When scarring is extensive, the patients may develop contractures, including restricted movement at the joints or of the mouth and tongue, esophageal strictures and/or fusion of digits.

RDEB patient estimates are based on limited analyses of clinical databases or registries and vary widely. Utilizing a genetic modelling approach, the incidence of RDEB in the United States is estimated to be 95 per million live births. Applying simulation methods, it is estimated that the prevalence of RDEB in the United States is 3,850 patients. Using a more conservative assumption based on a worldwide prevalence of RDEB estimated to be approximately 8 per million persons, the prevalence of RDEB in the United States is extrapolated to be 2,640 patients, although national epidermolysis bullosa, or EB, advocacy groups suggest the number of patients may be even greater. While the prevalence of DDEB is estimated to be similar to that of RDEB, the treatable population is considered to be somewhat smaller as the clinical manifestations are generally milder in severity.

There are currently no U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approved treatments for RDEB or DDEB and treatment is generally limited to supportive care. Patients with RDEB typically manifest signs and symptoms shortly after birth and are diagnosed as neonates due to the severity of the disease. Up to 88% of RDEB patients experience fusion of their digits as a result of repeated cycles of blistering and scarring, sometimes requiring surgical intervention. There is a continuous risk of sepsis in RDEB patients due to the failure of meaningful tissue repair. Patients with severe RDEB are at an extremely high risk of developing

115

aggressive squamous cell carcinomas, which is the leading cause of death in this group. DDEB patients typically have higher levels of COL7A1 expression, resulting in milder signs and symptoms, with blistering often limited to the hands, feet, knees and elbows with mild scarring. However, untreated symptoms may lead to serious complications, which could be fatal. The complications from RDEB and DDEB have long-lasting effects on the quality of life of patients and their families.

We previously evaluated D-Fi in an open-label Phase 1/2 clinical trial for the treatment of RDEB. The primary objective of this trial was to evaluate the safety and efficacy of D-Fi for the treatment of wounds associated with RDEB. We completed this trial in 2019 and reported safety and efficacy data on ten D-Fi treated wounds up to 34 cm² in size across six RDEB patients, from 9 to 38 years of age. D-Fi was intradermally administered in the margins of and across the targeted wounds, as well as in separate intact skin sites. At 12 weeks after the initial administration of D-Fi, eight out of the ten treated wounds exhibited complete wound closure, as defined as greater than or equal to 90% wound closure based on a categorical assessment of percent healed at various post-administration visits. Of the eight wounds that had greater than or equal to 90% wound closure, six had 100% closure. D-Fi was generally well-tolerated up to 52 weeks post-administration in this clinical trial.

We are currently evaluating D-Fi in a Phase 3 multi-center, intra-patient randomized and controlled clinical trial for the treatment of persistent non-healing and recurrent RDEB wounds. The primary efficacy objective is to determine whether the administration of D-Fi in addition to the standard of care improves wound healing as compared to the standard of care alone in each patient’s control wounds. The primary efficacy endpoint is complete wound closure, defined as 100% closure, of the first wound pair at week 24, and key secondary endpoints include complete wound closure of the first wound pair at week 12 plus complete wound closure of all fully treated wound pairs at weeks 12 and 24. We aim to complete screening of at least 24 patients by the                  and expect to report topline data in the                .

In February 2021, the FDA permitted us to submit a clinical protocol to study DDEB under the same investigational new drug application, or IND, used to evaluate D-Fi for the treatment of RDEB. Because D-Fi’s safety and efficacy have been evaluated in our preclinical studies and clinical trials for the treatment of RDEB, and recognizing that both subtypes of DEB are caused by mutations of COL7A1, we believe that providing functional COL7A1 for patients suffering from DDEB may provide therapeutic efficacy. We plan to submit a Phase 3 clinical trial protocol to evaluate the safety and efficacy of D-Fi for the treatment of DDEB to the FDA in the                and are targeting initiation of this clinical trial in the                .

Our second most advanced candidate, FCX-013, is being developed as a disease-modifying autologous cell-based gene therapy that utilizes lentiviral vectors to deliver functional matrix metalloproteinase 1 genes, or MMP-1, to patients with moderate to severe LS. MMP-1 encodes the enzyme responsible for breaking down collagen. LS is a rare idiopathic inflammatory skin and connective tissue disease characterized by chronic inflammation and deposition of a collagen-rich extracellular matrix, resulting in thickening and hardening of the skin and its underlying connective tissue. Clinical manifestations of LS include sclerotic lesions (i.e., plaques or nodules) that result in pain and/or itching and often include hypopigmentation, hyperpigmentation, and alopecia secondary to the loss of hair follicles. The sclerotic lesions typically soften over time and may transition into hypopigmented or hyperpigmented atrophic lesions characterized by fine, cigarette paper-like skin or shallow depressions. Associated morbidities and complications include disorders of the musculoskeletal system, such as joint pain and swelling, muscle pain, limb contractures and limited range of motion, and ophthalmologic disorders or neurological symptoms in patients with lesions on the head or face.

There are approximately 160,000 patients with LS in the United States. The prevalence of LS in the United States in adults is similar to that of children and is estimated to be 50 per 100,000 persons. We estimate that there are approximately 20,000 patients with moderate to severe LS under the age of 18, and 30,000 moderate to severe adult LS patients in the United States.

116

There are no FDA-approved treatments for LS and treatment is generally limited to supportive care. Anti-inflammatory agents and/or therapies, such as systemic or topical corticosteroids, topical calcineurin inhibitors and calcipotriene, are used as off-label treatments for LS and may potentially inhibit the physiological functions of fibroblasts to help alleviate symptoms and prevent worsening of the disease. Ultraviolet light therapy may also be used, which may have anti-inflammatory effects and help with the breakdown of collagen. These current treatments are limited by their unfavorable safety profiles and inability to fully address the excessive collagen accumulation in the skin and connective tissue.

We are currently conducting a Phase 1/2 open-label clinical trial to evaluate FCX-013 for the treatment of moderate to severe LS and anticipate treating ten adult patients in this trial. The primary outcome measure is to evaluate the safety of FCX-013 in combination with veledimex in patients with moderate to severe LS. We expect to report preliminary safety and efficacy data from this trial in the                .

Leveraging our expertise in the fields of rare disease and cell and gene therapy development, we are evaluating new programs to expand our product candidate pipeline to target underserved patient populations with limited or no effective treatment options. Programs targeting collagen diseases of the skin and connective tissue would complement our existing product candidates. We are also exploring the potential of our platform for treating diseases of other organ systems. In particular, we are evaluating our platform for the treatment of osteogenesis imperfecta, or OI, and Ehlers-Danlos syndrome, or EDS. Additionally, we are evaluating other viral and non-viral delivery technologies for future product candidates, including use of gene editing tools. We believe fibroblasts or other cells can be delivered in a variety of different vectors, and we will select the best vehicle depending on the genetic payload and delivery approach for each condition we aim to treat.    

Our ability to manufacture the drug substance and drug product for our lead clinical candidates in-house is core to our strategy. We are currently producing the drug product for the clinical development of D-Fi and FCX-013 in our manufacturing facility located in Exton, Pennsylvania. To further optimize our manufacturing process, we are currently implementing improvements to the facility, and anticipate bringing vector manufacturing in-house for future clinical and commercial needs.

Our Management Team

We have assembled a highly experienced management team with successful track records in discovering, developing, manufacturing and commercializing innovative therapies in the biopharmaceutical industry, through previous experiences at leading institutions including Abbott Laboratories, Chiron Corporation, Novartis AG, Asklepios BioPharmaceutical, Inc., Merck & Co., Inc., Wyeth, LLC and Biogen Inc. Our President and Chief Executive Officer, Matthew Gantz, has over 28 years of experience in the life sciences industry, having held a number of leadership positions at various biopharmaceutical companies. Notably, he has built and led several successful businesses in the United States and Europe with a special emphasis on rare diseases, during which time he launched several critical therapies including TOBI and VORAXAZE. Our Chief Operating Officer, John Maslowski, was previously our Chief Executive Officer and served as the Chief Executive Officer of Fibrocell, and has extensive experience in the field of cell and gene therapy, including advancing cell therapy and vaccine candidates through FDA approval and commercialization. Our Chief Medical Officer, Mary Spellman, M.D., is a board-certified dermatologist with over 30 years of clinical experience, including 20 years in the biopharmaceutical industry, with extensive knowledge in the therapeutic areas in which we are seeking to commercialize our product candidates. Our founder and chairman, Jeffrey S. Aronin, is the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Paragon Biosciences, LLC, or Paragon, and has extensive experience investing in and building life sciences companies, assisting them from preclinical development to commercialization. We believe the combination of our management team and founder has created the foundation from which our company can achieve its vision of developing and commercializing disease-modifying therapies for patients suffering from rare diseases and broader indications for which there are high unmet medical needs.

117

Our Product Candidate Pipeline

Our current development programs are focused on providing disease-modifying treatments for rare diseases affecting the skin and connective tissue for which there are high unmet needs and underserved populations. The following table summarizes our product candidate pipeline:

Strategy

Our goal is to transform the lives of patients suffering from rare diseases by utilizing our fibroblast cell-based gene therapy platform. We are focused on treating diseases where there are currently no FDA-approved treatment options or those for which there are no disease-modifying treatments available. We are a patient-focused organization and are advocating on behalf of these individuals, their families and caretakers. Key elements of our strategy include:

• Complete the development of, and obtain FDA approval for, D-Fi for the treatment of RDEB and DDEB.    We are currently evaluating D-Fi in a Phase 3 clinical trial for the treatment of RDEB. We expect to complete patient screening by the                and report top-line data in the                . We intend to submit a Phase 3 clinical trial protocol for the treatment of DDEB and anticipate initiating this study in the                .

• Rapidly advance the clinical development of FCX-013 for the treatment of moderate to severe LS and other diseases.    We are currently evaluating our second most advanced autologous fibroblast cell-based gene therapy candidate, FCX-013, in a Phase 1/2 clinical trial for the treatment of moderate to severe LS. We plan to leverage FCX-013’s Fast Track designation to expedite its development. We expect to report preliminary data in the                . We believe that FCX-013’s potential ability to break down excess collagen may be effective in reducing fibrosis in other disorders.

• Continue to enhance our in-house commercial manufacturing capabilities and infrastructure to streamline clinical development and enable commercial scale.    We are currently producing the drug product for the clinical development of D-Fi and FCX-013 in their lead indications in our 86,500 square foot facility, which includes approximately 13,000 square foot of current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, space. If D-Fi is approved, the facility, including its planned scale-up, has enough existing

118

capacity to supply the anticipated commercial supply for RDEB. We are currently in the design phase for the scale-up and we are investing in several initiatives to improve the efficiency of our manufacturing processes, including bringing vector manufacturing in-house. Some of these initiatives include adopting more rapid assay methodologies, automation of critical cell culture process and improving transduction efficiencies. We believe that these initiatives will ultimately position us to deliver our gene therapy product candidates more efficiently and at a scale commensurate with patient demand as our product offerings grow, if any of our product candidates are approved.

• Establish a patient-centric global commercial infrastructure.    We have development and commercial rights in the United States for all of our product candidates and plan to commercialize our product candidates in the United States and may potentially pursue commercialization in other key geographies. Due to the rare incidence and prevalence of RDEB, DDEB and LS, the markets for these indications are driven by key opinion leaders, or KOLs, and concentrated around specialist centers focused on the diagnosis and treatment of these diseases. We have built and are continuing to enhance our strong relationships with these KOLs, clinicians and patient advocacy groups to position us well for future commercial success. The coordinated deployment of our medical liaisons, market access, sales and marketing teams are designed to implement a comprehensive educational, relational and white glove patient and caregiver experience. Once in place, we can easily leverage our commercial infrastructure for other rare skin and connective tissue diseases in ways that potentially minimize the need for significant incremental investments. We believe the value proposition of a high touch experience in these serious, chronic diseases for patients, caregivers, specialist physicians and payors is significant given the disease-modifying benefits anticipated from our product candidates.

• Continue to expand our pipeline and develop innovative, disease-modifying therapies targeting underserved patient populations by leveraging our rare disease expertise, fibroblast cell-based gene therapy platform and manufacturing know-how.    We believe that the clinical data generated to date for our initial product candidate, D-Fi, validates our differentiated gene and cell therapy approach and provides rationale for expanding into other disease areas outside of DEB. We are evaluating various other collagen diseases of the skin and connective tissue that would complement our existing product candidates. In particular, we are evaluating our platform for the treatment of OI and EDS. These programs may use autologous fibroblasts, or other cells, as carriers for genes of interest or may be direct gene therapies using viral or non-viral vector delivery methods.

• Maximize the value of our pipeline and platform by opportunistically collaborating with strategic partners.    We may seek collaborations with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies or leading academic institutions where we believe their expertise and resources could maximize the potential value of our platform and current and future product candidates. We may seek partnerships in certain geographies outside of the United States where we believe a regional partner could maximize the reach of our product candidates, if approved, to the greatest number of patients in need.

Background on Cell and Gene Therapy

Cell and gene therapies are rapidly advancing therapeutic modalities that aim to treat, prevent or potentially cure diseases, and both approaches have the potential to alleviate the underlying cause of the genetic or acquired disease. Cell therapy aims to treat diseases by restoring or altering certain sets of cells or by using cells to carry a therapy through the body. With cell therapy, cells are cultivated inside the body (i.e., in vivo) or modified outside the body (i.e., ex vivo) before being injected into the patient. The cells may originate from the patient (i.e., autologous) or a donor (i.e., allogenic). The type of cells used depends on the type of treatment, which can include fibroblasts, lymphocytes, dendritic cells and stem cells. On the other hand, gene therapy aims to treat diseases by replacing, inactivating or introducing genes into cells. Gene therapy may be performed in vivo, in which the therapeutic gene is directly delivered to the cells inside the patient’s body, or ex vivo, in which the therapeutic gene is inserted into cells outside the body before being introduced into the body. In patients who have inherited a pathogenic gene variant or variants, the introduction of an exogenous gene or genes into one or

119

more autologous or allogenic cell types can provide a patient with a normally functioning gene. In many cases, the level of expression does not need to be fully restored to normal and, in some cases, a very low-level of expression is sufficient to greatly alleviate a disease. Some therapies utilize both cell and gene therapy, whereby cells are isolated from a patient or a donor, genetically modified in order to express a new gene and then re-inserted into the body.

Our Differentiated Cell and Gene Therapy Approach

Our management team has significant expertise in the development, manufacture and commercialization of cell and gene therapies and we are leveraging our experience to bring potentially transformative disease-modifying therapies to the broadest number of patients in need. Our proprietary autologous fibroblast technology serves as the foundation for creating personalized and targeted therapeutic candidates. This technology uses our novel manufacturing process, which involves collecting minimally invasive skin biopsies from patients, isolating cells and expanding them in culture, transducing the cells with an integrative vector to express a targeted protein, followed by continued expansion of the gene modified cells in culture. The cells are then locally administered to the disease site with the goal of expressing the target protein in the desired region in order to restore its functionality.

Our differentiated cell and gene therapy approach is comprised of three core components:

• Autologous Fibroblast Cell Process.    We have developed a proprietary autologous fibroblast cell process, which is designed to act as a vehicle to shuttle genes of interest to the site of the disease. This process is designed to reduce the likelihood of immunogenicity and contribute to cell persistence in vivo, potentially increasing the durability of protein expression.

• Vector Delivery.    We currently use a third-generation, self-inactivating lentiviral vector designed to deliver functional genes of interest to the patient’s fibroblast cells. We chose this vector due to its packaging and integrating capacity for large gene constructs.

• Personalized Gene-Modified Cell Bank.    The resulting personalized cell bank of genetically modified autologous fibroblasts can be stored cryogenically and therefore has the potential to serve as a repository for the patient’s drug product for up to several decades without the need for additional skin biopsies. We believe this approach therefore provides us with the ability to redose the patient’s cells for this duration.

We believe our platform may be applicable across broad cell types and a variety of genetically driven rare diseases that lack efficacious treatments. We are initially focused on employing our ex vivo lentiviral-based gene therapy approach to rare skin and connective tissue diseases with known biological causalities that lack disease modifying treatments. One of our lead product candidates, D-Fi, is designed to treat subtypes of DEB. DEB results from mutations of COL7A1 which encodes COL7, which is responsible for forming anchoring fibrils that holds skin layers together. While DEB is a well understood disease, there are currently no FDA-approved therapies available to address the underlying disease and current treatment options are generally limited to supportive care. We are also applying our platform to potentially treat moderate to severe LS. LS is a rare, autoimmune disease resulting in deep thickening of the skin that may cause permanent functional disability and disfigurement. Similar to DEB, the current standard of care for LS does not address the underlying cause of the disease, which we believe results in a significant unmet need for patients. Though our initial focus is on rare diseases of the skin and connective tissue, we are applying our unique development capabilities to other potential indications where there are significant unmet needs.

Overview and History of Autologous Fibroblasts

Fibroblasts are the basis of our personalized cell-based gene therapy platform because they are the most common cell found in the skin and connective tissue, and are primarily responsible for synthesizing extracellular matrix proteins, including collagen, and growth factors, that provide structure and support to the skin. Fibroblasts

120

are ubiquitous and readily sourced by a biopsy. Because fibroblasts naturally reside in the localized environment of the skin and connective tissue, they represent an ideal delivery vehicle for proteins targeted to these areas. Our proprietary autologous fibroblast process uses a patient’s own fibroblast cells to create localized gene therapy candidates that we believe have the potential to lower the risk of immunogenicity and address the underlying cause of disease.

Members of our management team have significant clinical, regulatory, manufacturing and commercial expertise with autologous fibroblasts. For example, certain members of our management team were involved in obtaining FDA approval for the first and only personalized aesthetic cell therapy using genetically non-modified autologous fibroblasts for the improvement of the appearance of moderate to severe nasolabial fold wrinkles in adults. This product was administered clinically and commercially in the United States and the United Kingdom. Building on this approval and safety record, we have since shifted our focus to rare skin and connective tissue diseases, further optimized our manufacturing process and developed new methods to introduce genes of interest into cells.

Overview of Delivery Capabilities

Lentiviral Vector for Genetic Modification

Our current pipeline utilizes third-generation lentiviral vectors to transduce the patient’s fibroblast cells and introduce functional genes of interest. Potential advantages of our lentiviral-based approach include:

• Payload Capacity to Accommodate Larger Genes.    One of the main advantages of the lentiviral vector is its packaging capacity for large gene constructs, such as COL7A1, allowing us to pursue treatments for a broader range of indications.

• Durability of Protein Expression.    Integration of the gene of interest into the host cell genome has the potential to facilitate long-term protein expression, which we believe is especially important in chronic disorders such as DEB or other relevant skin and connective tissue disorders. Lentiviral vectors also transduce both dividing and non-dividing cells.

• Well Understood Vector Safety Data.    We use third-generation lentiviral vectors, which are considered to be replication-incompetent and self-inactivating due to the number of essential genes that have been deleted from the vector’s packaging system, which we believe makes the vectors potentially more attractive from a safety design aspect. We are not aware of any unwanted viral activation events observed in any known lentiviral development program, including ours, and we test every genetically modified cell bank for its vector copy number and recombinant competent lentivirus.

• Existing FDA Regulatory Precedent.    There are currently three FDA-approved autologous cell-based gene therapies utilizing lentiviral vectors, KYMRIAH (tisagenlecleucel), BREYANZI (lisocabtagene

121

maraleucel) and ABECMA (idecabtagene vicleucel). KYMRIAH and BREYANZI are CD19-directed, genetically modified autologous T-cell immunotherapies and ABECMA is a B-cell maturation antigen-directed, genetically modified autologous T-cell immunotherapy. Each product involves ex vivo gene modification and is indicated for certain lymphoproliferative cancers. KYMRIAH received FDA approval in 2017 and created existing regulatory precedent for future approval of autologous cell-based gene therapies utilizing lentiviral vectors.

Other Potential Vectors

We are evaluating other viral and non-viral delivery technologies for future product candidates, including implementation of gene editing tools. We believe fibroblasts or other cells can be delivered in a variety of different vectors, and we will select the best cellular vehicle depending on the genetic payload and delivery approach for each condition we aim to treat.

Personalized Gene Modified Cell Bank

We create a personalized cell bank for each patient following a single skin biopsy session. The bank is comprised of a high-quality cell line customized for each patient’s use for up to several decades, with the goal of preventing the need for additional biopsies. During the collection process, the patient’s fibroblast cells are derived from a minimally invasive skin biopsy and then shipped to our manufacturing facility for processing. Once the cells reach our facility, the autologous fibroblasts are then extracted from other skin components and cultured using standard techniques to increase the cell population. Once expanded, the gene vector is introduced to the cell culture, the targeted genes are integrated into the cells and the genetically modified cells are further expanded. The newly modified fibroblast cells are tested for key safety and quality attributes, including integrity and potency and the drug substance is cryopreserved.

Our manufacturing process is summarized in the following diagram:

Our In-House Commercial Scale Manufacturing Capabilities

Our ability to manufacture the drug substance and drug product for our lead clinical candidates in-house is core to our strategy. Maintaining ownership of the process from collection of the skin biopsy through the delivery of gene-modified fibroblast cells permits us to manage process logistics real-time, avoid potential delays by third parties and provides direct oversight over cryogenically stored and outgoing refrigerated product.

122

We are currently producing the drug product for the clinical development of D-Fi and FCX-013 in our own manufacturing facility, which is located in Exton, Pennsylvania. The building is an 86,500 square foot facility, which includes approximately 13,000 square foot of constructed cGMP space for manufacturing of our product candidates. The cGMP area consists of a cleanroom manufacturing laboratory, quality control testing laboratory, cryogenic storage, warehouse and logistics space. If D-Fi is approved, the facility will have enough capacity to supply the anticipated commercial supply for RDEB.

While we benefit from the experience and capabilities of various quality, inventory and autologous tracking systems implemented several years ago to manufacture an FDA-approved cell therapy product at this same manufacturing facility, we have made significant infrastructure and system improvements that better suit our current product candidates.

Enhancements to our Personalized Gene Modified Cell Bank Manufacturing Process

We are focused on making continuous improvements to our cell and gene therapy approach. Towards that end, we are currently developing a number of process improvements in an effort to increase overall efficiency by shortening cycle time and reducing costs. Some of our enhancements designed to further optimize this process are as follows:

• adopting more rapid assay methodologies;

• automating the critical cell culture portions of the process; and

• improving transduction efficiencies.

We believe that through these enhancements we can shorten the overall cycle time of the process from the skin biopsy to the delivery of the first drug product by several weeks and shorten the delivery of each subsequent drug product from three weeks down to one week.

Enhancements to our Manufacturing Facility and Capabilities

We are currently in the design phase for a scale-up of our existing manufacturing facility to include in-house upstream, downstream and final fill/finish viral vector product cleanrooms, quality control polymerase chain reaction, or PCR, laboratory space, expanded process development laboratory space and new manufacturing space for enhancing our automation capabilities. In total, we are targeting the buildout of an additional 11,000 square feet, bringing our total manufacturing space to approximately 24,000 square feet. As we increase the number of our pipeline candidates and prepare for potential commercialization, we will continue to evaluate expanding our capacity further.

Our lentiviral vectors are currently produced by Catalent Maryland, Inc., or Catalent, and Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center, or CCHMC. Catalent produces our lentiviral vectors for the ongoing Phase 3 clinical trial of D-Fi for the treatment of RDEB and our anticipated Phase 3 clinical trial of D-Fi for the treatment of DDEB and CCHMC produces our lentiviral vectors for the ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial of FCX-013 for the treatment of moderate to severe LS. As noted above, we are implementing plans to bring vector manufacturing in-house for future clinical and commercial needs.

D-Fi, our Cell-Based Gene Therapy for the Treatment of Dystrophic Epidermolysis Bullosa

Our most advanced product candidate, D-Fi, is being developed as a disease-modifying cell-based gene therapy to address the deficiency of functional COL7 in patients with either subtype of DEB. D-Fi is comprised of autologously derived dermal fibroblasts genetically modified with a lentiviral vector containing COL7A1 to produce functional COL7. D-Fi is currently in a Phase 3 clinical trial for the treatment of RDEB and we anticipate initiating a Phase 3 clinical trial for the treatment of DDEB in the                .

123

Disease Overview—Epidermolysis Bullosa

EB is a group of rare genetic skin and connective tissue diseases characterized by structural disruption in the basal layer of the epidermis, at the dermoepidermal junction or in the superficial dermis, resulting in increased cutaneous vulnerability to friction or minor trauma. Children who inherit this disease are often called “butterfly children” because their skin can be as fragile as a butterfly’s wings. There are four major types of EB: epidermolysis bullosa simplex, DEB, junctional epidermolysis bullosa and Kindler syndrome, which are distinguished based on the site of skin cleavage and as dictated by genetic mutations. These specific genetic mutations interfere with structural proteins, resulting in complications that range from mild to severe, including blistering, erosion, scarring, pain, itching, fusion of digits, contractures of the joints, malnutrition, dental cavities, infections and sepsis due to open wounds, skin cancer and can ultimately be fatal. Blisters and sores can occur when clothing simply rubs on the skin or when a patient bumps into a hard object. Mild types of EB usually manifest with painful blisters in the areas of the hands, elbows, knees and feet, while more severe cases have widespread blistering on any part of the body and may have areas of missing skin at birth.

The incidence and prevalence of each type of EB are not clearly defined for the United States or global populations. In general, the published epidemiological data acknowledge that the estimates likely underrepresent the true incidence and prevalence of EB. Estimates vary by region or country due to the limitations of recruitment to EB registries, sources of referral (patient, provider, other) and ascertainment methods within the population, as well as under-diagnosed or misclassified cases. Available data supports a worldwide prevalence of EB of approximately 500,000 patients, or 20,000 to 25,000 persons in the United States. While the diagnosis of EB can be based on signs and symptoms, a biopsy or genetic test may confirm the diagnosis.

Dystrophic Epidermolysis Bullosa

DEB is one of the four major types of EB and can be inherited in an autosomal recessive (i.e., RDEB) or dominant (i.e., DDEB) form, and accounts for nearly 30% of all EB patients. DEB is characterized by blistering of the skin and mucosal membranes, including the upper esophagus, resulting in recurrent or persistent non-healing wounds or wounds that heal with scarring. DEB is caused by mutations of COL7A1, which encodes for COL7. COL7 is the main constituent of anchoring fibrils, which anchors the basement membrane zone of the epidermis to the dermis, providing structural integrity to the skin at the dermoepidermal junction. When functional COL7 is deficient, the anchoring fibrils cannot form properly. A shortage of these fibrils impairs the connection of the epidermis to the dermis and as a result of friction or other minor trauma can cause the two skin layers to separate. This separation leads to the formation of blisters and wounds.

The clinical hallmarks of DEB are skin fragility, blistering and oral mucosal involvement, which leads to wounds, scarring and nail abnormalities. When scarring is extensive, the patients may develop contractures, including restricted movement at the joints or of the mouth and tongue, esophageal strictures and/or fusion of digits. Other skin and systemic complications are not uncommon. While both forms of DEB require medical attention and may be life-threatening, RDEB is more severe than DDEB, but substantial overlap of complications exists amongst both sets of patients.

124

Recessive Dystrophic Epidermolysis Bullosa

The incidence and prevalence of RDEB, like the data for EB of all types, are not clearly defined, and estimates based on limited analyses of clinical databases or registries vary widely. Utilizing a genetic modelling approach, the incidence of RDEB in the United States is estimated to be 95 per million live births. Applying simulation methods, it is estimated that the prevalence of RDEB in the United States is 3,850 patients. Using a more conservative assumption based on a worldwide prevalence of RDEB estimated to be approximately 8 per million persons, the prevalence of RDEB in the United States is extrapolated to be 2,640 patients, although national EB advocacy groups suggest the number of patients may be even greater.

In RDEB, different types of mutations of COL7A1 can lead to the defective formation of anchoring fibrils. Moreover, premature termination codon mutations of COL7A1 result in a null allele, causing a complete absence of anchoring fibril formation. Patients with RDEB typically manifest signs and symptoms shortly after birth and are diagnosed as neonates due to the severity of the disease.

Complications

RDEB typically results in severe complications and poor clinical outcomes. In RDEB, a complete absence of anchoring fibrils is associated with extreme skin fragility, extensive scarring, joint contractures and deformity, severe mucosal involvement, malnutrition and delayed growth. Up to 88% of RDEB patients experience fusion of their digits as a result of repeated cycles of blistering and scarring, sometimes requiring surgical intervention. There is a continuous risk of sepsis in RDEB patients due to the failure of meaningful tissue repair. Patients with severe RDEB are at an extremely high risk of developing aggressive squamous cell carcinomas, which is the leading cause of death in this group. The cumulative risk of developing at least one squamous cell carcinoma for patients suffering from severe RDEB increases with age, and is 67.8% by age 35 and increases to 90.1% by age 55. In addition, the cumulative risk of death in patients with severe RDEB who develop at least one carcinoma is 57.2% by age 35, as compared to 87.3% by age 45.

In a previous study, nearly all RDEB patients reported complications related to the disease, ranging from nail abnormalities to dental problems to sepsis. All of these patients reported esophageal strictures, oral cavity problems and nail abnormalities. Over 80% of patients also reported certain other complications including anemia, dental problems, and hand and foot contractures, and nearly 70% reported nutritional problems. This same study indicated that 31.6% of patients reported depression, requiring intervention. The patients indicated their main therapeutic desires included reducing the risk of skin cancer, reducing the burden of wounds (number and severity), reducing pain, accelerating wound healing and reducing infection.

Quality of Life

The complications of RDEB may have long-lasting effects on the quality of life of patients and their families. Studies have observed that quality of life decreased as patient-perceived disease severity increased. Patients suffering from RDEB are impacted in the following ways:

• Acute and Chronic Pain.    Patients often cope with chronic and neuropathic pain and typically experience acute pain from daily activities. Physicians often prescribe these patients with opioids, anxiolytics, amitriptyline, gabapentin or other potentially addictive medications in order to manage pain levels. These medications can have negative side effects and have the potential for abuse, misuse and diversion, which could further have a detrimental effect on a patient’s quality of life.

• Dependence on Others.    Patients are typically dependent on others for daily living activities, such as walking, toileting, feeding, bathing, dressing and grooming. Patients’ care teams may also involve social workers, psychologists, and physical therapists to address their needs.

• Social Isolation.    Patients often report a feeling of isolation as they are generally unable to participate in common activities, such as attending school or engaging in sports or group activities.

125

• Economic Burden.    Costs for RDEB patients that require specialized, non-adherent bandages and other necessary supplies can have a retail cost in excess of $80,000 per month.

Dominant Dystrophic Epidermolysis Bullosa

In DDEB, different types of mutations of COL7A1 can lead to the defective formation of anchoring fibrils. As compared to RDEB patients, DDEB patients typically have higher levels of COL7A1 expression, resulting in milder signs and symptoms, with blistering often limited to the hands, feet, knees and elbows with mild scarring. DDEB is sometimes diagnosed in later-stages of life than RDEB. However, untreated symptoms may lead to serious complications, which could be fatal. For example, blisters that are left untreated may become infected, which can then lead to sepsis. Overall, patients experience similar, yet less severe, complications and quality of life issues as those with RDEB. While the prevalence of DDEB is estimated to be similar to that of RDEB, the treatable population is considered to be somewhat smaller as the clinical manifestations are generally milder in severity. Additionally, the diagnosis rate within this patient population is estimated to be approximately 58% of total affected patients due to a milder clinical presentation or misdiagnoses.

Limitations of Current Treatments for DEB

There are currently no FDA-approved treatments for any form of DEB. Treatment is largely supportive and includes wound care, control of infection, nutritional support and prevention and treatment of complications, including surgical intervention. Care for patients with DEB typically involves a multidisciplinary team, which often include dermatologists, gastroenterologists and primary care providers.

Patients with RDEB are typically seen at three to six month intervals for clinical and functional assessments, standard lab testing, including blood and chemistry panels, and minor procedural intervention that often requires brief inpatient hospitalization.

Our Solution: D-Fi for the Treatment of RDEB and DDEB

Our most advanced product candidate, D-Fi, is being developed as an autologous fibroblast cell-based gene therapy that utilizes lentiviral vectors to deliver functional COL7A1 to potentially treat the underlying cause of DEB. D-Fi is designed to be intradermally administered to the site of the disease thereby potentially avoiding the risk of systemic uptake, which we believe provides significantly lower risk than systemically administered gene therapies. We believe that the autologous nature of the cells, localized intradermal delivery, use of an integrative vector and the low turnover rate of COL7 have the potential to contribute to long-term persistence of D-Fi’s intended therapeutic outcome.

D-Fi received Orphan Drug designation for the treatment of DEB and Rare Pediatric Disease, Fast Track and Regenerative Medicines Advanced Therapy designations for the treatment of RDEB from the FDA.

Rationale of D-Fi for the Treatment of RDEB and DDEB

We believe D-Fi has the potential to provide the following distinct benefits for these patients:

• Disease Modifying.    Currently, there are no FDA approved treatments for RDEB and DDEB, and current treatment options are generally limited to supportive care. We have designed D-Fi to target the underlying cause of these diseases.

• Lower Risk.    A localized approach precisely delivers functional COL7 directly to the appropriate layer of the skin via an intradermal injection, which we believe carries a significantly lower risk than systemically delivered gene therapies.

• Reduced Immunogenicity.    D-Fi’s autologous approach is designed to mitigate the risk of the patient’s immune system rejecting the therapy. D-Fi’s ex vivo genetically modified cells are designed to allow for redosing, which is critical given the chronic nature of these diseases.

126

• Durability.    We believe integration of the gene of interest into the host cell genome using lentivirus has the potential to provide better persistence and long term protein expression compared to transient vectors that only provide temporary expression of protein.

• Reduced Patient Treatment Burden.    In our Phase 3 clinical trial for RDEB patients, D-Fi is administered in two dosing sessions, twelve weeks apart. This regimen aligns with the frequency of patients’ typical visit schedule to EB centers for routine care. D-Fi is designed to be administered with local anesthetic or conscious sedation without the use of general anesthesia.

• Product Availability.    Our personalized cell banks provide a repository for our patients’ drug product for up to several decades, potentially alleviating the need for additional skin biopsies during that period.

Overview of D-Fi Development Plan

We have successfully completed preclinical studies, including toxicology and biodistribution studies, and a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of D-Fi for the treatment of RDEB. Data from these studies showed D-Fi was generally well-tolerated and we observed positive efficacy results. We are currently evaluating D-Fi in an ongoing Phase 3 clinical trial for the treatment of RDEB. In addition, we plan to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial of D-Fi for the treatment of DDEB in the                .

Phase 1/2 Clinical Trial of D-Fi for the Treatment of RDEB

We previously evaluated D-Fi in a Phase 1/2 open-label clinical trial for the treatment of RDEB. The primary objective of this open-label trial was to evaluate the safety and efficacy of D-Fi for the treatment of wounds associated with RDEB. In addition, the trial assessed (i) the pharmacology of D-Fi through the presence of vector DNA or COL7 mRNA, (ii) COL7 expression with and without the presence of anchoring fibrils, and (iii) the efficacy of D-Fi through intra-patient paired analysis of target wound areas by comparing D-Fi treated wounds to untreated wounds through digital photography of the targeted wounds.

We completed the treatment of RDEB patients in our Phase 1/2 clinical trial in 2019 and reported safety and efficacy data on 10 D-Fi treated wounds up to 34 cm² in size across six RDEB patients, from 9 to 38 years of age. Five of the six treated patients were adults. D-Fi was intradermally administered in the margins of and across the targeted wounds, as well as in separate intact skin sites. Four patients received a second administration of D-Fi. The first of these patients received the second administration at week 52 and the other three patients received the second administration at weeks 25, 12, and 4, respectively. We conducted safety evaluations following each of the second injection sessions.

The following table demonstrates the proportion of chronic non-healing wounds by percentages of closure at 12 weeks after the initial administration of D-Fi. Complete wound closure was defined as greater than or equal to 90% wound closure based on the investigator’s categorical assessment of percentage of wound healing at the 12-week post-administration visit compared to the baseline wound size.

	Wound Closure Percentage (Number of Wounds)
	>50%			³75%			Complete (³ 90%)
D-Fi Treated Wounds		90% (9/10	)		80% (8/10	)		80% (8/10	)
Control Group		44% (4/9	)		11% (1/9	)		0% (0/9	)

Of the eight wounds that had greater than or equal to 90% wound closure, six wounds had 100% closure. The table below demonstrates the proportion of chronic non-healing wounds by percentage of complete closure as assessed by the investigator at various post-administration visits.

127

Complete Closure (³90% wound closure) by Study Visit (Number of Wounds)

4 Weeks

12 Weeks

25 Weeks

52 Weeks

D-Fi Treated Wounds

40% (4/10

)

80% (8/10

)

75% (3/4

)

50% (3/6

)

Control Group

0% (0/10

)

0% (0/9

)

0% (0/4

)

16% (1/6

)

Furthermore, the vector construct was detected in skin biopsy samples using PCR out to 25 weeks post-administration, suggesting the genetically modified cells persisted for up to at least 25 weeks. Various COL7 expression signals were detected throughout the data set from biopsy samples using either immunofluorescence microscopy, or IF, or immunoelectron microscopy, or IEM, up to 52 weeks post-administration. Anchoring fibril formation was also observed using IEM.

Immunofluorescence evidence of the deposition of both the NC1 and NC2 domains of COL7 at the basement membrane zone persisted through at least 25 weeks after the initial administration of D-Fi, which demonstrated persistent expression of functional COL7. This persistent expression is critical to the development of functional anchoring fibrils.

Safety Data

D-Fi was generally well-tolerated up to 52 weeks post-administration in this clinical trial. Treatment-emergent adverse events were uncommon, and included blue discoloration and erythema at the injection site related to the administration but unrelated to D-Fi, each in a different patient, while an unrelated event of blisters on the back, unassociated with the treatment site, was reported in one patient. Treatment-emergent serious adverse events included unrelated events of progression of squamous cell carcinoma of the skin and (new) squamous cell carcinoma of skin, each in a different patient, and one patient was hospitalized for an unrelated flu with symptoms of nausea, vomiting and gastritis. Notably, none of the reported adverse events were related to D-Fi.

Phase 3 Clinical Trial of D-Fi for the Treatment of RDEB

Based on the results of our Phase 1/2 clinical trial, we commenced our Phase 3 clinical trial, which is a multi-center, intra-patient randomized and controlled clinical trial of D-Fi for the treatment of persistent non-healing and recurrent RDEB wounds. The primary efficacy objective is to determine whether the administration of D-Fi in addition to the standard of care improves wound healing as compared to the standard of care alone in each patient’s control wounds. The primary efficacy endpoint is complete wound closure (i.e., 100% closure) of the first wound pair at week 24, and key secondary endpoints include complete wound closure of the first wound pair at week 12 plus complete wound closure of all fully treated wound pairs at weeks 12 and 24. Exploratory efficacy endpoints include assessments of durability of wound closure following treatment with D-Fi, change from baseline in surface area of each wound at each time point and change from baseline in wound pain using the Wong-Baker FACES Pain Rating Scale, a validated pain scale, at each time point. We determined a sample size of at least 24 wound pairs provides adequate power for our study.

Eligible wounds are each to be 10 to 50 cm² in overall surface area, a range which encompasses approximately two-thirds of all wounds on an average adult patient with RDEB. An eligible patient’s target wounds will be paired and then randomized to either initially receive D-Fi or remain untreated. Up to three target wound pairs will be identified for each patient. However, all wounds may still receive supportive care.

D-Fi will be administered intradermally in each specified wound in two or more treatment sessions. The first treatment session occurs at day 1, or the baseline, and the second at week 12. Additional treatment sessions may occur at weeks 24 and 36 if wounds are still open, including treatment of those initially in the control group.

Safety and efficacy assessments will occur at scheduled intervals through week 48, when the treatment period is completed, and a long-term safety follow-up period, through 15 years.

128

We initiated dosing in the fourth quarter of 2020 and are actively recruiting patients at four sites with additional sites expected to begin enrollment in the first half of 2021. We aim to complete screening of at least 24 patients by the                and expect to report topline data in the                .

D-Fi for the Treatment of DDEB

In February 2021, the FDA acknowledged that it was acceptable to submit a clinical protocol to study DDEB under the same IND used to evaluate D-Fi the treatment of RDEB. Because D-Fi’s safety and efficacy have been evaluated in our preclinical studies and clinical trials for the treatment of RDEB, and recognizing that both forms of DEB are caused by mutations of the same gene, COL7A1, we believe that providing functional COL7A1 for patients suffering from DDEB may provide therapeutic efficacy. We plan to submit a Phase 3 clinical trial protocol to evaluate the safety and efficacy of D-Fi for the treatment of DDEB to the FDA in the                . We are targeting initiation of this clinical trial in the                .

Additional Development Programs for D-Fi

Because a COL7A1 mutation potentially impacts skin and connective tissue throughout the entire body, we believe that D-Fi may have a broad therapeutic impact beyond chronic or non-surgically induced wounds in patients with DEB. We are considering additional studies of D-Fi in DEB to evaluate potential development programs that utilize introducing functional COL7 in (i) areas that have been surgically wounded to improve healing, (ii) post-resection of fused digits to prevent recurrence, or (iii) post-release of esophageal strictures to prevent recurrence.

FCX-013, our Cell-Based Gene Therapy for the Treatment of Localized Scleroderma

Our second most advanced product candidate, FCX-013, is being developed as a cell-based gene therapy to address the excess accumulation of collagen in patients with moderate to severe LS. FCX-013 is comprised of autologously derived dermal fibroblasts genetically modified with a lentiviral vector containing functional MMP-1 and is administered in combination with veledimex to express and provide enzymes that break down excess collagen. FCX-013 is currently in a Phase 1/2 clinical trial for the treatment of moderate to severe LS.

Disease Overview—Localized Scleroderma

LS is a rare idiopathic inflammatory skin and connective tissue disease characterized by chronic inflammation and deposition of a collagen-rich extracellular matrix. The excessive collagen accumulation caused by LS results in the thickening and hardening of the skin and its underlying connective tissue. LS is divided into several subtypes, all of which transition through an early inflammatory stage followed by sclerosis and, in some cases, subsequent atrophy. The subtypes are classified by the depth of dermal involvement and the pattern of the lesions.

The pathogenesis of LS is poorly understood, but a variety of factors have been proposed as contributors to the expression of the disease, including autoimmunity, genetics, vascular dysfunction, or infection, skin trauma or other environmental factors. Clinical manifestations of LS include sclerotic lesions (i.e., plaques or nodules) that result in pain and/or itching and often include hypopigmentation, hyperpigmentation, alopecia secondary to the loss of hair follicles, and a shiny cutaneous surface of the skin. After a period of months to years, the sclerotic lesions typically soften and may transition into hypopigmented or hyperpigmented atrophic lesions characterized by fine, cigarette paper-like skin or shallow depressions. Associated morbidities and complications include disorders of the musculoskeletal system, such as joint pain and swelling, muscle pain, limb contractures and limited range of motion, and ophthalmologic disorders or neurological symptoms in those with lesions on the head or face. LS is distinct from systemic scleroderma, a multisystem disease characterized by widespread vascular dysfunction and progressive fibrosis of the skin and internal organs.

129

In the early stages of LS, active lesions are characterized by a violaceous inflammatory border or “lilac ring”, which may appear to be a bruise. Often, the early stages of LS are overlooked, but once the lesion has hardened and is painful, patients seek medical attention. The diagnosis of LS is often based upon clinical findings alone, although it may be confirmed through histologic studies when the lesions progress. Moderate to severe LS may restrict activities of daily living and is associated with discomfort and/or pain.

There are approximately 160,000 patients with LS in the United States. The prevalence of LS in the United States in adults is similar to that of children and is estimated to be 50 per 100,000 persons. We estimate that there are approximately 20,000 patients with moderate to severe LS under the age of 18, and 30,000 moderate to severe adult LS patients in the United States.

Limitations of Current Treatments for Localized Scleroderma

There are currently no FDA-approved treatments for LS. Anti-inflammatory agents and/or therapies, such as systemic or topical corticosteroids, topical calcineurin inhibitors and calcipotriene, are used as off-label treatments for LS and may potentially inhibit the physiological functions of fibroblasts to help alleviate symptoms and prevent worsening of the disease. Ultraviolet light therapy may also be used, which may have anti-inflammatory effects and help with the breakdown of collagen. Systemic immunosuppressive agents are typically reserved for patients with extensive and rapidly progressing LS or significant complications. Some of these treatments are limited by their unfavorable safety profiles and inability to fully address the excessive collagen accumulation in the skin and connective tissue. For example, chronic oral corticosteroid use can lead to increased risk of infections, diabetes, hypertension, Cushing’s disease, osteoporosis and other complications, and phototherapy may cause burning or increased skin pigmentation.

Our Solution: FCX-013 for the Treatment of Moderate to Severe LS

FCX-013 is being developed as an autologous fibroblast cell-based gene therapy that utilizes lentiviral vectors to deliver functional MMP-1, which encodes the enzyme responsible for breaking down collagen. FCX-013 is designed to be intradermally administered in combination with an orally administered compound, veledimex, to express and provide functional MMP-1 to the site of the disease to help break down excess collagen accumulation in patients with moderate to severe LS. Precigen Inc., or Precigen, developed veledimex using their proprietary RheoSwitch Therapeutic System, which is designed to provide quantitative dose-proportionate regulation of the amount and timing of target protein expression in response to veledimex. Veledimex is orally administered following administration of FCX-013 in an effort to control transcription of MMP-1 within our genetically-modified product candidate, FCX-013. Once the fibrosis is resolved, the patient will stop taking veledimex which is expected to halt further MMP-1 expression.

FCX-013 received Orphan Drug designation for the treatment of LS and Rare Pediatric Disease and Fast Track designations for the treatment of moderate to severe LS from the FDA.

Overview of FCX-013 Development Plan

We have completed preclinical studies, including toxicology and biodistribution studies, and are currently evaluating FCX-013 in a Phase 1/2 clinical trial for the treatment of moderate to severe LS.

Preclinical Studies of FCX-013

We evaluated the safety, MMP-1 expression, and the vector biodistribution and persistence of intradermally administered FCX-013 in combination with veledimex in a bleomycin-induced fibrosis model using non-obese diabetic and severe combined immunodeficient, or NOD/SCID, mice. In this study, 470 NOD/SCID mice were assigned to seven dose groups and received intradermal injections of either bleomycin or saline in two separate areas on the back every other day from day 1 to day 27. Intradermal administration of bleomycin was associated

130

with the development of dermal fibrosis, as intended. On day 29, FCX-013 was administered in doses up to 1.2 x 10⁷ cells/mouse as two equally divided intradermal injections in the sclerotic or normal skin followed by daily oral administration of 900 µg of veledimex by gavage through day 32, 39 or 59 as per assigned dose group. Tissue samples were collected at the discontinuation of each respective groups dosing period, or at day 74 for the group of NOD/SCID mice treated through day 59 to allow for a recovery period.

FCX-013 in combination with daily oral administration of veledimex was associated with a lower incidence and severity of dermal fibrosis when compared to the positive control group receiving bleomycin alone at days 32, 39 and 59. The decrease in dermal fibrosis persisted through the recovery period.

MMP-1 was measurable in the serum of all NOD/SCID mice treated with the FCX-013 at day 33 (four days post-FCX-013 injection) and was also measurable in some treated NOD/SCID mice at day 53 (24 days post-FCX-013 injection). At days 32, 39 and 59, quantifiable levels of vector DNA were detected in the skin samples of the majority of the NOD/SCID mice who received FCX-013 and in all the evaluated skin samples at day 74. At day 32, quantifiable low levels of vector DNA were also observed in isolated lung and brain tissue but were not detectable in any tissues other than skin by day 39, suggesting that there was no persistent distribution of the FCX-013 cells outside of the injection site.

There was no drug-related mortality associated with FCX-013 or veledimex during the study. There were no test article-related clinical observations, body weight changes, changes in clinical pathology parameters, gross observations or organ weight changes. The highest dose of FCX-013 at 1.2 x 10⁷ cells/mouse was determined to be the no observable adverse effect level.

We also previously completed a proof-of-concept study for FCX-013 with a primary objective to determine whether FCX-013 had the potential to reduce dermal thickness in fibrotic tissue. In this study, FCX-013 was evaluated in a bleomycin-induced scleroderma model utilizing SCID mice. The study demonstrated that FCX-013 reduced the dermal thickness of fibrotic tissue to levels similar to that of the non-bleomycin treated control SCID mice and further reduced the thickness of the subdermal muscle layer (as depicted below).

Phase 1/2 Clinical Trial of FCX-013 for the Treatment of Moderate to Severe LS

We are currently conducting a Phase 1/2 open-label clinical trial to evaluate FCX-013 for the treatment of moderate to severe LS. We anticipate treating ten adult patients in this trial. The primary outcome measure is to evaluate the safety of FCX-013 in combination with veledimex in patients with moderate to severe LS. The study design stipulates staggered dosing for the first three patients with safety evaluations reviewed by the Data Safety Monitoring Board, or DSMB, prior to continued enrollment. We will assess the antifibrotic effects of FCX-013 through durometry and categorize the severity of LS with the Localized Scleroderma Cutaneous Assessment Tool, or the LoSCAT, which is a reliable and easy-to-use assessment tool, at 2, 4, 12 and 26 weeks after administration of FCX-013. We will also assess the patient’s quality of life using the SkinDex 29+3 questionnaire, a skin-specific quality of life questionnaire that assesses the following subscales: emotions, symptoms, functioning and a fourth subscale to characterize LS-specific concerns, including activity limitation as a result of disease, concern for involvement of internal organs and feelings of isolation. We expect to report

131

initial safety and efficacy data through the primary endpoint (week 12) in the Phase 1/2 clinical trial in the                . Following the release of our interim data, the DSMB will review the safety and activity data from the adult patients, and pending the outcome of these reviews, we may discuss with the FDA a proposal to amend and expand the trial design to evaluate pediatric patients.

Additional Development Programs for FCX-013

Due to FCX-013’s potential to break down excess collagen, we believe it could reduce fibrosis in other disorders in which fibrosis is a prominent characteristic. We are currently evaluating the potential for further development of FCX-013 in additional indications in which fibrosis is a prominent characteristic, including the treatment of cutaneous lesions associated with systemic scleroderma. Other disorders, including organ fibrosis or keloids, may also be considered for further pipeline expansion.

Our Future: New Gene Therapy Programs

Leveraging our expertise in the fields of rare disease and gene therapy development, we are evaluating new programs to expand our product candidate pipeline where underserved patient populations have limited or no effective treatment options. Programs targeting collagen diseases of the skin and connective tissue would complement our existing product candidates. We are also exploring the potential of our platform for treating diseases of other organ systems. In particular, we are evaluating our platform for the treatment of OI and EDS. These programs may use autologous fibroblasts, or other cells, as carriers for genes of interest or may be direct gene therapies using viral or non-viral vector delivery methods.

Osteogenesis Imperfecta

OI is a group of genetic disorders of the bone and connective tissue with various clinical presentations and is often referred to as “brittle bone disease.” OI can be diagnosed at almost any age and, in some circumstances, may be recognized at birth. When OI is diagnosed in children, the diagnosis frequently occurs once the child begins to scoot or walk. While severely affected patients suffer multiple and repeated fractures with minimal or no trauma, milder forms of OI may manifest with only premature osteoporosis or severe postmenopausal bone mineral loss. Major characteristics of OI are fragile bones, scoliosis, short stature, blue sclerae, dental disorders and laxity of the ligaments and skin. Most patients with OI have mutations affecting synthesis of type I collagen. The prevalence of OI in the United States is approximately one in 6,600 persons. There are currently no FDA-approved treatments for OI.

Ehlers-Danlos Syndrome

EDS is a group of relatively rare genetic skin and connective tissue diseases characterized by inherited alterations in genes affecting the synthesis and processing of different forms of collagen, resulting in hyperextensibility, joint hypermobility, tissue fragility and other clinical manifestations. Some types of EDS are characterized by disorders of the extracellular matrix, including certain of its components, and defects in intracellular processing. The prevalence of EDS in the United States is approximately one in 5,000 persons. The genetic basis for most types of EDS has been defined.

Vascular EDS

Vascular EDS, or vEDS, is the most severe type of EDS and patients may suffer from life-threatening, spontaneous arterial dissections and ruptures, as well as intestinal and gravid uterine ruptures as a result of mutations affecting the synthesis of type III collagen. vEDS is inherited in an autosomal dominant manner. A major vascular event or visceral rupture occurs in 80% of patients suffering from vEDS by 40 years of age and the median age of death in the United States is 48 years old.The prevalence of vEDS in the United States is approximately one in 100,000 persons. There are currently no FDA-approved treatments for vEDS. The current

132

treatment options for vEDS patients aims to relieve signs and symptoms and prevent serious complications through lifestyle management, continuous blood pressure monitoring, treatment of hypertension, prevention and management of vascular or visceral ruptures, and management of skin fragility and wounds.

Classical EDS

Classical EDS, or cEDS, is associated with skin hyperextensibility and fragility, hypotonia, joint instability, chronic pain and fragile blood vessels. Scars are very thin, discolored and stretch with time as a result of mutations affecting the synthesis of type V collagen. Vascular complications are rare but have been reported, and pulmonary complications, including a spontaneous pneumothorax, have been reported. cEDS is inherited in an autosomal dominant manner. The prevalence of cEDS in the United States is approximately one in 20,000 persons. However, some patients with milder forms of cEDS may go unrecognized and the prevalence is likely higher. There are currently no FDA-approved treatments for cEDS. Current treatment options for cEDS patients includes preventive care for musculoskeletal injuries, physical therapy, monitoring for valvular and vascular disease, and management of skin fragility and wounds.

Commercialization Strategy for our Lead Programs

Our management team has considerable experience in successfully commercializing pharmaceutical products, including cell-based gene therapies and complex specialty drugs, in niche, rare disease markets both in the United States and internationally. We plan to build our own commercial infrastructure for our lead product candidates in the United States. In addition, our future plans to scale-up our manufacturing facility will be designed to ensure adequate product supply and patient access. We may potentially develop and commercialize our lead product candidates in other key geographies outside of the United States.

Our goal is to focus on educating and communicating to optimize the clinician and patient experience and ensure timely supply of our drug product. We work closely with advocacy groups and have conducted extensive third-party research with clinicians and payors to understand the needs of all relevant stakeholders. We have created a proprietary portal to link, communicate and support all relevant activity from initiation of care, education, payor support, logistics, treatment scheduling and administration of D-Fi. We believe the potential advantages of our cell-based gene therapy product candidates, in tandem with our comprehensive approach to support education and logistics, will enable us to establish a strong market position.

We have generated data maps that display the level of patient volume aligned to a concentrated number of treatment centers. This enables the creation, prioritization and tactical deployment of our medical liaisons, market access and sales and marketing teams designed to implement a comprehensive educational, relational and white glove patient and caregiver experience. Our commercialization infrastructure for D-Fi can be leveraged to seamlessly accommodate our future LS commercialization plan and other pipeline opportunities to potentially minimize the need for significant incremental investments.

We also engaged a number of government and private payors to determine the acceptability of D-Fi. Current treatments for DEB patients only consist of supportive care. Payor feedback indicated that D-Fi’s top advantage was that it could potentially address an unmet need for these patients. In addition, payors indicated that the top drivers for value were the potential for disease modification and wound healing, and well observed safety results to date. The majority of payors indicated that D-Fi, if approved, would likely be added to their formularies given the lack of limited therapeutic options for patients.

Competition

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are highly competitive and subject to rapid and significant advancement as research provides a deeper understanding of skin and connective tissue diseases and new therapies are developed. We face competition from multiple sources, including larger and better-funded

133

pharmaceutical, biotechnology and specialty pharmaceutical companies. For example, there are several companies currently competing to develop new therapies for the treatment of skin and connective tissue diseases in our areas of focus. In addition, our experience in clinical trials, obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals, manufacturing and commercialization of products may be more limited. The key factors that contribute to competition include, but are not limited to, product safety, efficacy, convenience of dosing, availability, price, brand recognition and availability of reimbursement and coverage by third party payors.

Dystrophic Epidermolysis Bullosa

There are currently no FDA-approved treatment options for DEB. We expect that our product candidate and programs for DEB will compete with product candidates and programs being advanced by Krystal Biotech Inc., Abeona Therapeutics, Inc., Aegle Therapeutics Corp., Wings Therapeutics, Inc. and Phoenix Tissue Repair, Inc., each of which have treatments for DEB in early or late stage clinical trials.

Localized Scleroderma

There are currently no FDA-approved treatment options for LS. We expect that our product candidate and program for LS will compete with product candidates and programs being advanced by Pfizer Inc., the University of Cologne and Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc., each of which have treatments for LS in early stage clinical trials.

Intellectual Property

Intellectual property, including patents, trade secrets, trademarks, copyrights and other proprietary rights, is important to our business. We also rely on know-how and product development technologies to develop, maintain and expand our competitive position. Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary intellectual property protection for our current and future product candidates and novel discoveries, product development technologies and know-how. Our success also depends in part on our ability to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others and to prevent others from infringing on our proprietary rights. Our policy is to develop and maintain protection of our proprietary position by, among other methods, licensing or filing U.S. and foreign patents and applications relating to our technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development and implementation of our business.

Patents

As of January 31, 2021, we own or license eight issued U.S. patents, seven pending U.S. patent applications, five granted foreign patents and 23 pending foreign patent applications. Our issued patents and patent applications primarily cover methods using autologous fibroblasts for the repair of skin and soft tissue defects and the use of autologous fibroblasts for tissue regeneration. In particular, we own patents issued in the United States, Australia, Canada, Europe, South Korea and Japan and have pending patent applications in China, India and the United States, which are directed to dosage unit formulations for injections containing particular amounts of autologous human fibroblasts and uses thereof, which naturally expire in 2030 and 2031, without taking into consideration any possible patent term extensions. We also own issued U.S. patents related to topical formulations of autologous dermal fibroblasts and uses thereof, the earliest of which will naturally expire in 2027, without taking into consideration any possible patent term extension.

With regard to D-Fi, we in-license from Precigen a portfolio of patent applications pending in the United States, Europe, Australia, Canada, China, Israel, Japan, Singapore, South Korea, Hong Kong and South Africa, which are directed to compositions and methods for treating COL7 deficiencies which, if issued, would naturally expire in 2037, without taking into consideration any possible patent term extension.

With regard to FCX-013, Precigen has in-licensed us a portfolio of patent applications pending in the United States, Europe, Australia, Canada, China, Israel, Japan, Singapore, South Korea, Hong Kong and South Africa,

134

which are directed to the delivery of autologous cells comprising MMP-1 for treating scleroderma which, if issued, would naturally expire in 2038, without taking into consideration any possible patent term extension.

Trademarks

As of January 31, 2021, we own two U.S. pending trademark applications to register the trademark “CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES” with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. The pending trademark applications cover the use of the “CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES” mark in connection with our scientific research and development services and also cover our intention to use the CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES mark in connection with pharmaceutical, medical or therapeutic preparations for skin diseases, connective tissue diseases, arthritic conditions and autoimmune diseases, and therapeutic preparations for skin care, cosmetic procedures, cell therapies and gene therapies. In addition, we own a pending U.S. trademark application for our corporate logo design which consists of two crescents surrounding a dot, and this pending application should soon mature to registration. In addition, in connection with the ECC (as defined below), Precigen granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use and display certain Precigen-owned trademarks, or the Precigen Trademarks, solely in connection with any activities directed to marketing, promoting, distributing, importing for sale, offering to sell and/or selling our product candidates, D-Fi and FCX-013, which includes our promotional materials, packaging and labeling of these product candidates, subject to certain requirements.

Collaboration and Licensing Agreement

Precigen Exclusive Channel Collaboration Agreement

On October 5, 2012, Fibrocell and Precigen entered into an Exclusive Channel Collaboration Agreement, or the ECC. We acquired Fibrocell’s rights under the ECC following our acquisition of Fibrocell in December 2019. Pursuant to the ECC, Precigen granted us a license, subject to certain sublicense limitations, to use its proprietary technologies and other intellectual property to research, develop, use, make, have made, sell and offer for sale of products in certain Fields (as defined in the ECC) in the United States. Such license is exclusive with respect to any clinical development, selling, offering for sale or other commercialization of such products. In addition, Precigen granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use and display the Precigen Trademarks, solely in connection with any activities directed to marketing, promoting, distributing, importing for sale, offering to sell and/or selling our product candidates, D-Fi and FCX-013, which includes our promotional materials, packaging and labeling of these product candidates, subject to certain requirements. We are responsible for all costs incurred in connection with the research, development and commercialization of products under the ECC and own all clinical data, regulatory filings and regulatory approvals relating to such products.

On each of June 28, 2013 and January 10, 2014, Fibrocell and Precigen amended the ECC to broaden the scope of the rights granted to Fibrocell under the ECC in order to research, develop and commercialize products for use in certain additional Fields. On February 19, 2020, we and Precigen reached an agreement with respect to the termination of the ECC, the conversion of the ECC into a product license with regard to the retained products, D-Fi and FCX-013, and related amendments and modifications of the ECC. On March 20, 2020, we and Precigen completed a Termination and Modification Agreement, or the Modification Agreement, to terminate and convert the ECC into a product license. The product license under the Termination and Modification Agreement is contingent upon our compliance with the payment provisions pursuant to Article 5 of the ECC and our continued obligation to use Diligent Efforts, as defined in the ECC, to develop and commercialize D-Fi and FCX-013. Licensing, subleasing, territory and revenue sharing definitions survived and remained unchanged from the ECC. In addition, the Fields were amended to only include autologous human fibroblasts genetically modified with COL7A1 or MMP-1 for the treatment of EB and scleroderma, respectively, which explicitly allows us to continue the development of D-Fi and FCX-013. Precigen agreed to provide technical and project management support for our existing programs and transfer remaining responsibilities, including a technology transfer, which allows us to manufacture veledimex for use in combination with FCX-013. No milestone payments are owed to Precigen for the remainder of either development program.

135

Pursuant to the Modification Agreement, we are required to pay Precigen quarterly cash royalties on all products developed under the Modification Agreement in an amount equal to 7% of the quarterly net sales up to $25 million, plus 14% on the quarterly net sales greater than $25 million. We are also required to pay Precigen half of any sublicensing revenues we receive from third parties in consideration for sublicenses granted by us with respect to the products developed pursuant to the Modification Agreement, but only to the extent such sublicensing revenues are not included in the net sales, subject to royalties.

Government Regulation and Product Approval

The FDA and comparable regulatory authorities in state and local jurisdictions and in other countries impose substantial and burdensome requirements upon companies involved in the clinical development, manufacture, marketing and distribution of products such as those we are developing. These entities regulate, among other things, the research and development, testing, manufacture, quality control, safety, effectiveness, labeling, storage, record keeping, approval, advertising and promotion, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, sampling and export and import of our product candidates. Any product candidates that we develop must be approved by the FDA before they may be legally marketed in the United States and by the appropriate foreign regulatory agency before they may be legally marketed in those foreign countries. Generally, our activities in other countries will be subject to regulation that is similar in nature and scope as that imposed in the United States, although there can be important differences.

U.S. Product Development Process

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, and biologics under the FDCA and the Public Health Service Act and their implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Additionally, certain of our product candidates are subject to regulation in the United States as a combination product. If marketed individually, each component would be subject to different regulatory pathways and would require approval of independent marketing applications by the FDA. A combination product, however, is assigned to a Center within the FDA that will have primary jurisdiction over its regulation based on a determination of the combination product’s primary mode of action, which is the single mode of action that provides the most important therapeutic action. In the case of our FCX-013 product candidate, we believe that the primary mode of action is attributable to the biologic component of the product. We expect to seek approval of this combination product candidate through a Biologics License Applications, or BLA, and we do not expect that the FDA will require a separate marketing authorization for each of the drug and biologic constituents of the product.

The process required by the FDA before a new product may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

• completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in accordance with the FDA’s good laboratory practice, or GLP, requirements and other applicable regulations;

• submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

• approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, or ethics committee at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;

• performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practice, or GCP, requirements to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug for its intended use, or with respect to biologics, the safety, purity and potency of the product candidate for each proposed indication;

• submission to the FDA of a New Drug Application, or NDA, or BLA after completion of all pivotal trials;

136

• a determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of an NDA or BLA to file the application for review;

• satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

• satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the drug is produced to assess compliance with cGMP requirements to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity, and of selected clinical investigation sites to assess compliance with GCPs;

• a potential FDA audit of the preclinical and/or clinical trial sites that generated the data in support of the NDA or BLA; and

• the FDA’s review and approval of the NDA or BLA to permit commercial marketing of the product for particular indications for use in the United States.

Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess potential safety and efficacy. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations for safety/toxicology studies.

Prior to beginning the first clinical trial with a product candidate in the United States, we must submit an IND to the FDA. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational new drug product to humans. The central focus of an IND submission is on the general investigational plan and the protocol(s) for clinical studies. Some preclinical studies may continue even after the IND is submitted. The IND also includes results of animal and in vitro studies assessing the toxicology, pharmacokinetics, pharmacology, and pharmacodynamic characteristics of the product; chemistry, manufacturing, and controls information; and any available human data or literature to support the use of the investigational product. An IND must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, raises safety concerns or questions about the proposed clinical trial. In such a case, the IND may be placed on clinical hold and the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns or questions before the clinical trial can begin. Submission of an IND therefore may or may not result in FDA authorization to begin a clinical trial.

In addition to the submission of an IND to the FDA before initiation of a clinical trial in the United States, certain human clinical trials involving recombinant or synthetic nucleic acid molecules are subject to oversight at the local level as set forth in the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant or Synthetic Nucleic Acid Molecules, or NIH Guidelines. Specifically, under the NIH Guidelines, supervision of human gene transfer trials includes evaluation and assessment by an Institutional Biosafety Committee, or IBC, a local institutional committee that reviews and oversees research utilizing recombinant or synthetic nucleic acid molecules at that institution. The IBC assesses the safety of the research and identifies any potential risk to public health or the environment, and such review may result in some delay before initiation of a clinical trial. While the NIH Guidelines are not mandatory unless the research in question is being conducted at or sponsored by institutions receiving NIH funding of recombinant or synthetic nucleic acid molecule research, many companies and other institutions not otherwise subject to the NIH Guidelines voluntarily follow them.

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research subjects, or their legal representative, provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical study. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the inclusion and exclusion criteria, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A separate submission to the existing IND must be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development and for any subsequent protocol amendments. Furthermore, an independent IRB for each site proposing to conduct the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial and its informed consent form before the clinical trial begins at that site and must

137

monitor the study until completed. An IRB is charged with protecting the welfare and rights of trial participants and considers such items as whether the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. Regulatory authorities, the IRB or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk or that the trial is unlikely to meet its stated objectives. Some studies also include oversight by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical study sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee, which provides authorization for whether or not a study may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the study and may recommend that the clinical trial be halted if it determines that there is an unacceptable safety risk for subjects or other grounds, such as no demonstration of efficacy. There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical studies and clinical study results to public registries.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap or be combined:

• Phase 1:    The product candidate is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition. These studies are designed to test the safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism and distribution of the investigational product in humans, the side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness. In the case of some products for severe or life-threatening diseases, such as cancer, especially when the product may be too inherently toxic to ethically administer to healthy volunteers, the initial human testing is often conducted in patients.

• Phase 2:    The product candidate is administered to a limited patient population with a specified disease or condition to evaluate the preliminary efficacy, optimal dosages, dose tolerance and dosing schedule and to identify possible adverse side effects and safety risks. Multiple Phase 2 clinical trials may be conducted to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more expensive Phase 3 clinical trials.

• Phase 3:    The product candidate is administered to an expanded patient population to further evaluate dosage, to provide statistically significant evidence of clinical efficacy and to further test for safety, generally at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit ratio of the investigational product and to provide an adequate basis for physician labelling. Generally, two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials are required by the FDA for approval of an NDA or BLA.

Post-marketing studies, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These clinical trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication. In certain instances, such as with accelerated approval drugs, the FDA may mandate the performance of Phase 4 clinical trials as a condition of approval.

During the development of a new drug, sponsors are given opportunities to meet with the FDA at certain points. These points may be prior to submission of an IND, at the end of Phase 2 clinical trials or before an NDA or BLA is submitted. Meetings at other times may be requested. These meetings can provide an opportunity for the sponsor to share information about the data gathered to date, for the FDA to provide advice, and for the sponsor and the FDA to reach agreement on the next phase of development. Sponsors typically use the meetings at the end of a Phase 2 clinical trial to discuss the clinical trial’s results and present plans for a pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial that they believe will support approval of their new drug.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug and finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, the manufacturer must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product. In addition, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested, and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

138

While the IND is active and before product approval, progress reports summarizing the results of the clinical trials and nonclinical studies performed since the last progress report must be submitted at least annually to the FDA, and written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and investigators for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, findings from other studies suggesting a significant risk to humans exposed to the same or similar drugs, findings from animal or in vitro testing suggesting a significant risk to humans, and any clinically important increased incidence of a serious suspected adverse reaction compared to that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. The sponsor must submit an IND safety report within 15 calendar days after the sponsor determines that the information qualifies for reporting. The sponsor also must notify the FDA of any unexpected fatal or life-threatening suspected adverse reaction within seven calendar days after the sponsor’s initial receipt of the information.

U.S. Review and Approval Process

Assuming successful completion of all required testing in accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements, the results of product development, preclinical and other nonclinical studies and clinical trials, along with descriptions of the manufacturing process, analytical tests conducted on the chemistry of the drug, proposed labeling and other relevant information are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA or BLA requesting approval to market the product. Data may come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and effectiveness of the use of a product, or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by investigators. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety and effectiveness of the investigational drug product to the satisfaction of the FDA. The submission of an NDA or BLA is subject to the payment of substantial user fees; a waiver of such fees may be obtained under certain limited circumstances. Additionally, no user fees are assessed on NDAs or BLAs for products designated as orphan drugs, unless the product also includes a non-orphan indication.

The FDA reviews an NDA or BLA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe and effective for its intended use and whether its manufacturing is cGMP-compliant to assure and preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, guidelines that are currently in effect, the FDA has a goal of ten months from the date of “filing” of a standard NDA for a new molecular entity or BLA to review and act on the submission. This review typically takes twelve months from the date the NDA or BLA is submitted to the FDA because the FDA has approximately two months to make a “filing” decision after it the application is submitted. The FDA conducts a preliminary review of all NDAs or BLAs within the first 60 days after submission, before accepting them for filing, to determine whether they are sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA or BLA for filing. In this event, the NDA or BLA must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application also is subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing.

The FDA may refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Before approving an NDA or BLA, the FDA will typically inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA or BLA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCPs. If the FDA determines that the application, manufacturing process or manufacturing facilities are not acceptable, it will outline the deficiencies in the submission and often will request additional testing or information. Notwithstanding the submission of any requested additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

139

After the FDA evaluates an NDA or BLA, it may issue an approval letter or a Complete Response Letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete, and the application will not be approved in its present form. A Complete Response Letter usually describes the specific deficiencies in the NDA or BLA identified by the FDA and may require additional clinical data, such as an additional pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial or other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, nonclinical studies or manufacturing. If a Complete Response Letter is issued, the sponsor must resubmit the NDA or BLA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application. Even if such data and information are submitted, the FDA may decide that the NDA or BLA does not satisfy the criteria for approval.

If regulatory approval of a product is granted, such approval will be granted for particular indications and may contain limitations on the indicated uses for which such product may be marketed. For example, the FDA may approve the NDA or BLA with a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, to ensure the benefits of the product outweigh its risks. A REMS is a safety strategy to manage a known or potential serious risk associated with a medicine and to enable patients to have continued access to such medicines by managing their safe use, and could include medication guides, physician communication plans, or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries, and other risk minimization tools. The FDA also may condition approval on, among other things, changes to proposed labeling or the development of adequate controls and specifications. Once approved, the FDA may withdraw the product approval if compliance with pre- and post-marketing requirements is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the marketplace. The FDA may also require one or more post-marketing studies and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization, and may limit further marketing of the product based on the results of these post-marketing studies. In addition, new government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or the FDA’s policies may change, which could impact the timeline for regulatory approval or otherwise impact ongoing development programs.

Orphan Drug Designation

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States or, if it affects more than 200,000 individuals in the United States, there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a drug product available in the United States for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product. Orphan designation must be requested before submitting an NDA or BLA. After the FDA grants orphan designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process. Orphan designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers.

If a product that has orphan designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan product exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug or biological product for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan exclusivity. Competitors, however, may receive approval of different products for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity or obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity. Orphan exclusivity also could block the approval of one of our products for seven years if a competitor obtains approval of the same drug as defined by the FDA or if our product candidate is determined to be contained within the competitor’s product for the same indication or disease. If an orphan designated product receives marketing approval for an indication broader than what is designated, it may not be entitled to orphan exclusivity. In addition, exclusive marketing rights in the United States may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or

140

if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantities of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition.

Expedited Development and Review Programs

The FDA has a number of programs intended to expedite the development or review of products that meet certain criteria. For example, new drugs are eligible for Fast Track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the disease or condition. Fast track designation applies to the combination of the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor of a fast track product has opportunities for more frequent interactions with the review team during product development, and the FDA may consider for review sections of the NDA or BLA on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the NDA or BLA, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the NDA or BLA and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fee upon submission of the first section of the NDA or BLA.

A product, including a product with a Fast Track designation, may also be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development and review, such as priority review and accelerated approval. A product is eligible for priority review if it has the potential to provide safe and effective therapy where no satisfactory alternative therapy exists or a significant improvement in the treatment, diagnosis or prevention of a disease compared to marketed products. The FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of an application for a new drug designated for priority review in an effort to facilitate the review. The FDA endeavors to review applications with priority review designations within six months of the filing date as compared to ten months for review of standard NDAs or BLAs under its current PDUFA review goals.

In addition, a product may be eligible for accelerated approval. Products intended to treat serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions may be eligible for accelerated approval upon a determination that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. As a condition of approval, the FDA may require that a sponsor of a drug receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical trials. In addition, the FDA currently requires pre-approval of promotional materials as a condition for accelerated approval, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product.

A product candidate intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition may also be eligible for breakthrough therapy designation to expedite its development and review. A product can receive breakthrough therapy designation if preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs or biologics, may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The designation includes all of the fast track program features, as well as more intensive FDA interaction and guidance beginning as early as Phase 1 and an organizational commitment to expedite the development and review of the product candidate, including involvement of senior managers.

In addition, the FDA may designate a product as a regenerative medicine advanced therapy, or RMAT. The RMAT designation is intended to facilitate an efficient development program for, and expedited review of, any product candidate that meets the following criteria: (i) the product candidate qualifies as a RMAT, which is defined as a cell therapy, therapeutic tissue engineering product, human cell and tissue product, or any combination product using such therapies or products, with limited exceptions; (ii) the product candidate is intended to treat, modify, reverse, or cure a serious or life-threatening disease or condition; and (iii) preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product candidate has the potential to address unmet medical needs for such a

141

disease or condition. RMAT designation provides potential benefits that include more frequent meetings with the FDA to discuss the development plan for the product candidate, and eligibility for rolling review and priority review of BLAs. Cell therapy candidates granted RMAT designation may also be eligible for accelerated approval on the basis of a surrogate or intermediate endpoint reasonably likely to predict long-term clinical benefit, or reliance upon data obtained from a meaningful number of sites, including through expansion to additional sites, as appropriate. RMAT-designated cell therapy candidates that receive accelerated approval may, as appropriate, fulfill their post-approval requirements through the completion of clinical studies, patient registries, or through submission of other sources of real world evidence, such as electronic health records, through the collection of larger confirmatory data sets, or via post-approval monitoring of all patients treated with such therapy prior to approval of the therapy.

Fast track designation, breakthrough therapy designation, priority review, RMAT designation and accelerated approval do not change the standards for approval, but may expedite the development or approval process. Even if a product qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened.

Post-Approval Requirements

Any products manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to record-keeping, reporting of adverse experiences, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, and advertising and promotion of the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing user fee requirements, under which the FDA assesses an annual program fee for each product identified in an approved NDA or BLA. Drug and biologic manufacturers and their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMPs, which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements upon us and our third-party manufacturers. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated, and, depending on the significance of the change, may require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMPs and impose reporting requirements upon us and any third-party manufacturers that we may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMPs and other aspects of regulatory compliance.

The FDA may withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical studies to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution restrictions or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

• restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

• fines, warning letters, or untitled letters;

• clinical holds on clinical studies;

• refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

• product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products;

142

• consent decrees, corporate integrity agreements, debarment or exclusion from federal healthcare programs;

• mandated modification of promotional materials and labeling and the issuance of corrective information;

• the issuance of safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases and other communications containing warnings or other safety information about the product; or

• injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, known as Phase 4 testing, and surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product. Newly discovered or developed safety or effectiveness data may require changes to a product’s approved labeling, including the addition of new warnings and contraindications, and also may require the implementation of other risk management measures.

The FDA closely regulates the marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of drug products. A company can make only those claims relating to safety and efficacy, purity and potency that are approved by the FDA and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in, among other things, adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising and potential civil and criminal penalties. Physicians may prescribe, in their independent professional medical judgment, legally available products for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and that differ from those tested by us and approved by the FDA. Physicians may believe that such off-label uses are the best treatment for many patients in varied circumstances. The FDA does not regulate the behavior of physicians in their choice of treatments. The FDA does, however, restrict manufacturer’s communications on the subject of off-label use of their products. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion of off-label use and has enjoined companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The FDA and other regulatory agencies have also required that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed. However, companies may share truthful and not misleading information that is otherwise consistent with a product’s FDA-approved labeling.

In addition, the distribution of prescription biopharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, or PDMA, which regulates the distribution of drugs and drug samples at the federal level, and sets minimum standards for the registration and regulation of drug distributors by the states. Both the PDMA and state laws limit the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical product samples and impose requirements to ensure accountability in distribution.

Rare Pediatric Disease Priority Review Voucher Program

Under the Rare Pediatric Disease Priority Review Voucher Program, the FDA is authorized to award priority review vouchers to sponsors of certain rare pediatric disease product applications designed to encourage development of new drug and biological products for prevention and treatment of certain rare pediatric diseases. Specifically, under this program, a sponsor who receives an approval for a drug or biologic for a “rare pediatric disease” may qualify for a voucher that can be redeemed to receive a priority review of a subsequent marketing application for a different product. The sponsor of a rare pediatric disease product receiving a priority review voucher may transfer, including by sale, the voucher to another sponsor. The voucher may be further transferred any number of times before the voucher is used, as long as the sponsor making the transfer has not yet submitted the application. The FDA may also revoke any priority review voucher if the rare pediatric disease drug for which the voucher was awarded is not marketed in the U.S. within one year following the date of approval.

For the purposes of this program, a “rare pediatric disease” is a (a) serious or life-threatening disease in which the serious or life-threatening manifestations primarily affect individuals aged from birth to 18 years, including age groups often called neonates, infants, children, and adolescents; and (b) rare disease or conditions

143

within the meaning of the Orphan Drug Act. A sponsor may choose to request Rare Pediatric Disease Designation, but the designation process is entirely voluntary; requesting designation is not a prerequisite to requesting or receiving a priority review voucher. In addition, sponsors who choose not to submit a Rare Pediatric Disease Designation request may nonetheless receive a priority review voucher if they request such a voucher in their original marketing application and meet all of the eligibility criteria. Congress included a sunset provision in the statute authorizing the rare pediatric disease priority review voucher program. Specifically, the FDA may not award the voucher to sponsors of marketing applications unless either (1) the drug or biologic has received rare pediatric disease designation as of September 30, 2024 and is then approved by the FDA no later than September 30, 2026; or (2) Congress reauthorizes the program and extends the dates by which the designation may be received and the approval must be granted.

Biosimilars and Reference Product Exclusivity

The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products that are highly similar, or “biosimilar,” to or interchangeable with an FDA-approved reference biological product. The FDA has issued several guidance documents outlining an approach to review and approval of biosimilars. Biosimilarity, which requires that there be no clinically meaningful differences between the biological product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity, and potency, is generally shown through analytical studies, animal studies, and a clinical study or studies. Interchangeability requires that a product is biosimilar to the reference product and the product must demonstrate that it can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product in any given patient and, for products that are administered multiple times to an individual, the biologic and the reference biologic may be alternated or switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biologic. A product shown to be biosimilar or interchangeable with an FDA-approved reference biological product may rely in part on the FDA’s previous determination of safety and effectiveness for the reference product for approval, which can potentially reduce the cost and time required to obtain approval to market the product.

Under the BPCIA, an application for a biosimilar product may not be submitted to the FDA until four years following the date that the reference product was first licensed by the FDA. In addition, the approval of a biosimilar product may not be made effective by the FDA until 12 years from the date on which the reference product was first licensed. During this 12-year period of exclusivity, another company may still market a competing version of the reference product if the FDA approves a full BLA for the competing product containing that applicant’s own preclinical data and data from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to demonstrate the safety, purity and potency of its product. The BPCIA also created certain exclusivity periods for biosimilars approved as interchangeable products. At this juncture, it is unclear whether products deemed “interchangeable” by the FDA will, in fact, be readily substituted by pharmacies, which are governed by state pharmacy law.

A biological product can also obtain pediatric market exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing exclusivity periods and patent terms. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protection or patent term, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric study in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a study.

Data Privacy and Security

Other federal legislation may affect our ability to obtain certain health information in conjunction with our research activities. We may be subject to data privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 and its implementing regulations, collectively referred to as HIPAA, imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. HIPAA also prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a

144

material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statements or representation, or making or using any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or entry in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. We may obtain health information from third parties, such as research institutions, that are subject to privacy and security requirements under HIPAA. Although we are not directly subject to HIPAA, other than with respect to providing certain employee benefits, we could potentially be subject to criminal penalties if we, our affiliates, or our agents knowingly obtain or disclose individually identifiable health information maintained by a HIPAA-covered entity in a manner that is not authorized or permitted by HIPAA.

In addition, numerous federal and state laws and regulations that address privacy and data security, including state data breach notification laws, state health information privacy laws, and federal and state consumer protection laws (e.g., Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act), govern the collection, use, disclosure and protection of health-related and other personal information. Failure to comply with data protection laws and regulations could result in government enforcement actions and create liability for us, which could include civil and/or criminal penalties, private litigation and/or adverse publicity that could negatively affect our business.

Failure to achieve and sustain compliance with applicable federal and state privacy, security and fraud laws could result in government enforcement actions and create liability for us, which could include civil and/or criminal penalties, private litigation and/or adverse publicity that could negatively affect our operating results and business.

Other U.S. Regulatory Requirements

Pharmaceutical companies are subject to additional healthcare regulation and enforcement by the federal government and by authorities in the states and foreign jurisdictions in which they conduct their business that may constrain the financial arrangements and relationships through which we research, as well as sell, market and distribute any products for which we obtain marketing authorization. Such laws include, without limitation, state and federal anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, and transparency laws and regulations related to drug pricing and payments and other transfers of value made to physicians and other healthcare providers. If their operations are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that apply, they may be subject to penalties, including, without limitation, administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, the curtailment or restructuring of operations, integrity oversight and reporting obligations, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and responsible individuals may be subject to imprisonment.

Coverage and Reimbursement

Sales of any product depend, in part, on the extent to which such product will be covered by third-party payors, such as federal, state, and foreign government healthcare programs, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations, and the level of reimbursement for such product by third-party payors. In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors and coverage and reimbursement levels for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. The Medicare and Medicaid programs increasingly are used as models for how private payors and other governmental payors develop their coverage and reimbursement policies for drugs and biologics. Factors payors consider in determining reimbursement are based on whether the product is: (i) a covered benefit under its health plan; (ii) safe, effective and medically necessary; (iii) appropriate for the specific patient; (iv) cost-effective; and (v) neither experimental nor investigational. Decisions regarding the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided are made on a plan-by-plan basis. These third-party payors are increasingly reducing reimbursements for medical products, drugs and services. For products administered under the supervision of a physician, obtaining coverage and adequate reimbursement may be particularly difficult because of the higher prices often associated with such drugs.

145

In addition, the U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have continued implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on coverage and reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit sales of any product. Decreases in third-party reimbursement for any product or a decision by a third-party payor not to cover a product could reduce physician usage and patient demand for the product and also have a material adverse effect on sales.

Healthcare Reform

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, each as amended, collectively known as the ACA, was enacted, which substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly affected the pharmaceutical industry. The ACA contained a number of provisions, including those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs, reimbursement adjustments and changes to fraud and abuse laws. Additionally, the ACA:

• increased the minimum level of Medicaid rebates payable by manufacturers of brand name drugs from 15.1% to 23.1% of the average manufacturer price;

• required collection of rebates for drugs paid by Medicaid managed care organizations;

• required manufacturers to participate in a coverage gap discount program, under which they must agree to offer 50 percent (increased to 70 percent pursuant to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, effective as of January 1, 2019) point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D; and

• imposed a non-deductible annual fee on pharmaceutical manufacturers or importers who sell “branded prescription drugs” to specified federal government programs.

Since its enactment, there have been judicial, executive and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. The U.S. Supreme Court is currently reviewing the constitutionality of the ACA in its entirety, although it is unclear how the Supreme Court will rule.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted, including aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which was temporarily suspended from May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2021, and reduced payments to several types of Medicare providers. Proposed legislation, if passed, would extend this suspension until the end of the pandemic. Moreover, there has recently been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries, proposed and enacted legislation and executive orders issued by the former Trump administration designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. The likelihood of success of these and other measures initiated by the former Trump administration is uncertain, particularly in light of the new Biden administration. It is also possible that additional governmental action is taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Individual states in the United States have also become increasingly active in implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.

International Regulation

The regulation of our product candidates outside of the United States varies by country. Certain countries regulate human tissue products as a pharmaceutical product, which would require us to make extensive filings

146

and obtain regulatory approvals before selling our product candidates. Certain other countries classify our product candidates as human tissue for transplantation but may restrict its import or sale. Other countries may have no application regulations regarding the import or sale of products similar to our product candidates, creating uncertainty as to what standards we may be required to meet.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located at 405 Eagleview Boulevard, Exton, Pennsylvania, where we lease approximately 86,500 square feet of office and manufacturing space. As of December 31, 2020, 38 of our employees are located at our corporate headquarters.

Human Capital

As of December 31, 2020, we have 44 full-time employees, 32 of whom are dedicated to research and development. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good. Also, pursuant to our Management Services Agreement with Paragon, at a given time up to 10 employees of Paragon assist us with regulatory, capital markets and legal transactional matters.

We believe that our future success largely depends upon our continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees. We provide our employees with competitive salaries and bonuses, opportunities for equity ownership, development programs that enable continued learning and growth and a robust employment package that promotes well-being across all aspects of their lives, including health care, retirement planning and paid time off.

We believe that much of our success is rooted in the diversity of our teams and our commitment to inclusion. We value diversity at all levels and focus on extending our diversity and inclusion initiatives across our entire workforce.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

147

MANAGEMENT

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and members of our board of directors (ages as of the date of this prospectus):

Name	Age		Position(s)
Executive Officers
Matthew Gantz		55	President, Chief Executive Officer, Director
Mary Spellman, M.D.		59	Chief Medical Officer, Senior Vice President of Research & Development
John Maslowski		46	Chief Operating Officer, Director
Gregory Wujek.		59	Chief Commercial Officer
Gregory MacMichael, Ph.D.		65	Chief Technology Officer
Non-Employee Directors
Jeffrey S. Aronin		53	Director, Chairman
Antonio Gracias		50	Director
Patrick J. Morris*		53	Director

* Mr. Morris will resign as a director immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus forms a part.

Executive Officers

Matthew Gantz.    Mr. Gantz has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since March 2021. Prior to joining us, Mr. Gantz served as Chief Executive Officer of OxThera AB from May 2017 until March 2021. Prior to joining OxThera AB, Mr. Gantz served in roles of increasing responsibility with BTG plc, or BTG, a leading specialty healthcare company, from February 2009 until June 2016, culminating in his role as Executive Vice President, US, of BTG Inc. Prior to BTG, Mr. Gantz founded and served as Chief Executive Officer of Acureon Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Acureon, a specialty pharmaceutical company focused in the hospital areas of infectious diseases, transplant and ICU. Prior to Acureon, Mr. Gantz served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Hydra Biosciences, Inc., a privately held biotechnology company developing novel, ion channel medicines in the pain and cardiovascular area. Earlier in his career, Mr. Gantz held a variety of senior executive roles for companies such as Chiron Corporation, PathoGenesis Corporation and Abbott Laboratories, where he began his career. Mr. Gantz is currently a board member of Swedish Orphan Biovitrum AB, a publicly traded Swedish rare disease company, and the Marine Corps Scholarship Foundation, a not for profit that provides scholarships for the children of Marines to pursue secondary education. Mr. Gantz received his A.B. in history from Princeton University, his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and served as an infantry officer in the U.S. Marine Corps. We believe that Mr. Gantz is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive skills and experience in the biopharmaceutical industry.

Mary Spellman, M.D.    Dr. Spellman has served as our Chief Medical Officer and Senior Vice President of Research & Development since January 2020 and served in the same role at Castle Creek Pharmaceuticals LLC from May 2019 until Fibrocell was acquired in December 2019. Prior to joining us, Dr. Spellman was the Chief Medical Officer and Senior Vice President of Clinical Development of Menlo Therapeutics, a former public biopharmaceutical company, from May 2018 to May 2019 and August 2017 to May 2018, respectively. Previously, Dr. Spellman was an independent consultant and President of Panclarity, LLC, providing executive level medical, safety and development services to multiple life sciences companies, primarily supporting novel dermatology therapy and clinical development programs from 2005 through 2017. Dr. Spellman has also served as the Chief Medical Officer and Senior Vice President of Development at Revance Therapeutics Inc., as well as Senior Director of Medical Research of Immunology at Idec Pharmaceuticals Corp. (prior to its merger with Biogen, Inc. and name change to Biogen Idec Inc. and then to Biogen Inc.) and Vice President of Dermatology

148

Research at Connetics Corporation. Dr. Spellman is a board-certified dermatologist with over 30 years of clinical experience, including 20 years in the biopharmaceutical industry preceded by an academic career at the University of California, San Diego School of Medicine. Dr. Spellman received her B.S. with honors in biology from Loyola University of Chicago and her M.D. from the Medical College of Wisconsin. She is a diplomate of the American Board of Dermatology and a fellow of the American Academy of Dermatology.

John Maslowski.    Mr. Maslowski has served as our Chief Operating Officer since March 2021 and has been a member of our board of directors since January 2020. Prior to this role, Mr. Maslowski served as our President and Chief Executive Officer from January 2020 to March 2021 and served in the same role, including a member of the board of directors, at Fibrocell from December 2016 until we acquired Fibrocell in December 2019. Mr. Maslowski also served as the Senior Vice President of Scientific Affairs and Vice President of Operations of Fibrocell from 2012 to 2016. In addition to serving on our board, Mr. Maslowski serves as the Chairman of the board of directors of Falcon Therapeutics, a privately held gene-modified cell therapy company. He also serves on the board of Alliance for Regenerative Medicine, a privately held organization dedicated to developing and advancing regenerative medicines, and the advisory board of Life Science Cares Philadelphia, a charitable organization. Mr. Maslowski has held positions at major pharmaceutical companies including Wyeth, LLC, or Wyeth, a former public pharmaceutical company, Merck & Co., Inc., a public pharmaceutical company, and Teva Pharmaceuticals Industries Ltd., or Teva, a public pharmaceutical company. Mr. Maslowski received his B.S. in biology from Ursinus College and his M.S. in microbiology from Villanova University. We believe that Mr. Maslowski is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience and executive leadership with pharmaceutical companies.

Gregory Wujek.    Mr. Wujek has served as our Chief Commercial Officer since January 2020. Mr. Wujek has more than 30 years of industry experience in executive management, sales, market access, marketing and business development. Previously, he served as the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Commercial Officer of Castle Creek Pharmaceuticals, LLC from January 2019 to December 2019 and October 2016 to December 2018, respectively. Prior to that, Mr. Wujek served as the Vice President of Sports Medicine, Marketing and Sales of Zimmer Biomet Holdings, Inc., a public medical device and biologic company, where he managed and developed successful strategies for its first prescription injectable product from January 2013 to June 2016, Vice President of Sales of Savient Pharmaceuticals, Inc. where he led the buildout of its biologics arm taking responsibility for operations, sales and managed care in support of the launch of the company’s first biologic and Vice President of Sales of Andrx Laboratories, Inc. where he was responsible for managing a team that successfully launched two FDA-approved drugs. Mr. Wujek began his career at Forest Laboratories, Inc. where he quickly elevated himself and took responsibility for the Managed Care department in support of the company’s first blockbuster drug. Mr. Wujek received his B.S. in political science from Illinois State University.

Gregory MacMichael, Ph.D.    Dr. MacMichael has served as our Chief Technology Officer since August 2020. Prior to joining us, Dr. MacMichael served as the Senior Vice President of Technical Operations at Axovant Gene Therapies Ltd. (prior to its name change to Sio Gene Therapies Inc.), a public clinical-stage gene therapy company, from September 2018 to July 2019, and as the Senior Vice President of Development and Manufacturing of NantKwest, Inc., a public biopharmaceutical company focused on natural killer cell-based therapies, from January 2017 to September 2018. He also served as the Senior Vice President of Process, Development, Manufacturing and Quality at Rocket Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a public gene therapy company, from December 2015 to December 2016. In 2010, Dr. MacMichael founded CMC BioServices, LLC, a consulting firm which assists innovators and biopharmaceutical companies with successful development and licensure of cell and gene therapies, biologics and vaccines, and has served as its President since then. Dr. MacMichael has more than 38 years of biopharmaceutical experience, including the development and manufacturing of cell and gene therapies, biologics and vaccines. He was also the Global Head of Biologics Development TR&D at Novartis AG, the Vice President of Vaccines Development at Wyeth (currently Pfizer Vaccines) and the Senior Director of the Biologics Development at Eli Lilly. Dr. MacMichael received his B.S. in microbiology from Pennsylvania State University and his M.S. and Ph.D. in microbiology/biochemistry from North Carolina State University and Mississippi State University, respectively.

149

Directors

Matthew Gantz.    Mr. Gantz’s business background information is set forth under “—Executive Officers” above.

John Maslowski.    Mr. Maslowski’s business background information is set forth under “—Executive Officers” above.

Jeffrey S. Aronin.    Mr. Aronin founded Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc. and has served on our board of directors and as non-executive Chairman since September 2018. In June 2017, Mr. Aronin founded Paragon, which he leads as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Paragon is a life science innovator that creates, invests in and builds life sciences companies in biopharmaceuticals, cell and gene therapy and synthetic biology utilizing artificial intelligence. In addition to serving on our board, Mr. Aronin serves as the Chairman of the board of directors of Harmony Biosciences Holdings, Inc. He also serves on the boards of other Paragon privately-held portfolio companies, including Qlarity Imaging, LLC, or Qlarity, which develops artificial intelligence-driven technology that enhances clinical insights, Emalex Biosciences Inc., or Emalex, which is dedicated to treating central nervous system movement disorders and fluency disorders, and Skyline Biosciences, LLC, or Skyline, which is developing first in-kind therapies to treat oral premalignant lesions. From January 2011 to May 2017, Mr. Aronin was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Marathon Pharmaceuticals, LLC, or Marathon, a private research-based biopharmaceutical company that developed drugs for rare diseases. Prior to that, Mr. Aronin founded Ovation Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Ovation, where he served as President and Chief Executive Officer from 2000 to 2009. After Lundbeck A/S acquired Ovation in 2009, Mr. Aronin served as Chief Executive Officer of Lundbeck Inc., or Lundbeck, until 2011. Since June 2008, Mr. Aronin has served on the public board of directors of Discover Financial Services, Inc. Mr. Aronin also currently serves on the boards of several non-profit organizations including The Aspen Institute and MATTER—a health-technology incubator—which Mr. Aronin founded to support life science innovation. Mr. Aronin received his B.S. in marketing from Northern Illinois University and his M.B.A. from DePaul University. We believe that Mr. Aronin is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his vast skills and experience in biopharmaceutical strategy, innovation, business development, commercialization, lifecycle management, capital structure and finance.

Antonio J. Gracias.    Mr. Gracias has served on our board of directors since September 2018. Since September 2001, Mr. Gracias has been Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of Valor Management LLC, or Valor, a private equity firm. Mr. Gracias currently serves on the board of directors of Harmony Biosciences Holdings, Inc. since 2017. He also served as a director of Marathon from November 2013 to May 2017. Mr. Gracias has served on the board of directors of Tesla, Inc., since May 2007, including as Lead Independent Director from September 2010 to April 2019. Mr. Gracias also serves as a director of SpaceX. He has over 20 years of experience investing in a variety of sectors including private equity, public equity and real estate transactions. Mr. Gracias received his joint B.S. / M.S.F.S. degree in international finance and economics from Georgetown University School of Foreign Service and his J.D. from the University of Chicago Law School. We believe that Mr. Gracias is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his skills and experience in investment strategy, portfolio company management and improvement, and finance in several industries, including pharmaceuticals and healthcare.

Patrick J. Morris.    Mr. Morris has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2018. Mr. Morris has served as the Executive Vice President of Legal Affairs, General Counsel and Secretary of Paragon since May 2017. From May 2011 to May 2017, Mr. Morris served as the Executive Vice President of Legal Affairs, General Counsel and Secretary of Marathon. In addition to serving on our board, Mr. Morris serves as a member of the board of Evozyne, LLC, a privately held molecular engineering technology company, and Paragon Health. He also serves on the boards of other Paragon privately-held portfolio companies, including Qlarity, Emalex and Skyline. Mr. Morris received his B.A. in political science from DePaul University and his J.D. from Northwestern University School of Law. We believe that Mr. Morris is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience in the biopharmaceutical industry.

150

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Composition of our Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently consists of five directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the number of directors on our board of directors will be fixed from time to time by resolution of the board of directors and that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, with the directors in each class serving for a three-year term, and one class being elected each year by our stockholders. Mr. Morris will resign as a director immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus forms a part.

When considering whether directors have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors focuses primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our current directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

• the Class I directors will be                 , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022;

• the Class II directors will be                , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023; and

• the Class III directors will be                , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has determined that, of our directors,                 ,                 ,                  and                  do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, or the Nasdaq rules. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors is currently chaired by our founder, Jeffrey S. Aronin. Our corporate governance guidelines will provide that, if the chairman of the board is a member of management or does not otherwise qualify as independent, the independent directors of the board may elect a lead director. The lead director’s responsibilities would include, but would not be not limited to: presiding over all meetings of the board of directors at which the chairman is not present, including any executive sessions of the independent directors; approving board meeting schedules and agendas; and acting as the liaison between the independent directors and the chief executive officer and chairman of the board. Our corporate governance guidelines further provide the flexibility for our board of directors to modify our leadership structure in the future as it deems appropriate.

151

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through our board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure and our audit committee has the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. Our audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will monitor the effectiveness of our corporate governance practices, including whether they are successful in preventing illegal or improper liability-creating conduct. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, our entire board of directors is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established three standing committees—audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance—each of which operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Upon our listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, each committee’s charter will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.castlecreekbio.com. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

Audit Committee

The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

• appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm;

• overseeing the work of our registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

• reviewing and discussing with management and the registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

• coordinating our board of directors’ oversight of our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;

• discussing our risk management policies;

• meeting independently with our internal auditing staff, if any, registered public accounting firm and management;

• reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions; and

• preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules.

The members of our audit committee are                 ,                  and                 .                  serves as the chairperson of the committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable Nasdaq rules. Our board of directors has determined that                  and                  meet the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable Nasdaq rules. Our board of directors has determined that                  is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable Nasdaq rules.

152

Compensation Committee

The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

• reviewing and approving, or recommending for approval by the board of directors, the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers;

• overseeing and administering our cash and equity incentive plans;

• reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation;

• reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” to the extent required; and

• preparing the annual compensation committee report required by SEC rules, to the extent required.

The members of our compensation committee are                 ,                  and                 .                  serves as the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of                 ,                  and                  is independent under the applicable Nasdaq rules, including the Nasdaq rules specific to membership on the compensation committee, and is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

• identifying individuals qualified to become board members;

• recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each board committee;

• developing and recommending to our board of directors corporate governance guidelines, and reviewing and recommending to our board of directors proposed changes to our corporate governance guidelines from time to time; and

• overseeing a periodic evaluation of our board of directors.

The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are                ,                and                 .                serves as the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that                ,                and                                  are independent under the applicable Nasdaq rules.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our compensation committee is or has been our current or former officer or employee. None of our executive officers served as a director or a member of a compensation committee (or other committee serving an equivalent function) of any other entity, one of whose executive officers served as a director or member of our compensation committee during the last completed fiscal year.

Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon our listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.castlecreekbio.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the Nasdaq rules concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

153

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for the Company’s executive officers who are named in the “2020 Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2020, the “named executive officers” and their positions with the Company were as follows:

• John Maslowski, former Chief Executive Officer and current Chief Operating Officer;

• Mary Spellman, M.D., Chief Medical Officer; and

• Gregory Wujek, Chief Commercial Officer.

On February 11, 2021 we entered into an offer letter agreement with Matthew Gantz pursuant to which Mr. Gantz will serve as our Chief Executive Officer, effective March 22, 2021. In connection with Mr. Gantz’s appointment as our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Maslowski ceased to serve as our Chief Executive Officer and currently serves as our Chief Operating Officer.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the completion of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion. As an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we are not required to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis section and have elected to comply with the scaled disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies.

2020 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of the named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Name and Principal Position	Salary ($)		Stock Awards ($)(1)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(2)		All Other Compensation ($)(3)		Total ($)
John Maslowski		435,625		271,886		201,365		16,651		925,527
Former Chief Executive Officer
Mary Spellman, M.D.		437,575		—		205,660		19,324		662,559
Chief Medical Officer
Gregory Wujek		347,625		—		159,908		12,391		519,924
Chief Commercial Officer

(1) Amounts reflect the grant date fair value of stock awards and stock options granted during 2020 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. See Note 2 of the audited financial statements included in this prospectus for the assumptions used in calculating these amounts.

(2) Amounts represent annual bonuses earned by each named executive officer in 2020 and paid in cash in 2021. See “—2020 Bonuses” below.

(3) Amounts in the “All Other Compensation” column include the amounts set forth in the table below:

Named Executive Officer	401(k) Plan Matching Contributions ($)		Mobile Phone Allowance ($)
John Maslowski		15,691		960
Mary Spellman		17,404		1,920
Gregory Wujek		11,191		1,200

154

2020 Salaries

In 2020, the named executive officers received an annual base salary to compensate them for services rendered to the Company. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities.

For fiscal year 2020, Mr. Maslowski’s annual base salary was $435,625, Dr. Spellman’s base salary was $437,575, and Mr. Wujek’s base salary was $347,625. In February 2021, the board of directors approved the following base salaries for our named executive officers, effective January 1, 2021, 2021: Mr. Maslowski: $448,694, Dr. Spellman: $450,702, and Mr. Wujek: $358,054. Mr. Gantz, who has been appointed as our Chief Executive Officer effective March 22, 2021, will receive an annual base salary of $460,000 for 2021.

2020 Bonuses

In fiscal year 2020, Mr. Maslowski, Dr. Spellman and Mr. Wujek were eligible to earn annual cash bonuses targeted at 50%, 50% and 50%, respectively, of their respective base salaries. Each named executive officer was eligible to earn his or her bonus based on the attainment of pre-established annual company and individual performance objectives, as determined by the board of directors of the Company in its discretion.

The actual annual cash bonuses awarded to each named executive officer for 2020 performance are set forth above in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “Bonus”.

Equity Compensation

Each of our named executive officers currently holds outstanding stock option awards granted pursuant to the 2018 Plan. In addition, Mr. Wujek holds a value appreciation rights award granted pursuant to the 2018 Plan. In 2020, Mr. Maslowski was granted a stock option award covering 5,500 shares; none of our other named executive officers were granted stock options or other stock awards in 2020. The stock options and value appreciation rights generally vest annually over five years from the applicable grant date, subject to continued service, and will accelerate in full upon the occurrence of a “change in control” of the Company (as defined in the 2018 Plan).

In connection with this offering, we intend to the 2021 Plan in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to directors, employees (including our named executive officers) and consultants of our company and certain of its affiliates and to enable us to obtain and retain the services of these individuals, which is essential to our long-term success. We expect that the 2021 Plan will be effective as of the date immediately preceding the date on which this offering is consummated. For additional information about the 2021 Plan, please see the section titled “—Equity Compensation Plans” below.

In connection with the consummation of this offering, each of                 will receive an option to purchase                shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus, which option will vest as to                , subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

Other Elements of Compensation

Retirement Plans

We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees. In 2020, contributions made by participants in the 401(k) plan were matched up to a specified percentage of the employee contributions on behalf of the named executive officers. These matching contributions are fully vested as of the date on which the contribution is made. We anticipate that, following the consummation of the IPO, our named executive officers will continue to participate in this 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees.

155

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

Health/Welfare Plans.    All of our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including:

• medical, dental and vision benefits;

• medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts;

• short-term and long-term disability insurance; and

• life insurance.

We believe that the employee benefits described above are necessary and appropriate to provide a competitive compensation package to our named executive officers.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer as of December 31, 2020.

			Option Awards
Name	Type of Equity Award	Grant Date(1)	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable		Option Exercise Price ($)		Option Expiration Date
John Maslowski	Stock Option	October 1, 2020		5,500		52.61		9/30/2030
Mary Spellman	Stock Option	May 31, 2019		5,000		113.36		5/30/2029
Gregory Wujek	Stock Option	March 1, 2019		5,750		113.36		2/28/2029
	VAR	October 3, 2016		1,750		144.88		10/2/2026

(1) Except as otherwise noted, each option and VAR vests and becomes exercisable as to 20% of the total number of shares underlying the option or VAR on the first five anniversaries of the grant date, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date; provided that the award will vest in full in the event of a “change in control” of the Company (as defined in the 2018 Plan).

Executive Compensation Arrangements

John Maslowski Amended and Restated Employment Agreement

Mr. Maslowski is a party to an amended and restated employment agreement with Fibrocell, dated as of August 20, 2019, which we assumed in connection with our acquisition of Fibrocell, pursuant to which Mr. Maslowski served as our Chief Executive Officer.

Mr. Maslowski’s initial base salary under the employment agreement was $425,000 per year, which was increased to $437,750 in 2020. In addition, the employment agreement provides that Mr. Maslowski is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 50% of his base salary, to be paid based on the achievement of company and individual performance goals. Mr. Maslowski is also eligible to participate in the all employee compensation and health and welfare benefit plans and programs on the same basis as our similarly situated senior management employees.

Under the employment agreement, if Mr. Maslowski’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or due to his resignation for “good reason” (each, as defined in the employment agreement), then, subject to his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims, he will be eligible to receive (i) continued payment of his base salary for a period of 12 months, and (ii) provided that he has timely elected COBRA, an

156

amount equal to his COBRA premiums until the earlier to occur of (a) the 12-month anniversary of his termination date or (b) the date on which he receives health benefits from another employer or is otherwise no longer eligible to receive COBRA. If Mr. Maslowski’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or due to his resignation for “good reason” during the period beginning 90 days prior to and ending 18 months following a “change in control” (as defined in the employment agreement), then, subject to his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims, instead of the severance payments and benefits described above, Mr. Maslowski will be eligible to receive (i) a lump-sum cash payment equal to the sum of (a) 1.5 times his then current base salary and (b) his target annual bonus, (ii) provided that he has timely elected COBRA, an amount equal to his COBRA premiums until the earlier to occur of (a) the 18-month anniversary of his termination date or (b) the date on which he receives health benefits from another employer or is otherwise no longer eligible to receive COBRA, and (iii) full accelerated vesting of his outstanding and unvested equity awards, with performance vesting awards vesting at the greater of target or pro-rata actual performance. Pursuant to the employment agreement, in the event that any amounts payable to Mr. Maslowski are subject to an excise tax pursuant to Section 280G or Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, Mr. Maslowski will receive either (i) the full amount of such payments, or (ii) such payments reduced to the least extent necessary to prevent the application of such excise tax, whichever will result in the greatest after tax benefit to Maslowski.

Mr. Maslowski’s employment agreement contains customary confidentiality, non-solicitation, non-competition and intellectual property assignment provisions.

Mary Spellman Offer Letter

We have entered into an employment offer letter with Dr. Spellman, dated April 9, 2019, pursuant to which Dr. Spellman serves as our Chief Medical Officer. Dr. Spellman’s employment pursuant to the offer letter is “at-will” and is terminable by either party for any reason and with or without notice.

Pursuant to her offer letter, Dr. Spellman was entitled to receive an initial base salary of $430,000, which was increased to $437,575 in 2020. In addition, the offer letter provides that Dr. Spellman is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 50% of her base salary, to be paid based on the achievement of company and individual performance goals. In connection with her entry in to the offer letter, Dr. Spellman was granted a stock option award covering 5,000 shares of our common stock, which vests as to 20% of the shares underlying the stock option on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date; provided that in the event of a “change in control” of the Company as defined in the 2018 Plan, the stock option will vest in full. Pursuant to the offer letter, Dr. Spellman was also paid a one-time cash bonus equal to $65,000 in connection with her commencement of employment and was entitled to payment of up to $25,000 in respect of relocation expenses. The offer letter also provides that Dr. Spellman is eligible to participate in the health and welfare benefit plans and programs maintained by us for the benefit of our employees.

Pursuant to the offer letter, if Dr. Spellman’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause, then she will be eligible to receive severance in an amount equal to one year’s base salary.

Gregory Wujek Offer Letter

We have entered into an offer letter with Mr. Wujek, dated September 27, 2016, pursuant to which Mr. Wujek initially served as our Vice President, Market Access. Mr. Wujek currently serves as our Chief Commercial Officer. Mr. Wujek’s employment pursuant to the offer letter is “at-will” and is terminable by either party for any reason and with or without notice.

Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Wujek was entitled to receive an initial base salary of $235,000, which was increased to $347,625 in 2020. In addition, the offer letter provides that Mr. Wujek is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 30% of his base salary, to be paid based on the achievement of company and

157

individual performance goals. In connection with his entry into the offer letter, Mr. Wujek was granted an award of 1,750 value appreciation rights, or VARs, which vests as to 20% of the VARs on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date; provided that in the event of a “change in control” of the Company as defined in the 2018 Plan, the VARs will vest in full. In addition to the VARs granted pursuant to the offer letter, on March 1, 2019, Mr. Wujek was granted a stock option award covering 5,750 shares of our common stock, which vests as to 20% of the shares underlying the stock option on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date and subject to accelerated vesting in the event of a “change in control” of the Company (as defined in the 2018 Plan). The offer letter also provides that Mr. Wujek is eligible to participate in the health and welfare benefit plans and programs maintained by us for the benefit of our employees.

Matthew Gantz Offer Letter

We have entered into an offer letter with Mr. Gantz, dated as of February 11, 2021, pursuant to which Mr. Gantz serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Gantz’s employment pursuant to the offer letter is “at-will” and is terminable by either party for any reason and with or without notice.

Pursuant to his offer letter, Mr. Gantz is entitled to receive a base salary of $460,000 and is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 50% of his base salary, to be paid based on the achievement of company and individual performance goals. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Gantz will be granted a stock option award covering 9,000 shares of our common stock, which will vest as to 20% of the shares subject to the option on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date. The offer letter also provides that in the event of an initial public offering by the Company, Mr. Gantz’s total compensation will be reassessed and the Company anticipates that Mr. Gantz will be granted additional stock options that, when added to the initial grant described above, will result in a total stock option grant representing a minimum of 1% of the Company’s equity on a fully diluted basis.

Mr. Gantz is also eligible to earn a one-time cash bonus equal to $100,000, payable in two installments, the first of which was paid in connection with the start of his employment on March 22, 2021 and the second of which will be paid following the consummation of this offering, subject to Mr. Gantz’s employment through the payment date and further subject to repayment if Mr. Gantz’s employment with us is terminated for any reason within six months of the applicable payment date. The offer letter also provides that Mr. Gantz is eligible to participate in the health and welfare benefit plans and programs maintained by us for the benefit of our employees.

Equity Compensation Plans

The following summarizes the material terms of the 2018 Plan, under which we have previously made periodic grants of equity and equity-based awards to our named executive officers and other key employees. In addition, we intend to adopt the 2021 Plan in connection with the consummation of this offering. The terms of the 2021 Plan have not yet been finalized.

2018 Plan

The 2018 Plan, as amended and restated, was adopted by our board of directors, effective as of October 9, 2018. As of                , 2021, options to purchase                shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price per share of $        and                shares of our common stock subject to VAR awards remained outstanding under the 2018 Plan.

Administration.  Our board of directors or a committee designated by our board of directors including at least one member of board of directors, has the authority to administer the 2018 Plan and the awards granted under it. The administrator has the authority to select eligible persons to participate in the plan; determine the

158

sizes and types of those awards under the 2018 Plan and determine the terms and conditions of such awards in a manner consistent with the 2018 Plan. In addition, the plan administrator has the authority to construe and interpret the 2018 Plan and any agreement or instrument entered into under the 2018 Plan, establish, amend or waive rules and regulations for the 2018 Plan’s administration, subject to the provisions of the 2018 Plan, amend the terms and conditions of any outstanding award to the extent the terms are within the plan administrator’s discretion under the 2018 Plan and make all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable to administer the 2018 Plan. As permitted by law and consistent with the 2018 Plan, the plan administrator may delegate some or all of its authority under the 2018 Plan.

Share Reserve.    An aggregate of 194,571 shares of our Series A-6 redeemable convertible preferred stock, or Series A-6 Preferred Stock, and 72,106 shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2018 Plan; provided that the number of shares of Series A-6 Preferred Stock authorized for issuance under the 2018 Plan will be decreased by any shares Series A-6 Preferred Stock subject to VARs outstanding as of the effective date of the 2018 Plan that are subsequently repurchased by us or are otherwise forfeited or surrendered to the Company, and the number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2018 Plan will be correspondingly increased. Awards or shares that are subsequently forfeited, canceled, surrendered, terminated, paid, or settled without the issuance of shares or repurchased by the Company will again be available for issuance under the 2018 Plan.

Awards.    The 2018 Plan provides that the plan administrator may grant or issue stock options, VARs, and restricted stock awards to eligible employees, independent contractors and directors. In general, awards granted under the 2018 Plan may not be sold or otherwise transferred except to the extent provided in the applicable award agreement.

• Stock Options.    Stock options may be granted to any eligible person. The exercise price of stock options granted to employees, directors or consultants will be determined by the plan administrator and set forth in an applicable award agreement. No stock option award may have a term of more than ten years following the date of grant.

• VARs.    VARs may be granted to any eligible person and entitle the holder to the difference between the fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock or Series A-6 Preferred Stock, as applicable, and the applicable exercise price. The exercise price of VARs granted to employees, directors or consultants will be determined by the plan administrator and set forth in an applicable award agreement. No VAR award may have a term of more than ten years following the date of grant.

• Restricted Stock.    Restricted stock may be granted to any eligible individual, and made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by the plan administrator. Restricted stock is generally forfeited for no consideration if the conditions or restrictions on vesting are not met.

Adjustments of Awards.    If any shares of our common stock or Series A-6 Preferred Stock are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities (whether because of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, split, reverse split, combination of units, or otherwise, but not including a sale of such shares), then the plan administrator will make adjustments to the number and class of shares available for issuance under the 2018 Plan and the number, class and price of shares subject to outstanding awards.

Change in Control.    In the event of a change in control, the plan administrator has discretion to determine the treatment of each outstanding award, and may provide that the awards will be assumed or substituted, that the awards will accelerate in part or in full immediately prior to the change in control or that awards will terminate in exchange for cash or other property or take any other action that the plan administrator deems appropriate. Vested VAR awards are generally not exercisable until a change of control event occurs, which is considered a performance condition.

Right of Repurchase.    Pursuant to the 2018 Plan, if a participant experiences a termination of service for any reason other than by the Company for “cause”, the Company will have the right, but not the obligation, to

159

repurchase, at fair market value, shares subject to vested awards or issued in respect of the exercise of stock options granted under the 2018 Plan. If a participant experiences a termination of service by the Company for “cause” all awards, whether vested or unvested, will be forfeited as of the applicable termination date.

Amendment and Termination.    The plan administrator may alter, amend, modify or terminate the 2018 Plan at any time. In addition, subject to the terms of the 2018 Plan, the plan administrator may alter, amend or modify outstanding awards granted under the 2018 Plan, provided that, except for alterations, amendments or modifications deemed necessary to comply with applicable legal or accounting requirements, no alteration, amendment or modification an award may, without the prior written consent of the participant, materially impair any right or obligation under any award previously granted under the 2018 Plan. Following this offering and in connection with the effectiveness of our 2021 Plan, the 2018 Plan will terminate and no further awards will be granted under the 2018 Plan. However, all outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

2021 Incentive Award Plan

We intend to adopt the 2021 Plan under which we may grant cash and equity-based incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the 2021 Plan have not yet been determined and will be summarized in a subsequent filing.

Director Compensation

None of our non-employee directors received compensation for services performed as members of our board of directors in 2020.

In connection with the consummation of this public offering, we intend to approve and implement a compensation program for our non-employee directors that consists of annual retainer fees and long-term equity awards. Pursuant to the program, each non-employee director is expected to receive an annual cash retainer for his or her services in an amount equal to $        and an annual equity award in a denominated dollar value equal to $        .

160

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2018 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock, or 5% Security Holders, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described under “Executive and Director Compensation.” We also describe below certain other transactions with our directors, executive officers and stockholders.

Related Party Agreements in Effect Prior to this Offering

Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

On October 9, 2018, we issued and sold to investors in a private placement an aggregate of 174,334 shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $411.85 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $71.8 million.

The following table sets forth the aggregate number of Series B Preferred Stock acquired by 5% Security Holders in the financing transactions described above.

Participants	Series B Preferred Stock		Aggregate Purchase Price (in thousands)
Greater than 5% Stockholders(1)
Valor CCP Holdings, LLC(2)		133,543	$	55,000
Entities affiliated with FMR LLC (Fidelity)(3)		40,791	$	17,000

(1) Additional details regarding these stockholders and their equity holdings are provided in this prospectus under the caption “Principal Stockholders.”

(2) Antonio Gracias, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Valor CCP Holdings, LLC.

(3) Consists of 3,301 shares of Series B Preferred Stock purchased by Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund, 14,708 shares of Series B Preferred Stock purchased by Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool, 4,910 shares of Series B Preferred Stock purchased by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund, 16,803 shares of Series B Preferred Stock purchased by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund, and 1,069 shares of Series B Preferred Stock purchased by Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Series Blue Chip Growth Fund.

Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

On December 9, 2019, we issued and sold to investors in a private placement an aggregate of 132,578 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $411.85 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $54.6 million. Additionally, on February 27, 2020, we issued and sold to investors in a private placement an aggregate of 1,961 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at a price of $411.85 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $0.8 million.

161

The following table sets forth the aggregate number of Series C Preferred Stock acquired by 5% Security Holders in the financing transactions described above.

Participants	Series C Preferred Stock		Aggregate Purchase Price (in thousands)
Greater than 5% Stockholders(1)
Valor CCP Holdings, LLC(2)		42,492	$	17,500
Marshman Fund Trust II		42,492	$	17,500
Entities affiliated with FMR LLC (Fidelity)(3)		26,952	$	11,100

(1) Additional details regarding these stockholders and their equity holdings are provided in this prospectus under the caption “Principal Stockholders.”

(2) Antonio Gracias, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Valor CCP Holdings, LLC.

(3) Consists of 2,570 shares of Series C Preferred Stock purchased by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund, 10,500 shares of Series C Preferred Stock purchased by Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool, 13,100 shares of Series C Preferred Stock purchased by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund, 582 shares of Series C Preferred Stock purchased by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company K6 Fund, and 200 shares of Series C Preferred Stock purchased by Fidelity Select Portfolios: Pharmaceutical Portfolio.

Management and Other Agreements

We are party to a Management Services Agreement with Paragon, entered into on October 9, 2018, or the Effective Date, pursuant to which Paragon provides to us certain professional services. In addition, the Chairman of our board of directors, Jeffrey S. Aronin, is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Paragon. Marshman Fund Trust I holds 99% of the LLC interests of Paragon. Mr. Aronin serves as the sole trustee of Marshman Fund Trust I and has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to such LLC interests. In exchange for services provided to us under the Management Services Agreement, we pay to Paragon a management fee of approximately $0.3 million per each calendar month. This fee is reduced to approximately $0.2 million per each calendar month following the third anniversary of the Effective Date. For each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we incurred approximately $4.1 million in management fee expense and other related expenses to Paragon, which are included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated financial statements of operations. We have the right to terminate the Management Services Agreement upon the consummation of this offering. However, in the event such termination occurs prior to the end of the fourth year following the Effective Date, the terms of the Management Services Agreement require us to pay to Paragon 100% of the remaining amounts to be paid to Paragon under the Management Services Agreement between the date of such termination and the end of such fourth year. We will terminate the Management Services Agreement in connection with this offering and pay Paragon a termination fee of $        million.

We are party to a right of use agreement with Paragon whereby we have access to and the right to use certain office space leased by Paragon in Chicago, Illinois. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we incurred a fee of approximately $0.3 million pursuant to this agreement and this amount was paid to Paragon during the year ended December 31, 2020.

We are party to a letter agreement for advisory services provided by Paragon Health, a broker-dealer and wholly owned subsidiary of Paragon. We incurred debt placement fees of approximately $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 associated with the Loan Agreement with Horizon. We paid equity placement fees of approximately $0.7 million to Paragon Health for the year ended December 31, 2019 associated with the offering of our Series C Preferred Stock.

In 2018, we sold all rights, title and interest in and to a pre-Phase 1 development program for approximately $0.3 million to Skyline Biosciences, LLC, an entity that shares common ownership with us. The transaction was recorded in other income for the year ended December 31, 2018.

162

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

In connection with the issuance of our Series C Preferred Stock on December 9, 2019, we entered into an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, or the IRA, pursuant to which certain holders of our Preferred Stock, or Initiating Holders, many which are beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or are entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, are (and following the closing of this offering will be) entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, as described in additional detail below. Consistent with the Initiating Holders’ obligations under the IRA, in connection with this offering, each Initiating Holder that has registration rights has agreed not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions. For more information regarding such restrictions, see the section captioned “Underwriting.”

Demand Registration Rights

Pursuant to the IRA, the Initiating Holders are entitled to certain demand registration rights, including to demand registration of their registrable securities 180 days following the completion of this offering. The Initiating Holders holding more than 50% of the registrable securities have the right to require us, on not more than five occasions, to file a registration statement under the Securities Act in order to register the resale of their shares of common stock. We may, in certain circumstances, defer such registrations, and the underwriters have the right, subject to certain limitations, to limit the number of shares included in such registrations.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act, in connection with the public offering of such securities, the Initiating Holders will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights, allowing them to request to include their registrable securities in such registration, subject to certain limitations. If our proposed registration involves an underwriting, the managing underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the number of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

S-3 Registration Rights

After we are qualified for registration on Form S-3, the Initiating Holders, as holders of registrable securities, may make a written request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on Form S-3; provided, that no such registration is required to be made (i) during the period that is 60 days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is 90 days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, or (ii) at such time as we have effected two such registrations in the last 12 months. We may, in certain circumstances, defer such registrations, and the underwriters have the right, subject to certain limitations, to limit the number of shares included in such registrations.

Expenses

Subject to specified conditions and limitations, we are required to pay all expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, stock transfer taxes, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any holder (except selling holder counsel) incurred in connection with any exercise of these registration rights.

Indemnification

The IRA contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, pursuant to which we are obligated to indemnify the selling holders of registrable securities in the event of any damages from an untrue (or allegedly untrue) statement of a material fact or an omission (or alleged omission) of a material fact in the applicable

163

registration statement attributable to us or our violation of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law, and the selling stockholders are obligated to indemnify us for any damages from an untrue (or allegedly untrue) statement of a material fact or an omission (or alleged omission) of a material fact in the applicable registration statement attributable to us or our violation of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law, only to the extent that such damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon the written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling stockholder(s), subject to certain limitations.

Termination

The registration rights terminate upon the earliest of: (i) such date after the completion of this offering on which all shares of registrable securities may be sold during any three (3) month period pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act, (ii) the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (iii) the occurrence of a deemed liquidation event, or (iv) the redemption date, with respect to any shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, subject to certain limitations.

Amended and Restated Voting Agreement

In connection with the issuance of our Series C Preferred Stock on December 9, 2019, we entered into an Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, or the Voting Agreement, which, among other things, provides the terms for the voting of shares with respect to the constituency of our board of directors. Pursuant to the terms of the Voting Agreement, the following directors were elected to serve as members of our board of directors, and, as of the date of this prospectus, continue to so serve: Jeffrey S. Aronin, , Patrick J. Morris and Antonio Gracias. Messrs. Aronin and Morris were selected to serve on our board of directors as designated by the Marshman Fund Trust II and Mr. Gracias was selected to serve on our board of directors as designated by Valor CCP Holdings, LLC. Matthew Gantz was selected to serve on our board of directors upon becoming our Chief Executive Officer. Messrs. Aronin, Gantz, Morris and Gracias are joined on our board of directors by John Maslowski and, together with the aforementioned directors, possess relevant industry experience and are acceptable to a majority of the Initiating Holders as parties to the Voting Agreement.

The Voting Agreement, including its provisions concerning the rights of certain of the Initiating Holders to designate directors, will terminate automatically upon the consummation of this offering.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements or consulting agreements with each of our executive officers. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Executive Compensation Arrangements.”

Director and Officer Indemnification and Insurance

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. We have also purchased directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. See “Description of Capital Stock—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction,

164

arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 in any fiscal year and a related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

165

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information as of                 , 2021 with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

• each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock

• each of our named executive officers;

• each of our directors; and

• all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined in accordance with the rules issued by the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. Except as indicated in the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the individuals and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them, subject to any community property laws.

Percentage ownership of our common stock before this offering is based on                shares of common stock outstanding as of                , 2021. Percentage ownership of our common stock after this offering is based on                shares of common stock as of December 31, 2020, after giving effect to our issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless noted otherwise, the address of all listed stockholders is 405 Eagleview Boulevard, Exton, Pennsylvania 19341.

	Shares  Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering		Shares  Beneficially Owned After Offering
Name of Beneficial Owner	Number	Percentage	Number	Percentage
5% or Greater Stockholders
Entities affiliated with the Marshman Fund Trusts(1)
Valor CCP Holdings, LLC(2)
Entities affiliated with FMR LLC (Fidelity)(3)
Named Executive Officers and Directors
Matthew Gantz.
Mary Spellman, M.D.
John Maslowski.
Gregory Wujek
Jeffrey S. Aronin
Antonio Gracias(2)
Patrick J. Morris
All current executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons)

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)

(2)

(3)

166

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

At or prior to the consummation of this offering, we will file an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and we will adopt our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize capital stock consisting of:

•             shares of common stock, par value $0.00001 per share; and

•             shares of preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share.

We are selling                shares of common stock in this offering (                shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full). All shares of our common stock outstanding upon consummation of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

The following summary describes the material provisions of our capital stock. We urge you to read our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws summarized below may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock.

Common Stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of our common stock do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Our common stock has no preemptive rights, conversion rights or other subscription rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities and any liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock. The shares to be issued by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Upon our dissolution or liquidation, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any preferred stock then outstanding.

Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock.

Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to                shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include

167

dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after consummation of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

Our IRA provides that certain holders of our Preferred Stock have certain registration rights as set forth below. The registration of shares of our common stock by the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, stock transfer taxes, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the selling holder counsel, of the shares registered by the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire on the five-year anniversary of the closing of this offering, or with respect to any particular stockholder, such time after the closing of this offering that such stockholder can sell all of its shares entitled to registration rights under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period.

Demand Registration Rights

Any holder or holders of more than 50% of our common stock then outstanding converted from our Preferred Stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning 180 days after the closing of this offering, the holders of more than 50% of these shares may request that we register all or a portion of their shares on a Form S-1 registration statement; provided, that we are obligated to effect only five such registrations. Upon receipt of a request to file a Form S-1 registration statement, we must notify all other holders of our common stock converted from our Preferred Stock and, within 90 days, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act. We are not obligated to take any action to effect any registration during the period that is 60 days before our good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is 180 days after the effective date of, a registration statement initiated by us. Additionally, if our board of directors determines that it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than twice in any 12-month period, for a period of not more than 120 days.

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, pursuant to the IRA, each holder of each series of our Preferred Stock was entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. After the completion of this offering, in the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of common stock converted from our Preferred Stock will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. If a holder decides not to include all of its shares in any registration statement filed by us, it shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include its shares in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as we may file with respect to offerings of our securities. We have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated whether or not any holder has elected to include securities in such registration upon prompt notice to such holder or holders.

168

Form S-3 Registration

After the completion of this offering, any holder or holders of the common stock then outstanding converted from our Preferred Stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. One or more holders of these shares may make a written request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on a registration statement on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3. Upon receipt of a request to file a Form S-3 registration statement, we must notify all other holders of our common stock converted from our Preferred Stock and, within 45 days, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act. We are not obligated to take any action to effect any registration during the period that is 60 days before our good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is 90 days after the effective date of, a registration statement initiated by us. Additionally, if our board of directors determines that it would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than twice in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 120 days.

Forum Selection

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or as to which the DGCL confers exclusive jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery; or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision.

Dividends

Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The time and amount of dividends will be dependent upon our business prospects, results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, debt repayment obligations, capital expenditure needs, contractual restrictions, covenants in the agreements governing our current and future indebtedness, industry trends, the provisions of Delaware law affecting the payment of distributions to stockholders and any other factors our board of directors may consider relevant. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness, and therefore do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock—We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation of the value of our common stock.”

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, will contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders.

169

However, they also give our board of directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the market price of our common stock.”

Authorized but Unissued Shares

The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and our preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Market. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Classified Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible and each class serving three-year staggered terms. In all other cases and at any other time, directors may only be removed from our board of directors for cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote. See “Management—Composition of our Board of Directors.” These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control of us or our management.

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders will not be able to take action by written consent for any matter and may only take action at annual or special meetings. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws, unless previously approved by our board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer, our president or another officer selected by a majority of our board of directors, thus limiting the ability of a stockholder to call a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice and duration of ownership requirements and provide us with certain information. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors or by a qualified stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities until the next stockholder meeting.

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares entitled to vote is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless a corporation’s

170

certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage. Upon consummation of this offering, our bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders a majority of the votes which all our stockholders would be eligible to cast in an election of directors.

Section 203 of the DGCL

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits persons deemed “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors, such as discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price of our common stock.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our amended and restated bylaws provide indemnification for our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, along with the right to have expenses incurred in defending proceedings paid in advance of their final disposition. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may, in some cases, be broader than the specific indemnification and advancement provisions contained under our amended and restated bylaws and provided under Delaware law. In addition, as permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of certain fiduciary duties as a director. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our stockholders to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duties as a director.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Corporate Opportunity Doctrine

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounces any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors or certain of our stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those opportunities our officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates are presented with while acting in their capacity as an employee, officer or director of us or our affiliates. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to an employee director, employee officer or employee in his or her capacity as a director, officer or employee of Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly

171

demand and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such mergers or consolidations will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery, subject to certain limitations.

Stockholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, in certain circumstances. Among other things, either the stockholder bringing any such action must be a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock must have thereafter devolved by operation of law, and such stockholder must continuously hold shares through the resolution of such action.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                 .

Trading Symbol and Market

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, under the symbol “CCBS.”

172

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of                  shares of common stock, assuming the issuance of                  shares of common stock offered by us in this offering. Of these shares, all shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Piper Sandler & Co., as representatives of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to certain exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

• offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition of any shares of our common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of our common stock; or

• enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, all or a portion of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock,

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. These agreements are subject to certain exceptions, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Underwriting.”

The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any shares subject to a lock-up, and will consider the release of any lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a lock-up, the representatives of the underwriters would consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares requested to be released, reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market or our common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours.

Upon the expiration of the applicable lock-up periods, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale,

173

who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least 180 days would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

• 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding; and

• the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and Nasdaq concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

Under Rule 144, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. Our affiliates can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to our IRA, beginning six months after the completion of this offering, the holders of up to                shares of our common stock, or certain transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for a description of these registration rights. If the offer and sale of these shares of our common stock are registered, the shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market.

174

Registration Statements on Form S-8

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options, VARs and common stock issuable, under our equity incentive plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to these stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

175

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or foreign tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, in effect as of the date of this offering. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a non-U.S. holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a non-U.S. holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the alternative minimum tax or the unearned income Medicare contribution tax. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to holders subject to particular rules, including, without limitation:

• U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

• persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

• banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

• brokers, dealers or traders in securities or currencies;

• persons that hold more than 5% of our common stock, directly or indirectly;

• “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

• corporations organized outside of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia that are nonetheless treated as U.S. taxpayers for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

• partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

• tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

• persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

• persons for whom our common stock constitutes “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Code;

• persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

• qualified foreign pension funds as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds;

• persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our common stock being taken into account in an applicable financial statement; and

• tax-qualified retirement plans.

176

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED AS LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person,” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

• an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

• a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

• an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

• a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, such distributions of cash or property on our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock.”

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock that are not effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

Non-U.S. holders will be entitled to a reduction in or an exemption from withholding on dividends as a result of either (a) an applicable income tax treaty or (b) the non-U.S. holder holding our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States and dividends being effectively connected with that trade or business. To claim such a reduction in or exemption from withholding, the non-U.S. holder must provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed (a) IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) claiming an exemption from or reduction of the withholding tax

177

under the benefit of an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established, or (b) IRS Form W-8ECI stating that the dividends are not subject to withholding tax because they are effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States, as may be applicable. These certifications must be provided to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If a non-U.S. holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide the applicable withholding agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

If dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), then, although exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (provided the non-U.S. holder provides appropriate certification, as described above), the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates. In addition, a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year that are attributable to such dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

• the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

• the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

• our common stock constitute U.S. real property interests, or USRPIs, by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits, as adjusted for certain items, which will include such effectively connected gain.

A non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States) provided the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we would be a USRPHC if our USRPIs comprise (by fair market value) at least half of our business assets. We believe we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming

178

a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our other business assets and our non-U.S. real property interests, however, there can be no assurance we are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock are “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such non-U.S. holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Subject to the discussion below on foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to backup withholding with respect to distributions on our common stock we make to the non-U.S. holder, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know such holder is a U.S. person and the holder certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or other applicable certification. However, information returns generally will be filed with the IRS in connection with any distributions (including deemed distributions) made on our common stock to the non-U.S. holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

Information reporting and backup withholding may apply to the proceeds of a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States, and information reporting may (although backup withholding generally will not) apply to the proceeds of a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock outside the United States conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, in each case, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, or other applicable form (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person) or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code, such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends paid on our common stock, or (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code) (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity is acting as an intermediary), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an

179

agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends paid on our common stock. While withholding under FATCA would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock, recently proposed Treasury Regulations, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock. In its preamble to such proposed regulations, the U.S. Treasury Department stated that taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of FATCA.

180

UNDERWRITING

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Piper Sandler & Co. are acting as joint book-running managers of this offering and as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of shares of our common stock indicated below:

Underwriters	Number of Shares
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Piper Sandler & Co.
Total

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the shares of our common stock included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all of the shares of our common stock (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of the shares.

Shares of our common stock sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares of our common stock sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount from the initial public offering price not to exceed $         per share. After the initial public offering of the shares of our common stock, if all the shares of our common stock are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to make sales to discretionary accounts.

If the underwriters sell more shares of our common stock than the total number set forth in the table above, we have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                additional shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional shares of our common stock approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment set forth in the table above. Any shares of our common stock issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other shares of our common stock that are the subject of this offering.

We, our officers and directors and substantially all of our stockholders have agreed that, subject to specified limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of the representatives, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, including the filing of a registration statement in respect of, or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, our common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to our directors, officers and shareholders with respect to the following, subject to specified conditions:

• transfers by a bona fide gift or gifts, or by will or intestacy upon the death of the shareholder;

• transfers to a trust, partnership or limited liability company for the direct or indirect benefit of the shareholder or the immediate family of the shareholder;

• transfers to any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary, limited partners, members, stockholders, other equity holders or trust beneficiaries of the shareholder or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by or under common control or management with the shareholder;

181

• transfers to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses above;

• transfers pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency or to comply with any regulations related to the shareholder’s ownership of the shareholder’s securities;

• transfers to the company as the result of a vesting, conversion, exercise or exchange of any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock pursuant to any existing employee benefit plans described in this prospectus, including shares of common stock surrendered or transferred to the company in connection with a “cashless” or “net exercise” to cover tax withholding obligations of the shareholder in connection with such vesting, conversion, exercise or exchange convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock pursuant to existing employee benefit plans;

• transfer pursuant to a change of control of the company that has been approved by the company’s board of directors;

• transfers that were acquired in the offering or in open market transactions following the date of the underwriting agreement; and

• transfers pursuant to the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters.

The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release the common shares and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our results of operations, our current financial condition, our future prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management, and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the price at which the shares of our common stock will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our shares of common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

We have applied for listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CCBS.”

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters and proceeds to us, before expenses, in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option:

		Total
	Per Share	No Exercise	Full Exercise
Public offering price	$	$	$
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us	$	$	$
Proceeds to us, before expenses	$	$	$

We estimate that expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        . We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses in an amount up to $         relating to the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our common stock in the open market. Purchases and sales in the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover short positions,

182

which may include purchases pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option, and other transactions that would stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock.

• Short sales involve secondary market sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of our common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering:

• “Covered” short sales are sales of shares of our common stock in an amount up to the number of shares of our common stock represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

• “Naked” short sales are sales of shares of our common stock in an amount in excess of the number of shares of our common stock represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

• The underwriters can close out a short position by purchasing additional shares of our common stock, either pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option or in the open market.

• To close a naked short position, the underwriters must purchase shares of our common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

• To close a covered short position, the underwriters must purchase shares of our common stock in the open market or exercise their over-allotment option. In determining the source of shares of our common stock to close the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares of our common stock available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares of our common stock through their over-allotment option.

• As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, as long as such bids do not exceed a specified maximum, to stabilize the price of the shares of our common stock.

Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the shares. They may also cause the price of the shares of our common stock to be higher than the price that would otherwise prevail in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. The underwriters are not required to engage in any of these transactions and may discontinue them at any time.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their respective affiliates. The representatives may agree with us to allocate a number of shares of our common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ or their respective affiliates’ websites and any information contained in any other website maintained by any of the underwriters or their respective affiliates is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors in this offering.

Other Relationships

The underwriters are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may,

183

from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (which may include bank loans or credit default swaps) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of shares of our common stock described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:

• to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

• to fewer than 100 or, if the relevant member state has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by us for any such offer; or

• in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of our common stock, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the relevant member state) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the relevant member state, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

The sellers of the shares of our common stock have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of shares of our common stock through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the shares of our common stock as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares of our common stock, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the shares of our common stock on behalf of the sellers or the underwriters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (1) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the Order, or (2) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (each such person being referred to as a relevant person).

184

This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or Corporations Act) in relation to our common stock has been or will be lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission, or ASIC. This document has not been lodged with ASIC and is only directed to certain categories of exempt persons. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:

• you confirm and warrant that you are either:

• a “sophisticated investor” under Section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

• a “sophisticated investor” under Section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to us which complies with the requirements of Section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made; a person associated with the company under Section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or

• a “professional investor” within the meaning of Section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act, and to the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this document is void and incapable of acceptance; and

• you warrant and agree that you will not offer any of our common stock for resale in Australia within 12 months of that common stock being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under Section 708 of the Corporations Act.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The securities may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to Section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Chile

The shares of our common stock are not registered in the Securities Registry (Registro de Valores) or subject to the control of the Chilean Securities and Exchange Commission (Superintendencia de Valores y Seguros de Chile). This prospectus and other offering materials relating to the offer of the shares do not

185

constitute a public offer of, or an invitation to subscribe for or purchase, the shares in the Republic of Chile, other than to individually identified purchasers pursuant to a private offering within the meaning of Article 4 of the Chilean Securities Market Act (Ley de Mercado de Valores) (an offer that is not “addressed to the public at large or to a certain sector or specific group of the public”).

Notice to Prospective Investors in France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The shares of our common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares of our common stock has been or will be:

• released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

• used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the shares of our common stock to the public in France.

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

• to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier;

• to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

• in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1° -or-2° -or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public à l’épargne).

The shares of our common stock may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares of our common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (2) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of our common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of our common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the State of Israel

In the State of Israel this prospectus shall not be regarded as an offer to the public to purchase shares of common stock under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968, which requires a prospectus to be published and

186

authorized by the Israel Securities Authority, if it complies with certain provisions of Section 15 of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968, including, inter alia, if: (1) the offer is made, distributed or directed to not more than 35 investors, subject to certain conditions, or the Addressed Investors; or (2) the offer is made, distributed or directed to certain qualified investors defined in the First Addendum of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968, subject to certain conditions, or Qualified Investors. The Qualified Investors shall not be taken into account in the count of the Addressed Investors and may be offered to purchase securities in addition to the 35 Addressed Investors. We have not and will not take any action that would require us to publish a prospectus in accordance with and subject to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968. We have not and will not distribute this prospectus or make, distribute or direct an offer to subscribe for our common stock to any person within the State of Israel, other than to Qualified Investors and up to 35 Addressed Investors.

Qualified Investors may have to submit written evidence that they meet the definitions set out in of the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968. In particular, we may request that Qualified Investors will each represent, warrant and certify to us and/or to anyone acting on our behalf: (1) that it is an investor falling within one of the categories listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968; (2) which of the categories listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968 regarding Qualified Investors is applicable to it; (3) that it will abide by all provisions set forth in the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968 and the regulations promulgated thereunder in connection with this offering; (4) that the shares of common stock that it will be issued are, subject to exemptions available under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 -1968: (a) for its own account; (b) for investment purposes only; and (c) not issued with a view to resale within the State of Israel, other than in accordance with the provisions of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 -1968; and (5) that it is willing to provide further evidence of its Qualified Investor status. Addressed Investors may have to submit written evidence in respect of their identity and may have to sign and submit a declaration containing, inter alia, the Addressed Investor’s name, address and passport number or Israeli identification number.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares of our common stock offered in this prospectus have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan. The shares of our common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan (including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), except (1) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and (2) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of our common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of our common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (2) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares of our common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant party which is:

• a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

187

• a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares of our common stock and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares of our common stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

• to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares of our common stock and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

• where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

• where the transfer is by operation of law.

188

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Chicago, Illinois. Goodwin Procter LLP, New York, New York has acted as counsel for the underwriters in connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 included in this registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements). Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits filed with the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about registrants, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. These reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available on the website of the SEC referred to above.

We also maintain a website at www.castlecreekbio.com, through which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on or accessed through our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

189

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries As of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets		F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss		F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit		F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows		F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-7

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the stockholders and the Board of Directors of Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has incurred recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

April 8, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.

F-2

CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

(U.S. dollars in thousands except share and per share data)

	2020			2019
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	20,565		$	57,188
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		2,503			1,230
Total current assets		23,068			58,418
FIXED ASSETS		3,477			2,178
RESTRICTED CASH		252			327
INTANGIBLE ASSETS		654			873
OTHER NONCURRENT ASSETS		475			—
TOTAL ASSETS	$	27,926		$	61,796
LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable		509			1,642
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		2,200			26,883
Total current liabilities		2,709			28,525
DEFERRED COMPENSATION		711			749
WARRANT LIABILITY		270			—
LONG TERM DEBT, net of placement costs		19,334			—
Total liabilities		23,024			29,274
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 13)
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES:
Series A-1 to A-6 preferred shares, 1,107,359 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019		71,905			71,905
Series B preferred shares, $411.85 stated value, 174,334 authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019		70,541			70,092
Series C preferred shares, $411.85 stated value, 184,534 shares authorized, 134,539 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020; 132,578 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019		54,665			53,692
Total convertible preferred shares		197,111			195,689
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT:
Common shares, $0.00001 par value, 1,581,151 shares authorized, 8,500 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019		—			—
Additional paid in capital		883			669
Total stated value of common shares		883			669
Accumulated deficit		(193,092	)		(163,836	)
Total stockholders’ deficit		(192,209	)		(163,167	)
TOTAL LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT	$	27,926		$	61,796

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-3

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS    

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019    

(U.S. dollars in thousands except share and per share data)    

	2020			2019
EXPENSES:
Research and development	$	15,130		$	81,028
General and administrative		11,533			8,722
Total expenses		26,663			89,750
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS		(26,663	)		(89,750	)
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest income		149			1,183
Interest expense		(2,123	)		—
Other income		18			129
Total other (expense) income		(1,956	)		1,312
Loss before provision for income taxes		(28,619	)		(88,438	)
Income taxes		—			6
Net loss and comprehensive loss	$	(28,619	)	$	(88,444	)
Accretion to redemption value on redeemable convertible preferred stock		(637	)		(457	)
Net loss available to common stockholders	$	(29,256	)	$	(88,901	)
LOSS PER SHARE:
Loss per share, basic and diluted	$	(3,442	)	$	(34,391	)
Weighted average number of shares of common stock, basic and diluted		8,500			2,585

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.    

F-4

CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES    

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT    

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019    

(U.S. dollars in thousands except share and per share data)    

	Convertible Preferred Stock Series A-1 to A-6, B, and C					Common Shares				Additional Paid in  Capital		Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Deficit
	Shares		Amount			Shares		Amount
BALANCE—December 31, 2018		1,281,693	$	141,552			—	$	—	$	—	$	(74,935	)	$	(74,935	)
Net loss													(88,444	)		(88,444	)
Common shares issuance							8,500		—							0
Preferred shares issuance, Series C		132,578		54,602
Preferred shares issuance costs, Series C				(922	)
Accretion of preferred shares, Series B				446									(446	)		(446	)
Accretion of preferred shares, Series C				11									(11	)		(11	)
Stock option expense											98					98
Warrant issuance											571					571
BALANCE—December 31, 2019		1,414,271	$	195,689			8,500	$	—	$	669	$	(163,836	)	$	(163,167	)
Net loss													(28,619	)		(28,619	)
Preferred shares issuance, Series C		1,961		807
Preferred shares issuance costs, Series C				(22	)											—
Accretion of preferred shares, Series B				449									(449	)		(449	)
Accretion of preferred shares, Series C				188									(188	)		(188	)
Stock option expense											214					214
BALANCE—December 31, 2020		1,416,232	$	197,111			8,500	$	—	$	883	$	(193,092	)	$	(192,209	)

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-5

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS    

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019    

(U.S. dollars in thousands except share and per share data)    

	2020			2019
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss	$	(28,619	)	$	(88,444	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		744			50
Amortization of debt issuance and discount costs		516			—
Share-based compensation and other non-cash  items		158			456
In-process research and development expenses		—			72,662
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(1,602	)		59
Non-current assets		(476	)		152
Accounts payable		(1,131	)		(765	)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		(1,217	)		(2,006	)
Net cash used in operating activities		(31,627	)		(17,836	)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Asset acquisition - net of cash		(23,539	)		(42,131	)
Acquisition of license rights		—			(7,500	)
Capital expenditures		(1,674	)		(16	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(25,213	)		(49,647	)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from long-term debt		20,000			—
Issuance costs associated with long-term debt		(844	)		—
Proceeds from sales of Series C preferred shares		1,008			54,402
Issuance costs associated with Series C preferred shares		(22	)		(922	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		20,142			53,480
NET DECREASE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS, AND RESTRICTED CASH		(36,698	)		(14,003	)
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS, AND RESTRICTED CASH—Beginning of year		57,515			71,518
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS, AND RESTRICTED CASH—End of year	$	20,817		$	57,515
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
1. Cash interest paid	$	1,602		$	—
2. Cash tax payments		11			1
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
1. Accretion of preferred units	$	637		$	457
2. Issuance of warrants		287			571
3. Accruals related to property and equipment		72			—

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.    

F-6

CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

In July 2015, Castle Creek Pharmaceuticals, LLC (“CCP LLC”) was formed as a Delaware limited liability company. CCP LLC was formed with the mission of developing and commercializing therapies to make a life-changing impact on patients with the greatest medical need. Often these are rare diseases that are neglected by other companies in the industry.

In September 2018, Castle Creek Pharmaceutical Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”) was incorporated as a Delaware “C” corporation. On October 9, 2018, Holdings and CCP LLC completed a restructuring transaction (“the Restructuring Transaction”) which resulted in CCP LLC becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings. This transaction is reflected as a recapitalization and is accounted for as a change in capital structure. Accordingly, the accounting for the acquisition is identical to that resulting from a reverse acquisition. Because, for accounting purposes, this transaction was treated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805-40, Reverse Acquisitions, the Restructuring Transaction was accounted for as a reverse merger, whereby CCP LLC was considered the accounting acquirer. Under reverse merger accounting, the comparative historical consolidated financial statements of Holdings, as the legal acquirer, are those of CCP LLC. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements of Holdings prior to the closing of the Restructuring Transaction reflect only the business of CCP LLC.

In connection with the Restructuring Transaction, holders of CCP LLC equity contributed their CCP LLC equity to Holdings in exchange for equity in Holdings. Additionally, six Delaware limited liability companies (the “Fidelity Blockers”) which held the CCP LLC equity of Fidelity Management & Research Company (“Fidelity”) prior to the contribution of equity to Holdings became wholly owned subsidiaries of Holdings. On December 31, 2018, the Fidelity Blockers were merged with and into OTC CC Holdings, LLC (“OTC”), one of the six Fidelity Blockers.

In September 2019, an agreement and plan of merger (the “Fibrocell Merger” or “Fibrocell Merger Agreement”) was entered into by and among Holdings, Castle Creek Merger Corp. (“Merger Sub”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings, and Fibrocell Science, Inc. (“Fibrocell”) a publicly traded Delaware corporation (Nasdaq: FCSC). The merger was completed on December 13, 2019 at which time Merger Sub was merged into Fibrocell and thereafter ceased to exist. See Note 3.

On February 12, 2020, Holdings and CCP LLC each filed Certificates of Amendment with the State of Delaware to change their names from Castle Creek Pharmaceutical Holdings, Inc. to Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc. (“CCB”) and from Castle Creek Pharmaceuticals, LLC to Castle Creek Biosciences, LLC (“CCB LLC”), respectively.

On December 31, 2020, the Company consolidated its legal entity structure (the “2020 Restructure”) whereby Fibrocell merged into and with Castle Creek Biosciences, LLC, and OTC merged into and with Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc. Fibrocell and OTC ceased to exist immediately after the mergers.

CCB and its wholly owned subsidiaries, CCB LLC, Fibrocell, and OTC, will be referred to collectively as “the Company”.

Going Concern—The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared as though the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has limited capital resources and has incurred recurring operating losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has an accumulated deficit of approximately $193.1 million. Management expects to

F-7

continue to incur operating losses and negative cash flows from operations. The Company has financed its operations to date with proceeds from the sale of preferred and common units or shares and borrowings under our credit facility.

The Company will need to raise additional capital in order to continue to fund operations and its clinical development programs. The Company believes that it will be able to obtain additional working capital through equity financings or other arrangements to fund operations; however, there can be no assurance that such additional financing, if available, can be obtained on terms acceptable to the Company. If the Company is unable to obtain such additional financing, future operations would need to be scaled back or discontinued.

Accordingly, these factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the consolidated financial statements are issued. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation—The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position for the periods presented. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Certain amounts in the consolidated financial statements and associated notes may not add due to rounding. Percentages have been calculated using unrounded amounts for all periods presented.

Significant Risks and Uncertainties—The Company’s operations are subject to a number of factors that can affect its operating results and financial condition. Such factors include, but are not limited to: the results of clinical testing and trial activities of the Company’s product candidates, the Company’s ability to obtain regulatory approval to market its product candidates, competition from products manufactured and sold or being developed by other companies, the price of, and demand for, the Company’s products, the Company’s ability to negotiate favorable licensing or other manufacturing and marketing agreements for its products, and the Company’s ability to raise capital.

The Company currently has no commercially approved products and there can be no assurance that the Company’s research and development and clinical trials will result in a successfully commercialized product. Developing and commercializing a product requires significant time and capital and is subject to regulatory review and approval as well as competition from other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies. The Company operates in an environment of rapid change and is dependent upon the continued services of its employees and consultants and obtaining and protecting intellectual property.

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of a novel coronavirus, or COVID-19, as a pandemic, which continues to spread throughout the United States and worldwide. The Company could be materially and adversely affected by the risks, or the public perception of the risks, related to the COVID-19 pandemic. Among other things, the Company’s clinical trials have been and may continue to be delayed, extending the timelines, and increasing the overall costs to finish the clinical trials, as fixed costs are not substantially reduced while the clinical trials are delayed. The ultimate extent of the impact of the pandemic on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information that may emerge concerning the severity of the COVID-19 pandemic and actions taken to contain or prevent the further spread, among others. Accordingly, the Company cannot predict the extent to which its business, financial condition and results of operations will be affected. The Company remains focused on maintaining liquidity and financial flexibility and continues to monitor developments as it deals with the disruptions and uncertainties from a business and financial perspective relating to COVID-19.

F-8

Use of Estimates—The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The Company utilizes significant estimates and assumptions in determining the fair value of its equity for purposes of valuing its stock-based compensation awards and warrant liabilities. The board of directors has determined the estimated fair value of the Company’s equity based on a number of objective and subjective factors, including external market conditions affecting the biopharmaceutical industry sector, discounted cash flows and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering of common stock or a sale of the Company.

Operating Segment—The Company holds all its tangible assets and conducts its operations in the United States. An operating segment is defined as a component of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Makers in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance. The Company has determined it operates in a single operating segment and has one reportable segment.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments—The Company’s consolidated financial statements include cash, cash equivalents, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities, all of which are short term in nature and, accordingly, approximate fair value.

The Company measures certain assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The guidance in ASC 820 outlines a valuation framework and creates a fair value hierarchy that serves to increase the consistency and comparability of fair value measurements and the related disclosures. In determining fair value, the Company maximizes the use of quoted prices and observable inputs. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from independent sources. The fair value hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the source of inputs as follows:

Level 1—Valuations based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Valuations based on observable inputs and quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities.

Level 3—Valuations based on unobservable inputs and models that are supported by little or no market activity.

The Company’s warrant liabilities and value appreciation rights (“VARs”) are measured at fair value each reporting period and are measured using Level 3, unobservable inputs (see Notes 7 and 11).

It is the Company’s policy to measure nonfinancial assets and liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. The instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (such as evidence of impairment), which, if material, are disclosed in the accompanying footnotes.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash—Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and, if applicable, highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased, including investments in Money Market Funds. The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash

F-9

equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the balance sheet that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the statement of cash flows.

	2020		2019
Cash and cash equivalents	$	20,565	$	57,188
Restricted cash		252		327
Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash shown in the consolidated statement of cash flows	$	20,817	$	57,515

Research and Development—All research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Costs incurred in obtaining technology licenses are charged immediately to research and development expense if the technology licensed has not reached technological feasibility and has no alternative future use. The Company determines expenses related to clinical studies based on estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to contracts with multiple research institutions and contract research organizations that conduct and manage clinical studies on its behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. Payments under some of these contracts depend on factors such as the successful enrollment of patients and the completion of clinical trial milestones. In accruing service fees, the Company estimates the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the estimate, the accrual is adjusted accordingly. The expenses for some trials may be recognized on a straight-line basis if the expected costs are expected to be incurred ratably during the period. Payments for these activities are based on the terms of the individual arrangements, which may differ from the pattern of costs incurred, and are reflected in the consolidated financial statements as prepaid or accrued expenses.

The Company is eligible to receive reimbursement for certain qualifying research and development expenditures under a grant from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). Reimbursements are recognized as a reduction of research and development expense when there is reasonable assurance that the funding will be received, and conditions associated with the funding are met. For the year ended December 31, 2020 the Company recognized a reduction to its research and development expense of approximately $0.7 million. The receivable for grants as of December 31, 2020 was approximately $0.3 million and is included on the balance sheet as part of prepaid expenses and other current assets. For the year ended December 31, 2019 there were no qualifying research and development expenditures under the FDA grant.

General and Administrative Expenses—General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, allocated facilities costs, and other expenses for outside professional services, including legal, marketing, investor relations, human resources services, and accounting services. Personnel costs consist of salaries, benefits, and stock-based compensation for our general and administrative personnel.

Property and Equipment—Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to income.

Expected useful lives are as follows:

Asset Type
Laboratory equipment	6 years
Computer and office equipment	3 years
Furniture and fixtures	10 years
Leasehold improvements	lesser of estimated useful life or life of the lease

Intangible Assets—Intangible assets with finite useful lives consist of assembled workforce and a favorable lease intangible asset. Each of these intangible assets is amortized on a straight-line basis over their

F-10

estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives associated with finite-lived intangible assets are consistent with the estimated lives of the associated products and may be modified when circumstances warrant. Such assets are reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of an asset and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount. The amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the impaired asset.

Income Taxes—Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and net operating loss and credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences and carryforwards are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the net deferred tax assets will be realized.

Emerging Growth Company Status—The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it (i) is no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Deferred Offering Costs—Deferred offering costs, consisting of direct legal, accounting, filing and other fees directly related to the Company’s proposed initial public offering (“IPO”) are capitalized. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, no deferred offering costs were capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be reclassified to additional paid in capital upon completion of the IPO. In the event the IPO is aborted, all capitalized deferred offering costs will be expensed.

Basic and Diluted Loss Per Share—Basic net loss per share is determined using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted net income per share includes the effect, if any, from the potential exercise or conversion of securities, such as convertible preferred stock and stock options, which would result in the issuance of incremental shares of common stock. The computation of diluted net loss per shares does not include the conversion of securities that would have an anti-dilutive effect. Potential common shares issuable upon conversion of preferred stock, exercise of stock options, and exercise of warrants that are excluded from the computation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding are 1,437,557 and 1,298,831 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The basic and diluted computations of net loss per share for the Company are the same because the effects of the Company’s convertible securities would be anti-dilutive (see Note 9).

Concentration of Credit Risk—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalent balances in the form of business checking and savings accounts, the balances of which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. Exposure to cash and cash equivalents credit risk is reduced by placing such deposits with major financial institutions and monitoring their credit ratings. The Company’s accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to approximately $0.3 million per institution per depositor. There were uninsured balances of approximately $19.8 million and $56.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Share-Based Compensation—The Company recognizes compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions in operating results using a fair-value measurement method, in accordance with

F-11

ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of VARs, stock options, and restricted common units, to be recognized in operating results as compensation expense based on fair value over the requisite service period of the awards. The Company’s VAR share-based awards are considered liability-classified awards and as such, must be remeasured at their fair-value-based amount in each reporting period until settlement. The vesting period for VARs and stock options has a time-based provision consisting of a 5-year period, with 20% vesting on each anniversary of the vesting start date. The vesting period is also subject to the occurrence of certain performance conditions. Upon a change of control, any unvested awards will immediately vest. In addition, vested awards are generally not exercisable until a change of control event occurs, which is considered a performance condition. The Company determines the fair value of share-based awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model which uses both historical and current market data to estimate fair value. The method incorporates various assumptions such as the risk-free interest rate, expected volatility, expected dividend yield, and expected life of the options.

On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted and accounts for stock-based payments granted to nonemployees in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2018-07, Compensation – Stock Compensation (ASC 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share – Based Payment Accounting. The Company determines the fair value of the stock-based payment as the fair value of the equity instruments issued. Fair value is measured on the grant date.

Convertible Preferred Stock—Preferred securities that are redeemable for cash or other assets are to be classified outside of permanent equity if they are redeemable (1) at a fixed or determinable price on a fixed or determinable date, (2) at the option of the holder, or (3) upon the occurrence of an event that is not solely within the issuer’s control. The holders of the Company’s preferred shares have the right to redeem the shares based on the passage of time (as such they are probable of becoming redeemable). The Company will subsequently measure shares that are probable of becoming redeemable at their maximum redemption amount at the balance sheet date.

Comprehensive Loss —The Company’s comprehensive loss was the same as its reported net loss for the periods presented.

Subsequent Events —The Company has evaluated and, as necessary, made changes to these consolidated financial statements for subsequent events through April 8, 2021, the date these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. All subsequent events that provided additional evidence about conditions existing at the date of the consolidated statements of financial position were incorporated into the consolidated financial statements (see Note 15).

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The new guidance requires lessees to recognize the assets and liabilities arising from leases on the balance sheet. The provisions of ASU 2016-02 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this amended guidance on the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting. ASU 2018-07 simplifies the accounting for nonemployee share-based payment transactions. The Company has adopted this standard with an immaterial impact to its consolidated statements of operation and comprehensive loss.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in the existing guidance for income taxes and making other minor improvements. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this new accounting guidance.

F-12

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting, providing temporary guidance to ease the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform primarily resulting from the discontinuation of LIBOR, which is currently expected to occur on June 30, 2023 for legacy contracts. The amendments in ASU 2020-04 are elective and apply to all entities that have contracts, hedging relationship, and other transactions that that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued. In addition, in January 2021 the FASB issued ASU 2021-01, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope, which refines the scope of ASC 848, Reference Rate Reform, and clarifies some of its guidance as part of the FASB’s ongoing monitoring of global reference rate reform activities. ASU 2021-01 permits entities to elect certain optional expedients and exceptions when accounting for derivative contracts and certain hedging relationships affected by changes in the interest rates used for discounting cash flows, computing variation margin settlements, and calculating price alignment interest in connection with reference rate reform activities underway in global financial markets. An entity may elect to apply the amendments prospectively from March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. The Company’s debt agreement, more fully described in Note 7, has a variable interest rate based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and provides for use of an alternate reference rate should LIBOR be discontinued. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that these ASUs may have on its consolidated financial statements.

3. MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS

On December 13, 2019, CCB and Merger Sub acquired Fibrocell (the “Fibrocell Acquisition”) pursuant to the Merger Agreement. As a result of the Fibrocell Acquisition, Merger Sub was merged into Fibrocell and thereafter ceased to exist. The Fibrocell Acquisition was accounted for as an asset acquisition because substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired were deemed to be concentrated in a group of similar identifiable assets related to Fibrocell’s lead development candidate, D-Fi (formerly known as FCX-007). A portion of the Fibrocell Acquisition was funded by an equity financing which closed on December 9, 2019. See Note 9.

To account for business combinations or asset acquisitions, the Company allocates the fair value of purchase consideration to the tangible and intangible assets purchased and the liabilities assumed on the basis of their fair value at the date of acquisition in accordance with FASB ASC 805 Business Combinations.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, CCB acquired 100% of the outstanding common and preferred shares of Fibrocell, as well as all outstanding warrants, convertible notes and employee stock options. Additionally, CCB issued promissory notes to each holder of preferred stock in exchange for each preferred stockholder’s agreement to terminate their preferred stock agreements. The cash purchase price on the date of the Fibrocell Acquisition was approximately $67.9 million, including $2.3 million of transaction costs. A summary of the total purchase consideration was as follows:

Common stock	$	29,275
Convertible notes		20,558
Warrants		10,562
Preferred stock		2,328
Promissory notes		2,363
Employee stock options		323
Transaction expenses		2,273
Other		208
Total	$	67,890

F-13

The following table summarizes the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired:

Cash	$	2,193
Prepaid expenses		542
Accounts receivable		36
Security deposits		1
Property and equipment		2,120
IPR&D - D-FI		65,162
Favorable leasehold interest		328
Assembled workforce		545
Total assets acquired		70,927
Accounts payable		1,350
Accrued expenses		1,687
Total liabilities acquired		3,037
Total	$	67,890

Given the stage of development of D-Fi, the Company determined the fair value allocated to D-Fi represented in-process research and development costs that has no alternative future use and as such has been charged to research and development expense.

The Company determined the favorable lease intangible asset has a useful life of 3.25 years, consistent with the remaining term of the lease. The Company determined the assembled workforce has a useful life of five years. As of December 31, 2020, the favorable lease intangible asset has a remaining useful life of 2.25 years and the assembled workforce has a remaining useful life of 4 years.

The gross carrying amount and net book value of the intangible assets are as follows:

	2020							2019
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Book Value		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Book Value
Amortized intangible assets:
Assembled workforce	$	545	$	(115	)	$	430	$	545	$	—	$	545
Favorable lease	$	328	$	(104	)		224		328		—		328
Total	$	873	$	(219	)	$	654	$	873	$	—	$	873

As of December 31, 2020 the total accumulated amortization expense was approximately $0.2 million. There was no accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2019.

Estimated future annual amortization expense for the next five fiscal years for intangible assets recorded at December 31, 2020 is as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
2021	$	208
2022		208
2023		134
2024		104
2025		—
Total	$	654

The results of operations and the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed have been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date.

F-14

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of:

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Laboratory equipment	$	749	$	759
Computer and office equipment		305		161
Furniture and fixtures		52		35
Leasehold improvements		1,055		733
Construction in process		1,927		576
		4,088		2,264
Less: Accumulated depreciation		611		86
	$	3,477	$	2,178

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was approximately $0.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

5. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Research and development	$	507	$	24,929
Accrued compensation		1,448		1,472
Other		245		482
	$	2,200	$	26,883

Accrued research and development expenses on December 31, 2019 include approximately $23.6 million in connection with the Fibrocell Acquisition. This balance represents the purchase consideration not yet paid as of December 31, 2019. Substantially all final payments were made during January and February 2020.

6. LICENSE AGREEMENTS

From time to time the Company enters into license agreements with third parties to acquire rights to develop and commercialize high potential specialty drugs. The Company’s current portfolio of licenses includes intellectual property that had no alternative future use on the date of acquisition which resulted in the Company recording payments to acquire such rights as research and development expense at the time of acquisition. Except as otherwise noted, as of December 31, 2020, the Company has not accrued obligations for milestone payments, license fees or royalties.

TWI Biotechnology, Inc. (“TWIB”)—On December 16, 2015, the Company entered into a license agreement to develop, manufacture, and sell the compound known as Diacerein, its enantiomers, racemates, isomers and any pharmaceutically acceptable salt or complex thereof, including any Prodrugs and active metabolites (“TWIB Agreement”). The license covers the entire world, excluding all areas in Asia, with the exception of Australia and New Zealand. In 2015 the Company paid TWIB a one-time license fee of $0.5 million which was recorded as research and development expense. TWIB is entitled to receive milestone payments up to an aggregate of $6.5 million based on achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones. In addition, TWIB is entitled to receive escalating royalty payments in the low to mid-teens on worldwide net sales, pursuant to the licensing agreement. The TWIB Agreement requires TWIB to pay the Company a royalty in the low teens on net sales by TWIB and any affiliates or

F-15

sub-licensees of the product outside of the territory as indicated above (excluding net sales made in Taiwan) where TWIB has made use of any of the Company’s technology. If the Company receives and elects to sell a FDA pediatric disease priority review voucher related to the product, the Company will pay TWIB a percentage in the low teens of the net proceeds.

On June 13, 2017, the license agreement was amended to restructure timing of the $6.5 million milestone payments. A milestone payment of approximately $0.8 million was made in connection with the amended terms. This payment reduced the remaining milestone payments to approximately $5.8 million and was recorded as research and development expense in 2017.

Diaderm—On July 14, 2016, the Company entered into a sub-license agreement to develop, manufacture, and sell a topical formulation of the product known as Diacerein for treatment of a rare skin disorder known as epidermolysis bullosa (“Diaderm Agreement”). Under the Diaderm Agreement, the Company acquired an exclusive license to commercialize the product in the entire world. In 2016, the Company paid Diaderm license fees totaling approximately $0.1 million. These payments were recorded as research and development expense as incurred in 2016. Diaderm is entitled to receive milestone payments up to an aggregate of $3.0 million based on achievement of specified development, regulatory and sales-based milestones. In addition, Diaderm is entitled to receive royalty payments ranging from the low single digits to a maximum of 10% on worldwide net sales, pursuant to the licensing agreement.

Lifecare Innovations Private Limited (“Lifecare”)—On August 29, 2017, the Company entered into an exclusive License Agreement (“Lifecare Agreement”) to develop, manufacture and sell therapeutic products utilizing Lifecare’s Lipid and Liposomal Cyclosporine formulations and/or its variants including any combination products. Under the Lifecare Agreement, the Company acquired an exclusive license to commercialize the products in the entire world.

On April 30, 2019, the Company notified Lifecare that it was terminating the Lifecare Agreement effective immediately on the notification date. Per the terms of the license agreement, there were no fees related to the termination and the Company has no further financial obligations in connection with this agreement.

University of Cincinnati—On December 19, 2017, the Company entered into an exclusive worldwide License Agreement (“UC Agreement”) to develop, manufacture and sell products under University of Cincinnati’s interest in certain patent rights and an exclusive license to any and all improvements made by University of Cincinnati’s staff and directly related to the patent rights.

On April 30, 2019, the Company notified the University of Cincinnati that it was terminating the UC Agreement effective upon sixty (60) days of the notification date. Per the terms of the license agreement, there were no fees related to the termination and the Company has no further financial obligations in connection with this agreement.

Fibrocell Science, Inc.—On April 12, 2019, the Company entered into a Co-Development and License Agreement (“the Fibrocell Co-Development Agreement”) with Fibrocell for the development and commercialization of a product for recessive dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa (“RDEB”) in the US and its territories. In 2019 the Company paid Fibrocell a one-time license fee of $7.5 million which was recorded as research and development expense. In addition, the Company paid Fibrocell approximately $1.3 million in co-development costs which was recorded as research and development expense. The Fibrocell Co-Development Agreement was terminated concurrently with the Company’s acquisition of Fibrocell in December 2019. See Note 3.

Precigen, Inc. (formerly known as Intrexon Corporation)—On December 13, 2019, in connection with the Fibrocell Acquisition, the Company assumed two collaboration agreements between Fibrocell Science, Inc. and Precigen Inc. (“Precigen”), the Exclusive Channel Collaboration Agreement dated October 5, 2012 and amended June 28, 2013, January 10, 2014, and September 29, 2015 (“ECC2012”) and the Exclusive Channel Collaboration Agreement dated December 31, 2015 (“ECC2015”). ECC2012 granted Fibrocell exclusive channel collaboration and license rights to develop and commercialize Precigen’s Fibroblast Program in exchange for Fibrocell common stock and revenue sharing in the form of royalties on sales

F-16

arising from the developed products. At the time of the Fibrocell Acquisition, there were no accrued milestones, equity, or other financial consideration due to Precigen for the ECC2012 and ECC2015 agreements.

On February 19, 2020, the ECC2015 was terminated by mutual agreement. Per the terms of the termination agreement, there were no fees related to the termination and the Company has no further financial obligations in connection with this agreement.

On March 20, 2020, the ECC2012 was terminated and converted into a product license agreement entitling Precigen to royalties on sales arising from the developed products. Under the agreement, Precigen is entitled to royalties on all products developed in an amount equal to 7% of quarterly net sales up to $25.0 million, plus 14% on quarterly net sales greater than $25.0 million. The agreement also requires the Company to pay Precigen half of any sublicensing revenues received from third parties on all products developed, but only to the extent such sublicensing revenues are not included in the net sales, subject to royalties. Under the agreement Precigen also agreed to supply the Company with certain service and materials in support of the Fibroblast Program. Costs related to these services and materials were recorded in research and development expense in 2020.

7. DEBT

Loan Agreement—On February 26, 2020, the Company entered into a Venture Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (“Horizon”). Under the terms of the Loan Agreement, Horizon will fund up to five loans of $5.0 million each totaling $25.0 million at an annual interest rate equal to 7.50% plus the greater of (a) 1.80% per annum and (ii) the one-month LIBOR rate. The Loan Agreement requires compliance with certain financial covenants, including maintaining not less than $5.0 million in cash on deposit until certain positive Phase 3 data is received and compliance with financial reporting requirements. The Loan Agreement contains restrictive covenants that either limit the Company’s ability to, or require a mandatory prepayment in the event that the Company, engages in businesses other than businesses in which it is currently engaged, incur additional indebtedness or liens, make certain investments, make certain payments, pay dividends or make any other distributions (subject to certain exceptions), merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, transfer or dispose of certain assets, enter into transactions with affiliates, create new subsidiaries, enter into various other specified transactions, and change the Company’s name, location, executive office or executive management without notice. Four of the loans totaling $20.0 million were funded on February 26, 2020 with the remaining fifth loan of $5.0 million available for funding through June 30, 2021. Eligibility for the fifth loan is event driven and the Company does not expect to achieve the conditions to draw down on the fifth loan. Interest is paid monthly beginning April 2020. Beginning April 2022, the Company is to make 24 equal monthly principal repayments of approximately $0.2 million plus accrued interest for each funded loan. A final payment fee totaling approximately $1.0 million for the 4 loans is due at maturity.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had borrowed $20.0 million, resulting in cash proceeds of approximately $19.0 million, net of issuance costs. The issuance costs of approximately $1.0 million are being amortized over the four-year loan term. Unamortized debt issuance costs as of December 31, 2020 are approximately $0.8 million and are presented in the consolidated balance sheets as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the debt. The final payment fees of $1.0 million have been recorded as a liability and are considered a discount on issuance which will be accreted using the effective interest method over the term of the loan. Unamortized final payment discount costs as of December 31, 2020 are approximately $0.8 million and are presented in the consolidated balance sheets as a direct reduction from the carrying value of the debt. The fair value of the Loan Agreement as of December 31, 2020 was approximately $22.7 million.

Warrants—In conjunction with the issued loans, the Company granted warrants to Horizon which entitle them to purchase 2,428 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at a price of $411.85 per share. The warrants are

F-17

exercisable any time from the grant date through the expiration date of February 26, 2027. The warrants were classified as a liability in accordance with ASC 480-10-25 because the warrants embody an obligation to repurchase shares. Warrants issued were recorded at their fair value on the date of the Loan Agreement using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The resulting fair value of the warrants on the date of issuance was approximately $0.3 million and was recorded as a liability with a corresponding offset recorded as a discount on debt.

As of December 31, 2020, the fair value of the issued warrants was remeasured to approximately $0.3 million.

Changes in the Company’s warrant liability as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:

Warrant liability – January 1, 2020	$	—
Warrants issued		288
Fair value adjustment to warrant liability		(18	)
Warrant liability – December 31, 2020	$	270

Unamortized discount costs as of December 31, 2020 are approximately $0.2 million and are presented in the consolidated balance sheets as a direct reduction from the carrying value of the debt.

Warrants classified as liabilities are required to be marked to market from the issuance date until the exercise date.

The Level 3 inputs used to derive the fair value of the warrants are summarized in the table below:

Dividend yield	—%
Expected volatility	24.5% - 26.4%
Risk-free interest rate	0.65% - 1.25%
Expected term (years)	6.2 - 7.0
Per share fair value of Series C Preferred Stock	$410.44 - $411.85

8. FORMATION AND CAPITALIZATION

In 2015, the Company’s founders and additional investors made total capital contributions of approximately $0.5 million, which is comprised of approximately $0.1 million in return for 1,000,000 common units and $0.4 million in return for 400,000 Series I preferred units. Throughout 2016, these investors contributed additional capital in the amount of approximately $2.3 million in return for 2,310,000 Series I preferred units. In July 2016, the Company modified its capital structure; 960,000 common units were designated as Class A-1 and 40,000 common units were designated as Class B.

In September 2016, the Company raised approximately $48.0 million in funding from Fidelity (the “Fidelity Transaction”). In connection with this transaction, Fidelity received 48,000,150 Series II preferred units and 145,455 Class A-2 common units. Given the classification of the Series II preferred units, the Company allocated these proceeds between the Series II preferred units and the Class A-2 common units on a relative fair value basis (approximately $35.6 million was allocated to the Series II preferred units and approximately $12.5 million was allocated to the Class A-2 common units). Issuance costs incurred in the Fidelity Transaction were allocated to the Series II preferred units and Class A-2 common units using the same proportions as the proceeds, approximately $1.4 million was recorded as a direct deduction from the convertible preferred amount of the Series II preferred units and was amortized as a deemed dividend to the preferred unit holders through accumulated deficit using the effective interest method through the date of the Restructuring Transaction. The issuance costs in the Fidelity Transaction attributable to the Class A-2 common units of approximately $0.5 million were netted with the Class A-2 common units. In April 2017, an additional investor contributed approximately $0.1 million in return for 100,320 Series II preferred units and 304 Class A-2 common units.

F-18

Prior to the Restructuring Transaction, the Company granted 1,600 Class A-1 common units to an existing investor. The associated fair value of the grant was approximately $0.3 million and was recorded as stock compensation expense in 2018.

In connection with the Restructuring Transaction, CCB created new classes of Series A and Series B Preferred shares. All of the outstanding Class A-1 and Class A-2 common units and Series I and Series II preferred units of CCB LLC, with the exception of units held by holders affiliated with Fidelity, were contributed to CCB. Fidelity, which held its securities through the Fidelity Blockers, contributed the outstanding units of the Fidelity Blockers to CCB. In exchange for the units contributed to CCB, each holder received shares of Series A Preferred of CCB in conjunction with the Restructuring Transaction and the Series B Preferred financing. As part of the transaction, CCB LLC purchased all the outstanding Class B common units in exchange for an immaterial amount. After completion of this purchase, no Class B common units of CCB LLC remained outstanding.

In October 2018, the Company raised approximately $71.8 million in funding from Valor CCP Holdings, LLC (“Valor”) and Fidelity (the “Series B Transaction”). In connection with this transaction, Valor and Fidelity received 133,543 and 40,791 Series B preferred shares, respectively, and the Company incurred approximately $2.3 million of issuance costs. Issuance costs incurred were recorded as a direct deduction from the convertible preferred amount of the Series B preferred shares and are being amortized as a deemed dividend to the preferred shareholders through accumulated deficit using the effective interest method through the redemption date.

In September 2019, in connection with the Fibrocell Merger Agreement, the Company granted warrants to two existing investors. Each entity was granted the right to purchase 4,250 shares of common stock at a purchase price equal to $0.01. The associated fair value of the grant was approximately $0.6 million and was recorded as general and administrative expense in 2019. In December 2019 after the Fibrocell Acquisition was completed, both warrant holders exercised their warrants. The fair value of the warrants was estimated utilizing an option pricing model backsolve methodology which estimates the implied fair value of the Company’s equity based on a recent equity raise.

In December 2019 the Company raised approximately $54.6 million in funding from existing and new investors (the “Series C Transaction”) which received 132,578 Series C preferred shares. In February 2020, the Company raised an additional approximately $0.8 million, and investors received 1,961 Series C Preferred shares. The Company incurred approximately $0.9 million of issuance costs in connection with the Series C preferred shares. Issuance costs incurred were recorded as a direct deduction from the convertible preferred amount of the Series C preferred shares and are being amortized as a deemed divided to the preferred shareholders through accumulated deficit using the effective interest method through the redemption date.

See Note 9 and Note 10 for the key rights and privileges of the various classes of preferred and common instruments.

F-19

9. CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES

Preferred Shares

Series A, Series B, and Series C

Series A, Series B, and Series C shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, are as follows:

	2020						2019
Preferred Class	Shares Authorized		Shares Issued and Outstanding		Value		Shares Authorized		Shares Issued and Outstanding		Value
Series A-1		50,000		50,000	$	329		50,000		50,000	$	329
Series A-2		600,000		600,000		2,007		600,000		600,000		2,007
Series A-3		151,600		151,600		1,343		151,600		151,600		1,343
Series A-4		145,455		145,455		68,106		145,455		145,455		68,106
Series A-5		304		304		118		304		304		118
Series A-6		160,000		160,000		2		160,000		160,000		2
Total Series A		1,107,359		1,107,359		71,905		1,107,359		1,107,359		71,905
Series B		174,334		174,334		70,541		174,334		174,334		70,092
Series C		184,534		134,539		54,665		184,534		132,578		53,692
Convertible Preferred		1,466,227		1,416,232	$	197,111		1,466,227		1,414,271	$	195,689

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, issuance costs not yet accreted were approximately $1.3 million and $1.7 million for Series B preferred and approximately $0.7 million and $0.9 million for Series C preferred, respectively.

The holders of shares of Series C preferred units have first priority with respect to any distributions made by the Company and shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution before any payment shall be made to the Series B or Series B holders. The Series C liquidation amount is approximately $411.85 per share for a total of approximately $55.4 million. The Series B liquidation amount is approximately $411.85 per share for a total of approximately $71.8 million. After amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series C and Series B, holders of Series A-1 through A-5 shares are entitled to be paid out an amount ranging from $3.29 to $385.73 per share for a total of approximately $59.5 million. After payment in full of all preferential amounts above, the holders of all Series A outstanding shall be paid a junior Series A liquidation amount equal to $387.62 per share for a total of approximately $429.2 million. The remaining assets of the Company shall then be distributed among the holders of common stock.

The Series A, Series B, and Series C preferred shares are not entitled to any preferred return.

Holders of the Series A-4, Series B, and Series C preferred shares are entitled to certain protective provisions as described in the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Series A, B, and C preferred shares have voting rights that entitle them to elect up to five directors to the board of directors. Holders of the preferred shares have the option, at any time and from time to time, to convert such shares into common stock as determined by dividing the purchase price by the applicable conversion price in effect at the time of conversion.

At any time on or after December 9, 2024 (the “Redemption Date”), a majority of the holders of the then outstanding Series C preferred shares may, but are not required to, request redemption of all of the shares of Series C preferred shares at a price equal to the original issuance price. If all of the shares of the Series C preferred shares have been redeemed, a majority of the holders of the then outstanding Series B preferred shares may, but are not required to, request redemption of all of the shares of Series B preferred shares at a price equal to the original issuance price. If all of the shares of the Series B preferred shares have been redeemed, a majority of the then outstanding Series A preferred shares other than the shares of Series A-6

F-20

preferred shares may, but are not required to, request redemption of all such shares of Series A preferred shares.

10. CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Common Units—In connection with the Restructuring Transaction, the CCB LLC Class A-1 common units held by the Company’s CEO that were subject to the terms of the CCB LLC Amended and Restated Restricted Units Agreement were contributed to CCB in exchange for Series A-6 preferred shares. The Amended and Restated Restricted Units Agreement was assigned to CCB in the form of an Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Agreement and provides for the partial immediate vesting of the Series A-6 preferred shares with the remainder of the shares becoming fully vested on August 31, 2019. The Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Agreement is subject to the terms of the Company’s Amended and Restated Management Incentive Plan (“Management Incentive Plan”) which in connection with the Restructuring Transaction was, along with all rights, interest, obligations and liabilities, assigned by CCB LLC to CCB.

Common Shares—As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were 1,581,151 common shares authorized and 8,500 shares outstanding.

Holders of common shares resulting from conversion of preferred shares are entitled to one vote for each such share held thereby with respect to any matter for which the approval of the Company’s shareholders is required.

11. SHARE-BASED PLANS

The Company’s Management Incentive Plan provides for issuances of VARs, stock options, and restricted stock in CCB. Awards vest over a 5-year period, with 20% vesting on each anniversary of the grant date. Upon grant of awards, the Company’s board of directors will determine the exercise price, if applicable, and the term and conditions of any award pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan.

The following persons are eligible to receive awards under this plan; (a) employees, (b) any independent contractor, (c) any member of the board of directors, (d) any member of any advisory board of a company entity, and/or (e) any other service provider designated by the board of directors.

Vesting of these awards are also subject to the occurrence of certain performance conditions. Awards will generally not become exercisable until the occurrence of a change of control event, which is considered a performance condition. Upon termination of service, the grantee will remain eligible to vest in the number of shares in which the grantee was otherwise eligible to vest in upon a liquidation event or certain change of control transactions at the date of termination. The Management Incentive Plan also provides that, in the event of certain change of control transactions prior to termination of service, all outstanding, unvested awards shall automatically vest. All awards granted under the Management Incentive Plan expire on the tenth anniversary of the date they were granted. The Company has elected to recognize forfeitures as they occur, therefore no forfeiture estimate is required.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company has no issued and outstanding restricted shares.

Stock Options—Changes in stock options granted under the Company’s Management Incentive Plan for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, are as follows:

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term
Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2019		11,425		$	191.19		9.27
Stock options issued		32,476			52.61
Stock options forfeited/expired		(75	)		191.19
Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2020		43,826		$	68.34		9.37

F-21

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 2,270 and no stock options, respectively, issued under the Management Incentive Plan were vested.

On July 15, 2020, the exercise price of 11,350 stock options issued in 2019 was modified from $191.19 to $113.36. The modification affected four option holders and no other terms of the stock options were modified. The financial statement impact of this modification is immaterial.

In accordance with ASC 718, the fair value of each award granted is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for all employees and non-employees. The weighted average fair value for all awards granted during fiscal years 2020 and 2019 was $49.43 and $59.47, respectively.

The Company has valued awards for each of the plans included herein using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company historically has been a private company and lacks company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, the Company estimates its expected stock volatility based on historical volatility of peer companies and expects to continue to do so until such time as it has adequate historical data regarding the volatility of its own traded stock price. For options with service-based vesting conditions, the expected term of the Company’s stock options has been determined utilizing the “simplified” method for awards that qualify as “plain-vanilla” options. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for the time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The following weighted average assumptions were used to value the stock option awards:

	Fiscal Year 2020		Fiscal Year 2019
Expected volatility		147%		69%
Expected life		6.50 years		6.50 years
Risk-free interest rate		0.27%		3.00%
Dividend yield		—  %		—  %
Per share fair value of common stock	$	52.61	$	59.47

VARs—Changes in VARs granted under the Company’s Management Incentive Plan for the year ended December 31, 2020 are as follows:

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term
Awards outstanding at December 31, 2019		15,412		$	86.21		6.95
VARs forfeited/cancelled		(2,593	)		148.29
Awards outstanding at December 31, 2020		12,819		$	73.65		5.94

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 10,522 and 9,676 VARs, respectively, issued under the Management Incentive Plan were vested.

F-22

In accordance with ASC 718, the fair value of each award granted is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for all employees and non-employees. The following weighted average assumptions were used to value the VAR awards:

	Fiscal Year 2020		Fiscal Year 2019
Expected volatility		82%		69%
Expected life		2.00 years		3.00 years
Risk-free interest rate		0.16%		1.61%
Dividend yield		—  %		—  %
Per share fair value of common stock	$	52.61	$	59.47

The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense in the consolidated statements of operations over the requisite vesting period for each share-based payment award. VARs are recorded as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets since the Company intends to settle the VARs in cash.

Changes in the Company’s VAR liability as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:

VAR liability – January 1, 2020	$	749
Impact of forfeitures and cancellations		(89	)
Change in fair value		51
VAR liability – December 31, 2020	$	711

Total share-based compensation expense attributable to stock option and VAR awards was approximately $0.2 million and $(0.1) million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and were recorded in the consolidated statements of operations in the following line items:

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Research and development expense	$	1	$	(67	)
General and administrative expense		175		(48	)
	$	176	$	(115	)

As of December 31, 2020, approximately $2.0 million and $0.1 million of total remaining unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to the stock options and the VARs, respectively, is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average remaining requisite service period of 4.37 and 0.94 years, respectively.

12. INCOME TAXES

CCB, along with its wholly owned subsidiaries Fibrocell and OTC, will file a consolidated federal income tax return and consolidated or separate state income tax returns as applicable. The 2019 acquisition of Fibrocell was treated as a stock acquisition for income tax purposes, which notably includes the carryover of its deferred tax attributes into the CCB consolidated federal tax group. The most significant carryover deferred tax attribute relates to federal net operating losses of approximately $251.8 million due to ownership changes of Fibrocell prior to the CCB transaction the net operating loss that is deemed to be usable is limited to approximately $42.6 million under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code as well as similar state provisions. However, the Company’s history of operating losses and negative cash flows the Company has determined it is more likely than not it will not realize the benefit associated with these net operating losses and consequently no value has been assigned to them.

F-23

As a limited liability company, CCB LLC is not subject to the payment of federal or state income taxes, as the components of its income and expenses flow through directly to its members. As of January 1, 2019, all members of CCB LLC are included in the CCB consolidated federal income tax return. During 2020, the Company went through a series of restructuring steps to covert its subsidiaries into disregarded entities and merged the companies into a single filer for Federal and state tax purposes.

The table below reflects the tax position of the Company on a consolidated basis for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. The components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows:

	2020		2019
Current:
Federal	$	—	$	—
State		—		6
Total current provision for income taxes		—		6
Deferred:
Federal		—		—
State		—		—
Total deferred provision for income taxes		—		—
Provision for income taxes	$	—	$	6

The reconciliation between the Company’s effective tax rate and the statutory tax rate is as follows for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

	2020			2019
Federal statutory rate		21.00	%		21.00	%
State and local taxes - net of federal tax  benefit		0.00			0.6
Permanent differences		4.43			-18.42
Valuation allowance		-34.69			-4.4
Orphan drug credit and R&D tax credit		8.64			1.19
Rate change impact		0.61			0.03
Deferred true up adjustment		0.00			-0.01
Effective tax rate		0.00	%		-0.01	%

F-24

The tax effects of significant items comprising the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

	2020			2019
Deferred income tax asset:
Accrued vacation	$	13		$	7
Accrued bonuses		396			419
In-process R&D licenses		4,703			5,477
Charitable contributions		—			1
VAR compensation expense		203			236
Warrant expense		-			31
Stock option expense		89			179
Depreciation expense		671			659
Amortization expense		36			51
Debt issuance costs		3			-
Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards		22,928			12,618
Orphan drug credit and R&D tax credit		10,981			8,506
Total	$	40,023		$	28,184
Less valuation allowance		(40,023	)		(28,184	)
Deferred income tax asset		—			—
Deferred income tax liability - deferred net		—			—
Deferred income tax liability		—			—
Deferred income tax assets/liabilities - net	$	—		$	—

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had available, for tax return purposes, unused federal net operating losses of approximately $86.0 million and $49.5 million respectively. Net operating losses of approximately $18.0 million were generated prior to 2018 and will expire in years from 2036 to 2037. The remaining net operating losses of approximately $68.1 million and $31.6 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively, were generated after 2017 and can be carried forward indefinitely. Additionally, the Company had available, for tax return purposes, unused state net operating losses of approximately $64.8 million and $28.9 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, which will expire in various years from 2038 to 2040.

As of December 31, 2020, and 2019, the Company has approximately $11.0 million and $8.5 million of credits carryforward available to offset against future federal tax liabilities. The credits will begin to expire starting in 2039.

The Company has considered available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to allow utilization of the existing deferred tax assets. The Company has incurred operating losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception and expects a loss in 2021. In light of these considerations as well as uncertainty as to when the Company might generate taxable income, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance of approximately $40.0 million, which represents an increase of approximately $11.8 million in the Company’s valuation allowance from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020. In 2019, the Company recorded a full valuation allowance of approximately $28.2 million, which represents an increase of approximately $10.2 million from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019. The amount of the net deferred tax asset considered realizable could be adjusted in the future if estimates of taxable income change or if objective negative evidence is no longer present and additional weight may be given to subjective evidence.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company does not have any liability for uncertain tax positions. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

The Company is subject to Federal, New Jersey and Pennsylvania income taxes. The Company’s tax years 2017—2020 remain open to examination by federal and state taxing authorities.

F-25

The CARES Act was signed into law on March 27, 2020. The changes that resulted from the enactment of this law did not impact the Company significantly.

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation—From time to time, the Company is subject to claims and suits arising from the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues for such liabilities if they are deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated.

Lease Agreements—In June 2016, the Company entered into a sub-lease agreement for office space in Parsippany, NJ. The term of the lease is three years, and the Company is required to make monthly rental payments. The lease expired without renewal in September 2019 and there are no future financial commitments under this lease.

In May 2017, the Company assumed a lease agreement from Complete Pharma Solutions, LLC (formerly known as Marathon Pharmaceuticals, LLC) for office space in Chicago, Illinois. The remaining term of the lease is two years and seven months from the lease assumption date, and the Company is required to make monthly rental payments commencing June 2017. The lease expired without renewal in December 2019 and there are no future financial commitments under this lease.

In December 2019 in connection with the Fibrocell Acquisition, the Company assumed a lease agreement for office and laboratory manufacturing space in Exton, Pennsylvania. The term of the lease is twelve years, and the Company is required to make monthly rental payments. The remaining term of the lease is two years and three and one-half months from the lease assumption date, and the minimum future annual rental commitment under this lease as of December 31, 2020 is approximately $3.3 million.

Right of Use Agreements—In September 2019, the Company entered into an agreement for office space in Basking Ridge, NJ. The agreement is on a month-to-month basis and subject to automatic one-month renewals until the Company provides 30-day advance written notice of non-renewal.

In November 2019, the Company entered into an agreement with a related party for office space in Chicago, Illinois. The initial term ended on December 31, 2020 and was automatically renewed for 12 months and ends on December 31, 2021. The agreement is subject to automatic renewal of subsequent 12-month periods in the event neither party provides written notice of non-renewal to the other party at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the initial term or any subsequent renewal term.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable lease and right of use agreement as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
2021	$	1,471
2022		1,471
2023		367
2024		—
2025		—
Thereafter		—
Total	$	3,309

Rent expense for leases and right of use agreements for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was approximately $1.8 million and $0.4 million, respectively, and is recorded in general and administrative expenses.

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company is party to a management agreement for professional services provided by a related party. The related party is an entity that shares common ownership with the Company. In addition, the Company’s

F-26

Chairman of the Board is the president and owner of the related party. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred approximately $4.1 million and $4.1 million, respectively, in management fees and other expenses related to this agreement. The Company is party to a right of use agreement with the same related party, and incurred expenses of approximately $0.3 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, with this related party which was included in general and administrative expenses within the consolidated statement of operations.

The Company is party to an engagement agreement for advisory services provided by a related party. The related party is a wholly owned subsidiary of an entity that shares common ownership with the Company. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred fees of approximately $0.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively. The fees paid in 2020 were placement fees in connection with the Horizon Debt Agreement which were included as a direct reduction of the long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheet. The fees paid in 2019 were associated with the Series C Preferred stock which was included as a direct reduction of the Series C Preferred Stock in the consolidated balance sheet.

The Company is a party to a services arrangement for consulting services provided by a related party. The related party shares common ownership with the Company. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred immaterial fees related to this arrangement.

As of December 31, 2020 the Company had immaterial accounts payable due to related parties. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had outstanding accounts payable due to related parties of approximately $0.9 million.

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events for financial reporting purposes through April 8, 2021 the date which the consolidated financial statements were issued to determine whether any events occurred that required adjustment to or disclosure in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company concluded that no additional subsequent events required disclosure in these consolidated financial statements other than those disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements or as described below.

*  *  *  *  *  *

F-27

                    Shares

Common Stock

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                , 2021

Citigroup Piper Sandler

Through and including                 , 2021 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the Nasdaq listing fee.

	Amount
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee	$	*
FINRA filing fee		*
Nasdaq listing fee		*
Accountants’ fees and expenses		*
Legal fees and expenses		*
Transfer Agent’s fees and expenses		*
Printing and engraving expenses		*
Miscellaneous		*
Total expenses	$	*

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102 of the DGCL permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation to be effective upon the corporate conversion will provide that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the DGCL prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Our certificate of incorporation to be effective upon the corporate conversion will provide that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or

II-1

completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

During the past three years, we issued securities that were not registered under the Securities Act as set forth below. The following is a summary of transactions during the preceding three fiscal years involving sales of our securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

(a) Issuance of Capital Stock

On October 9, 2018, we issued and sold to investors in a private placement an aggregate of 174,334 shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $411.85 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $71.8 million.

On December 9, 2019, we issued and sold to investors in a private placement an aggregate of 132,578 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $411.85 per share, for aggregate consideration of

II-2

approximately $54.6 million. Additionally, on February 27, 2020, we issued and sold to investors in a private placement an aggregate of 1,961 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at a price of $411.85 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $0.8 million.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing issuances of securities. The securities described in this section (a) of Item 15 were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. The recipients of securities in the transactions described above represented that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the securities for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time and appropriate legends were affixed to the instruments representing such securities issued in such transactions.

(b) Stock Option Grants and Option Exercises

From January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2020, we granted to our employees, directors and independent contractors options to purchase up to 44,601 shares of common stock under the 2018 Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $70.48 per share. 775 of these options were terminated, expired without being exercised or were otherwise forfeited.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing issuances of securities. The issuances of stock options described in this paragraph (b) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, directors, consultants and advisors, in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act, relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statements.

Exhibit No.			Description of Exhibit
	1.1	*	Form of Underwriting Agreement.
	3.1	*	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (as amended and currently in effect).
	3.2	*	Bylaws of the Registrant (currently in effect).
	3.3	*	Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be in effect upon the consummation of this offering).
	3.4	*	Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (to be in effect upon the consummation of this offering).
	4.1	*	Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing the shares of common stock.
	5.1	*	Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.
	10.1		Venture Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2020, by and among the Registrant, the Borrowers from time to time party thereto and Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, the Lender.

II-3

Exhibit No.			Description of Exhibit
	10.2†		Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc. Amended and Restated Management Incentive Plan.
	10.3†		Form of Option Agreement pursuant to Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc. Amended and Restated Management Incentive Plan.
	10.4†	*	2021 Incentive Award Plan.
	10.5†	*	Form of Option Agreement pursuant to the 2021 Incentive Award Plan.
	10.6†	*	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement pursuant to the 2021 Incentive Award Plan.
	10.7†	*	2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
	10.8†	*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated August 20, 2019, by and between the Registrant and John Maslowski.
	10.9†	*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, as amended, dated                 , 2021, by and between the Registrant and John Maslowski.
	10.10	†*	Employment Agreement, dated                 , 2021, by and between the Registrant and Matthew Gantz.
	10.11	†*	Offer Letter, dated September 27, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Gregory Wujek.
	10.12	†*	Offer Letter, dated April 9, 2019, by and between the Registrant and Mary Spellman.
	10.13	†*	Offer Letter, dated February 11, 2021, by and between the Registrant and Matthew Gantz.
	10.14		Lease Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2005, by and between the Registrant (formerly entered into by Isolagen, Inc.) and The Hankin Group.
	10.15		First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated April 1, 2011, by and between the Registrant (formerly entered into by Fibrocell Science, Inc.) and The Hankin Group.
	10.16	#*	Exclusive Channel Collaboration Agreement, dated October 5, 2012, by and between the Registrant (formerly entered into by Fibrocell Science, Inc.) and Intrexon Corporation (now known as Precigen, Inc.).
	10.17	*	First Amendment to Exclusive Channel Collaboration Agreement, dated June 28, 2013, by and between the Registrant (formerly entered into by Fibrocell Science, Inc.) and Intrexon Corporation (now known as Precigen, Inc.).
	10.18	*	Second Amendment to Exclusive Channel Collaboration Agreement, dated January 10, 2014, by and between the Registrant (formerly entered into by Fibrocell Science, Inc.) and Intrexon Corporation (now known as Precigen, Inc.).
	10.19	*	Letter of Agreement, dated February 19, 2020, by and between the Registrant (formerly entered into by Fibrocell Science, Inc.) and Precigen, Inc.
	10.20	*	Termination and Modification Agreement, dated March 20, 2020, by and between the Registrant (formerly entered into by Fibrocell Science, Inc.) and Precigen, Inc.
	10.21	*	Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each director and executive officer.
	10.22		Second Amended and Restated Management Services Agreement, dated October 9, 2018, by and between Paragon Biosciences, LLC and Castle Creek Pharmaceuticals, LLC.
	10.23		Right of Use Agreement, dated November 1, 2019, by and between Paragon Biosciences, LLC and Castle Creek Pharmaceuticals, LLC.
	10.24		Letter Agreement, dated November 2, 2020, by and between Paragon Health Capital, LLC and Castle Creek Biosciences, LLC.

II-4

Exhibit No.			Description of Exhibit
	10.25	*	Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated                 , 2021, by and among the Registrant and the other parties thereto.
	21.1		List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
	23.1*		Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
	23.2*		Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
	24.1*		Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

* To be filed by amendment.

† Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

# Certain confidential portions of this Exhibit were omitted by means of marking such portions with brackets (“[***]”) because the identified confidential portions (i) are not material and (ii) are the type of information that the Registrant treats as private or confidential.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in                 ,                 , on this      day of                 , 2021.

CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:
	Matthew Gantz
	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

II-6

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Matthew Gantz and                , and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
Matthew Gantz	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	, 2021
Andrea Kistner	Vice President, Finance (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)	, 2021
John Maslowski	Chief Operating Officer and Director	, 2021
Jeffrey S. Aronin	Chairman of the Board	, 2021
Antonio Gracias	Director	, 2021
Patrick J. Morris	Director	, 2021

II-7

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

VENTURE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Dated as of February 26, 2020

by and among

HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

312 Farmington Avenue

Farmington, CT 06032,

as a Lender and Collateral Agent,

CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, INC.

a Delaware corporation

330 N. Wabash

Chicago, IL 60611,

as Borrower Representative and a Co-Borrower,

FIBROCELL SCIENCE, INC.

a Delaware corporation

330 N. Wabash

Chicago, IL 60611,

as a Co-Borrower,

and

CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

330 N. Wabash

Chicago, IL 60611,

as a Co-Borrower

Loan A Commitment Amount: $5,000,000     Loan A Commitment Termination Date: February 28, 2020

Loan B Commitment Amount: $5,000,000     Loan B Commitment Termination Date: February 28, 2020

Loan C Commitment Amount: $5,000,000     Loan C Commitment Termination Date: February 28, 2020

Loan D Commitment Amount: $5,000,000     Loan D Commitment Termination Date: February 28, 2020

Loan E Commitment Amount: $5,000,000     Loan E Commitment Termination Date: June 30, 2021

The Lender, Collateral Agent and Co-Borrowers hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Definitions and Construction.

1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

“Account Control Agreement” means an agreement acceptable to Lender which perfects via control Lender’s and Collateral Agent’s security interest in each Co-Borrower’s deposit accounts and/or securities accounts.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the stock of another entity of such Person and any other Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” of a Person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting Equity Securities, by contract or otherwise and the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.

“Agreement” means this certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement by and among Co-Borrowers, Collateral Agent and Lender dated as of the date on the cover page hereto (as it may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or supplemented in a writing signed by Co-Borrowers, Collateral Agent and Lender).

“Anti-Terrorism Laws” means any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 (effective September 24, 2001), the USA PATRIOT Act, the laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the laws administered by OFAC.

“Borrower Representative” means Borrower Representative as set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required to close in Connecticut or Illinois.

“Claim” has the meaning given such term in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

“Co-Borrower” means a Co-Borrower as set forth on the cover page of this Agreement, and “Co-Borrowers” means all Co-Borrowers collectively.

“Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted and in effect in the State of Connecticut, as amended from time to time; provided that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, the creation and/or perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of Connecticut, the term “Code” shall also mean the Uniform Commercial

1

Code as in effect from time to time in such jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such creation, perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection.

“Collateral” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

“Collateral Agent” means Horizon, or any successor collateral agent appointed by Lenders.

“Commitment Amount” means the Loan A Commitment Amount, the Loan B Commitment Amount, the Loan C Commitment Amount, the Loan D Commitment Amount or the Loan E Commitment Amount, as applicable.

“Commitment Fee” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.6(c) of this Agreement.

“Consolidated” means the consolidation of accounts in accordance with GAAP.

“Default” means any event which with the passing of time or the giving of notice or both would become an Event of Default hereunder.

“Default Rate” means the per annum rate of interest equal to five percent (5%) over the Loan Rate, but such rate shall in no event be more than the highest rate permitted by applicable law to be charged on commercial loans in a default situation.

“Disclosure Schedule” means Exhibit A attached hereto.

“Disqualified Institution” means any Person set forth on Exhibit F attached hereto. “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary incorporated, organized or otherwise formed under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Engagement Letter” means that certain Engagement Letter, dated July 16, 2019, between the Borrower Representative and Paragon Health Capital, LLC, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Environmental Laws” means all foreign, federal, state or local laws, statutes, common law duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with all administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authorities, in each case relating to environmental, health, safety and land use matters, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act and the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act.

“Equity Securities” of any Person means (a) all common stock, preferred stock, participations, shares, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests in and of such Person (regardless of how designated and whether or not voting or non-voting) and (b) all warrants, options and other rights to acquire any of the foregoing.

“ERISA” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7.12 of this Agreement.

2

“Event of Default” has the meaning given to such term in Section 8 of this Agreement.

“Excluded Accounts” means (a) any payroll account so long as such payroll account is a zero balance account or is funded no earlier than the Business Day immediately prior to the date of any payroll disbursements and in an amount not exceeding the same, (b) petty cash accounts, amounts on deposit in which do not exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) in the aggregate at any one time, (c) accounts to secure Co-Borrowers’ credit cards, amounts on deposit in which do not exceed Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($350,000) in the aggregate and (d) withholding tax and fiduciary accounts.

“Excluded Domestic Holdco” means a Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of Equity Securities of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries.

“Excluded Domestic Subsidiary” means any Domestic Subsidiary that is (a) a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or (b) an Excluded Domestic Holdco.

“Excluded Equity” means (i) any voting stock in excess of 65% of the outstanding voting stock of any Excluded Domestic Holdco or first tier Foreign Subsidiary and (ii) any Equity Securities of a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or an Excluded Domestic Holdco.

“Excluded Property” means, collectively, (i) Excluded Equity, (ii) any permit or license or any contractual obligation entered into by any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower (A) that prohibits or requires the consent of any Person other than a Co-Borrower and its Affiliates which has not been obtained as a condition to the creation by such Co-Borrower or Subsidiary of a Lien on any right, title or interest in such permit, license or contractual obligation or any Equity Securities related thereto or (B) to the extent that any requirement of law applicable thereto prohibits the creation of a Lien thereon, but only, with respect to the prohibition in (A) and (B), to the extent, and for as long as, such prohibition is not terminated or rendered unenforceable or otherwise deemed ineffective by the UCC or any other requirement of law, (iii) property owned by any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower that is subject to a purchase money Lien or a capital lease permitted under this Agreement if the contractual obligation pursuant to which such Lien is granted (or in the document providing for such capital lease) prohibits or requires the consent of any Person other than a Co-Borrower and its Affiliates which has not been obtained as a condition to the creation of any other Lien on such equipment, and (iv) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, “Excluded Property” shall not include any proceeds, products, substitutions or replacements of Excluded Property (unless such proceeds, products, substitutions or replacements would otherwise constitute Excluded Property).

“Excluded Subsidiary” means each Excluded Domestic Subsidiary and each Foreign Subsidiary.

“Excluded Taxes” means any of the following taxes imposed on or with respect to Lender or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to Lender, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise taxes, and branch profits taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of Lender being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such tax (or any political

3

subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between Lender and the jurisdiction imposing such tax (other than connections arising from Lender having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document), (b) U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment or (ii) Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.4(c), amounts with respect to such taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) taxes attributable to Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.14(c)(iv), and (d) any withholding taxes imposed under FATCA.

“FATCA” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.4(c)(iv) of this Agreement.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person, which Subsidiary is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“Funding Certificate” means a certificate executed by a duly authorized Responsible Officer of Borrower Representative substantially in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as Lender may agree to accept.

“Funding Date” means any date on which a Loan is made to or on account of any Co-Borrower under this Agreement.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the United States of America from time to time, consistently applied.

“Good Faith Deposit” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.6(a) of this Agreement.

“Governmental Authority” means (a) any federal, state, county, municipal or foreign government, or political subdivision thereof, (b) any governmental or quasi-governmental agency, authority, board, bureau, commission, department, instrumentality or public body, (c) any court or administrative tribunal, or (d) with respect to any Person, any arbitration tribunal or other non-governmental authority to whose jurisdiction that Person has consented.

“Hazardous Materials” means all those substances which are regulated by, or which may form the basis of liability under, any Environmental Law, including all substances identified under any Environmental Law as a pollutant, contaminant, hazardous waste, hazardous constituent, special waste, hazardous substance, hazardous material, or toxic substance, or petroleum or petroleum derived substance or waste.

“Horizon” means Horizon Technology Finance Corporation.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount of, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of

4

such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade payables), (d) all capital lease obligations of such Person, (e) all obligations or liabilities of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such obligation or liability is assumed, (f) all obligations or liabilities of others guaranteed by such Person, and (g) any other obligations or liabilities which are required by GAAP to be shown as debt on the balance sheet of such Person; provided, that Indebtedness shall not include (i) accrued expenses, including any accrued and unpaid management fees, and deferred compensation and customary obligations under employment arrangements and (ii) operating leases.

“Indemnified Person” has the meaning given such term in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

“Indemnified Taxes” means taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of a Co-Borrower under any Loan Document.

“Intellectual Property” means any of the following, whether registered or unregistered: (i) patents, patentable inventions, patent rights (and divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same), (ii) trademarks, trade names, trade dress, service marks (and the goodwill associated therewith), (iii) copyrights and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished, mask works, (iv) software and computer programs, source code, object code, (v) trade secrets, methods, processes, know-how, drawings, specifications, descriptions, and all memoranda, notes, and records with respect to any research and development, all whether in tangible or intangible form or contained on magnetic media readable by machine together with all such magnetic media (but not including embedded computer programs and supporting information included within the definition of “goods” under the Code).

“Internal Revenue Code” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.19 of this Agreement.

“Investment” means the purchase or acquisition of any capital stock, equity interest, or any obligations or other securities of, or any interest in, any Person, or the extension of any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or any other investment in, or deposit with, any Person.

“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service or any successor agency.

“Landlord Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form provided by Lender to Co-Borrowers or such other form as Lender may reasonably agree to accept.

“Lender” means the Lender as set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

“Lender’s Expenses” means all reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, documentation, drafting, amendment, modification, administration, perfection and funding of the Loan Documents; and all of Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal or review), including the exercise of any rights or remedies afforded hereunder or under applicable law,

5

whether or not suit is brought, whether before or after bankruptcy or insolvency, including all reasonable fees and costs incurred by Lender in connection with such Lender’s enforcement of its rights in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding filed by or against and Co-Borrower, any Subsidiary or their respective Property.

“Lien” means any voluntary or involuntary security interest, pledge, bailment, lease, mortgage, hypothecation, conditional sales and title retention agreement, encumbrance or other lien with respect to any Property in favor of any Person.

“Loan” means each advance of credit by Lender to Co-Borrowers under this Agreement.

“Loan A” means the advance of credit by Lender to Co-Borrowers under this Agreement in the Loan A Commitment Amount.

“Loan A Commitment Amount” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

“Loan A Commitment Termination Date” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

“Loan A Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

“Loan Amortization Date” means, with respect to each Loan, the Payment Date on which Co-Borrowers are required, pursuant to Section 2.2 (a) below, to commence making equal payments of principal plus accrued interest on the outstanding principal amount of such Loan.

“Loan B” means the advance of credit by Lender to Co-Borrowers under this Agreement in the Loan B Commitment Amount.

“Loan B Commitment Amount” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

“Loan B Commitment Termination Date” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

“Loan B Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

“Loan C” means the advance of credit by Lender to Co-Borrowers under this Agreement in the Loan C Commitment Amount.

“Loan C Commitment Amount” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

“Loan C Commitment Termination Date” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

6

“Loan C Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

“Loan D” means the advance of credit by Lender to Co-Borrowers under this Agreement in the Loan D Commitment Amount.

“Loan D Commitment Amount” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

“Loan D Commitment Termination Date” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

“Loan D Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Warrants, any Landlord Agreement, any Account Control Agreement and all other documents, instruments and agreements entered into by the Co-Borrowers in connection with this Agreement.

“Loan E” means the advance of credit by Lender to Co-Borrowers under this Agreement in the Loan E Commitment Amount.

“Loan E Commitment Amount” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

“Loan E Commitment Termination Date” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

“Loan E Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

“Loan Rate” means, with respect to each Loan, the per annum rate of interest equal to 7.50% (the “Applicable Margin”) plus the greater of (i) 1.80% per annum (the “Benchmark Floor”) and (ii) the one month LIBOR Rate (rounded to the nearest one hundredth percent), as reported in the Wall Street Journal (the “Benchmark Rate”), provided, however that to the extent LIBOR (a) is no longer reported in the Wall Street Journal, (b) is no longer widely used as a benchmark market rate for new facilities of this type, or (c) becomes permanently unavailable, Lender and Borrower Representative shall select a comparable successor benchmark rate (the “Successor Benchmark Rate”), which shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice, or if there is no consistent market practice, such successor rate shall be applied in a manner reasonably determined by Lender; provided that upon implementation of the Successor Benchmark Rate (which implementation, in the case of clause (c) above, shall occur one month prior to LIBOR becoming permanently unavailable), if the Loan Rate, calculated using the Successor Benchmark Rate and without giving effect to the Benchmark Floor (the “New Loan Rate”), differs from the Loan Rate for the prior month (or in the case of clause (c) above, for the current month), calculated using the Benchmark Rate and without giving effect to the Benchmark Floor (the “Prior Loan Rate”), the Applicable Margin shall be adjusted so that the Prior Loan Rate and New Loan Rate are equivalent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Loan Rate be less than 9.3%.

7

“Management Agreement” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Management Services Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2018 by and among Paragon, Castle Creek Biosciences, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as Castle Creek Pharmaceuticals, LLC) and, solely with respect to Section 6 thereof, Jeffrey S. Aronin, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the condition (financial or otherwise), business or operations of the Co-Borrowers taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Co-Borrowers, taken as a whole, to perform their Obligations under the Loan Documents or (c) the Collateral or Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

“Maturity Date” means, with respect to each Loan, forty-eight (48) months from the first day of the month next following the month in which the Funding Date for such Loan occurs, or if earlier, the date of acceleration of such Loan following an Event of Default or the date of prepayment, whichever is applicable.

“Note” means each promissory note executed in connection with a Loan in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto.

“Obligations” means all debt, principal, interest, fees, charges, expenses and attorneys’ fees and costs and other amounts, obligations, covenants, and duties owing by any Co-Borrower to Collateral Agent or Lender of any kind and description (whether pursuant to or evidenced by the Loan Documents (other than the Warrants), or by any other agreement between Lender and any Co-Borrower (other than the Warrants), and whether or not for the payment of money), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including all Lender’s Expenses.

“OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit E or such other form as Lender may agree to accept.

“Owned Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property that is owned by any Co-Borrower.

“Paragon” means Paragon Biosciences, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Payment Date” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

“Permitted Indebtedness” means and includes:

(a) Indebtedness of Co-Borrowers to Lender under the Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness arising from the endorsement of instruments in the ordinary course of business;

8

(c) Indebtedness of any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower existing on the date hereof and set forth on the Disclosure Schedule;

(d) intercompany Indebtedness owed by any Subsidiary to any Co-Borrower or any wholly-owned Subsidiary, as applicable; provided that, if applicable, such Indebtedness is also permitted as a Permitted Investment and, in the case of such Indebtedness owed to any Co-Borrower, such Indebtedness shall be evidenced by one or more promissory notes;

(e) Indebtedness not to exceed Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000) in the aggregate at any time outstanding, consisting of capital lease obligations or secured by Liens permitted under clause (f) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”;

(f) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness under subsections (c), (d) and (e) above; provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose materially more burdensome terms upon any Co-Borrower or Co-Borrowers in the aggregate;

(g) other unsecured Indebtedness not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(h) Indebtedness arising under guaranties made in the ordinary course of business of obligations of any Co-Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, which obligations are otherwise permitted hereunder;

(i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business; and

(j) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by Borrower Representative to any stockholder of Borrower Representative or any current or former director, officer, employee, member of management, manager or consultant of any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower (or their respective immediate family members) to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Securities permitted by Section 7.5(b).

“Permitted Investments” means and includes any of the following Investments as to which Collateral Agent and Lender have a perfected security interest:

(a) Deposits and deposit accounts with commercial banks organized under the laws of the United States or a state thereof to the extent: (i) the deposit accounts of each such institution are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the legal limit; and (ii) each such institution has an aggregate capital and surplus of not less than One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000);

(b) Investments in marketable obligations issued or fully guaranteed by the United States and maturing not more than one (1) year from the date of issuance;

(c) Investments in open market commercial paper rated at least “A1” or “P1” or higher by a national credit rating agency and maturing not more than one (1) year from the creation thereof;

9

(d) Investments pursuant to or arising under currency agreements or interest rate agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(e) (i) Investments by any Co-Borrower and its Subsidiaries in their Subsidiaries outstanding on the date hereof and (ii) Investments by any Co-Borrower and its Subsidiaries in any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiaries of any Co-Borrower; provided that any such Investments pursuant to this clause (ii) in any Subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the Obligations shall not exceed such amounts necessary to allow Subsidiaries to pay franchise taxes, registered agent fees and other fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preservation of their corporate existence; and

(f) Investments acquired in connection with the settlement of delinquent obligations of suppliers or customers in the ordinary course of business or in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers or customers;

(g) Investments consisting of loans made by Borrower Representative to officers, directors and employees of a Co-Borrower or its Subsidiaries which are used by such Persons to purchase simultaneously Equity Securities of Borrower Representative;

(h) Investments existing on the date hereof and set forth on the Disclosure Schedule;

(i) Investments comprised of Indebtedness permitted under clause (h) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;

(j) Investments consisting of travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business; and

(k) other Investments aggregating not in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) at any time.

“Permitted Liens” means and includes:

(a) the Liens created by this Agreement;

(b) Liens for fees, taxes, levies, imposts, duties or other governmental charges of any kind which are not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof (provided that the Co-Borrowers have adequately bonded such Lien or reserves sufficient to discharge such Lien have been provided on the books of the applicable Co-Borrowers);

(c) Liens identified on the Disclosure Schedule;

(d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings (provided that such appropriate proceedings do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral or Collateral which in the aggregate

10

is material to any Co-Borrower or Co-Borrowers in the aggregate, and that a Co-Borrower has adequately bonded such Lien or reserves sufficient to discharge such Lien have been provided on the books of such Co-Borrower);

(e) (i) non-exclusive licenses for the use of Intellectual Property of any Co-Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and (ii) licenses for the use of Intellectual Property of any Co-Borrower or its Subsidiaries that do not result in a legal transfer of ownership of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;

(f) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) consisting of pledges or deposits required in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeals bonds, bids, leases, governmental contract, trade contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations or to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(g) Liens consisting of judgment or judicial attachment liens (other than for payment of taxes), provided that the enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and the existence of such judgment does not constitute an Event of Default under Section 8.9;

(h) (i) Liens on any property acquired or held by any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Co-Borrower securing Indebtedness incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing (or refinancing) all or any part of the cost of acquiring such property and permitted under clause (e) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”; provided that (x) such Lien attaches solely to the property so acquired in such transaction and the proceeds thereof and (y) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of such property; and (ii) Liens securing capital lease obligations permitted under clause (e) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;

(i) non-exclusive licenses and sublicenses (other than in respect of Intellectual Property) granted by a Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower and leases and subleases (by a Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower as lessor or sublessor) to third parties in the ordinary course of business not interfering with the business of the Co-Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries;

(j) Liens in favor of collecting banks arising by operation of law under Section 4-210 of the UCC;

(k) Liens (including the right of set off) in favor of a bank or other depository institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits;

(l) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements (or equivalent filings or registrations) filed under any lease permitted by this Agreement;

(m) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens under subsections (c) and (h) above; provided that, the principal

11

amount of the Indebtedness may not increase and any such extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien; and

(n) other Liens securing obligations otherwise permitted hereunder not exceeding One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate.

“Person” means and includes any individual, any partnership, any corporation, any business trust, any joint stock company, any limited liability company, any unincorporated association or any other entity and any domestic or foreign national, state or local government, any political subdivision thereof, and any department, agency, authority or bureau of any of the foregoing.

“Positive Phase III Data” means that there is a statistically significant difference in the proportion of subjects who have complete (>/= 90%) wound closure of the active-treated lesion in the Primary Wound Pair compared to the proportion of subjects who have complete wound closure of the untreated (control) lesion in the Primary Wound Pair at 12 weeks post administration of the first dose of FCX-007.

“Property” means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, whether tangible or intangible.

“Register” has the meaning given such term in Section 12.1 of this Agreement.

“Responsible Officer” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.3 of this Agreement.

“Restricted License” means any license of Intellectual Property pursuant to which any Co-Borrower is the licensee and such license or agreement is material to any Co-Borrower’s business and (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts any Co-Borrower from granting a security interest in such Co-Borrower’s interest in such license or any other property or (b) for which a default under or termination thereof could interfere with Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s right to sell any Collateral.

“Right of Use Agreement” means that certain Right of Use Agreement, effective as of November 1, 2019, by and between Paragon and Castle Creek Biosciences, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as Castle Creek Pharmaceuticals, LLC), as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Rights to Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

“Sanctions” means any sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including, without limitation, OFAC and the United States Department of State), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.

“Scheduled Payments” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

“Solvent” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.12 of this Agreement.

12

“Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the outstanding Equity Securities entitled to vote for the election of directors or other governing body (otherwise than as the result of a default) is owned by any Co-Borrower directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries.

“Transfer” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.4 of this Agreement.

“Twelve Months Operating Cash” means the amount equal to the absolute value of the product of (A) four and (B) the amount determined by subtracting (a) the amount determined by subtracting (i) cash received by a Co-Borrower as a result of the sale of Equity Securities or the issuance of debt instruments during the three calendar months (the “Cash Burn Period”) immediately preceding the first day of the calendar month in which such Redemption is to be made (the “Cash Calculation Date”) from (ii) Co-Borrowers’ cash on the Cash Calculation Date (as evidenced by the aggregate cash shown on the Co-Borrower’s bank account statements on the Cash Calculation Date), from (b) Co-Borrowers’ cash on the first day of the Cash Burn Period (as evidenced by the aggregate cash shown on the Co-Borrower’s bank account statements).

“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.4(c)(iv) of this Agreement.

“Warrant” means the separate warrant or warrants dated on or about the date hereof in favor of each Lender or its designees to purchase securities of Borrower Representative.

1.2 Construction. References in this Agreement to “Articles,” “Sections,” “Exhibits,” “Schedules” and “Annexes” are to recitals, articles, sections, exhibits, schedules and annexes herein and hereto unless otherwise indicated. References in this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to any document, instrument or agreement shall include (a) all exhibits, schedules, annexes and other attachments thereto, (b) all documents, instruments or agreements issued or executed in replacement thereof, and (c) such document, instrument or agreement, or replacement or predecessor thereto, as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time and in effect at any given time (subject, in the case of clauses (b) and (c), to any restrictions on such replacement, amendment, modification or supplement set forth in the Loan Documents). The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be. The words “include” and “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not be construed to be limiting or exclusive. Unless the context requires otherwise, any reference in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Unless otherwise indicated in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, all accounting terms used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be construed, and all accounting and financial computations hereunder or thereunder shall be computed, in accordance with GAAP, and all terms describing Collateral shall be construed in accordance with the Code; provided that no change in the accounting principles used in the preparation of any financial statement hereafter adopted by the Co-Borrowers shall be given effect for purposes of measuring compliance with any provision of the Loan Documents unless the Co-Borrowers and Lender agree to modify such provisions to reflect such changes in GAAP and, unless such provisions are

13

modified, all financial statements and similar documents provided hereunder shall be provided together with a reconciliation between the calculations and amounts set forth therein before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all obligations of any Person that are or would have been treated as operating leases for purposes of GAAP but for the effectiveness of FASB ASC-842 shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases for all purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, for purposes of all financial definitions, calculations and covenants hereunder (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) notwithstanding the fact that such obligations are required in accordance with FASB ASC-842 (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) to be treated as capital lease obligations in the financial statements. The terms and information set forth on the cover page of this Agreement are incorporated into this Agreement.

2. Loans; Repayment.

2.1 Commitments.

(a) The Commitment Amounts. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth as and when made or deemed to be made, Lender agrees to lend to Co-Borrowers prior to the Loan A Commitment Termination Date, Loan A, prior to the Loan B Commitment Termination Date, Loan B, prior to the Loan C Commitment Termination Date, Loan C, prior to the Loan D Commitment Termination Date, Loan D and prior to the Loan E Commitment Termination Date, Loan E.

(b) The Loans and the Notes. The obligation of Co-Borrowers to repay the unpaid principal amount of and interest on each Loan shall be evidenced by a Note issued to the Lender.

(c) Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loan shall be used solely for working capital or general corporate purposes of Co-Borrowers and their Subsidiaries.

(d) Termination of Commitment to Lend. Notwithstanding anything in the Loan Documents, Lender’s obligation to lend the undisbursed portion of the Commitment Amount to any Co-Borrower hereunder shall terminate on the earlier of (i) at Lender’s sole election, the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder, and (ii) with respect to Loan A, the Loan A Commitment Termination Date, with respect to Loan B, the Loan B Commitment Termination Date, with respect to Loan C, the Loan C Commitment Termination Date, with respect to Loan D, the Loan D Commitment Termination Date and with respect to Loan E, the Loan E Commitment Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender’s obligation to lend the undisbursed portion of its Commitment Amount to any Co-Borrower shall terminate if, in Lender’s sole discretion, there has been a material adverse change in the general affairs, management, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Co-Borrower or Co-Borrowers in the aggregate, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, or there has been any material adverse deviation by any Co-Borrower from the business plan of such Co-Borrower presented to Lender on or before the date of this Agreement.

2.2 Payments.

14

(a) Scheduled Payments. Co-Borrowers shall make (i) a payment of accrued interest only to Lender on the outstanding principal amount of each Loan on the first twenty-four (24) Payment Dates specified in the Note applicable to such Loan and (ii) an equal payment of principal plus accrued interest to Lender on the outstanding principal amount of each Loan on the next twenty-four (24) Payment Dates as set forth in the Note applicable to such Loan (collectively, the “Scheduled Payments”). Co-Borrowers shall make such Scheduled Payments commencing on the date set forth in the Note applicable to such Loan and continuing thereafter on the first Business Day of each calendar month (each a “Payment Date”) through the Maturity Date. In any event, all unpaid principal and accrued interest shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date applicable to such Loan.

(b) Interim Payment. Unless the Funding Date for a Loan is the first day of a calendar month, Co-Borrowers shall pay the per diem interest (accruing at the Loan Rate from the Funding Date through the last day of that month) payable with respect to such Loan on the first Business Day of the next calendar month.

(c) Payment of Interest. Co-Borrowers shall pay interest on each Loan at a per annum rate of interest equal to the Loan Rate. The Loan Rate shall initially be calculated using the LIBOR Rate reported in the Wall Street Journal on the date which is five (5) Business Days prior to the proposed date of disbursement of the Loan, but shall thereafter be calculated for each calendar month using the LIBOR Rate reported in the Wall Street Journal on the first calendar day of such month, provided, however, that if the first calendar day of any month is not a Business Day, the Loan Rate shall be calculated using the LIBOR Rate reported in the Wall Street Journal on the Business Day immediately preceding the first calendar day of such month. Interest (including interest at the Default Rate, if applicable) shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the amount of interest payable hereunder shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount permitted by the law applicable to interest charged on commercial loans.

(d) Application of Payments. All payments received by Lender prior to an Event of Default shall be applied as follows: (i) first, to Lender’s Expenses then due and owing; and (ii) second, ratably, to all Scheduled Payments then due and owing (provided, however, if such payments are not sufficient to pay the whole amount then due, such payments shall be applied first to unpaid interest at the Loan Rate, then to the remaining amounts then due). After an Event of Default, all payments and application of proceeds shall be made as set forth in Section 9.7.

(e) Late Payment Fee. Co-Borrowers shall pay to Lender a late payment fee equal to six percent (6%) of any Scheduled Payment not paid when due to such Lender.

(f) Default Rate. Co-Borrowers shall pay interest at a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate on any amounts required to be paid by any Co-Borrower to Collateral Agent or Lender under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including Scheduled Payments), payable with respect to any Loan, accrued and unpaid interest, and any fees or other amounts which remain unpaid after such amounts are due. If an Event of Default has occurred and the Obligations have been accelerated (whether automatically or by Lender’s election), Co-Borrowers shall pay interest on the aggregate, outstanding accelerated balance hereunder from the date of the Event of Default until all Events of Default are cured, at a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate.

15

(g) Final Payment.

(i) Loan A Final Payment. Co-Borrowers shall pay to Lender a payment in the amount of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (the “Loan A Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan A, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of Loan A or (C) the Maturity Date applicable to Loan A, as applicable.

(ii) Loan B Final Payment. Co-Borrowers shall pay to Lender a payment in the amount of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (the “Loan B Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan B, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of Loan B or (C) the Maturity Date applicable to Loan B, as applicable.

(iii) Loan C Final Payment. Co-Borrowers shall pay to Lender a payment in the amount of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (the “Loan C Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan C, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of Loan C or (C) the Maturity Date applicable to Loan C, as applicable.

(iv) Loan D Final Payment. Co-Borrowers shall pay to Lender a payment in the amount of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (the “Loan D Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan D, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of Loan D or (C) the Maturity Date applicable to Loan D, as applicable.

(v) Loan E Final Payment. To the extent Loan E is advanced by Lender, Co-Borrowers shall pay to Lender a payment in the amount of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (the “Loan E Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan E, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of Loan E or (C) the Maturity Date applicable to Loan E, as applicable.

(h) Force Majeure. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.2 or any other provision in this Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, no late payment fee or default rate interest shall be payable and no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to exist under Section 8.1 in connection with any failure of any Co-Borrower to timely pay any amounts required to be paid under the Loan Documents when due and payable if such failure is caused by a force majeure event or an act of God.

2.3 Prepayments.

(a) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration. If the Loans are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 9.1(a) hereof, then Co-Borrowers, in addition to any other amounts which may be due and owing hereunder, shall immediately pay to Lender the amount set forth in Section 2.3(b) below, as if Co-Borrowers had opted to prepay on the date of such acceleration.

16

(b) Optional Prepayment. Upon five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to Lender, Co-Borrowers may, at their option, at any time, prepay all (and not less than all) of the outstanding Loans by simultaneously paying to Lender an amount equal to (i) any accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loans; plus (ii) an amount equal to (A) if a Loan is prepaid on or before the Loan Amortization Date applicable to such Loan, four percent (4%) of the then outstanding principal balance of such Loan, (B) if a Loan is prepaid after the Loan Amortization Date applicable to such Loan, but on or before the date that is twelve (12) months after such Loan Amortization Date, three percent (3%) of the then outstanding principal balance of such Loan, or (C) if a Loan is prepaid more than twelve (12) months after the Loan Amortization Date applicable to such Loan, but prior to the date that is six (6) months prior to the Maturity Date applicable to such Loan, two percent (2%) of the then outstanding principal balance of such Loan; plus (iii) the outstanding principal balance of such Loan; plus (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder.

2.4 Other Payment Terms.

(a) Place and Manner. Co-Borrowers shall make all payments due to Lender in lawful money of the United States. All payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts payable by any Co-Borrower hereunder shall be made, in immediately available funds, not later than 2:00 p.m. Connecticut time, on the date on which such payment is due. Co-Borrowers shall make such payments to Lender via wire transfer or ACH as instructed by Lender from time to time.

(b) Date. Whenever any payment is due hereunder on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of interest or fees, as the case may be.

(c) Taxes.

(i) Unless otherwise required under applicable law, any and all payments made hereunder or under the Notes shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any taxes; provided that if any Co-Borrower shall be required to deduct any taxes from such payments, then (A) in the case of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions for Indemnified Taxes applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.4(c)) the Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (B) such Co-Borrower shall make such deductions and (C) such Co-Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(ii) The Co-Borrowers shall indemnify Lender, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted directly on Lender by any Governmental Authority on or attributable to amounts payable under this Agreement solely as a result of Lender entering into this Agreement to the extent such Indemnified Taxes are paid by Lender, and any penalties, interest and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate reasonably

17

describing the taxes imposed and the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Co-Borrower by Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iii) As soon as practicable after any payment of taxes by any Co-Borrower under Section 2.4(c) to a Governmental Authority, such Co-Borrower shall deliver to Lender the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

(iv) If Lender is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which any Co-Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement, Lender shall deliver to such Co-Borrower, as reasonably requested by such Co-Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate. If Lender is a “United States person” under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code, such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower Representative on or about the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower Representative), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax. If Lender is not a “United States person” under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code, such Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower Representative (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the Borrower Representative) on or about the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower Representative), whichever of the following is applicable: (A) in the case of a Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under the Loan Documents, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty; (B) executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI; (C) in the case of a Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of any Co-Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” related to any Co-Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W 8BEN-E; or (D) to the extent a Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W 8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable. If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code (“FATCA”) if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower Representative at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative

18

such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative as may be necessary for the Co-Borrowers to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment.

(v) If Lender receives a refund (or credit in lieu of refund) in respect of taxes paid by any Co-Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.4(c), which in the sole discretion of Lender exercised in good faith is allocable to such payment, it shall promptly pay such refund, together with any other amounts paid by such Co-Borrower in connection with such refunded taxes, to such Co-Borrower, net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any taxes to which Lender has become subject as a result of its receipt of such refund) of Lender incurred in obtaining such refund and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that Co-Borrowers, upon the request of the Lender, shall repay to Lender amounts paid over pursuant to the preceding clause (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (v), in no event will Lender be required to pay any amount to any Co-Borrower pursuant to this paragraph (v) the payment of which would place Lender in a less favorable net after-tax position than Lender would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to any Co-Borrower or any other Person.

2.5 Procedure for Making the Loans.

(a) Notice. Borrower Representative shall notify Lender of the date on which Borrower Representative desires Lender to make any Loan at least five (5) Business Days in advance of the desired Funding Date, unless the Lender elects at its sole discretion to allow the Funding Date for a Loan to be made by Lender to be within five (5) Business Days of Borrower Representative’s notice. Each Co- Borrower’s execution and delivery to Lender of one or more Notes in respect of a Loan shall be such Co-Borrower’s agreement to the terms and calculations thereunder with respect to such Loan. Lender’s obligation to make any Loan shall be expressly subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3.

(b) Loan Rate Calculation. Prior to each Funding Date for any Loan, Lender shall establish the Loan Rate with respect to such Loan, which shall be set forth in the Note to be executed by Co-Borrowers with respect to such Loan and shall be conclusive in the absence of a manifest error.

(c) Disbursement. Lender shall disburse the proceeds of each Loan by wire transfer to Co-Borrowers at the account specified in the Funding Certificate for such Loan.

19

2.6 Good Faith Deposit; Legal and Closing Expenses; and Commitment Fee.

(a) Good Faith Deposit. Borrower Representative has delivered to Lender a good faith deposit in the amount of One Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($125,000) (the “Good Faith Deposit”). The Good Faith Deposit paid to Lender will be credited to the Commitment Fee payable to the Lender. If the initial Funding Date does not occur because the Co-Borrowers do not elect to proceed with the Loans, Lender shall retain the Good Faith Deposit as compensation for its time, expenses and opportunity cost. If the initial Funding Date does not occur as a result of Lender’s due diligence or underwriting process, Lender shall deduct Lender’s Expenses and promptly return the balance of the Good Faith Deposit to the Co-Borrowers.

(b) Legal, Due Diligence and Documentation Expenses. Concurrently with its execution and delivery of this Agreement, Borrower Representative shall pay to Lender all of Lender’s reasonable legal, due diligence and documentation expenses in connection with the negotiation and documentation of this Agreement and the Loan Documents; provided that Borrower Representative shall not be required to pay Lender’s expenses in excess of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) without Borrower Representative’s consent.

(c) Commitment Fee. Co-Borrowers shall pay, concurrently with their execution and delivery of this Agreement, a commitment fee to Lender in the amount of Two Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($225,000) (the “Initial Commitment Fee”). Co-Borrowers shall pay, concurrently with the making of Loan E, a commitment fee to Lender in the amount of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) (the “Additional Commitment Fee” and collectively with the Initial Commitment Fee, the “Commitment Fee”). The Commitment Fee shall be retained by the Lender and be deemed fully earned upon receipt.

3. Conditions of Loan.

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Closing. At the time of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Lender shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, all of the following (unless Lender has agreed to waive such condition or document, in which case such condition or document shall be a condition precedent to the making of any Loan and shall be deemed added to Section 3.2):

(a) Loan Agreement. This Agreement duly executed by each Co-Borrower, Collateral Agent and Lender.

(b) Warrants. The Warrants duly executed by Borrower Representative.

(c) Secretary’s Certificate. A certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary of each Co-Borrower, dated as of the date hereof, with copies of the following documents attached: (i) the certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or equivalent documents) of each Co-Borrower certified by such Co-Borrower as being complete and in full force and effect on the date thereof, (ii) incumbency and representative signatures, and (iii) resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents.

20

(d) Good Standing Certificates. A good standing certificate from each Co-Borrower’s state of organization and the state in which such Co-Borrower’s principal place of business is located, each dated as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the date hereof.

(e) Certificate of Insurance. Evidence of the insurance coverage required by Section 6.8 of this Agreement.

(f) Consents. All necessary consents of shareholders and other third parties with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Warrants and the other Loan Documents.

(g) Legal Opinion. A legal opinion of each Co-Borrower’s counsel, dated as of the date hereof, covering the matters set forth in Exhibit D hereto.

(h) Account Control Agreements. Account Control Agreements for all of each Co-Borrower’s deposit accounts and securities accounts duly executed by all of the parties thereto.

(i) Fees and Expenses. Payment of all fees and expenses then due hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to Making Loans A, B, C and D. The obligation of Lender to make Loan A, Loan B, Loan C and Loan D is further subject to satisfaction of the following conditions as of the applicable Funding Date:

(a) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(b) Note. Each Co-Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered one or more Notes in the amount of Loan A, Loan B, Loan C and Loan D to Lender.

(c) UCC Financing Statements. Lender shall have received such documents, instruments and agreements, including UCC financing statements or amendments to UCC financing statements and UCC financing statement searches, as Lender shall reasonably request to evidence the perfection and priority of the security interests granted to Collateral Agent and Lender pursuant to Section 4. Each Co-Borrower authorizes Collateral Agent and Lender to file any UCC financing statements, continuations of or amendments to UCC financing statements they deem necessary to perfect its security interest in the Collateral.

(d) Funding Certificate. Borrower Representative shall have duly executed and delivered to Lender a Funding Certificate for such Loans.

(e) Equity Raise. Borrower Representative shall have provided Lender with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that Borrower Representative has, on or after December 1, 2019, received cash proceeds of not less than Fifty-Five Million Dollars ($55,000,000) from the sale of Borrower Representative’s Equity Securities.

21

(f) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by any Co-Borrower in Section 5 and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) as of such Funding Date, except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date (in which event such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) as of such earlier date).

3.3 Conditions Precedent to Making Loan E. The obligation of Lender to make Loan E is further subject to satisfaction of the following conditions as of the applicable Funding Date:

(a) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(b) Note. Each Co-Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered one or more Notes in the amount of Loan E to Lender.

(c) Funding Certificate. Borrower Representative shall have duly executed and delivered to Lender a Funding Certificate for such Loan.

(d) Equity Raise. Borrower Representative shall have provided Lender with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that Borrower Representative has, on or after the date of this Agreement, received cash proceeds of not less than Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) from the sale of Borrower Representative’s Equity Securities, which amount shall not include any amounts received by Borrower Representative in satisfaction of Section 3.2(f) above.

(e) Positive Data. Borrower Representative shall have provided Lender with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that Borrower Representative has, on or prior to March 31, 2021, received Positive Phase III Data for Borrower Representative’s FCX-007 drug.

(f) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by any Co-Borrower in Section 5 and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) as of such Funding Date, except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date (in which event such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) as of such earlier date).

(g) Other Documents. Each Co-Borrower shall have provided Lender with such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

3.4 Covenant to Deliver. Each Co-Borrower agrees (not as a condition but as a covenant) to deliver to Lender each item required to be delivered to Lender as a condition to each Loan, if such Loan is advanced. Each Co-Borrower expressly agrees that the extension of any Loan prior to the receipt by Lender of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Lender of any Co-

22

Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and any such extension in the absence of a required item shall be in each Lender’s sole discretion.

4. Creation of Security Interest.

4.1 Grant of Security Interests. Each Co-Borrower grants to Collateral Agent and Lender a valid, continuing security interest in all presently existing and hereafter acquired or arising Collateral in order to secure prompt, full and complete payment of any and all Obligations and in order to secure prompt, full and complete performance by each Co-Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under each of the Loan Documents (other than the Warrants). The “Collateral” shall mean and include all right, title, interest, claims and demands of each Co-Borrower in the following:

(a) All goods (and embedded computer programs and supporting information included within the definition of “goods” under the Code) and equipment now owned or hereafter acquired, including all laboratory equipment, computer equipment, office equipment, machinery, fixtures, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing, and all attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions, and improvements to any of the foregoing, wherever located;

(b) All inventory now owned or hereafter acquired, including all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products including such inventory as is temporarily out of any Co-Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returns upon any accounts or other proceeds, including insurance proceeds, resulting from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title representing any of the above, and each Co-Borrower’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

(c) All contract rights and general intangibles (except to the extent included within the definition of Intellectual Property), now owned or hereafter acquired, including goodwill, license agreements, franchise agreements, blueprints, drawings, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, infringements, claims, software, computer programs, computer disks, computer tapes, literature, reports, catalogs, design rights, income tax refunds, payment intangibles, commercial tort claims, payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind;

(d) All now existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, royalties, license rights, license fees and all other forms of obligations owing to any Co-Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods, the licensing of technology or the rendering of services by any Co-Borrower (subject, in each case, to the contractual rights of third parties to require funds received by any Co-Borrower to be expended in a particular manner), whether or not earned by performance, and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by any Co-Borrower and each Co-Borrower’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

(e) All documents, cash, deposit accounts, letters of credit and letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing) and other supporting obligations, certificates of deposit, instruments, promissory notes, chattel paper (whether tangible

23

or electronic) and investment property, including all securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity contracts and commodity accounts, and all financial assets held in any securities account or otherwise, wherever located, now owned or hereafter acquired and each Co-Borrower’s books relating to the foregoing; and

(f) To the extent not covered by clauses (a) through (e), all other personal property of each Co-Borrower, whether tangible or intangible, and any and all rights and interests in any of the above and the foregoing and, any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions and accessions to and proceeds thereof, including insurance, condemnation, requisition or similar payments and proceeds of the sale or licensing of Intellectual Property to the extent such proceeds no longer constitute Intellectual Property; but

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any Excluded Property; provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts receivables, accounts, and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in the foregoing (the “Rights to Payment”).

4.2 After-Acquired Property. If any Co-Borrower shall at any time acquire a commercial tort claim, as defined in the Code, with a value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), Borrower Representative shall promptly notify Collateral Agent and Lender in writing signed by Borrower Representative of the brief details thereof and grant to Collateral Agent and Lender in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and Lender.

4.3 Duration of Security Interest. Collateral Agent’s and Lender’s security interest in the Collateral shall continue until the payment in full and the satisfaction of all Obligations, and termination of Lender’s commitment to fund the Loans, whereupon such security interest shall automatically terminate, without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party. Collateral Agent and Lender shall, at Co-Borrowers’ sole cost and expense, execute such further documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to make effective the release contemplated by this Section 4.3, including duly authorizing and delivering termination statements for filing in all relevant jurisdictions under the Code.

4.4 Location and Possession of Collateral. Except for tangible Collateral having an aggregate value not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), all tangible Collateral is and shall remain in the possession of Co-Borrowers at its location listed on the cover page hereof or as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule. Co-Borrowers shall remain in full possession, enjoyment and control of the Collateral (except only as may be otherwise required by Collateral Agent or Lender for perfection of the security interests therein created hereunder) and so long as no Event of Default has occurred, shall be entitled to manage, operate and use the same and each part thereof with the rights and franchises appertaining thereto; provided that the possession, enjoyment, control and use of the Collateral shall at all times be subject to the observance and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

4.5 Delivery of Additional Documentation Required. Each Co-Borrower shall from time to time execute and deliver to Collateral Agent and Lender, at the reasonable request of

24

Collateral Agent or Lender, all financing statements and other documents Collateral Agent or Lender may reasonably request, in form reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and Lender, to perfect and continue Collateral Agent’s and Lender’s perfected security interests in the Collateral and in order to consummate fully all of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents.

4.6 Right to Inspect. Collateral Agent and Lender (through any of their officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during each Co-Borrower’s usual business hours, to inspect the books and records of each Co-Borrower and Subsidiaries and to make copies thereof and to inspect, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify each Co-Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral. Any inspection, test or appraisal conducted hereunder shall be conducted at the sole cost and expense of Co-Borrowers; provided that the Co-Borrowers shall only be obligated to reimburse Collateral Agent and Lender for the costs and expenses of one such inspection, test or appraisal per calendar year or more frequently if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

4.7 Protection of Intellectual Property. Each Co-Borrower shall:

(a) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Owned Intellectual Property, subject to each Co-Borrower’s reasonable business judgement and consistent with past business practices, and advise Collateral Agent in writing upon becoming aware of any material infringements of such Co-Borrower’s Owned Intellectual Property;

(b) not allow any Owned Intellectual Property that is material to any Co-Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Lender’s written consent, except as determined in such Co-Borrower’s reasonable business judgment and consistent with past business practices;

(c) provide written notice to Collateral Agent within ten (10) business days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over the counter software that is commercially available to the public or any other license that is not material to the operation of such Co-Borrower’s business); and

(d) use commercially reasonable efforts to take such steps as Collateral Agent or Lender reasonably requests in writing to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Collateral Agent and Lender to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Collateral Agent and Lender to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

5. Representations and Warranties. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, which Disclosure Schedule may be updated in connection with the funding of Loan E, each Co-Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

25

5.1 Organization and Qualification. Each Co-Borrower and its Subsidiaries is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation and qualified and licensed to do business in, and is in good standing in, any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of Property requires that it be so qualified and licensed or in which the Collateral is located, except for such states as to which any failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Authority. Each Co-Borrower has all necessary power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform in accordance with the terms thereof, the Loan Documents to which it is a party. Each Co-Borrower and its Subsidiaries have all requisite power and authority to own and operate their Property and to carry on their businesses as now conducted except to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Co-Borrower and its Subsidiaries have obtained all licenses, permits, approvals and other authorizations necessary for the operation of their business except to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.3 Conflict with Other Instruments, etc. Neither the execution and delivery of any Loan Document to which any Co-Borrower is a party nor the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated nor compliance with the terms, conditions and provisions thereof will conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the certificate of incorporation or formation, the by-laws, or any other organizational documents of any Co-Borrower or any law or any regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or Governmental Authority by which any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective property or assets may be bound or affected except the conflict or breach of which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or any material agreement or instrument to which any Co-Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound or to which it or any of its Property is subject, or constitute a default thereunder or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien, other than Permitted Liens.

5.4 Authorization; Enforceability. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the security interest in the Collateral, the incurrence of the Loans, the execution and delivery of the other Loan Documents to which any Co-Borrower is a party and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated have each been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of each Co-Borrower. No authorization, consent, approval, license or exemption of, and no registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Person is, was or will be necessary for (a) the valid execution and delivery of any Loan Document to which any Co-Borrower is a party, (b) the performance of each Co-Borrower’s obligations under any Loan Document, (c) the granting of the security interest in the Collateral, except for (i) filings in connection with the perfection of the security interest in any of the Collateral, (ii) those obtained or made on or prior to the date hereof or (iii) those the failure of which to obtain would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of each Co-Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity.

26

5.5 No Prior Encumbrances. Each Co-Borrower has good and marketable title to the Collateral, free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens. Each Co-Borrower has good title and ownership of all of such Co-Borrower’s Owned Intellectual Property, as of the date hereof. All material Intellectual Property used in the business is either Owned Intellectual Property, or is licensed by a Co-Borrower, and each such material license is noted on the Disclosure Schedule. Each issued or pending patent which is owned by any Co-Borrower and which is material to any Co-Borrower’s business is, to such Co-Borrower’s knowledge, valid and enforceable, and no part of the Owned Intellectual Property that is material to any Co-Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. Except as noted on the Disclosure Schedule, no Co-Borrower is a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License. No Co-Borrower has received any written communication alleging that any Co-Borrower has violated, or by conducting its business as proposed, would violate any proprietary rights of any other Person. No Co-Borrower has knowledge of any infringement or violation by it of the Intellectual Property rights of any third party and has no knowledge of any violation or infringement by a third party of any Owned Intellectual Property. The Collateral and the Owned Intellectual Property constitute substantially all of the assets and property of Co-Borrowers, and each Co-Borrower owns all Owned Intellectual Property associated with the business of such Co-Borrower and Subsidiaries, free and clear of any liens other than Permitted Liens.

5.6 Security Interest. The provisions of this Agreement create legal and valid security interests in the Collateral in favor of Collateral Agent and Lender, and, assuming the proper filing of one or more financing statement(s) identifying the Collateral with the proper state and/or local authorities, the security interests in the Collateral granted to Collateral Agent and Lender pursuant to this Agreement (a) constitute and will continue to constitute first priority security interests (except to the extent any Permitted Liens may have a superior priority to Collateral Agent’s and Lender’s Liens under this Agreement) to the extent such security interest can be perfected by the filing of an appropriately prepared financing statement with the appropriate jurisdiction and (b) are and will continue to be superior and prior to the rights of all other creditors of each Co-Borrower (except to the extent any Permitted Liens may have a superior priority to Collateral Agent’s and Lender’s Liens under this Agreement).

5.7 Name; Location of Chief Executive Office, Principal Place of Business and Collateral. No Co-Borrower has done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof. Each Co-Borrower’s jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, chief executive office, principal place of business, and the place where each Co-Borrower maintains its records concerning the Collateral are presently located in the state and at the address set forth on the cover page of this Agreement or as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule. The Collateral is presently located at the address set forth on the cover page hereof or as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule.

5.8 Litigation. There are no actions or proceedings pending by or against any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary before any court, arbitral tribunal, regulatory organization, administrative agency or similar body in which an adverse decision would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Co-Borrower has knowledge of any such pending or threatened in writing actions or proceedings.

27

5.9 Financial Statements. All financial statements relating to any Co-Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate that have been or may hereafter be delivered by any Co-Borrower to Collateral Agent or Lender present fairly in all material respects such Co-Borrower’s Consolidated financial condition as of the date thereof and such Co-Borrower’s Consolidated results of operations for the period then ended.

5.10 No Material Adverse Effect. No event has occurred and no condition exists which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect since December 31, 2018.

5.11 Full Disclosure. No representation, warranty or other statement made by any Co-Borrower in any Loan Document (including the Disclosure Schedule), certificate or written statement furnished to Collateral Agent or Lender (other than any forecasts or projections), when taken as a whole, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not materially misleading as of the time when made or delivered. All projections and forecasts delivered to Collateral Agent and Lender by any Co-Borrower, represent the Co-Borrowers’ good faith estimate of future financial performance and are based on assumptions believed by the Co-Borrowers to be fair and reasonable in light of current market conditions, it being acknowledged and agreed by Collateral Agent and Lender that projections and forecasts as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that the actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections or forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results and such differences may be material.

5.12 Solvency, Etc. The Co-Borrowers taken as a whole are Solvent (as defined below) and, after the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, the Co-Borrowers taken as a whole will be Solvent. “Solvent” means, with respect to any Person on any date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the fair value of the liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital.

5.13 Subsidiaries. No Co-Borrower has any Subsidiaries.

5.14 Capitalization. All issued and outstanding Equity Securities of each Co-Borrower are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and such securities were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal laws concerning the issuance of securities, except for such compliance with such laws that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.15 Catastrophic Events; Labor Disputes. No Co-Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective Property is or has been affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or other casualty that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no

28

disputes presently subject to grievance procedure, arbitration or litigation under any of the collective bargaining agreements, employment contracts or employee welfare or incentive plans to which any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party, and there are no strikes, lockouts, work stoppages or slowdowns, or, to the knowledge of any Co-Borrower, jurisdictional disputes or organizing activity occurring or threatened which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.16 Certain Agreements of Officers, Employees and Consultants.

(a) No Violation. To the knowledge of each Co-Borrower, no officer, employee or consultant of any Co-Borrower is, or is now expected to be, in violation of any term of any employment contract, proprietary information agreement, nondisclosure agreement, noncompetition agreement or any other material contract or agreement or any restrictive covenant relating to the right of any such officer, employee or consultant to be employed by any Co-Borrower because of the nature of the business conducted or to be conducted by such Co-Borrower or relating to the use of trade secrets or proprietary information of others, in each case that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and to each Co-Borrower’s knowledge, the continued employment of each Co-Borrower’s officers, employees and consultants does not subject any Co-Borrower to any material liability for any claim or claims arising out of or in connection with any such contract, agreement, or covenant.

(b) No Present Intention to Terminate. To the knowledge of each Co-Borrower, no officer of any Co-Borrower, and no employee or consultant of any Co-Borrower whose termination, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, has any present intention of terminating his or her employment or consulting relationship with any Co-Borrower.

5.17 No Plan Assets. No Co-Borrower nor any Subsidiary is an “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, subject to Title I of ERISA, and none of the assets of any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary constitutes or will constitute “plan assets” of one or more such plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101. In addition, (a) no Co-Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA and (b) transactions by or with any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary are not subject to state statutes regulating investment of, and fiduciary obligations with respect to, governmental plans similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code currently in effect, which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement.

5.18 Sanctions, Etc. No Co-Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or, to any Co-Borrower’s knowledge, any director, officer, employee, agent or Affiliate of any Co-Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, is a Person that is, or is owned or controlled by Persons that are, (a) the subject or target of any Sanctions or (b) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions. To the best of each Co-Borrower’s knowledge, as of the date hereof and at all times throughout the term of this Agreement, including after giving effect to any transfers of interests permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents, none of the funds of any Co-Borrower, any Subsidiary or, to any Co-Borrower’s knowledge, of their Affiliates, have been (or will be) derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the

29

investment in the respective party (whether directly or indirectly), is prohibited by applicable law or the Loans are in violation of applicable law.

5.19 Regulatory Compliance. No Co-Borrower is a “bank holding company” or a direct or indirect subsidiary of a “bank holding company” as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and Regulation Y thereunder of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. No Co-Borrower nor any Subsidiary is an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940. No Co-Borrower is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and no proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

5.20 Payment of Taxes. All federal income and other material tax returns, reports and statements (including any required attachments thereto or amendments thereof) of each Co-Borrower and its Subsidiaries required to be filed by any of them have been filed (or extensions have been obtained and such extensions have not expired) and all taxes shown on such tax returns as due and payable and all other material taxes imposed on each Co-Borrower and its Subsidiaries that are due and payable and all material governmental assessments, fees and charges upon any Co-Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective properties, assets, income, businesses and franchises which are due and payable have been paid when due and payable, except for the payment of any such taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges which are not yet delinquent or are being diligently contested by a Co-Borrower in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made under GAAP. To the knowledge of each Co-Borrower, no tax return of any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary is currently under an audit or examination, and no Co-Borrower has received written notice of any proposed audit or examination, in each case, where a material amount of tax is at issue. No Co-Borrower is an “S corporation” within the meaning of Section 1361(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”).

6. Affirmative Covenants. Each Co-Borrower, until the full and complete payment of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted), covenants and agrees that:

6.1 Good Standing. Each Co-Borrower shall maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, its corporate existence and its good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Co-Borrower shall maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.2 Government Compliance. Each Co-Borrower shall comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

30

6.3 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Each Co-Borrower shall deliver to Lender: (a) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, a Co-Borrower prepared Consolidated balance sheet, Consolidated income statement and Consolidated cash flow statement covering each Co-Borrower’s operations during such period, certified by such Co-Borrower’s president, treasurer, chief financial officer or vice president of finance (each, a “Responsible Officer”); (b) as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each Co-Borrower’s fiscal year, audited Consolidated financial statements of each Co-Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with an opinion on such financial statements of a nationally recognized or other independent public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Lender (it being acknowledged and agreed that Deloitte is acceptable to Lender); provided, that such financial statements shall not contain a “going concern” qualification or statement, except to the extent (and only to the extent) that such “going concern” qualification or statement relates to the report and opinion accompanying the financial statements for the fiscal year ending immediately prior to the stated final maturity date of the Loans and which qualification or statement is solely a consequence of such impending stated final maturity date under this Agreement; and (c) as soon as available, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the earlier of (i) the end of each Co-Borrower’s fiscal year or (ii) the date of each Co-Borrower’s board of directors’ adoption, each Co-Borrower’s operating budget and plan for the next fiscal year; and (d) such other financial information as Lender may reasonably request from time to time. From and after such time as any Co-Borrower becomes a publicly reporting company, promptly as they are available and in any event: (i) within five (5) days of the time of filing of such Co-Borrower’s Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the end of each fiscal year of such Co-Borrower, the financial statements of such Co-Borrower filed with such Form 10-K; and (ii) within five (5) days of the time of filing of such Co-Borrower’s Form 10-Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of such Co-Borrower, the Consolidated financial statements of such Co-Borrower filed with such Form 10-Q. In addition, each Co-Borrower shall deliver to Lender (A) promptly upon becoming available, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by each Co-Borrower to its security holders and (B) promptly upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any material legal actions pending or threatened in writing against any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary or the commencement of any action, proceeding or governmental investigation involving any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary is commenced that is reasonably expected to result in damages or costs to any Co-Borrower or Co-Borrowers in the aggregate of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or more.

6.4 Certificates of Compliance. Each time financial statements are furnished pursuant to Section 6.3 above, Borrower Representative shall deliver to Lender an Officer’s Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in the form of, and certifying to the matters set forth in Exhibit E hereto.

6.5 Notice of Defaults. As soon as possible, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after the discovery of a Default or an Event of Default, Borrower Representative shall provide Lender with an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the facts relating to or giving rise to such Default or Event of Default and the action which each Co-Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.

31

6.6 Taxes. Each Co-Borrower shall make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be paid or imposed upon any Property belonging to it, and will execute and deliver to Collateral Agent and Lender, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; and each Co-Borrower will make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, timely payment or deposit of all material tax payments and withholding taxes required by applicable laws to be paid or withheld by it, including those laws concerning F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A., state disability, and local, state, and federal income taxes, and will, upon request, furnish Collateral Agent and Lender with proof satisfactory to Lender indicating that each Co-Borrower and each Subsidiary has made such payments or deposits; provided that no Co-Borrower shall be required to make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings (provided that such proceeding has the effect of staying the collection of such taxes through the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral or Collateral which in the aggregate is material to any Co-Borrower or Co-Borrowers in the aggregate, and that a Co-Borrower has adequately bonded such amounts or reserves sufficient to discharge such amounts have been provided on the books of such Co-Borrower in accordance with GAAP.

6.7 Use; Maintenance. Each Co-Borrower shall keep and maintain all items of equipment and other similar types of personal property that form any significant portion or portions of the Collateral in good operating condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and shall make all necessary replacements thereof and renewals thereto so that the value and operating efficiency thereof shall at all times be maintained and preserved except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Co-Borrower shall permit any such material item of Collateral to become a fixture to real estate or an accession to other personal property, without the prior written consent of Collateral Agent and Lender. No Co-Borrower shall permit any such material item of Collateral to be operated or maintained in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. With respect to items of leased equipment (to the extent Collateral Agent and Lender have any security interest in any residual Co-Borrower’s interest in such equipment under the lease), each Co-Borrower shall keep, maintain, repair, replace and operate such leased equipment in accordance with the terms of the applicable lease except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.8 Insurance. Each Co-Borrower shall keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in such Co-Borrower’s industry and location. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Collateral Agent and Lender as an additional loss payee and all liability policies shall show Collateral Agent and Lender as an additional insured and all policies shall provide that the insurer must give Collateral Agent at least thirty (30) days’ notice before canceling its policy (or ten (10) days’ prior written notice in the case of the failure to pay any premiums thereunder). At Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s request, each Co-Borrower shall promptly deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any property policy shall, at Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s option, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Lender, or to Lender on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Co-Borrowers shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any property policy, toward productive assets of a kind then used or usable in the business of a Co-

32

Borrower or Subsidiary, including, without limitation, the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that (a) any such productive assets or replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Collateral Agent and Lender have been granted a first priority security interest and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default all proceeds payable under such property policy shall, at the option of Collateral Agent or Lender, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Lender, or to Lender on account of the Obligations. If any Co-Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under Section 6.8 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Collateral Agent, Collateral Agent or Lender may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in Section 6.8, and take any action under the policies Collateral Agent or Lender reasonably deems prudent. On or prior to the first Funding Date and prior to each policy renewal, each Co-Borrower shall furnish to Collateral Agent certificates of insurance or other evidence satisfactory to Collateral Agent that insurance complying with all of the above requirements is in effect.

6.9 Further Assurances. At any time and from time to time, each Co-Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Collateral Agent or Lender to make effective the purposes of this Agreement, including the continued perfection and priority of Collateral Agent’s and Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

6.10 Equity Investment. Borrower Representative shall permit Lender or an Affiliate of Lender, at Lender’s sole discretion, to purchase up to an aggregate amount of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) of the Equity Securities sold in Borrower Representative’s next round of equity financing in which Equity Securities having an aggregate purchase price of not less than Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) are sold, at the same price as paid by the other investors in the equity financing. Borrower Representative agrees that it shall notify Lender promptly upon the execution by Borrower Representative of a term sheet or letter of intent setting forth the terms and conditions of such financing and in any event within five (5) days of such execution.

6.11 Subsidiaries. Each Co-Borrower, upon Lender’s or Collateral Agent’s request, shall cause any Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) to provide Lender and Collateral Agent with a guaranty of the Obligations and a security interest in such Subsidiary’s assets to secure such guaranty.

6.12 Keeping of Books. Each Co-Borrower shall keep proper books of record and account, in which full and correct in all material respects entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of each Co-Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

6.13 Cash on Deposit. Commencing as of the date of this Agreement, and continuing until the date on which Borrower Representative provides Lender with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that Borrower Representative has received Positive Phase III Data with respect to its FCX-007 drug, Co-Borrowers shall maintain cash on deposit in accounts over which Lender maintains an Account Control Agreement, in an aggregate amount not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000).

33

6.14 Full Trial Enrollment. Borrower Representative shall achieve full enrollment of its Phase III trial of its FCX-007 drug, on or prior to September 30, 2020, provided, however, that if Borrower Representative does not achieve full enrollment on or prior to September 30, 2020, Co-Borrowers shall, until the date on which Borrower Representative receives Positive Phase III Data with respect to its FCX-007 drug, maintain cash on deposit in accounts over which Lender maintains an Account Control Agreement, in an aggregate amount not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

6.15 Landlord Agreements. Co-Borrowers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Lender within thirty (30) days after the date hereof (or such longer period as Lender may agree in its sole discretion) with a Landlord Agreement for each Co-Borrower’s headquarters location and each other location where any Co-Borrower’s books and records and Collateral exceeding Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in value is located (unless a Co-Borrower is the fee owner thereof).

7. Negative Covenants. Each Co-Borrower, until the full and complete payment of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted), covenants and agrees that such Co-Borrower shall not:

7.1 Chief Executive Office. Change its name, jurisdiction of incorporation, chief executive office, principal place of business or any of the items set forth in Section 1 of the Disclosure Schedule without ten (10) days prior written notice to Collateral Agent.

7.2 Collateral Control. Subject to its rights under Sections 4.4 and 7.4, remove any items of Collateral from any Co-Borrower’s facility located at the address set forth on the cover page hereof or as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule.

7.3 Liens. Create, incur, allow or suffer, or permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, allow or suffer, any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any accounts except for Permitted Liens, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein (except for Permitted Liens that are permitted by the terms of this Agreement to have priority to Collateral Agent’s and Lender’s Liens), or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Lender, or Lender) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any Co-Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except (a) as otherwise permitted in Section 7.4 hereof and (b) as permitted in the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.4 Other Dispositions of Collateral. Convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of, or permit any Subsidiary to convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose, of all or any part of the Collateral to any Person (collectively, a “Transfer”), except for: (a) Transfers of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) Transfers of worn-out, obsolete, damaged or surplus equipment made in the ordinary course of business; (c) Transfers permitted under subclause (i) of the definition of Permitted Liens with respect to Collateral; (d) Transfers of cash equivalents in the ordinary course of business made to a Person that is not an Affiliate of any Co-Borrower; (e) conversions of cash equivalents into cash or other cash equivalents; (f) Transfers of past due

34

accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business (including any discount and/or forgiveness thereof) or, in the case of accounts receivable in default, in connection with the collection or compromise thereof and in any event, not involving any securitization thereof; (g) (i) any termination of any lease in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any expiration of any option agreement in respect of real or personal property and (iii) any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or litigation claims (including in tort) in the ordinary course of business; (h) Transfers of property subject to foreclosure, casualty, eminent domain or condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof or any similar proceeding); (i) Transfers of property by (i) a Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Co-Borrower to a Co-Borrower or (ii) Transfers by any Subsidiary that is not a guarantor of the Obligations to any other Subsidiary; (j) Transfers not otherwise permitted hereunder which are made for fair market value in an aggregate amount not to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in any fiscal year, provided that at the time of such Transfer, no Event of Default shall exist or shall result from such Transfer; (k) to the extent constituting a Transfer, transactions permitted under Section 7.5; (l) the abandonment or cancellation of patents, trademarks, copyrights or other Intellectual Property which are, as of the date of abandonment, not material to the business of any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary; and (m) licenses of Intellectual Property permitted pursuant to clause (e) of the definition of Permitted Liens.

7.5 Distributions. (a) Pay any dividends or make any distributions, or permit any Subsidiary to pay any dividends or make any distributions, on their respective Equity Securities; (b) purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire, or permit any Subsidiary to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire, for value any of their respective Equity Securities (other than repurchases or similar payments with respect to equity or equity-like securities pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements, value appreciation rights awards or similar arrangements ); (c) return, or permit any Subsidiary to return, any capital to any holder of its Equity Securities as such (other than (i) repurchases or similar payments with respect to equity or equity-like securities pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements, value appreciation rights awards or similar arrangements (d) make, or permit any Subsidiary to make, any distribution of assets, Equity Securities, obligations or securities to any holder of its Equity Securities as such; or (e) set apart any sum for any such purpose; provided, however, (A) any Subsidiary may pay dividends solely to a Co-Borrower or another wholly-owned Subsidiary and (B) any Co-Borrower may pay dividends payable solely in such Co-Borrower’s common stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower Representative may repurchase Equity Securities owned by (1) Michael Derby, (2) the Derby 2017 Family Children’s Trust U/A/D 1/17/2017 and (3) Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity OTC Portfolio (such repurchase a “Permitted Repurchase”) provided that (x) the Permitted Repurchase occurs within thirty (30) days after Borrower Representative closes a sale of its Equity Securities, (y) not more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the net cash proceeds received by Borrower Representative as a result of such sale of Equity Securities is utilized to complete such Permitted Repurchase, and (z) after giving effect to such Permitted Repurchase, Co-Borrowers’ aggregate cash on deposit in accounts over which Lender and Collateral Agent maintain Account Control Agreements is not less than Twelve Months Operating Cash.

7.6 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any Subsidiary to merge or consolidate, with or into any other Person or acquire, or permit any Subsidiary to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of another Person; provided that (a) any

35

Subsidiary may merge into another Subsidiary and (b) any Subsidiary may merge into a Co-Borrower so long as such Co-Borrower is the surviving entity.

7.7 Change in Business or Ownership. Engage, or permit any Subsidiary to engage, in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by any Co-Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto or have a change in Borrower Representative’s ownership that results in the Borrower Representative’s investors existing as of the date hereof and their Affiliates ceasing to own, directly or indirectly, at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting Equity Securities of Borrower Representative other than by the sale by a Co-Borrower of such Co-Borrower’s Equity Securities in a public offering.

7.8 Transactions With Affiliates; Creation of Subsidiaries. (a) Enter, or permit any Subsidiary to enter, into any contractual obligation with any Affiliate or engage in any other transaction with any Affiliate except upon terms at least as favorable to Co-Borrowers or such Subsidiary, as applicable, as an arms-length transaction with Persons who are not Affiliates of any Co-Borrower, except for (i) payment of a management fee to Paragon or its Affiliates pursuant to the Management Agreement; provided, however, that the fees described in this clause (i) shall not be paid during any period while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would arise as a result of such payment; provided, further any fees not paid due to the existence of an Event of Default shall be deferred and may be paid when no Event of Default exists or would arise as a result of such payment; (ii) payment of the right of use fee to Paragon or its Affiliates pursuant to the Right of Use Agreement; (iii) payment of transactions fees to Paragon or its Affiliates in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness or Equity Securities of the Co-Borrowers pursuant to the Engagement Letter; (iv) transactions between or among the Co-Borrowers and their Subsidiaries as expressly permitted by this Agreement; and (v) the transactions expressly permitted by Section 7.5(b); or (b) create a Subsidiary without providing at least 10 Business Days advance notice thereof to Lender and, if requested by Lender, such Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) guarantees the Obligations and grants a security interest in its assets to secure such guaranty, in each case on terms reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and Lender.

7.9 Indebtedness Payments. (a) Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy in any manner prior to the scheduled repayment thereof any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than amounts due or permitted to be prepaid under this Agreement) or lease obligations, in each case other than Permitted Indebtedness, (b) amend, modify or otherwise change the terms of any Indebtedness for borrowed money or lease obligations so as to accelerate the scheduled repayment thereof or (c) repay any notes to officers, directors or shareholders.

7.10 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or permit, or permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, or permit to exist, any Indebtedness except Permitted Indebtedness.

7.11 Investments. Make, or permit any Subsidiary to make, any Investment except for Permitted Investments.

7.12 Compliance.

(a) (i) Become, or permit any Subsidiary to become, an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company” under the Investment Company

36

Act of 1940, or undertake as one of its important activities, extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Loan for that purpose; (ii) become, or permit any Subsidiary to become, subject to any other federal or state law or regulation which purports to restrict or regulate its ability to borrow money; or (iii) (A) fail, or permit any Subsidiary to fail, to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”), permit, or (B) permit, or permit any Subsidiary to permit, a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) fail, or permit any Subsidiary to fail, to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation would reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Effect.

(b) No Co-Borrower shall, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, (i) to fund any activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, or (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the Loans, whether as lender, under-writer, advisor, investor or otherwise). Lender hereby notifies each Co-Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of Anti-Terrorism Laws, and Lender’s policies and practices, Lender is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies each Co-Borrower and its principals, which information includes the name and address of each Co-Borrower and its principals and such other information that will allow Lender to identify such party in accordance with Anti-Terrorism Laws.

7.13 Maintenance of Accounts. Except for Excluded Accounts, (a) maintain any deposit account or securities account except accounts with respect to which Collateral Agent and Lender has obtained a perfected security interest in such accounts through one or more Account Control Agreements or (b) grant or allow any other Person (other than Collateral Agent or Lender) to perfect a security interest in, or enter into any agreements with any Persons (other than Collateral Agent or Lender) accomplishing perfection via control as to, any of its deposit accounts or securities accounts.

7.14 Negative Pledge Regarding Intellectual Property. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Lien of any kind upon any Intellectual Property or Transfer any Intellectual Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than Permitted Liens or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.4.

8. Events of Default. Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” by a Co-Borrower under this Agreement:

8.1 Failure to Pay. If any Co-Borrower fails to pay when due and payable or when declared due and payable in accordance with the Loan Documents: (a) any Scheduled Payment on the relevant Payment Date or on the relevant Maturity Date; or (b) any other portion of the Obligations within five (5) days after receipt of written notice from Lender that such payment is due.

37

8.2 Certain Covenant Defaults. If any Co-Borrower fails to perform any obligation arising under Sections 6.5, 6.8, 6.13 or 6.14 or violates any of the covenants contained in Section 7 of this Agreement.

8.3 Other Covenant Defaults. If any Co-Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than as set forth in Sections 8.1, 8.2 or 8.4 through 8.14), in any of the other Loan Documents and Co-Borrowers have failed to cure such default within twenty (20) days of the occurrence of such default. During this twenty (20) day period, the failure to cure the default is not an Event of Default (but no Loan will be made during the cure period).

8.4 Material Adverse Change. If there occurs a material adverse change in the Co-Borrower’s business, taken as a whole, or if there is a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of a material portion of the Obligations owing to Collateral Agent or Lender or a material impairment of the value or priority of Collateral Agent’s and Lender’s security interest in the Collateral, taken as a whole.

8.5 Investor Abandonment. If Lender determines in its reasonable good faith judgment, that it is the clear intention of Borrower Representative’s investors not to continue to fund Borrower Representative in the amounts and within the timeframe necessary to enable any Co-Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable; if Lender makes this determination, it shall provide Borrower Representative with notice in writing and give Co-Borrowers reasonable opportunity to obtain alternative financing.

8.6 Seizure of Assets, Etc. (a) If any material portion of any Co-Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s assets (i) is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon or (ii) comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or Person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within twenty (20) days, (b) if any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, (c) if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of any Co-Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s assets or (d) if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any Co-Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s assets by the United States Government, or any department agency or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within twenty (20) days after any Co-Borrower receives notice thereof; provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by such Co-Borrower.

8.7 Service of Process. (a) The service of process upon Collateral Agent or Lender seeking to attach by a trustee or other process any funds of any Co-Borrower on deposit or otherwise held by Collateral Agent or Lender, (b) the delivery upon Collateral Agent or Lender of a notice of foreclosure by any Person seeking to attach or foreclose on any funds of any Co-Borrower on deposit or otherwise held by Collateral Agent or Lender or (c) the delivery of a notice of foreclosure or exclusive control to any entity holding or maintaining any Co-Borrower’s deposit accounts or accounts holding securities by any Person (other than Collateral Agent or Lender) seeking to foreclose or attach any such accounts or securities.

38

8.8 Default on Indebtedness. One or more defaults shall exist under any agreement with any third party or parties which consists of the failure to pay any Indebtedness of any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary at maturity or which results in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of Indebtedness in an aggregate amount in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or a default shall exist under any financing agreement with a Lender or any Lender’s Affiliates.

8.9 Judgments. If a judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) shall be rendered against any Co-Borrower or Co-Borrowers in the aggregate, or any Subsidiary and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days or more.

8.10 Misrepresentations. If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty, representation, statement, certification, or report made to Collateral Agent or Lender by or on behalf of any Co-Borrower.

8.11 Breach of Warrant. If Borrower Representative shall breach any material term of any Warrant.

8.12 Unenforceable Loan Document. If any Loan Document shall in any material respect cease to be, or any Co-Borrower shall assert that any Loan Document is not, a legal, valid and binding obligation of any Co-Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms.

8.13 Involuntary Insolvency Proceeding. (a) If a proceeding shall have been instituted in a court having jurisdiction in the premises (i) seeking a decree or order for relief in respect of any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, administrator, assignee, custodian, trustee (or similar official) of any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its Property or (iii) for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed and in effect for a period of forty-five (45) consecutive days or (b) such court shall enter a decree or order granting the relief sought in any such proceeding.

8.14 Voluntary Insolvency Proceeding. If any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (a) commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (b) consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (c) consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian (or other similar official) of any Co-Borrower or any Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its Property, (d) shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (e) shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due or (f) take any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

9. Lender’s Rights and Remedies.

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, Lender shall not have any further obligation to advance money or extend credit to or for the benefit of any Co-Borrower. In addition, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default , Collateral Agent and Lender, so long as such Event of Default has not been waived by Lender in writing,

39

shall have the rights, options, duties and remedies of a secured party as permitted by law and, in addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, Collateral Agent, on behalf of Lender, or Lender (acting alone) may, at its election, without notice of election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by each Co-Borrower:

(a) Acceleration of Obligations. Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, including (i) any accrued and unpaid interest, (ii) the amounts which would have otherwise come due under Section 2.3(b)(ii) if the Loans had been voluntarily prepaid, (iii) the unpaid principal balance of the Loans and (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.13 or 8.14 all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Collateral Agent or Lender);

(b) Protection of Collateral. Make such payments and do such acts as Collateral Agent or Lender considers necessary or reasonable to protect Collateral Agent’s and Lender’s security interest in the Collateral. Each Co-Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Collateral Agent or Lender so requires and to make the Collateral available to Collateral Agent or Lender as Collateral Agent or Lender may designate. Each Co-Borrower authorizes Collateral Agent, Lender and their designees and agents to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which in Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s determination appears or is claimed to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any Co-Borrower’s owned premises, each Co-Borrower hereby grants Collateral Agent and Lender a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, for up to one hundred twenty (120) days in order to exercise any of Collateral Agent’s and Lender’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

(c) Preparation of Collateral for Sale. Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Collateral Agent, Lender and their agents and any purchasers at or after foreclosure are hereby granted a non-exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid, royalty-free license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1, to use, without charge, each Co-Borrower’s Intellectual Property, including labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any Intellectual Property of a similar nature, now or at any time hereafter owned or acquired by any Co-Borrower or in which any Co-Borrower now or at any time hereafter has any rights; provided that such license (i) shall only be exercisable in connection with the disposition of Collateral upon Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s exercise of its remedies hereunder; (ii) may be exercised only upon the occurrence and so long as such Event of Default has not been waived by Lender in writing; and (iii) applies to the use of the Co-Borrower’s owned trademarks in connection with goods and services of similar type and quality to those theretofore sold by any Co-Borrower under such trademark and consistent with the historical use of such trademark;

(d) Sale of Collateral. Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and

40

at such places (including any Co-Borrower’s premises) as Collateral Agent or Lender determines are commercially reasonable; and

(e) Purchase of Collateral. Credit bid and purchase all or any portion of the Collateral at any public sale.

Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Co-Borrowers.

9.2 Set Off Right. Upon the occurrence and so long as such Event of Default has not been waived by Lender in writing, Collateral Agent and Lender may set off and apply to the Obligations any and all Indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of any Co-Borrower or any other assets of any Co-Borrower in Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s possession or control.

9.3 Effect of Sale. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and so long as such Event of Default has not been waived by Lender in writing, to the extent permitted by law, each Co-Borrower covenants that it will not at any time insist upon or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take any benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law now or at any time hereafter in force, nor claim, take nor insist upon any benefit or advantage of or from any law now or hereafter in force providing for the valuation or appraisement of the Collateral or any part thereof prior to any sale or sales thereof to be made pursuant to any provision herein contained, or to the decree, judgment or order of any court of competent jurisdiction; nor, after such sale or sales, claim or exercise any right under any statute now or hereafter made or enacted by any state or otherwise to redeem the property so sold or any part thereof, and, to the full extent legally permitted, except as to rights expressly provided herein, hereby expressly waives for itself and on behalf of each and every Person, except decree or judgment creditors of any Co-Borrower, acquiring any interest in or title to the Collateral or any part thereof subsequent to the date of this Agreement, all benefit and advantage of any such law or laws, and covenants that it will not invoke or utilize any such law or laws or otherwise hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted and delegated to Collateral Agent or Lender, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such power, law or laws had been made or enacted. Any sale, whether under any power of sale hereby given or by virtue of judicial proceedings, shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity, of each Co-Borrower in and to the Property sold, and shall be a perpetual bar, both at law and in equity, against each Co-Borrower, its successors and assigns, and against any and all Persons claiming the Property sold or any part thereof under, by or through any Co-Borrower, its successors or assigns.

9.4 Power of Attorney in Respect of the Collateral. Each Co-Borrower does hereby irrevocably appoint Collateral Agent, on behalf of Lender (which appointment is coupled with an interest) the true and lawful attorney in fact of such Co-Borrower, with full power of substitution and in its name to file any notices of security interests, financing statements and continuations and amendments thereof pursuant to the Code or federal law, as may be necessary to perfect or to continue the perfection of Collateral Agent’s and Lender’s security interests in the Collateral. Each Co-Borrower does hereby irrevocably appoint Collateral Agent, on behalf of Lender (which appointment is coupled with an interest) on the occurrence of an Event of Default, and so long as such Event of Default has not been waived by Lender in writing, the true and lawful

41

attorney in fact of such Co-Borrower, with full power of substitution and in its name: (a) to ask, demand, collect, receive, receipt for, sue for, compound and give acquittance for any and all rents, issues, profits, avails, distributions, income, payment draws and other sums in which a security interest is granted under Section 4 with full power to settle, adjust or compromise any claim thereunder as fully as if Collateral Agent or Lender were such Co-Borrower itself; (b) to receive payment of and to endorse the name of such Co-Borrower to any items of Collateral (including checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money) that come into Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s possession or under Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s control; (c) to make all demands, consents and waivers, or take any other action with respect to, the Collateral; (d) in Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s reasonable discretion to file any claim or take any other action or proceedings, either in its own name or in the name of such Co-Borrower or otherwise, which Collateral Agent or Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to protect and preserve the right, title and interest of Collateral Agent and Lender in and to the Collateral; (e) endorse such Co-Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (f) sign such Co-Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any account or drafts against account debtors; (g) make, settle, and adjust all claims under such Co-Borrower’s insurance policies; (h) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and on terms Collateral Agent or Lender determines reasonable; (i) transfer the Collateral into the name of Collateral Agent, Lender or a third party as the Code permits; and (j) to otherwise act with respect thereto as though Collateral Agent or Lender were the outright owner of the Collateral.

9.5 Lender’s Expenses. If any Co-Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Collateral Agent or Lender may do any or all of the following: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; or (b) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.8 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Collateral Agent or Lender reasonably deems prudent. Any amounts paid or deposited by Collateral Agent or Lender shall constitute Lender’s Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, shall bear interest at the Default Rate and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Collateral Agent or Lender shall not constitute an agreement by Collateral Agent or Lender to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Collateral Agent or Lender of any Event of Default under this Agreement. Co-Borrowers shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including Lender’s Expenses, incurred by Collateral Agent or Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of the Obligations hereunder not performed when due.

9.6 Remedies Cumulative; Independent Nature of Lender’s Rights. Collateral Agent’s and Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Collateral Agent and Lender shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No failure on the part of Collateral Agent or Lender to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The Obligations of each Co-Borrower to Lender or Collateral Agent may be enforced by Lender or Collateral Agent against any Co-Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, it shall not be necessary for Collateral Agent or Lender, as applicable, to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding to enforce such Obligations.

42

9.7 Application of Collateral Proceeds. The proceeds and/or avails of the Collateral, or any part thereof, and the proceeds and the avails of any remedy hereunder (as well as any other amounts of any kind held by Collateral Agent or Lender, at the time of or received by Collateral Agent or Lender after the occurrence and of an Event of Default hereunder and so long as such Event of Default has not been waived by Lender in writing) shall be paid to and applied as follows:

(a) First, to the payment of reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including all amounts expended to preserve the value of the Collateral, of foreclosure or suit, if any, and of such sale and the exercise of any other rights or remedies, and of all proper fees, expenses, liability and advances, including reasonable legal expenses and attorneys’ fees, incurred or made hereunder by Collateral Agent or Lender, including Lender’s Expenses;

(b) Second, to the payment to Lender of the amount then owing or unpaid on the Loans for any accrued and unpaid interest, the amounts which would have otherwise come due under Section 2.3(b)(ii), if the Loans had been voluntarily prepaid, the principal balance of the Loans, and all other Obligations with respect to the Loans (provided, however, if such proceeds shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amount so due, owing or unpaid upon the Loans, then first, to the unpaid interest thereon ratably, second, to the amounts which would have otherwise come due under Section 2.3(b)(ii) ratably, if the Loans had been voluntarily prepaid, third, to the principal balance of the Loans ratably, and fourth, to the ratable payment of other amounts then payable to Lender under any of the Loan Documents); and

(c) Third, to the payment of the surplus, if any, to Co-Borrowers, their successors and assigns or to the Person lawfully entitled to receive the same.

9.8 Reinstatement of Rights. If Collateral Agent or Lender shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely, then and in every such case (unless otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction), Collateral Agent and Lender shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder with respect to the Property subject to the security interest created under this Agreement.

10. Waivers; Indemnification.

10.1 Demand; Protest. Each Co-Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees at any time held by Collateral Agent or Lender on which any Co-Borrower may in any way be liable.

10.2 Lender’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Collateral Agent and Lender comply with their obligations, if any, under the Code, neither Collateral Agent nor Lender shall in any way or manner be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage thereto occurring or arising in any manner or fashion from any cause other than

43

Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; (c) any diminution in the value thereof; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, forwarding agency, or other Person whomsoever. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Co-Borrowers.

10.3 Indemnification and Waiver. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated:

(a) General Indemnity. Each Co-Borrower agrees upon demand to pay or reimburse Collateral Agent and Lender for all liabilities, obligations and out-of-pocket expenses, including Lender’s Expenses and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for Collateral Agent and Lender from time to time arising in connection with the enforcement or collection of sums due under the Loan Documents, and in connection with any amendment or modification of the Loan Documents or any “work-out” in connection with the Loan Documents. Each Co-Borrower shall indemnify, reimburse and hold Collateral Agent, Lender, and each of their respective successors, assigns, agents, attorneys, officers, directors, equity holders, servants, agents and employees (each an “Indemnified Person”) harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, damages, actions, suits, demands, claims of any kind and nature (including claims relating to environmental discharge, cleanup or compliance), all costs and expenses whatsoever to the extent they may be incurred or suffered by such Indemnified Person in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), fines, penalties (and other charges of any applicable Governmental Authority), licensing fees relating to any item of Collateral, damage to or loss of use of property (including consequential or special damages to third parties or damages to any Co-Borrower’s property), or bodily injury to or death of any person (including any agent or employee of any Co-Borrower) (each, a “Claim”), directly or indirectly relating to or arising out of the use of the proceeds of the Loans or otherwise, the falsity of any representation or warranty of any Co-Borrower or any Co-Borrower’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document. The foregoing indemnity shall cover, without limitation, (i) any Claim in connection with a design or other defect (latent or patent) in any item of equipment or product included in the Collateral, (ii) any Claim of infringement of any Intellectual Property arising from any Co-Borrower’s actions (and excluding, for the sake clarity, any Claims arising from the Collateral Agent’s and/or Lender’s (or their agents and any purchasers) use of the Co-Borrower’s Intellectual Property pursuant to Section 9.1(c)), (iii) any Claim resulting from the presence on or under or the escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, discharge, emission or release of any Hazardous Materials on the premises owned, occupied or leased by any Co-Borrower, including any Claims asserted or arising under any Environmental Law, (iv) any Claim for negligence or strict or absolute liability in tort or (v) any Claim asserted as to or arising under any Account Control Agreement or any Landlord Agreement; provided, however, no Co-Borrower shall indemnify any Indemnified Person for any liability (x) incurred by such Indemnified Person as a primary result of any Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, (y) to the extent such Indemnified Person is in material breach of its duties hereunder or (z) to the extent such liability has resulted primarily from a dispute solely among Indemnified Persons not arising out of any act or omission on the part of the Co-Borrowers or their Affiliates. Such indemnities shall continue in full force and effect, notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Agreement. Upon Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s written demand, Co-Borrowers shall assume and diligently conduct, at its sole cost and expense, the entire defense of the Indemnified Persons against any indemnified Claim described in this Section 10.3(a); provided that Co-Borrowers’ obligation to pay for such defense shall be

44

limited to the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of one external counsel on behalf of all Indemnified Persons and solely in the event of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel to each group of similarly situated affected Indemnified Persons. No Co-Borrower shall settle or compromise any Claim against or involving Collateral Agent or Lender without first obtaining Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s written consent thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. This Section 10.3(a) shall not apply with respect to taxes, other than taxes with respect to a non-tax claim.

(b) Waiver. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANYWHERE ELSE, EACH CO-BORROWER AGREES THAT IT SHALL NOT SEEK FROM COLLATERAL AGENT OR LENDER UNDER ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING ANY THEORY IN TORTS), ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES.

(c) Survival; Defense. The obligations in this Section 10.3 shall survive payment of all other Obligations pursuant to Section 12.8. At the election of any Indemnified Person, Co-Borrowers shall defend such Indemnified Person using legal counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Person in such Person’s reasonable discretion, at the sole cost and expense of Co-Borrowers; provided that Co-Borrowers’ obligation to pay for such defense shall be limited to the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of one external counsel on behalf of all Indemnified Persons and solely in the event of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel to each group of similarly situated affected Indemnified Persons. All amounts owing under this Section 10.3 shall be paid within thirty (30) days after written demand.

11. Notices. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, by prepaid nationally recognized overnight courier, or by prepaid facsimile to Borrower Representative or to Lender, as the case may be, at their respective addresses set forth below:

If to Borrower	Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc.
Representative:	330 N. Wabash
	Chicago, IL 60611
	Attention: General Counsel
	Ph: (312) 847-1322
If to Horizon:	Horizon Technology Finance Corporation
	312 Farmington Avenue
	Farmington, CT 06032
	Attention: Legal Department
	Fax: (860) 676-8655
	Ph: (860) 676-8654

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

45

12. General Provisions.

12.1 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties; provided, however, neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by any Co-Borrower without Lender’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Lender’s sole discretion. Lender shall have the right without the consent of any Co-Borrower to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participations in all or any part of, or any interest in Lender’s rights and benefits hereunder, other than, if no continuing Event of Default shall exist, to Disqualified Institutions. Collateral Agent and Lender may disclose the Loan Documents and any other financial or other information relating to any Co-Borrower to any potential participant or assignee of any of the Loans; provided that such participant or assignee agrees to be bound by provisions substantially similar to Section 14 hereof and protect the confidentiality of such documents and information using the same measures that it uses to protect its own confidential information. Lender shall notify the Co-Borrowers of each sale, transfer, assignment, negotiation or grant of a participation in all or any part of any Loan Document, and the Co-Borrowers shall maintain a register for the recordation of the names and address of each holder of an interest under any Loan Document, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans owing to each such holder pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Co-Borrowers, Lender and each other holder of an interest under any Loan Document, shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by any Co-Borrower and Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. The foregoing language is intended to cause the Loan Documents, each Loan, and any transfer or participation thereof, to be in “registered form” as defined in Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code and shall be interpreted and applied consistently therewith.

12.2 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

12.3 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

12.4 Entire Agreement; Construction; Amendments and Waivers.

(a) Entire Agreement. This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, taken together, constitute and contain the entire agreement among Co-Borrowers, Collateral Agent and Lender and supersede any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications between the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof. Each Co-Borrower acknowledges that it is not relying on any representation or agreement made by Collateral Agent, Lender or any employee, attorney or agent thereof, other than the specific agreements set forth in this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

(b) Construction. This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each Co-Borrower, Collateral Agent and Lender as of the date hereof and

46

their respective counsel; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any Co-Borrower, Collateral Agent or Lender. Co-Borrowers, Collateral Agent and Lender agree that they intend the literal words of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that no parol evidence shall be necessary or appropriate to establish any Co-Borrower’s, Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s actual intentions.

(c) Amendments and Waivers. Any and all discharges or waivers of, or consents to any departures from any provision of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents shall not be effective without the written consent of Lender and Co-Borrowers; provided that no such discharge, waiver or consent affecting the rights or duties of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be effective without the written consent of the Collateral Agent. Any and all amendments and modifications of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents shall not be effective without the written consent of Lender and each Co-Borrower; provided that no such amendment or modification affecting the rights or duties of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be effective without the written consent of the Collateral Agent. Any waiver or consent with respect to any provision of the Loan Documents shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No notice to or demand on any Co-Borrower in any case shall entitle any Co-Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, waiver or consent affected in accordance with this Section 12.4 shall be binding upon Collateral Agent, Lender and each Co-Borrower.

12.5 Reliance by Lender. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein by any Co-Borrower shall be deemed to be material to and to have been relied upon by Collateral Agent and Lender, notwithstanding any investigation by Collateral Agent or Lender.

12.6 No Set-Offs by any Co-Borrower. All sums payable by any Co-Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall be payable without notice or demand and shall be payable in United States Dollars without set-off or reduction of any manner whatsoever.

12.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts (including signatures delivered by facsimile or other electronic means), each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

12.8 Survival. All covenants made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations or commitment to fund remain outstanding. The obligations of Co-Borrowers to indemnify Collateral Agent and Lender with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 10.3 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Collateral Agent or Lender have run.

47

13. Relationship of Parties. Co-Borrowers and Lender acknowledge, understand and agree that the relationship between each Co-Borrower, on the one hand, and Lender, on the other, is, and at all times shall remain solely that of a borrower and lender. Lender shall not, under any circumstances, be construed to be a partner or a joint venturer of any Co-Borrower or any of its Affiliates; nor shall Lender, under any circumstances, be deemed to be in a relationship of confidence or trust or a fiduciary relationship with any Co-Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or to owe any fiduciary duty or any other duty to any Co-Borrower or any of its Affiliates. Neither Collateral Agent nor Lender undertakes or assumes any responsibility or duty to any Co-Borrower or any of its Affiliates to select, review, inspect, supervise, pass judgment upon or otherwise inform any Co-Borrower or any of its Affiliates of any matter in connection with its or their Property, any Collateral held by Collateral Agent or Lender or the operations of any Co-Borrower or any of its Affiliates. Each Co-Borrower and each of its Affiliates shall rely entirely on their own judgment with respect to such matters, and any review, inspection, supervision, exercise of judgment or supply of information undertaken or assumed by Collateral Agent or Lender in connection with such matters is solely for the protection of Collateral Agent and Lender and no Co-Borrower nor any Affiliate is entitled to rely thereon.

14. Confidentiality. All information (other than periodic reports filed by any Co-Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission) disclosed by any Co-Borrower to Collateral Agent or Lender in writing, including electronically or through inspection pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered confidential, unless expressly indicated otherwise by Co-Borrowers in writing. Collateral Agent and Lender agree to use the same degree of care to safeguard and prevent disclosure of such confidential information as Collateral Agent and Lender use with their own confidential information, but in any event no less than a reasonable degree of care. Neither Collateral Agent nor Lender shall disclose such information to any third party (other than (a) to another party hereto, (b) to Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s members, partners, attorneys, governmental regulators (including any self-regulatory authority) or auditors, (c) to Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s subsidiaries and affiliates, (d) on a confidential basis, to any rating agency, (e) to prospective transferees and purchasers of the Loans or any actual or prospective party (or its Affiliates) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Obligations, any Co-Borrower, any Loan Document or any payment thereunder, all subject to the same confidentiality obligation set forth herein or (f) as required by law, regulation, subpoena or other order to be disclosed) and shall use such information only for purposes of evaluation of its investment in any Co-Borrower and the exercise of Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s rights and the enforcement of its remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to any information that (i) was known to the public prior to disclosure by any Co-Borrower under this Agreement, (ii) becomes known to the public through no fault of Collateral Agent or Lender, (iii) is disclosed to Collateral Agent or Lender on a non-confidential basis by a third party or (iv) is independently developed by Collateral Agent or Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Collateral Agent’s and Lender’s agreement of confidentiality shall not apply if and solely to the extent that Collateral Agent or Lender has acquired indefeasible title to any Collateral or in connection with any enforcement or exercise of Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement following an Event of Default, including the enforcement of Collateral Agent’s and Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

48

15. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT. EACH CO-BORROWER, COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT. EACH CO-BORROWER, COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS.

16. Cross-Guaranty of Co-Borrowers.

16.1 Cross-Guaranty. Each Co-Borrower hereby agrees that such Co-Borrower is jointly and severally liable for, and hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to Lender and its successors and assigns, the full and prompt payment (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) and performance of, all Obligations owed or hereafter owing to Lender by each other Co-Borrower. Each Co-Borrower agrees that its guaranty obligation hereunder is a continuing guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, that its obligations under this Section 16 shall not be discharged until payment and performance, in full, of the Obligations has occurred, and that its obligations under this Section 16 shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and unaffected by:

(a) the genuineness, validity, regularity, enforceability or any future amendment of, or change in, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, document or instrument to which any Co-Borrower is or may become a party;

(b) the absence of any action to enforce this Agreement (including this Section 16) or any other Loan Document, or the waiver or consent by Lender with respect to any of the provisions hereof or thereof;

(c) the existence, value or condition of, or failure to perfect its Lien against, any security for the Obligations or any action, or the absence of any action, by Lender in respect thereof (including the release of any such security);

(d) the insolvency of any Co-Borrower or any other Person; or

(e) any other action or circumstances that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense (other than payment in full of the Obligations) of a surety or guarantor.

Each Co-Borrower shall be regarded, and shall be in the same position, as principal debtor with respect to the Obligations guaranteed hereunder.

16.2 Waivers by Co-Borrowers. Each Co-Borrower expressly waives all rights it may have now or in the future under any statute, at common law, at law, in equity or otherwise, to compel Lender to marshal assets or to proceed in respect of the Obligations guaranteed

49

hereunder against any other Co-Borrower, any other party or against any security for the payment and performance of the Obligations before proceeding against, or as a condition to proceeding against, such Co-Borrower. Each Co-Borrower and the Lender agrees that the foregoing waivers are of the essence of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that, but for the provisions of this Section 16 and such waivers, Lender would decline to enter into this Agreement.

16.3 Benefit of Guaranty. Each Co-Borrower agrees that the provisions of this Section 16 are for the benefit of Lender and its successors, transferees, endorsees and assigns, and nothing herein contained shall impair, as between any other Co-Borrower and the Lender, the obligations of such other Co-Borrower under the Loan Documents.

16.4 Waiver of Subrogation, Etc. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, and except as set forth in Section 16.7, each Co-Borrower hereby expressly and irrevocably waives any and all rights at law or in equity to subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification or set off and any and all defenses available to a surety, guarantor or accommodation co-obligor until the Obligations are paid in full in cash. Each Co-Borrower acknowledges and agrees that this waiver is intended to benefit Lender and shall not limit or otherwise affect such Co-Borrower’s liability hereunder or the enforceability of this Section 16, and that Lender and its successors and assigns are intended third party beneficiaries of the waivers and agreements set forth in this Section 16.

16.5 Election of Remedies. If Lender may, under applicable law, proceed to realize its benefits under any of the Loan Documents giving Lender a Lien upon any Collateral, whether owned by any Co-Borrower or by any other Person, either by judicial foreclosure or by non-judicial sale or enforcement, Lender may, at its sole option, determine which of its remedies or rights it may pursue without affecting any of its rights and remedies under this Section 16. If, in the exercise of any of its rights and remedies, Lender shall forfeit any of its rights or remedies (including, without limitation, its right to enter a deficiency judgment against any Co-Borrower or any other Person), whether because of any applicable laws pertaining to “election of remedies” or the like, each Co-Borrower hereby consents to such action by Lender and waives any claim based upon such action, even if such action by Lender shall result in a full or partial loss of any rights of subrogation that each Co-Borrower might otherwise have had but for such action by Lender. Any election of remedies that results in the denial or impairment of the right of Lender to seek a deficiency judgment against any Co-Borrower shall not impair any other Co-Borrower’s obligation to pay the full amount of the Obligations. In the event Lender shall bid at any foreclosure or trustee’s sale or at any private sale permitted by law or the Loan Documents, Lender may bid all or less than the amount of the Obligations and the amount of such bid need not be paid by Lender but shall be credited against the Obligations. The amount of the successful bid at any such sale, whether a Lender or any other party is the successful bidder, shall be conclusively deemed to be the fair market value of the Collateral and the difference between such bid amount and the remaining balance of the Obligations shall be conclusively deemed to be the amount of the Obligations guaranteed under this Section 16, notwithstanding that any present or future law or court decision or ruling may have the effect of reducing the amount of any deficiency claim to which Lender might otherwise be entitled but for such bidding at any such sale.

50

16.6 Limitation. Notwithstanding any provision herein contained to the contrary, each Co-Borrower’s liability under this Section 16 (which liability is in any event in addition to amounts for which such Co-Borrower is primarily liable under this Agreement) shall be limited to an amount not to exceed as of any date of determination the lesser of:

(a) the net amount of all Loans advanced to any other Co-Borrower under this Agreement and then re-loaned or otherwise transferred to, or for the benefit of, such Co-Borrower; and

(b) the amount that could be claimed by Lender from such Co-Borrower under this Section 16 without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law after taking into account, among other things, such Co-Borrower’s right of contribution and indemnification from each other Co-Borrower under Section 16.7.

16.7 Contribution with Respect to Guaranty Obligations.

(a) To the extent that any Co-Borrower shall make a payment under this Section 16 of all or any of the Obligations (other than Loans made to such Co-Borrower for which it is primarily liable) (a “Guarantor Payment”) that, taking into account all other Guarantor Payments then previously or concurrently made by any other Co-Borrower, exceeds the amount that such Co-Borrower would otherwise have paid if each Co-Borrower had paid the aggregate Obligations satisfied by such Guarantor Payment in the same proportion that such Co-Borrower’s “Allocable Amount” (as defined below) (as determined immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment) bore to the aggregate Allocable Amounts of each of the Co-Borrowers as determined immediately prior to the making of such Guarantor Payment, then, following indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations and termination of the commitments to lend hereunder, such Co-Borrower shall be entitled to receive contribution and indemnification payments from, and be reimbursed by, each other Co-Borrower for the amount of such excess, pro rata based upon their respective Allocable Amounts in effect immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment.

(b) As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of any Co-Borrower shall be equal to the maximum amount of the claim that could then be recovered from such Co-Borrower under this Section 16 without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law.

(c) This Section 16.7 is intended only to define the relative rights of Co-Borrowers and nothing set forth in this Section 16.7 is intended to or shall impair the obligations of Co-Borrowers, jointly and severally, to pay any amounts as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Section 16.7 shall limit the liability of any Co-Borrower to pay the Loans made directly or indirectly to such Co-Borrower and accrued interest, fees and expenses with respect thereto for which such Co-Borrower shall be primarily liable.

51

(d) The parties hereto acknowledge that the rights of contribution and indemnification hereunder shall constitute assets of the Co-Borrowers to which such contribution and indemnification is owing.

(e) The rights of the indemnifying Co-Borrowers against other Co-Borrowers under this Section 16 shall be exercisable upon the full and indefeasible payment of the Obligations and the termination of the commitments to lend hereunder.

16.8 Liability Cumulative. The liability of Co-Borrowers under this Section 16 is in addition to and shall be cumulative with all liabilities of each Co-Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Co-Borrower is a party or in respect of any Obligations or obligation of the other Co-Borrower, without any limitation as to amount, unless the instrument or agreement evidencing or creating such other liability specifically provides to the contrary.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

52

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

BORROWER REPRESENTATIVE AND CO-BORROWER: CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:	/s/ Darien Parhad
Name:	Darien Parhad
Title:	Chief Financial Officer
CO-BORROWER: FIBROCELL SCIENCE, INC.
By:	/s/ Darien Parhad
Name:	Darien Parhad
Title:	Chief Financial Officer
CO-BORROWER: CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, LLC
By:	/s/ Darien Parhad
Name:	Darien Parhad
Title:	Chief Financial Officer
LENDER: HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.
Name:	Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.
Title:	Chief Executive Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO VENTURE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT]

LIST OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

Exhibit A	Disclosure Schedule
Exhibit B	Funding Certificate
Exhibit C	Form of Note
Exhibit D	Form of Legal Opinion
Exhibit E	Form of Officer’s Certificate
Exhibit F	Disqualified Institutions

EXHIBIT A

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

[Provided separately – to be inserted upon completion]

EXHIBIT B

FUNDING CERTIFICATE

The undersigned, being the duly elected and acting                of CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower Representative”), does hereby certify to HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION (“Horizon” or “Lender”) in connection with that certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February __, 2020 by and among Borrower Representative, FIBROCELL SCIENCE, INC., a Delaware corporation, CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Lender and Horizon as Collateral Agent (the “Loan Agreement”; with other capitalized terms used below having the meanings ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement) that:

1. The representations and warranties made by each Co-Borrower in Section 5 of the Loan Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct as of the date hereof.

2. No event or condition has occurred that would constitute a Default or an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

3. Each Co-Borrower is in compliance with the covenants and requirements contained in Sections 4, 6 and 7 of the Loan Agreement.

4. All conditions referred to in Section 3 of the Loan Agreement to the making of the Loan to be made on or about the date hereof have been satisfied.

5. No material adverse change in the general affairs, management, results of operations or financial condition of Co-Borrowers, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, has occurred.

6. The proceeds for Loan [A/B/C/D/E] shall be disbursed as follows:

Disbursement from Horizon:
Loan Amount	$
Less:
Legal Fees	$
Balance of Commitment Fee	$
Net Proceeds due from Horizon:	$

7. The aggregate net proceeds of Loan [A/B/C/D/E] in the amount of $                 shall be transferred by Horizon to Borrower Representative’s account as follows:

Account Name:

Bank Name:

Bank Address:

Attention:

Telephone:

Account Number:

ABA Number:

Dated: [_], 20[_]

BORROWER REPRESENTATIVE:

CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, INC.

    
By:

Name:

Title:

[Signature page to Funding Certificate]

EXHIBIT C

SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

(Loan [A/B/C/D/E)

$____________________ Dated: [_______, 20__]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower Representative”), FIBROCELL SCIENCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“FSI”), CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“CCP LLC” and collectively with Borrower Representative, and FSI, “Co-Borrowers”) HEREBY JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY PROMISE TO PAY to HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Lender”) the principal amount of ____________ Dollars ($__________) or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal balance of Loan [_] (the “Loan”) made to Co-Borrowers by Lender pursuant to the Loan Agreement (as defined below), and to pay all other amounts due with respect to the Loan on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Loan Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement.

Interest on the principal amount of this Note from the date of this Note shall accrue at the Loan Rate or, if applicable, the Default Rate, each as established in accordance with the Loan Agreement (as defined below). Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.] If the Funding Date is not the first day of the month, interim interest accruing from the Funding Date through the last day of that month shall be paid on the first calendar day of the next calendar month. Commencing [_], 202[_], through and including [_], 202[_], on the first day of each month (each an “Interest Payment Date”) Co-Borrowers shall make payments of accrued interest only on the outstanding principal amount of the Loan. Commencing on [_], 202[_], and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter (each a “Principal and Interest Payment Date” and, collectively with each Interest Payment Date, each a “Payment Date”), Co-Borrowers shall make to Lender [_] ([_]) equal payments of principal in the amount of [______________] plus accrued interest on the then outstanding principal amount due hereunder. On the earliest to occur of (i) [_], 202[_], (ii) payment in full of the principal balance of the Loan or (iii) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of the Loan, Co-Borrowers shall make a payment of [_] and 00/100 Dollars ($[_]) to Lender (the “Final Payment”). If not sooner paid, all outstanding amounts hereunder and under the Loan Agreement shall become due and payable on [_], 202[_]. Whenever any payment is due hereunder on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of interest or fees, as the case may be.

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to the Loan, are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement. The principal amount of this Note and the interest rate applicable thereto, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

This Note is referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February __, 2020 (the “Loan Agreement”), among Co-Borrowers, Lender, and Lender as Collateral Agent. The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making

of a secured Loan to Co-Borrowers, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

This Note may not be prepaid, except as set forth in Section 2.3 of the Loan Agreement.

This Note and the obligation of each Co-Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of the Loan, interest on the Loan and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

Co-Borrowers shall pay all fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any Co-Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

Any reference herein to Lender shall be deemed to include and apply to every subsequent holder of this Note. Reference is made to the Loan Agreement for provisions concerning optional and mandatory prepayments, Collateral, acceleration and other material terms affecting this Note.

This Note shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Connecticut. Each Co-Borrower agrees that any action or proceeding brought to enforce or arising out of this Note may be commenced in the state or federal courts located within the State of Connecticut.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Co-Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

BORROWER REPRESENTATIVE and CO-BORROWER:         CO-BORROWER:

	FIBROCELL SCIENCE, INC.
CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, INC.

    
By:     
By:

    
Name:     
Name:

    
Title:     
Title:

CO-BORROWER:

CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, LLC

By:

Name:

Title:

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE (LOAN A/B/C/D/E)]

EXHIBIT D

ITEMS TO BE COVERED BY OPINION OF EACH CO-BORROWER’S COUNSEL

1. Co-Borrower is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and is duly qualified and authorized to do business in the State of [_].

2. Co-Borrower has the full corporate power, authority and legal right, and has obtained all necessary approvals, consents and given all notices to execute and deliver the Loan Documents and perform the terms thereof.

3. The Loan Documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Co-Borrower and constitute valid, legal and binding agreements, and are enforceable in accordance with their terms.

4. To our knowledge, there is no action, suit, audit, investigation, proceeding or patent claim pending or threatened against Co-Borrower in any court or before any governmental commission, agency, board or authority which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

5. The Shares (as defined in the Warrant) issuable pursuant to exercise or conversion of the Warrant have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by Borrower Representative and, when issued in accordance with the terms thereof, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

6. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares have been duly authorized and reserved and, when issued in accordance with the terms of Borrower Representative’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

7. The execution and delivery of the Loan Documents are not, and the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of the Warrant in accordance with the terms thereof will not be, inconsistent with any Co-Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, or Bylaws, do not and will not contravene any law, governmental rule or regulation, judgment or order applicable to any Co-Borrower, or require the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the registration or filing with or the taking of any action in respect of or by, any federal, state or local government authority or agency or other person, except for the filing of notices pursuant to federal and state securities laws, which filings will be effected by the time required thereby.

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

TO:	HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION, as Lender
FROM:	CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, INC., as Borrower Representative

The undersigned authorized officer (“Officer”) of CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, INC., on behalf of itself and all other Co-Borrowers under and as defined in the Loan Agreement (as defined herein below) (individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “Borrower”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February __, 2020 by and among Co-Borrowers, Collateral Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Loan Agreement;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement),

(a) Co-Borrowers are in complete compliance for the period ending ______________ with all required covenants except as noted below;

(b) There are no Events of Default, except as noted below;

(c) Except as noted below, all representations and warranties of each Borrower stated in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on this date and for the period described in (a), above; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date.

(d) Each Co-Borrower, and each Co-Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has filed all federal income and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed by it, and has paid all taxes reported on such tax returns as due and payable and all other material taxes owed by it, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Loan Agreement;

(e) No Liens have been levied or claims made against any Co-Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which such Co-Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

Attached are the required documents, if any, supporting our certification(s). The Officer, on behalf of Borrower, further certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit adjustments as to the interim financial statements.

Please indicate compliance status since the last Officer’s Certificate by circling Yes, No, or N/A under “Complies” column.

	Reporting Covenant	Requirement	Actual	Complies
1)	Financial statements	Monthly within 30 days		Yes	No	N/A
2)	Annual (CPA Audited) statements	Within 180 days after FYE		Yes	No	N/A
3)	Annual Financial Projections/Budget (prepared on a monthly basis)	Annually (within 60 days of the earlier of (i) FYE or (ii) BoD approval), and when revised		Yes	No	N/A
4)	8-K, 10-K and 10-Q Filings	If applicable, within 5 days of filing		Yes	No	N/A
5)	Officer’s Certificate	Monthly within 30 days		Yes	No	N/A
6)	Total amount of Co-Borrowers’ cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period	$

Deposit and Securities Accounts: (Please list all accounts; attach separate sheet if additional space needed)

	Institution Name	Account Number	New Account?		Account Control Agreement in place?
1)			Yes	No	Yes	No
2)			Yes	No	Yes	No
3)			Yes	No	Yes	No
4)			Yes	No	Yes	No

Financial Covenants

Covenant	Requirement	Actual	Compliance
Required Cash on Deposit (Section 6.13 or 6.14, as applicable)	[$_________]	[$________]	Yes	No
Other Matters

If the response to any of the below is “Yes”, please provide an explanation of the circumstances giving rise to such “Yes” response on an attachment hereto.

1)	Have there been any changes in senior management since the last Officer’s Certificate?	Yes	No
2)	Has there been any transfers/sales/disposals/retirement or relocation of Collateral or IP prohibited by the Loan Agreement?	Yes	No
3)	Have there been any new or pending claims or causes of action against Borrower that involve more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00)?	Yes	No
4)	Has any IP been abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public since the last Officer’s Certificate?	Yes	No
5)	Has any Default or Event of Default occurred since the last Officer’s Certificate?	Yes	No
6)	Has Borrower sold new shares of equity or made adjustments to existing shares of equity? If yes, please provide applicable supporting documentation.	Yes	No
7)	Has any direct or indirect Subsidiary been formed since the last Officer’s Certificate?	Yes	No
8)	Has any piece of a Borrower’s property been subject to a Lien (other than the lien of Lender pursuant to the Loan Agreement or other Permitted Liens) since the date of the last Officer’s Certificate?	Yes	No
9)	Has any Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred any Indebtedness since the date of the last Officer’s Certificate?	Yes	No
10)	Has Borrower or any Subsidiary made any Investment since the date of the last Officer’s Certificate?	Yes	No

Exceptions: Please explain any exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions.” Attach separate sheet if additional space needed.)

CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, INC., on behalf of itself and all other Borrowers

By

Name:

Title:

Date:

EXHIBIT F

DISQUALIFIED INSTITUTIONS

[To be provided by Co-Borrowers.]

EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

Execution Copy

CASTLE CREEK PHARMACEUTICAL HOLDINGS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

Effective October 9, 2018

Article 1. Establishment, Objectives and Duration

Section 1.1 Establishment of this Plan. Castle Creek Pharmaceuticals, LLC, a subsidiary of Castle Creek Pharmaceutical Holdings, Inc., originally established this Amended and Restated Castle Creek Pharmaceutical Holdings, Inc. Management Incentive Plan. Capitalized terms have the meanings given to them in Article 2 hereof. This Plan permits the grant of Value Appreciation Rights, Stock Options and Restricted Stock.

Section 1.2 Objectives of this Plan. This Plan’s purpose is to optimize the profitability and growth of the Company through long-term incentives that are consistent with the Company’s objectives and that link Participants’ interests to those of the Company; to give Participants an incentive for excellence in individual performance; to promote teamwork among Participants; and to give the Company a significant advantage in attracting and retaining key Employees, Independent Contractors, and other service providers.

Section 1.3 Effective Date and Term of this Plan. This Plan was effective as of August 24, 2015 (the “Effective Date”), and was subsequently amended on July 1, 2016, April 18, 2017 and October 9, 2018. The Committee may further amend or terminate this Plan at any time pursuant to Article 14 hereof. Upon termination of this Plan, all Awards outstanding under this Plan will continue to have full force and effect in accordance with the terms of the Award Agreement evidencing such Award.

Article 2. Definitions.

Section 2.1 Unless otherwise provided herein, each capitalized term used in this Plan has the same definition set forth in the Stockholders Agreements. For purposes of this Plan, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

(a) 1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor statute thereto, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(b) Affiliate, with, respect to any Person, means: (i) any other Person owning 25% or more of the voting or beneficial interests of a subject Person; (ii) any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the subject Person; (iii) any officer, director, trustee or general partner of the subject Person; or (iv) any Person in which more than 25% of the voting or beneficial interests are owned by a Person who has a relationship with the subject Person described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above; provided that, for the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

(c) Award means, individually or collectively, a grant under this Plan to a Participant of VARs, Stock Options or Restricted Stock.

-1

(d) Award Agreement means an agreement entered into between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award or Awards granted to the Participant.

(e) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) Cause means (i) the Participant has committed an act of dishonesty that results, or is intended to result, in material gain or personal enrichment of the Participant or has, or is intended to have, a material detrimental effect on the reputation or business of a Company Entity; (ii) the Participant has committed an act or acts of fraud, gross negligence or constituting a felony (other than relating to the operation of a motor vehicle); (iii) any breach by the Participant of any provision of any contract, agreement or policy relating to the Participant’s Service with any Company Entity (including, but not limited to, a breach of any restrictive, non-compete or similar covenants in any employment agreement, Award Agreement, or similar agreement); (iv) any intentional act on the part of the Participant that has, or is intended to have, a material, detrimental effect on the reputation or business of a Company Entity; (v) the Participant’s repeated and consistent underperformance based on formal feedback; (vi) the Participant’s insubordination and/or breach of Company ethics; (vii) the Participant’s conviction of, the indictment for (or its procedural equivalent), or the entering of a guilty plea or plea of no contest with respect to, a felony, the equivalent thereof, or any other crime with respect to which imprisonment of one year or more is a possible punishment; or (viii) the Participant’s refusal or failure to perform specific directives of the Board or any officer or employee to whom such Participant reports to the extent that such directives are consistent with the scope and nature of the Participant’s duties and responsibilities as an employee or service provider of any Company Entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant and any Company Entity have entered into an employment or services agreement which defines the term “Cause” (or a similar term), such definition shall govern for purposes of determining whether such Participant has been terminated for Cause for purposes of this Plan. The determination of Cause shall be made by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

(g) Change in Control means a Sale of the Company (as defined in the Voting Agreement); provided that, a Sale of the Company shall only qualify as a Change in Control under this Plan if the Sale of the Company (x) qualifies as a “change in control event” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and (y) no event, circumstance, occurrence or development taking place on or prior to October 9, 2018 shall be taken into consideration in determining whether a Change in Control has occurred.

(h) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(i) Code Section 409A means Section 409A of the Code and all regulatory and interpretive guidance issued thereunder from time to time.

(j) Committee means, as specified in Article 3 hereof, a committee appointed by the Board to administer this Plan. If no Committee is appointed, the term “Committee” shall refer to the Board.

(k) Common Stock means common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company.

(l) Company means Castle Creek Pharmaceutical Holdings, Inc. a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto as provided in Article 16 hereof.

-2

(m) Company Entities means, collectively and without duplication, the Company and any of its Subsidiaries (individually referred to as a “Company Entity”).

(n) Covered Award is defined in Section 9.1.

(o) Designated Beneficiary means the Person or Persons the Participant designates in a signed writing, filed with the Company, as the beneficiary of any amounts or benefits the Participant owns or is to receive under this Plan (subject to this Plan and any required Board consent). If the Participant has not designated a beneficiary under this Plan, or if the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary is not living on the relevant date hereunder, the Company shall deem the Designated Beneficiary to be the Participant’s beneficiary designated under the applicable 401(k) retirement plan or, if none, the Participant’s surviving spouse or, if none, the Participant’s estate.

(p) Disability means the inability to perform one’s duties for the Company by reason of one’s death, disability or incapacity, through illness or otherwise, for a period of 120 consecutive days, as reasonably established in the reasonable written opinion of such disabled person’s physician or, if such written opinion is considered unreasonable by the Committee in form or content, by a physician reasonably selected by the Committee, provided that no one may claim Disability if such person performs duties for another entity or employer that are similar to those duties that such person would otherwise perform for the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Disability shall mean, with respect to any Award that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of Code Section 409A, such term as defined for purposes of Code Section 409A.

(q) Employee means a person employed by a Company Entity in an employee- employer relationship and paid through the Company Entity’s regular payroll department.

(r) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor statute thereto, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) Fair Market Value means on any date, as it relates to an Incentive Share, the Fair Market Value of such Incentive Share as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, provided that for purposes of determining the exercise price of a VAR or Stock Option that is intended to be exempt from the requirements of Code Section 409A, or otherwise as required in order to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, the Fair Market Value of an Incentive Share shall be determined in a manner consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

(t) Incentive Share means one share of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any award of VARs prior to October 9, 2018, an “Incentive Share” means one share of Series A-6 Preferred Stock.

(u) Independent Contractor means a Person, other than an Employee, who is deemed to be an independent contractor by a Company Entity.

(v) IRS means the Internal Revenue Service.

(w) Participant means a Person whom the Committee has selected to receive an Award under this Plan, pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof, or who has an outstanding Award.

-3

(x) Person means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization and any governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

(y) Plan means the Amended and Restated Castle Creek Pharmaceutical Holdings, Inc. Management Incentive Plan, as set forth in this document, as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time pursuant to its terms.

(z) Property means all real and personal property acquired and held by the Company and any improvements thereto, and includes both tangible and intangible property.

(aa) Public Offering means a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Common Stock of the Company, pursuant to a registration statement filed under the 1933 Act.

(bb) Repurchase Right is defined in Section 9.2 hereof.

(cc) Repurchase Value is defined in Section 9.2 hereof.

(dd) Restriction Period means the period during which the transfer of Restricted Stock is limited in some way (based on the passage of time, the achievement of performance objectives, or the occurrence of other events or conditions as the Committee determines, in its discretion), and/or the Restricted Stock are not vested.

(ee) Restrictive Covenant is defined in Section 9.5.

(ff) Restricted Stock means a grant of an Incentive Share awarded to a Participant pursuant to Article 7, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(gg) Series A-6 Preferred Stock means Series A-6 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

(hh) Service means the provision of services to a Company Entity in the capacity of Employee, Independent Contractor, or another service provider.

(ii) Stockholders Agreements means (i) the Voting Agreement, (ii) that certain Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2018, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended or amended and restated from time to time, and (iii) that certain Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2018, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended or amended and restated from time to time.

(jj) Stock Option means the option to purchase an Incentive Share at the exercise price set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(kk) Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or

-4

ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination hereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control any board or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

(a) Termination Date is defined in Section 9.1.

(b) Value Appreciation Right or VAR means the right to receive, in cash, Incentive Shares of equivalent value, some combination thereof or any other manner approved by the Committee, in its sole discretion, an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of an Incentive Share at the time of exercise over the exercise price of a VAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(c) Voting Agreement means that certain Voting Agreement, dated October 9, 2018, by and among the Company and the Stockholders set forth therein.

Article 3. Administration

Section 3.1 Plan Administration. This Plan will be administered by the Board or by a Committee consisting of at least one director that the Board designates for this purpose. If the Board designates a Committee to administer this Plan, the Board shall appoint the Committee members, from time to time, and the Committee members shall serve at the Board’s discretion. Except as otherwise required by the Board, the Committee shall act by a majority of its members at the time in office and eligible to vote on any particular matter, and Committee action may be taken either by a vote at a meeting or in writing without a meeting.

Section 3.2 Authority of the Committee. Except as limited by law and subject to the provisions of this Plan, the Committee has full power to: (a) select eligible Persons to participate in this Plan; (b) determine the sizes and types of Awards; (c) determine the terms and conditions of Awards in a manner consistent with this Plan; (d) construe and interpret this Plan and any agreement or instrument entered into under this Plan; (e) establish, amend or waive rules and regulations for this Plan’s administration; and (f) subject to the provisions of Article 14 hereof, amend the terms and conditions of any outstanding Award to the extent the terms are within the Committee’s discretion under this Plan. Further, the Committee will make all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable to administer this Plan. As permitted by law and consistent with this Article 3, the Committee may delegate some or all of its authority under this Plan.

Section 3.3 Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of this Plan will be final, conclusive and binding on all Persons.

Section 3.4 Adjustments in Common Stock and Series A-6 Preferred Stock. If any shares of Common Stock or Series A-6 Preferred Stock, as currently constituted, are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of the Company or other securities of the Company or of another entity (whether because of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, split, reverse split, combination of units, or otherwise, but not including a sale of such shares of Common Stock or Series A-6 Preferred Stock or other equity pursuant to an effective registration statement under the

-5

then the Committee shall (in the manner and form determined in the Committee’s sole discretion) make equitable and appropriate adjustments or substitutions to the number and class of Incentive Shares and forms of Awards authorized to be granted under this Plan and to any outstanding Awards under this Plan. Fractional Incentive Shares resulting from any adjustment in Awards pursuant to this Section 3.4 may be settled in cash or otherwise as the Committee determines. The Company shall give notice of any adjustment to each Participant who holds an Award that has been adjusted and the adjustment (whether or not such notice is given) will be effective and binding for all Plan purposes.

Section 3.5 Number of Incentive Shares Available for Grants. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.4, the maximum number of shares of Series A-6 Preferred Stock and Common Stock that may be subject to Awards issued under this Plan are (i) 194,571 (i.e., 160,000, being the total number of shares of Series A-6 Preferred Stock subject to Awards that are outstanding as of the effective date of this Plan, plus 34,571, being the total number of VARs that are issued and outstanding as of the effective date of this Plan) and (ii) 72,106 (i.e., 106,677 minus 34,571, being the total number of VARs that are issued and outstanding as of the effective date of this Plan), respectively; provided, that if any VARs in respect of shares Series A-6 Preferred Stock that are outstanding as of the effective date of this Plan are subsequently repurchased by the Company or otherwise forfeited or surrendered to the Company, then the maximum number of shares of Series A-6 Preferred that may be subject to Awards issued under this Plan shall automatically decrease by a corresponding number, and the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to Awards issued under this Plan shall automatically increase by a corresponding number. Any Incentive Share that is subject to an Award under this Plan, which Award for any reason expires or is forfeited, canceled, surrendered, terminated, paid, or settled without the issuance of Incentive Shares, will be available for issuance under this Plan. Any Award or Incentive Share that is issued pursuant to an Award or any exercise thereof under this Plan, and is subsequently repurchased by the Company or otherwise forfeited or surrendered to the Company, will be available for issuance under this Plan.

Article 4. Eligibility and Participation

Section 4.1 Eligibility. Subject to the requirements of applicable securities laws, the following Persons are eligible to receive Awards under this Plan: (a) any Employee; (b) any Independent Contractor; (c) any member of the Board or any Sub Board; (d) any member of any advisory board of any Company Entity and/or (e) any other service provider designated by the Committee. No Employee, Independent Contractor or other service provider has the right to receive an Award under this Plan, or, having received any Award, to receive a future Award.

Section 4.2 Actual Participation. The Committee shall determine, within the limits set forth below, those eligible Persons to whom it will grant Awards. Each eligible Person whom the Committee has selected to receive an Award will become a Participant in this Plan upon execution of an Award Agreement.

Article 5. Value Appreciation Rights

Section 5.1 Grant of VARs. Subject to the terms and provisions of this Plan, the Committee may grant VARs to any eligible Person, in the number, and upon the terms, and at any time and from time to time, as the Committee determines and sets forth in the Award Agreement.

Section 5.2 Award Agreement. Each grant of VARs must be evidenced by an Award Agreement that specifies the duration of the VARs, the number of Incentive Shares to which the VARs pertain, the manner, time and rate of exercise and/or vesting of the VARs, and such other provisions as the Committee determines and sets forth in the Award Agreement.

-6

Section 5.3 Exercise Price. Each Award Agreement for VARs must specify the exercise price for each Incentive Share subject to the VARs.

Section 5.4 Duration of VARs. Each VAR will expire at the time determined by the Committee at the time of grant and specified in the Award Agreement, but no later than the 10th anniversary of the date of grant.

Section 5.5 Exercise of VARs. Each VAR will become vested at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee in each instance approves and sets forth in each Award Agreement. Restrictions and conditions on the exercise of VARs need not be the same for each Award or for each Participant. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the holder of VARs may exercise the vested and exercisable VARs only by delivering a written notice of exercise to the Company setting forth the number of Incentive Shares as to which the VARs are to be exercised.

Section 5.6 Payment of VAR Amount. Upon the exercise of a VAR, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount equal to the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Incentive Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the VAR. At the discretion of the Committee, the payment upon exercise of a VAR may be in cash, in Incentive Shares of equivalent value, in some combination thereof or in any other manner approved by the Committee in its sole discretion.

Section 5.7 Stockholders Agreements. The Company shall issue no VARs until the Participant has executed an Award Agreement and satisfied all conditions and restrictions applicable to the respective Award. The Company shall issue no Incentive Shares with respect to an exercised VAR until the Participant has executed the Stockholders Agreements and satisfied all conditions and restrictions applicable to the issuance of Incentive Shares.

Section 5.8 Nontransferability of VARs. The Participant may not sell, exchange, pledge, mortgage, hypothecate or otherwise transfer or encumber any VARs, except as specifically set forth in an Award Agreement, or otherwise as specifically permitted by the Committee in writing in its sole discretion. Further, except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, all VARs will be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or his or her guardian or legal representative. The Committee may require, in its discretion, a Participant’s guardian or legal representative to supply it with the evidence the Committee deems necessary to establish the authority of the guardian or legal representative to act on behalf of the Participant.

Article 6. Stock Options

Section 6.1 Grant of Stock Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of this Plan, the Committee may grant Stock Options to any eligible Person, in the number, and upon the terms, and at any time and from time to time, as the Committee determines and sets forth in the Award Agreement.

Section 6.2 Award Agreement. Each grant of Stock Options must be evidenced by an Award Agreement that specifies the duration of the Stock Options, the number of Incentive Shares to which the Stock Options pertain, the manner, time, and rate of exercise, and/or vesting of the Stock Options, and such other provisions as the Committee determines and sets forth in the Award Agreement.

Section 6.3 Exercise Price. Each Award Agreement for Stock Options must specify the exercise price for each Incentive Share subject to each Stock Option.

-7

Section 6.4 Duration of Stock Options. Each Stock Option will expire at the time determined by the Committee at the time of grant and specified in the Award Agreement, but no later than the 10th anniversary of the date of grant.

Section 6.5 Exercise of Stock Options. Stock Options will become vested at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee in each instance approves and sets forth in each Award Agreement. Restrictions and conditions on the exercise of Stock Options need not be the same for each Award or for each Participant.

Section 6.6 Payment of Exercise Price. The holder of Stock Options may exercise vested Stock Options only by delivering a written notice of exercise to the Company setting forth the number of Incentive Shares as to which the Stock Options are to be exercised and by executing such documents as the Company reasonably requests. Except as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, such notice must be accompanied with payment of the applicable purchase price in full, and without any extension of credit, either (a) in cash, (b) by delivery (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) to the Company of previously owned Incentive Shares having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the date immediately preceding the date of exercise, equal to the aggregate purchase price payable by reason of such exercise, (c) by authorizing the Company to withhold whole Incentive Shares which would otherwise be delivered having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy such obligation, provided that the Company determines that such withholding of Incentive Shares does not cause the Company to recognize an increased compensation expense under applicable accounting principles, (d) except as may be prohibited by applicable law, in cash by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom the Participant has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise, or (e) through a combination of (a), (b) and (c). No Incentive Shares will be issued and, if applicable, no certificates representing such Incentive Shares will be delivered until the full purchase price therefor and any withholding taxes thereon have been paid.

Section 6.7 Stockholders Agreements. The Committee shall require a Participant to execute the Stockholders Agreements (which imposes restrictions, limitations, and obligations on the Participant) with respect to any Incentive Shares acquired through exercise of a Stock Option. The Company shall issue no Stock Option until the Participant has executed an Award Agreement and satisfied all conditions and restrictions applicable to the respective Award. The Company shall issue no Incentive Shares with respect to an exercised Stock Option until the Participant has executed the Stockholders Agreements and satisfied all conditions and restrictions applicable to the issuance of Incentive Shares.

Section 6.8 Nontransferability of Stock Options. The Participant may not sell, exchange, pledge, mortgage, hypothecate or otherwise transfer or encumber any Stock Options, except as specifically set forth in an Award Agreement, or otherwise as specifically permitted by the Committee in writing in its sole discretion. Further, except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, all Stock Options will be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or his or her guardian or legal representative. The Committee may require, in its discretion, a Participant’s guardian or legal representative to supply it with the evidence the Committee deems necessary to establish the authority of the guardian or legal representative to act on behalf of the Participant.

Article 7. Restricted Stock.

Section 7.1 Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of this Plan, the Committee may, at any time and from time to time, grant Restricted Stock to eligible Persons in such amounts as it determines and sets forth in the Award Agreement.

-8

Section 7.2 Award Agreement. Each grant of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that specifies the Restriction Period, the number of Incentive Shares granted, the purchase price, if any, and such other provisions as the Committee determines and sets forth in the Award Agreement.

Section 7.3 Code Section 83(b) Election. The Participant shall indicate to the Company whether the Participant intends to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the Restricted Stock.

Section 2.2 Stockholders Agreements. The Committee shall require a Participant to execute the Stockholders Agreements (which imposes restrictions, limitations, and obligations on the Participant) with respect to any Restricted Stock. The Company shall issue no Restricted Stock until the Participant has executed the Award Agreement and the Stockholders Agreements and satisfied all conditions and restrictions applicable to the Award and the issuance of Incentive Shares.

Section 7.4 Nontransferability. The Participant may not sell, exchange, pledge, mortgage, hypothecate or otherwise transfer or encumber any Restricted Stock, except as specifically set forth in an Award Agreement or otherwise as specifically permitted by the Committee in writing in its sole discretion. All rights with respect to Restricted Stock will be available during the Participant’s lifetime only to the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The Committee, in its discretion, may require a Participant’s guardian or legal representative to supply it with evidence the Committee deems necessary to establish the authority of the guardian or legal representative to act on behalf of the Participant.

Article 8. Liquidity Rights

Section 8.1 Liquidity Rights. The Committee may from time to time, but shall not be obligated to, consider possible alternatives to be implemented by the Company to allow holders of Awards to achieve liquidity with respect to a portion of their vested Awards, with any such plan, and the terms and conditions thereof, being subject to approval of the Committee in its sole discretion.

Section 8.2 Change in Control. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, in the event of a Change in Control, the Committee may, in its sole discretion:

(a) Require that some or all outstanding Awards will immediately vest, either in full or in part;

(b) Require that securities of the company or entity resulting from or succeeding to the business of the Company pursuant to a Change in Control, or the parent corporation thereof, be substituted for some or all of the Incentive Shares subject to an outstanding Award, with an appropriate and equitable adjustment to such Award as determined in accordance with this Plan;

(c) Require that outstanding Awards, in whole or in part, be surrendered to the Company by the holder thereof and be immediately cancelled by the Company, in exchange for consideration determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, based on the consideration payable to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, under the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as the same may be amended or amended and restated after the date hereof), after taking into account any exercise price in respect of such Awards; provided, however, that any VARs or Stock Options with an exercise price that is less than the Fair Market Value of the underlying Incentive Share at the time of a Change in Control may be surrendered and cancelled for no consideration;

-9

(d) If a portion of the consideration from a Change in Control is to be paid to the stockholders of the Company on a contingent or deferred basis (the “Contingent Consideration”), require that the portion of the Awards attributable, if any, to the Contingent Consideration shall be paid when the Company’s stockholders actually receive payment of such consideration from such Change in Control. All portions of the Awards attributable to Contingent Consideration received within the five (5) year period following the Change in Control must be paid to the Participant within five (5) years following the Change in Control and shall otherwise be administered in a manner that is intended to comply with the requirements of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(iv)(A) and no Participant shall have a right to payment with respect to any Contingent Consideration realized, and/or any installment of the Award in respect of any period, after such five (5) year period.

(e) If the Change in Control is structured as a merger or consolidation, require each Participant to waive any dissenters rights, appraisal rights, or similar rights in connection with such merger or consolidation; and/or

(f) Take any other action that the Committee deems appropriate, in its sole discretion, and require each Participant to take all actions as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate in connection with the consummation of the Change in Control.

Section 8.3 Tag-Along Rights; Drag-Along Rights. The Company and the Participants shall have “tag-along rights” and “drag-along rights,” if any, as provided under the Stockholders Agreements and/or the Award Agreement. Upon the receipt of a drag-along notice, the Participant shall be obligated to transfer his or her Stock Options, VARs and/or Incentive Shares (including any Incentive Shares acquired pursuant to an Award or any exercise thereof), free and clear of any encumbrances, to the proposed purchaser on the terms and for the price set forth in the drag-along notice.

Section 8.4 Nontransferability. As set forth above, VARs, Stock Options and Incentive Shares acquired pursuant to an Award or any exercise thereof, may not be sold, exchanged, pledged, mortgaged, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred or encumbered, except as specifically set forth in an Award Agreement, or otherwise as specifically permitted by the Committee in writing in its sole discretion. If any Award or Incentive Share issued pursuant to an Award or any exercise thereof is transferred in violation of this Plan or the Stockholders Agreements, the Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any Awards or Incentive Shares (including Incentive Shares acquired pursuant to an Award or any exercise thereof) that have been sold or transferred, or (b) to treat as owner of such Award or Incentive Shares, to accord the right to vote, if any, or to pay dividends or other distributions to any transferee to whom such Award or Incentive Shares have been transferred, in violation of this Plan, an Award Agreement, or the Stockholders Agreements, if applicable. As a condition to any transfer, any transferee must consent in writing to being bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan, any Award Agreement and the Stockholders Agreements. Additionally, the Committee may impose such restrictions on any Award or Incentive Shares acquired by a Participant as it deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which the Incentive Shares are then listed or traded, and under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to the Incentive Shares.

Section 8.5 Certificates. As a condition to the receipt of Incentive Shares under this Plan, the Participant shall, if so requested by the Company, agree to hold such Incentive Shares for investment and not with a view of resale or distribution to the public and, if so requested by the Company, shall deliver to the Company a written statement satisfactory to the Company to that effect. Furthermore, the Participant shall make a written representation to the Company that he or she will not sell or offer for sale any of such Incentive Shares unless a registration statement shall be in effect with respect to such

-10

furnished to the Company an opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company that such registration is not required. Certificates or other evidence of ownership representing the Incentive Shares transferred pursuant to an Award may at the discretion of the Company bear a legend to the effect that such Incentive Shares have not been registered under the 1933 Act or any applicable state securities law and that such Incentive Shares cannot be sold or offered for sale in the absence of an effective registration statement as to such Incentive Shares under the 1933 Act and any applicable state securities law or an opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company that such registration is not required.

Section 8.6 Cooperation. All Incentive Shares delivered to any Person under this Plan shall be delivered subject to the condition that such Person (or such Person’s successor in interest) cooperate to the extent reasonably necessary and customary for Incentive Share holders in like circumstances to effect a Public Offering if the Board approves a Public Offering, and if any such Person (or such Person’s successor in interest) fails to do so, the Company shall have the right to cancel the Incentive Shares held by such Person (or such Person’s successor in interest) in exchange for a payment to such Person (or such Person’s successor in interest) equal to the then Fair Market Value of such Incentive Shares, or, if less, the price paid for such Incentive Shares.

Article 9. Forfeiture and Repurchase; Termination of Service. The following provisions of this Article 9 shall apply to all Awards and the Incentive Shares issued in connection therewith; provided that the applicable Award Agreement may provide for treatment that is different than the treatment set forth in this Article 9 and, to the extent so provided, the terms of the Award Agreement shall control.

Section 9.1 Forfeiture and Repurchase. In the event that a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason:

(a) any VARs, Stock Options, Restricted Stock or Incentive Shares issued upon exercise of any Award (collectively, “Covered Awards”) held by the Participant, his or her Designated Beneficiary and his or her transferees that are unvested and outstanding on the date of such Participant’s termination of Service (“Termination Date”) shall be forfeited and deemed cancelled without any further action by the Company, the Participant, his or her Designated Beneficiaries, his or her transferees or any other Person;

(b) in the event of termination of Service for any reason other than Cause, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase all or a portion of the Covered Awards held by the Participant, his or her Designated Beneficiaries and his or her transferees that are vested and outstanding on the Termination Date in accordance with this Article 9; provided that the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase all or a portion of any Incentive Shares issued to the Participant upon the exercise of any vested Stock Option after the Termination Date in accordance with this Article 9; and

(c) in the event of termination of Service for Cause, all of the Covered Awards held by Participant, his or her Designated Beneficiaries and his or her transferees as of the Termination Date that are vested and outstanding as of the Termination Date shall be forfeited and deemed cancelled without any further action by the Company, the Participant, his or her Designated Beneficiaries, his or her transferees or any other Person.

Section 9.2 Repurchase Value. If the Company exercises its right to repurchase any Covered Award (the “Repurchase Right”), the purchase price to be paid with respect to such Covered Award (the “Repurchase Value”) will be equal to the fair market value of such Covered Award (which, in the case of any VAR or Stock Option, will be determined taking into account the Fair Market Value of the Incentive Shares issuable upon exercise of such VAR or Stock Option and the exercise price thereof and, in the case of any Incentive Share, will be the Fair Market Value of such Incentive Share) as of the Termination Date.

-11

Section 9.3 Procedure for Exercising Repurchase Right. If the Company exercises the Repurchase Right with respect to any Covered Award, the Company will deliver written notice thereof to the Participant within 60 days after the Participant’s Termination Date or, in the case of Incentive Shares acquired by Participant, his or her Designated Beneficiary or any of his or her transferees after the Termination Date in connection with the exercise of Stock Options after the Termination Date in accordance with Section 9.1(b), within 60 days after the exercise date of such Stock Options. Such notice will specify the closing date for the purchase of any Covered Awards by the Company. The Repurchase Value shall be paid by the Company, in the Committee’s election, (a) in cash at closing, (b) by delivery of an unsecured promissory note subordinated and junior in right of payment to all other indebtedness of the Company (including any and all existing and future indebtedness), with customary terms and conditions (including the payment at the time of each annual installment of interest, calculated at the then Applicable Federal Rate as of the purchase closing date for promissory notes with four year terms), payable in four equal annual installments, with the first installment due on the first anniversary of the closing and the subsequent annual installments due on the successive anniversary dates of the closing, or (c) in any combination thereof.

Section 9.4 Transfer of Covered Awards. Each Covered Award must be transferred to the Company in accordance with this Article 9 free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, and such documentation reasonably required by the Company to effect and evidence the repurchase of such Covered Award, including applicable withholding, inheritance and estate tax waivers and releases, must be provided to the Company. If any Person required to sell Covered Awards pursuant to Section 9.3 fails, for any reason, to tender the instruments required for the purchase and sale of the Covered Awards at the time and place specified by the Company, such Person shall be deemed to have assigned all of its right, title and interest in and to the Covered Awards to the Company, and such Person shall cease to have any rights with respect to the Covered Awards, except only to receive the Repurchase Value therefor as computed pursuant to Section 9.2, and such transferred Covered Awards shall be deemed canceled on the Company’s books and shall no longer be outstanding as of such date.

Section 9.5 Limitations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Company will not have the right to exercise any Repurchase Right to the extent prohibited by law or by any debt financing agreements of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (including any covenant prohibiting direct or indirect distributions to the Company in order to effect any such repurchases) (a “Restrictive Covenant”) provided that if the Company is so prohibited from repurchasing any Covered Awards pursuant to law or a Restrictive Covenant or because of a possible impairment of its capital or due to lack of sufficient capital, as the case may be, the Company may repurchase such Covered Awards when it is permitted to do so under law or such Restrictive Covenants, when such repurchase would not impair the Company’s capital or when the Company has sufficient capital to repurchase such Covered Awards, as the case may be.

Section 9.6 Termination of Service. Each Award Agreement will set forth the extent to which the Participant has the right to exercise or retain the Award after his or her termination of Service. These terms will be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, need not be uniform among all Awards, and may reflect, among other things, distinctions based on the reasons for termination of Service.

-12

Article 10. Beneficiary Designation

Each Participant, from time to time, may name any Designated Beneficiary (who may be named contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under this Plan may be paid in case the Participant should die before receiving any or all of his or her Plan benefits. Each beneficiary designation must revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, must be in a form prescribed by the Committee, must be made during the Participant’s lifetime, and must be received by the Committee or Committee before the Participant’s death.

Article 11. Breach of Restrictive Covenants

Section 11.1 Restrictive Covenants. An Award Agreement may provide that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if the Participant breaches the non- compete, non-solicitation, non-hire, non-disclosure, confidentiality, non-disparagement, or other restrictive covenant provisions of the Award Agreement, whether during or after termination of Service, in addition to any other penalties or restrictions that may apply under any employment agreement, state law, or otherwise, the Participant shall:

(a) forfeit any and all Awards and Incentive Shares granted to him or her under this Plan, including Awards that have become vested;

(b) forfeit any and all right to receive any remaining installment payments due to the Participant pursuant to Article 9 hereof;

(c) forfeit the profit the Participant has realized on the sale of any Awards or Incentive Shares, which amount the Participant shall be required to repay to the Company; and

(d) be subject to such other forfeitures or consequences as are set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

Article 12. Other Restrictions.

Section 12.1 Restrictions. The Committee may impose such other conditions and/or restrictions on any Award as it deems advisable and sets forth in the applicable Award Agreement including, without limitation, restrictions based upon the achievement of specific performance objectives (Company-wide, business unit, and/or individual), time-based restrictions on vesting following the attainment of the performance objectives, and/or restrictions under applicable federal or state securities laws. The Committee may provide that restrictions established under this Section 12.1 as to any given Award will lapse all at once or in installments.

Section 12.2 Market Standoff. As a condition to a Participant’s receipt of an Award, the Participant agrees that, in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any Public Offering of the Company’s securities, the Participant will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Incentive Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such reasonable period of time after the effective date of such registration as may be requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the underwriters may specify. The Participant will enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant and any Company Entity enter into any agreement that includes lock-up restrictions that are more favorable to such Participant than those set forth in this Section 12.2, then the terms of such agreement shall govern any Incentives Shares held by such Participant.

-13

Article 13. Rights of Participants; Distributions

Nothing in this Plan interferes with or limits in any way the right of any Company Entity to terminate any Participant’s Service at any time, or confers upon any Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Company Entity. No Award under this Plan will confer upon the holder thereof any rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the date on which Incentive Shares are transferred to the Participant and registered in the Participant’s name, and the Participant has fulfilled all requirements and conditions for receipt of such Incentive Share.

Article 14. Amendment, Modification and Termination

The Committee may at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, modify or terminate this Plan in whole or in part. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, the Committee may alter, amend or modify outstanding Awards under this Plan, or accept the surrender of outstanding Awards and grant new Awards in substitution of them. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except for alterations, amendments or modifications deemed necessary by the Committee to comply with applicable legal or accounting requirements, no alteration, amendment or modification of an Award may, without the prior written consent of the Participant, materially impair any rights or obligations under any Award already granted under this Plan.

Article 15. Tax Withholding

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if the Company is required to withhold federal, state or local income taxes attributable to any amount considered to be compensation includable in a Participant’s gross income by reason of the grant of an Award, or by reason of the making of an election under Code Section 83(b) with respect thereto, the vesting of an Award, or by reason of any payment made or to be made to a holder of an Award, the Company in its discretion shall determine the method and amount of withholding.

Article 16. Successors

All obligations of the Company under this Plan or any Award Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of the successor results from a direct or indirect purchase of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, or a merger, consolidation, or otherwise.

Article 17. Miscellaneous

Section 17.1 Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any plural term used in this Plan includes the singular and a singular term includes the plural.

Section 17.2 Severability. If any provision of this Plan is held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of this Plan, and this Plan must be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

Section 17.3 Requirements of Law. The granting of Awards and the issuance of Incentive Shares and/or cash payouts under this Plan are subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations (including, but not limited to, Rule 701 of the 1933 Act, to the extent applicable), and to any approvals by governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

-14

Section 17.4 Non-U.S. Based Person. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Committee may make Awards to Persons who are not citizens or residents of the United States on such terms and conditions different from those specified in this Plan as may, in the Committee’s judgment, be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of this Plan’s purposes. In furtherance of such purposes, the Committee may make such modifications, amendments, procedures and subplans as may be necessary or advisable to comply with provisions of laws in other countries or jurisdictions in which the Company operates or has employees.

Section 17.5 Dispute Resolution and Arbitration. All disputes that may arise in any way directly or indirectly related to this Plan must be resolved by way of arbitration if they cannot be resolved through negotiations by and between the applicable parties. The Participant agrees to be bound by the same arbitration procedures for resolving disputes in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement. No Participant, heir, successor, representative or assign may seek resolution of any dispute in connection with this Plan in a court of law except in the event of actual fraud in the arbitration process.

Section 17.6 Governing Law. The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the validity of this Plan, the construction of its terms, and the interpretation of the rights and duties of Participants, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws.

Section 17.7 Unfunded Status of this Plan. It is intended that this Plan be an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. The Administrator may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet obligations created under this Plan to deliver Incentive Shares or make payments, provided that, unless the Committee otherwise determines, the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the “unfunded” status of this Plan. Nothing contained in this Plan shall constitute, or be treated as, a trust or create any fiduciary relationship between a Participant and any Company Entity. The Company shall be under no obligation to segregate any assets for the purpose of providing payments to the Participants and no Person which is entitled to a distribution from the Company under this Plan shall have any claim, right, security interest, or other interest in any fund, trust, account, insurance contract, or asset of any Company Entity.

Section 17.8 Code Section 409A. This Plan and all Awards granted thereunder are intended to be exempt from or comply with Code Section 409A pursuant to the guidance issued thereunder by the IRS and must be administered in a manner consistent with such intent. Each payment under this Plan is deemed a “separate payment” for purposes of Code Section 409A. If an unintentional operational failure occurs with respect to Code Section 409A requirements, any affected Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall fully cooperate with the Company to correct the failure, to the extent possible, in accordance with any correction procedure established by the IRS.

-15

EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), is pleased to advise you, the “Participant” whose signature appears on the signature page hereto, that the Company has granted to you a stock option (an “Option”), as provided below, under the Company’s Amended and Restated Management Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”), a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The Option has been granted, and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise will be issued, pursuant to a “compensatory benefit plan” within the meaning of such term under Rule 701 of the Exchange Act.

Participant Name:
Address:	On file with the Company

You have been granted an Option to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement, as follows:

Date of Grant:
Commencement Date:
Exercise Price per Share:	$
Total Number of Shares subject to Option:
Total Exercise Price:	$
Type of Option:		Incentive Stock Option
	X	Nonstatutory Stock Option
Expiration Date:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

2. Option.

(a) Grant. This Option entitles you to purchase up to the number of shares of Common Stock set forth on the first page of this Agreement at an exercise price per share (the “Exercise Price”) as set forth on the first page of this Agreement. Your Option shall expire at the close of business on the expiration date set forth on the first page of this Agreement (the “Expiration Date”), subject to earlier expiration as provided in Section 3 below. Your Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(b) Payment of Option Price. Subject to Section 3 below, your Option may be exercised in whole or in part upon payment of an amount (the “Option Price”) equal to the product of (i) the Exercise Price multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock to be acquired, unless otherwise determined by the Committee. Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at your election: (A) cash or check; (B) at the discretion of the Committee on a case by case basis, by surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the shares as to which this Option is being exercised; or (C) at the discretion of the Committee on a case by case basis, by a cashless exercise or promissory note program approved by the Committee.

3. Vesting; Expiration; Exercisability.

(a) Vesting. Your Option may be exercised only to the extent it has become vested. Subject to your continued employment or engagement by the Company or another member of the Company Group (as defined on Exhibit B attached hereto) on each applicable vesting date, and except as may otherwise be provided herein or in the Plan, twenty percent (20%) of the Option shall become vested on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “First Vesting Date”), and the remaining eighty percent (80%) shall become vested ratably on each of the subsequent four anniversaries following the First Vesting Date. The Option shall not vest at any time after the termination of your employment or engagement with the Company.

(b) Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, and irrespective of whether outstanding Options are being assumed, substituted, exchanged or terminated in connection with the transaction, the vesting of your Option shall accelerate such that all unvested Options shall become exercisable and vested to the extent not then otherwise vested. The portion of your Option that has not yet become vested shall become vested as provided herein due to a Change in Control if and only if, as of the date of the consummation of such Change in Control, you remain employed or engaged by the Company or another member of the Company Group from the Commencement Date through and including such Change in Control. In any event, any portion of your Option which has not been exercised prior to or in connection with the Change in Control shall expire and be forfeited for no consideration, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

(c) Expiration of Option. In no event shall any part of your Option be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

2

(d) Early Expiration upon Termination of Employment. Any portion of your Option that was not vested and exercisable as of the date on which your employment or service with the Company or another member of the Company Group terminates shall expire and be forfeited on such date. Any portion of your Option that was vested and exercisable as of such termination date shall also expire and be forfeited as of such termination date, provided, however, (i) if such termination was by reason of Participant’s death or Disability (as defined in the Plan), then the portion of your Option that was vested and exercisable as of such termination date shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (w) one hundred twenty (120) days following the effective date of such termination and (x) the expiry of the Option on the Expiration Date; and (ii) if such termination was by the Company without Cause (as defined in the Plan), and the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company a general release of claims against the Company and the Company Group, in form and substance acceptable to the Committee, and such release has become irrevocable, then the portion of your Option that was vested and exercisable as of such termination date shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (y) sixty (60) days following the effective date of such termination and (z) the expiry of the Option on the Expiration Date;

(e) Procedure for Exercise. You may exercise all or any portion of your Option, to the extent it has vested and is exercisable, at any time and from time to time prior to its expiration, by delivering to the Company’s Corporate Secretary an Exercise Notice in the form attached to this Option, and a duly executed joinder, in form and content acceptable to the Company, to all or portions of any stockholders, financing, or other agreement as determined by the Committee, together with payment of the Option Price in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(b) above. As a condition to any exercise of your Option, you shall make all customary investment representations which the Company requires. The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any shares of Common Stock upon exercise of this Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with applicable laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. As a condition to the exercise of your Option, and as further set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement, you agree to make adequate provision, acceptable to the Company, for federal, state, local and non-U.S. income an employment tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the grant, vesting or exercise of this Option, or disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of this Option, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise. Further, if you (or any other person) is exercising this Option in connection with or following the termination of your employment or engagement with the Company or another member of the Company Group, as a condition to exercise of your Option and the issuance of shares of Common Stock hereunder, you shall execute and deliver to the Company a general release of claims with respect to the termination of your employment or engagement with the Company or another member of the Company Group in form and substance provided to you by the Company at that time.

4. Conformity with Plan. Your Option is intended to conform in all respects with, and is subject to all applicable provisions of, the Plan (which is incorporated herein by reference). Inconsistencies between this Option and the Plan shall be resolved in accordance with the terms of the Plan. By executing and returning the enclosed copy of this Option, you acknowledge your receipt of this Option and the Plan and agree to be bound by all of the terms of this Option and the Plan.

5. Rights of Participants. Nothing in this Option shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any member of the Company Group to terminate your employment or engagement at any time (with or without Cause), nor confer upon you any right to continue to be employed or engaged by the Company or another member of the Company Group for any period of time or to continue your present (or any other) rate of compensation or benefits. In the event of any termination of your employment or engagement with the Company or another member of the Company Group (including any termination of your employment or engagement by the Company or another member of the Company Group without Cause), any portion of your Option that was not previously vested and exercisable shall expire and be forfeited, except as otherwise provided herein or in the Plan. Nothing in this Option shall confer upon you any right to be selected again as a participant under the Plan, and nothing in the Plan or this Option shall provide for any adjustment to the number of shares of

3

Common Stock subject to your Option upon the occurrence of subsequent events, except as provided in Section 7 or the Plan. Also, to the extent applicable, the Exercise Price has been set in good faith compliance with the applicable guidance issued by the IRS under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. However, there is no guarantee that the IRS will agree with the valuation, and by signing below, you agree and acknowledge that the Company shall not be held liable for any applicable costs, taxes or penalties associated with this Option if, in fact, the IRS were to determine that this Option constitutes deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code. You should consult with your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of such a determination by the IRS.

6. Withholding of Taxes. The Company shall be entitled, if necessary or desirable, to deduct and withhold from you, from any amounts due and payable by the Company to you (or secure payment from you in lieu of withholding), the amount of any withholding or other tax due in connection with the issuance, vesting, ownership, modification, adjustment, disposition, exercise or otherwise with respect to your Option or the securities issuable under your Option, and the Company may defer the issuance of shares of Common Stock under your Option unless you make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for your payment of such amounts or indemnification of the Company with respect to such matters. In the event that the Company does not make such deductions or withholdings, you shall indemnify the Company for and remain responsible for any amounts paid or payable by the Company with respect to any such taxes, together with any interest, penalties and additions to tax and any related expenses thereto.

7. Adjustments. In the event of a reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend or stock split, or combination or other change in the shares of Common Stock, the Committee shall make such adjustments in the number and type of securities authorized by the Plan, the number and type of securities covered by your Option and the Exercise Price specified herein as the Committee may determine to be appropriate and equitable.

8. Miscellaneous.

(a) Amendment. Except as otherwise provided herein, any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of you and the Company. This Agreement may also be amended as provided under the Plan, but no such amendment shall adversely effect your rights under this Agreement without your written consent, unless otherwise permitted by the Plan.

(b) Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not.

(c) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement (including, Exhibit A and Exhibit B attached hereto) shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

(d) Counterparts and Delivery by Facsimile or Email. This Agreement and any agreement or instrument entered into in connection with this Agreement, and any amendments hereto or thereto, may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement, and, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or email (including by an attachment thereto (e.g., PDF)), shall be treated in

4

all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or email (including by an attachment thereto (e.g., PDF)) to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or by email as a defense to the formation of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

(e) No Strict Construction. The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

(f) Construction; Determinations. This Agreement is granted pursuant to the Plan and is, in all respects, limited by and subject to the express provisions of the Plan, as amended from time to time. The interpretation and construction by the Committee of the Plan, this Agreement and any such rules and regulations adopted by the Committee for purposes of administering the Plan, shall be final, conclusive and binding upon you and all other Persons. The descriptive headings of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter for Ms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. Unless the context requires otherwise (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof and (iv) all references herein to sections shall be construed to refer to sections of this Agreement unless otherwise noted.

(g) Governing Law. Any issues, disputes or claims arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and all issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(h) Notices. Any communication or notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing, and, if to the Company, to its principal place of business, attention: Chief Executive Officer, and, if to you, to the address appearing on the records of the Company. Such communication or notice shall be delivered personally or by a reputable overnight delivery service. Any such notice shall be deemed given when received by the intended recipient. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice required or permitted hereunder from the Company to you may be made by electronic means, including by electronic mail to your Company-maintained electronic mailbox, and you hereby consent to receive such notice by electronic delivery. To the extent permitted in an electronically delivered notice described in the previous sentence, you shall be permitted to respond to such notice or communication by way of a responsive electronic communication, including by electronic mail.

(i) Waiver of Section 220 of the DGCL. You acknowledge and understand that, but for the waiver made herein, you would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose

5

thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of yours as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act, you hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waive the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights.

(j) Restrictive Covenants. As a condition to this Agreement and to eligibility, receipt or retention of the payments, rights and benefits in respect of the Options awarded hereunder, you agree to those additional terms set forth on Exhibit B, which are hereby incorporated by reference and which shall survive termination of your service or employment with the Company or any Affiliates

(k) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; JURISDICTION. NO PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ASSIGNEE, SUCCESSOR, HEIR OR PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVE OF A PARTY SHALL SEEK A JURY TRIAL IN ANY LAWSUIT, PROCEEDING, COUNTERCLAIM OR ANY OTHER LITIGATION PROCEDURE BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER AGREEMENTS OR THE DEALINGS OR THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE PARTIES. NO PARTY WILL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION, IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL HAS BEEN WAIVED, WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH HAVE BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY THE PARTIES HERETO, AND THESE PROVISIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO NO EXCEPTIONS. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED EXCLUSIVELY IN THE FEDERAL OR STATE COURTS LOCATED IN COOK COUNTY, ILLINOIS. NEITHER PARTY HAS IN ANY WAY AGREED WITH OR REPRESENTED TO ANY OTHER PARTY THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH WILL NOT BE FULLY ENFORCED IN ALL INSTANCES.

(l) Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company, and supersedes all other agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the acquisition by you of Common Stock of the Company.

*    *    *    *    *

6

Please execute the extra copy of this Agreement in the space below and return it to the Company’s at its executive offices to confirm your understanding and acceptance of the agreements contained in this Agreement.

Very truly yours,
CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:
Its:	General Counsel

The undersigned hereby acknowledges having read this Agreement and the Plan and hereby agrees to be bound by all provisions set forth herein and in the Plan.

Dated as of:	PARTICIPANT
	Name:

Exhibit A

OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

The undersigned is the holder of an option (the “Option”) to acquire ________ shares of Common Stock in Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) granted pursuant to that certain Stock Option Agreement, dated as of _____________ (the “Stock Option Agreement”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this option exercise notice shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Plan. Subject to the further conditions of Section 3 of the Stock Option Agreement, the undersigned hereby exercises the Option with respect to                  shares of Common Stock for an aggregate exercise price of $                , payable in accordance Section 2(b) of the Stock Option Agreement.

In connection with the foregoing exercise of the Option, the undersigned represents and acknowledges to the Company as follows:

1) He or she has received a copy of the Plan and has read and understands the Plan.

2) He or she has executed a joinder to all stockholders, financing, and related agreements provided by the Company.

3) The shares of Common Stock are subject to transfer restrictions set forth in one or more stockholders’ agreements and are subject to repurchase pursuant to the terms of the Stock Option Agreement and/or Plan.

4) The shares of Common Stock have not been registered under the Exchange Act and are offered pursuant to an exemption thereunder and that such shares of Common Stock have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission or by any other Federal or state agency.

5) The shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option are being acquired for investment purposes, and not on behalf or for the benefit of any other person, trust, estate or business organization, and the undersigned has no intention of distributing any shares of Common Stock to others in violation of the Exchange Act.

6) There are no existing circumstances which will compel the undersigned to obtain money by the sale of any shares of Common Stock, and the undersigned has no reason to anticipate any change in such undersigned’s circumstances, financial or otherwise, or to anticipate any occasion or event, which would cause the undersigned to assign, transfer, sell or distribute, or necessitate or require the undersigned to assign, transfer, sell or distribute, any shares of Common Stock. The undersigned understands that the shares of Common Stock are illiquid and that the undersigned may be required to hold the shares of Common Stock indefinitely.

7) The shares of Common Stock may also be subject to resale restrictions imposed by the securities laws of various states and may not be sold without compliance with such laws.

8) The undersigned is a resident of the State of                 .

9) The undersigned is responsible for the tax consequences relating to the exercise of the Option.

Executed this ____ day of ______________.
	Name: ______________

8

EXHIBIT B

ADDITIONAL TERMS

(a) Acknowledgements. Capitalized terms used in this Exhibit B and not elsewhere defined in the Stock Option Agreement to which this Exhibit B is attached (the “Agreement”) shall have the meanings set forth in paragraph (j) of this Exhibit B. This Exhibit B is intended to apply in addition to and not in lieu of any similar covenant or term in the Participant’s employment or services agreement, offer letter or similar document or other arrangement with the Company or any of its direct or indirect Affiliates or subsidiaries (the Company and its direct or indirect Affiliates and subsidiaries are collectively referred to herein, the “Company Group”), and by signing the Agreement the Participant acknowledges and agrees to same. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has been advised by the Company that the restrictions and covenants contained in this Exhibit B, and the Participant’s agreement to such restrictions and covenants, constitute a material inducement to the Company to execute the Agreement, to provide the Participant with the Option pursuant to the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached and to issue the Common Stock issuable upon the exercise thereof. The Participant acknowledges that participation in the Plan and eligibility for the Option and the Common Stock issuable upon the exercise thereof constitute sufficient consideration for the promises and agreements made by the Participant hereunder, which shall survive the termination of the Participant’s employment or service with the Company Group. The Participant acknowledges that: (i) as a result of the Participant’s employment or service with the Company Group, the Participant has obtained and will continue to obtain Confidential Information (as defined below); (ii) the Confidential Information, and each element or aspect thereof, has been developed and created by the Company Group at substantial time and expense; (iii) the Confidential Information constitutes valuable proprietary assets of the Company Group, the Company Group’s reservation of rights and control of Confidential Information is of significant competitive importance and commercial value to the Company Group, and the Company Group will suffer substantial damage and irreparable harm which will be difficult to compute if, during the period of employment or service or thereafter, the Participant discloses or improperly uses any such Confidential Information in violation of the provisions of this Exhibit B; (iv) the nature of the Company Group’s business is such that it is highly competitive and could be conducted anywhere in the world and is not limited to any particular geographic scope or region(s); (v) the Company Group will suffer substantial damage and irreparable harm which will be difficult to compute if, during the period of employment or service or thereafter, the Participant should solicit or interfere with any individual employed by or providing services to any of the Company Group or their investment opportunities, acquisition targets, financing sources, suppliers or customers in violation of this Exhibit B; (vi) the provisions of this Exhibit B are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the legitimate business interests of the Company Group; (vii) the provisions of this Exhibit B will not preclude the Participant from other gainful employment or service following the termination of his or her services to the Company Group; (viii) the Confidential Information constitutes a protectable business interest of the Company Group; (ix) that Confidential Information is vital, sensitive, confidential and proprietary to the Company Group; and (x) a breach by the Participant of this Exhibit B would result in losses to the Company Group for which remedies at law are inadequate, and would result in the expenditure of additional financial costs, loss of business advantage and opportunities, potential liability under confidentiality obligations with third parties and potential civil and criminal penalties.

(b) Obligation to Maintain Confidentiality. The Participant acknowledges that the information, observations and data obtained by the Participant during the course of the Participant’s service with the Company Group concerning the business and affairs of the Company Group, including, but not limited to, information concerning acquisition opportunities in or reasonably related to the business of the Company Group (“Confidential Information”), of which the Participant becomes aware during the Participant’s service with the Company Group are the property of the Company Group.

9

Therefore, the Participant agrees not to disclose to any unauthorized Person or use for Participant’s own account any Confidential Information without the Board’s written consent, unless and to the extent that the aforementioned matters (i) become generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of the Participant’s acts or omissions in breach of this Agreement, (ii) were known by the Participant prior to the Participant’s commencement of service with the Company Group (other than Confidential Information disclosed to the Participant in confidence in connection with the Participant’s employment with Company or another member of the Company Group), or (iii) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law or court order. The Participant agrees to deliver to the Company upon the Participant’s termination of service with the Company Group, or at any other time the Company may request in writing, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports and other documents (and copies thereof) relating to the business of the Company Group (including, without limitation, all acquisition prospects, lists and contact information) or containing Confidential Information which he may then possess or have under his control.

(c) Third Party Information. The Participant understands that the Company Group will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“Third Party Information”) subject to a duty on the part of the Company Group to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Participant will hold Third Party Information in strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone (other than personnel, consultants, attorneys, accountants and other advisors of the Company Group who need to know such information in connection with their work for the Company Group) or use such Third Party Information, except to the extent that (i) such Third Party Information shall have become generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of Participant’s acts or omissions in breach of this Agreement, (ii) such Third Party Information is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law or court order, or (iii) the disclosure of such Third Party Information is expressly authorized by the Board in writing.

(d) Inventions and Patents. The Participant hereby assigns to the Company Group all right, title and interest to all patents and patent applications, all inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports and all similar or related information (in each case whether or not patentable), all copyrights and copyrightable works, all trade secrets, confidential information and know-how, and all other intellectual property rights that both (i) are or were conceived, reduced to practice, developed or made by the Participant while employed by, or in service to, the Company Group and (ii) that (A) relate to the actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services of the Company Group, or (B) are or were conceived, reduced to practice, developed or made using any of the equipment, supplies, facilities, assets or resources of the Company Group (including, but not limited to, any intellectual property rights) (“Work Product”). The Participant shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Company Group and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company Group to establish and confirm the Company Group’s ownership thereof (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney, applications and other instruments).

(e) Noncompetition, Nonsolicitation and Nondisparagement. The Participant acknowledges that in the course of the Participant’s service with Company Group the Participant will become familiar with trade secrets and other confidential information concerning the Company Group and that the Participant’s services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and the other members of the Company Group. Therefore, the Participant agrees that:

10

(i) From the Date of Grant specified above through the first (1^st) anniversary of the termination of the Participant’s service with the Company Group (the “Restricted Period”), the Participant shall not, anywhere in the world, directly or indirectly (A) own, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in any business that is a Competing Business as of the relevant date of determination, (B) interfere with any business relation of the Company Group, or (C) usurp any business opportunity of the Company Group that the Participant learned of while providing services to the Company Group or while a party to this Agreement. Nothing herein shall prohibit the Participant from being a passive owner of not more than 5% of the outstanding stock of any class of any entity that is publicly traded, so long as the Participant has no active participation in the business of such entity. For purposes of this Agreement, the relevant date of determination shall mean (A) the date upon which the Participant commences to engage in such activity with respect to any activity commenced during the Participant’s employment with or other service to the Company Group, or (y) the date of termination of the Participant’s service with the Company Group (the “Termination Date”) with respect to any activity the Participant commences to engage in after the Termination Date.

(ii) During the Restricted Period, the Participant shall not directly or indirectly through another entity (A) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company Group to leave the employ of any member of the Company Group or (B) hire any such employee or any person who was employed by or providing services for the Company Group at any time during the twelve (12) months preceding the commencement of the Restricted Period.

(iii) During the Participant’s service to the Company Group and continuing after the termination of such service (regardless of the reason for such termination), the Participant will not, whether in private or in public including through social media, whether directly or indirectly, make, publish, encourage, ratify or authorize, or assist or enable any other person or entity to make, authorize, ratify or publish, any statements that in any way defame, criticize, malign, impugn, reflect negatively on, or disparage any of member of the Company Group or investors, or their respective employees, directors, officers or managers, or that place any such persons or entities in a negative light in any manner whatsoever.    

(f) Reporting Exception. Nothing in this Agreement prohibits the Participant from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, or making other disclosures, that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation (or similar state laws). The Participant will not need the prior authorization of the Committee to make any such reports or disclosures and the Participant will not be required to notify the Company that the Participant has made such reports or disclosures, provided, that nothing shall waive any attorney client or similar privilege of the Company Group. Nothing in this Agreement in any way prohibits or is intended to restrict or impede the Participant from exercising protected rights to the extent that such rights cannot be waived by agreement. The Participant will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for any disclosure of a trade secret that is made: (A) in confidence to a federal, state or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney and solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (B) in a complaint or other document that is filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding. If the Participant files a lawsuit for retaliation by any of the Company Group for reporting a suspected violation of law, the Participant may disclose the Company Group’s trade secrets to the Participant’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if the Participant (x) files any document containing the trade secret under seal and (y) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

11

(g) Enforcement and Acknowledgments.

(i) If, at the time of enforcement of the provisions of this Exhibit B, a court or an arbitrator shall hold that the duration, scope or area restrictions stated therein are unreasonable under the circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration, scope or area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated duration, scope or area and that the court or arbitrator shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. Because the Participant’s services are unique and because the Participant has access to Confidential Information, the parties hereto agree that money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Exhibit B. Therefore, in the event a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the Company Group and its successors or permitted assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive or other relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security).

(ii) The Participant acknowledges, both on his or her behalf and on behalf of his or her successors and assigns), that the Option is subject to the Plan including, but not limited to, Article 11 thereof and that the provisions of this Exhibit B are in consideration of the grant of the Option hereunder, the Common Stock issuable upon the exercise thereof and additional good and valuable consideration as set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the Participant agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Exhibit B do not preclude the Participant from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on the Participant’s ability to earn a living. In addition, the Participant acknowledges (A) that the Business is and will be international in scope and without geographical limitation, (B) notwithstanding the state of incorporation or principal office of the Company or any other member of the Company Group, it is expected that the Company Group have and will have business activities and valuable business relationships within its industry throughout the world, and (C) as part of his or her responsibilities, the Participant may be traveling around the world in furtherance of the Company Group’s business and relationships. The Participant agrees and acknowledges that the potential harm to the Company Group of the non-enforcement of this Exhibit B outweighs any potential harm to the Participant of their enforcement by injunction or otherwise. The Participant acknowledges that he or she has carefully read this Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon the Participant by this Agreement (including, but not limited to, this Exhibit B), and is in full accord as to their necessity for the reasonable and proper protection of Confidential Information. The Participant expressly acknowledges and agrees that each and every restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject matter, time period and geographical area.

(h) Remedies. The Participant agrees that, in the event of any actual or threatened breach by the Participant of any covenant set forth in this Agreement and/or this Exhibit B, upon written notice from the Company, (i) the Option (including, any Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise thereof (whether held by the Participant, his or her estate or any transferee) shall automatically be forfeited, terminated and cancelled for no consideration whatsoever and without any further action by the Company, and (ii) any amounts previously paid to the Participant (or his or her estate or any transferee) with respect to the Option or any Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise thereof shall be repaid immediately to the Company.

12

(i) Relief. The Participant further acknowledges that the other members of the Company Group are third party beneficiaries of the Agreement and this Exhibit B and will be irreparably harmed if such covenants are not specifically enforced. Accordingly, the Participant agrees that in addition to any other relief to which the Company Group may be entitled, in law or equity, they shall be entitled to obtain injunctive relief (without the requirement of posting a bond or other security) from a court of competent jurisdiction, for the purpose of restraining the Participant from an actual or threatened breach of any such covenants. Participant also acknowledges that the remedies afforded pursuant to this paragraph (i) are not exclusive, nor shall they preclude any member of the Company Group from seeking or receiving any other relief, including without limitation, any form of monetary or other equitable relief. Upon the reasonable request by any member of the Company Group, the Participant shall provide reasonable assurances and evidence of compliance with the terms of this Agreement and this Exhibit B. In the event that injunctive relief or specific enforcement of the Participant’s obligations hereunder is required, the Participant will (i) indemnify and hold the Company Group harmless with respect to any damages (whether actual or otherwise), actions, losses, costs and liabilities arising from the Participant’s breach of the Participant’s obligations under the Agreement or this Exhibit B, including providing an accounting (and provide such information as is reasonably necessary for the Company to create or confirm such accounting) and disgorging any profits, gains or other windfalls resulting directly or indirectly from such breach, and (ii) reimburse or pay on demand the Company Group, as applicable, for fees and costs incurred by them (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) in obtaining such injunctive relief or specific enforcement and/or in seeking such damages.

(j) Definitions. For purposes of this Exhibit B, the following definitions are applicable:

“Business” means, at the relevant time, the licensing, acquisition, development, commercialization, distribution and lifecycle management of pharmaceutical products in those therapeutic areas in which the Company Group is materially engaged.

“Competing Business” means any business that competes with the Business.

***

13

EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

LEASE FOR COMBINATION

OFFICE/WAREHOUSE

AT

EAGLEVIEW CORPORATE CENTER

BUILDING NO.

LANDLORD: THE HANKIN GROUP

TENANT: ISOLAGEN, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.	LEASED SPACE AND PURPOSE.
2.	TERM.
3.	RENT.
4.	ADDITIONAL RENT.
5.	NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF TENANT: HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES.
6.	LATE PAYMENT.
7.	CONDITION OF LEASED SPACE.
8.	TENANT’S ALTERATIONS.
9.	MECHANIC’S LIENS.
10.	CONDITION OF LEASED SPACE.
11.	COMMON AREA MAINTENANCE.
12.	ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.
13.	ACCESS TO LEASED SPACE.
14.	REPAIRS.
15.	TERMINATION AND EXTENSION.
16.	SURRENDER OF LEASED SPACE.
17.	INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE.
18.	FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY.
19.	CONDEMNATION.
20.	ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.
21.	DEFAULT.
22.	REMEDIES.
23.	CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT FOR POSSESSION IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCE
24.	WAIVER.
25.	QUIET ENJOYMENT.
26.	FORCE MAJEURE.
27.	SUCCESSORS.
28.	LANDLORD’S LIABILITY.

2

29.	SUBORDINATION.
30.	RULES AND REGULATIONS.
31.	GOVERNING LAW.
32.	SEVERABILITY.
33.	NOTICES.
34.	BROKERS.
35.	SIGNS.
36.	SECURITY DEPOSIT.
37.	USE OF INFORMATION IN ADVERTISING.
38.	CAPTIONS.
39.	ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
40.	ACCESS TO THE LEASED SPACE AND COMMON AREAS.
41.	ATTORNEY FEES.
42.	SELF-HELP.
43.	MEMORANDUM OF LEASE.
44.	LANDLORD REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.
45.	RENEWAL OPTION.
46.	CHANGE TO CPI INDEX.
47.	CERTAIN COVENANTS REGARDING THE DECLARATION.
48.	ADDITIONAL PERMITTED TITLE EXCEPTIONS.
49.	SEWER CAPACITY ALLOCATION.
50.	LANDLORD’S LIEN SUBORDINATION.

3

LEASE

LEASE is made this 7^th day of April, 2005 between THE HANKIN GROUP, a Pennsylvania limited partnership (“Landlord”), with its office at Eagleview Corporate Center, 707 Eagleview Boulevard, P.O. Box 562, Exton, Pennsylvania 19341, and ISOLAGEN, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), with its office at 2500 Wilcrest, 5^th Floor, Houston, TX 77042.

1. LEASED SPACE AND PURPOSE.

(a) Landlord hereby rents to Tenant 86,500 rentable square feet of space within the building located at 405 Eagleview Boulevard (“Building”), including the parcel of land known as Lot 10 (the “Land”) within the center (“Center” or “Eagleview Corporate Center”) known as Eagleview Corporate Center, Route 100, Exton, Uwchlan Township, Chester County, Pennsylvania. The Building and Land are sometimes referred to collectively as the “Leased Space”. The location of the Leased Space and the Building is shown on the plan attached hereto as Exhibit “A”. The Leased Space includes all fixtures, improvements, additions and other property installed therein at the Commencement Date (hereafter defined), or at any time during the term of this Lease (other than Tenant’s movable personal property and trade fixtures), together with the Land and, in common with others, all public portions of the Center.

(b) The Leased Space shall be used and occupied as a mixed-use facility consisting of general office space, warehouse space and laboratory space in connection with Tenant’s Business (hereafter defined) and for no other purpose. For purposes hereof, Tenant’s Business shall be deemed to be the development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products and research activities in connection therewith.

(c) Tenant accepts the Leased Space in its current condition, “as is”.

(d) This Lease is contingent upon Landlord’s entering into a termination agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord in its sole discretion with Viropharma, Inc., the current tenant of the Leased Space. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing when this condition has been satisfied; in the absence of Tenant’s receipt of such notice on or before the Commencement Date, this Lease shall be null and void and neither party shall have any further obligation to the other hereunder.

2. TERM.

(a) The term of this Lease and Tenant’s obligation to pay rent hereunder shall commence upon April 1, 2005 (“Commencement Date”).

(b) The term (“Term”) of this Lease shall end on March 31, 2013 unless sooner terminated or renewed in accordance with this Lease. The portion of the term ending on March 31, 2008 is sometimes referred to herein as “Initial Period”.

1

(c) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, on or before March 31, 2007, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written notice of whether or not Tenant desires to accelerate the expiration date of the Term to the end of the Initial Period, being March 31, 2008, or continue in occupancy until the originally scheduled expiration date, March 31, 2013, in which latter event the Term of this Lease shall continue as originally scheduled until March 31, 2013. In the absence of any notice, Landlord shall issue written notice to Tenant that Landlord has not received the required notice from Tenant, and unless within five (5) days thereafter, Tenant by written notice to Landlord reinstates the Lease and the Term until March 31, 2013, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected to accelerate the expiration date to March 31, 2008, and shall vacate the Premises on such date.

3. RENT.

(a) Definitions.

(i) “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” is 100%.

(ii) “Real Estate Taxes” shall mean all taxes and assessments levied, assessed or imposed at any time by any governmental authority upon or against the Building and the land upon which the Building is situate, and also any tax or assessment levied, assessed or imposed at any time by any governmental authority in connection with the receipt of income or rents from said Building or land to the extent that the same shall be in lieu of (and/or in lieu of an increase in) all or a portion of any of the aforesaid taxes or assessments upon or against the said Building and/or land. If, however, any assessment included within Real Estate Taxes is payable in installments extending beyond the term of this Lease, Tenant shall only be obligated to pay those installments coming due during the term of this Lease. “Real Estate Taxes” shall not include any penalty or interest as a result of Landlord’s late payment. Landlord further agrees to make payment of Real Estate Taxes in a timely manner so as to take advantage of any applicable discount and to provide to Tenant copies of receipts for paid Real Estate Taxes not later than thirty (30) days after the Real Estate Taxes are due. Failure of Landlord to provide such receipts to Tenant shall permit Tenant to suspend payment of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Real Estate Taxes until such receipts are furnished to Tenant.

At any time and from time to time during the term of this Lease, Tenant, at its expense, shall have the right to institute proceedings challenging the amount of Real Estate Taxes. Landlord agrees to reasonably cooperate with Tenant in connection therewith. Any refund awarded shall be reimbursed first to each party in proportion to the expenses incurred by such party in prosecuting such appeal, with any balance thereof next being refunded to Tenant in an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of (A) the balance of such award remaining after the foregoing cost reimbursements (B) multiplied by a fraction (1) the numerator of which shall be the number of days during the tax year for which the refund is awarded for which Tenant has paid Real Estate Taxes pursuant to this Lease and (2) the denominator of which is 365.

(iii) “Operating Expenses” shall mean that part of any and all expenses reasonably and actually incurred by Landlord in connection with its ownership, maintenance and

2

operation of the Building, the land upon which the Building is situate, excluding Real Estate Taxes and interest or amortization payments on any mortgage, but including, without limitation, electricity (other than as billed directly to tenants based on usage); insurance maintained on the Building in accordance herewith; all direct and indirect labor costs; a management fee for Landlord’s management of the relationships with contractors (other than the Association) providing yard and landscape maintenance, snow clearance and insurance required to be maintained hereunder if Landlord, upon request of Tenant, is able to place such insurance at more favorable premium rates than Tenant is able to obtain, which management fee shall not exceed four percent (4%) of the annual amount actually paid under such contracts (“Management Fee”); legal expenses; all repairs required to be performed by Landlord as provided for in this Lease; exterior, roof and structural decoration, repairs and maintenance; snow removal; building supplies; all charges for the exterior of the Building for electricity; the cost of operating an identification sign or signs for the Building; replacing of paving, curbs, walkways, directions or other signs; drainage; maintenance and monitoring of fire sprinkling systems (if any); the Building’s proportionate share of common expenses owed to the Eagleview Corporate Center Association or its successor or any other similar entity which owns and maintains the common areas of the Center (collectively, “Association”); and such other expenses as Landlord may deem necessary and proper in connection with the operation and maintenance of the exterior, roof and structure of the Building, excluding any costs which under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) are capital expenditures; provided, however, that Operating Expenses shall also include the annual amortization (over the anticipated useful life established in accordance with GAAP) of a capital improvement falling within any of the following categories: (i) a labor saving device or improvement which is intended to reduce or eliminate any other component of Operating Expenses; (ii) an installation or improvement required by reason of any law, ordinance or regulation, which requirement did not exist on the date of this Lease and is generally applicable to similar buildings; (iii) an installation or improvement which directly enhances safety of tenants in the Building or Center generally. Landlord shall have the right to bill Tenant directly for any items of Operating Expenses which can be attributed directly to Tenant’s use only.

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, Operating Expenses shall not include:

(A) any payments (such as salaries or fees) to the Landlord’s executive personnel or in-house site managers except for the Management Fee;

(B) depreciation or interest, except to the extent permitted above in connection with capital improvements;

(C) mortgage or ground lease payments;

(D) taxes on the Landlord’s business (such as income, excess profits, franchise, capital stock, estate, inheritance) except to the extent same are in lieu of Real Estate Taxes or increases in Real Estate Taxes;

3

(E) leasing commissions, broker’s fees or legal fees incurred in connection with leases of space in the Building;

(F) legal fees that do not directly benefit Tenant or the Building (provided that legal fees incurred in connection with leases of space in the Building or in enforcing tenant obligations shall not be deemed to benefit the Building);

(G) costs to correct defective repairs or replacements hereinafter provided by or at the direction of Landlord;

(H) costs of repairs covered by valid warranties;

(I) expenses paid directly by a tenant for any reason (such as excessive utility use, direct utility consumption, damage for which such tenant is responsible);

(J) costs for improving any tenant’s space;

(K) any repair or other work necessitated by condemnation, or by fire or other insured casualty in excess of applicable deductibles;

(L) any costs, fines and the like due to Landlord’s violation of any law, governmental rule or authority;

(M) refinancing costs;

(N) costs for any conversion of the heating system to gas heat except to the extent such conversion is undertaken in an effort to reduce Operating Expenses and the cost thereof is treated in the same manner as a capital improvement;

(O) costs paid to Landlord or its affiliates other than the Management Fee which exceed those reasonably charged in arms length transactions with third parties in the general area of the Building; and

(P) services, benefits or both provided to some tenants but not to Tenant.

(iv) The “Base Rent for Adjustment Purposes” shall mean, for the first year of the Term following the Initial Period beginning April 1, 2008, $1,119,310.00, and for each subsequent year during the five year period beginning April 1, 2008 and expiring March 31, 2013, the Minimum Annual Rent under this Lease in effect for the immediately preceding year.

(v) The “CPI U” shall mean the Consumer Price Index established by the U.S. Department of Labor Bureau of Labor Statistics for all urban consumers for the Philadelphia metropolitan area (CPI-U) (1982-1984 = 100).

4

(vi) The “Base Index” shall mean, for the initial year following the Initial Period, the CPI U for March, 2005, and for each subsequent year, the CPI U for the month of March one year prior to the Comparison Index.

(vii) The “Comparison Index” shall mean the CPI U for month of March immediately preceding the commencement of each year following the Initial Period.

(viii) The “CPI Adjustment” shall mean, for each year of the Term following the Initial Period, an increase in the Base Rent for Adjustment Purposes by the percentage increase in the Comparison Index over the Base Index, applicable to such year.

The Base Index and Comparison Index for each year of the Term following the Initial Period shall be:

Renewal Term Year	Base Index	Comparison Index
4/1/08-3/31/09	March 2005	March 2008
4/1/09-3/31/10	March 2008	March 2009
4/1/10-3/31/11	March 2009	March 2010
4/1/11-3/31/12	March 2010	March 2011
4/1/12-3/31/13	March 2011	March 2012

(b) Tenant shall pay Landlord the minimum annual rent (“Minimum Annual Rent”) during the Term in the amounts set forth below, which annual amount shall be paid in equal monthly installments as set forth below on the first day of each calendar month in advance. All rent shall be payable, in advance, and without prior notice or demand, at the address of Landlord set forth in the heading of this Lease or at such other place, or to such other person, as Landlord may from time to time direct in written notice to Tenant. During the Initial Period, Minimum Annual Rent shall be $778,500.00 per year, payable in monthly installments of $64,875.00 each. Thereafter, for each year of the Term following the Initial Period, Minimum Annual Rent shall increase to a sum equal to the Base Rent for Adjustment Purposes, increased by one half the CPI Adjustment, but in no event shall such Minimum Annual Rent be (1) less than the Base Rent for Adjustment Purposes for such year, or (2) during the first year of the five year period beginning April 1, 2008, greater than $1,297,500, or (3) during any subsequent year of such five year period, greater than $1,384,000. Upon the expiration of the Initial Period, and for each year of the Term thereafter, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the Minimum Annual Rent in effect for such year; in the event of any delay in calculation because of a delay in publication of the applicable Comparison Index, Tenant shall pay rent on account based upon the Minimum Annual Rent previously in effect, to be adjusted when the Comparison Index is published.

(c) In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent in equal monthly installments one twelfth (1/12) of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of annual Real Estate Taxes and Operating Expenses, at the time of payment of each monthly installment of Minimum Annual Rent, based upon the most recent costs of Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes available.

5

For the period from the Commencement Date until the issuance of a statement pursuant to subparagraph 3(d) below, such monthly installment shall be equal to $26,742.92.

(d) Within ninety (90) days of the expiration of each calendar year Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a written statement of the actual Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes incurred for such year itemizing the expenses claimed by Landlord in reasonable detail. Within ten (10) days of the rendition of such statement, Tenant shall pay any amounts in excess of those collected pursuant to the payments on account of Real Estate Taxes and Operating Expenses pursuant to paragraph 3(c) hereof, and any overpayments shall be credited against the next installment(s) of rent due under this Lease or, at Tenant’s option, refunded to Tenant. In the event the first and/or last years of the Term of this Lease shall not be full calendar years, then Tenant’s obligation for Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes attributable to such years shall be pro rated. Tenant may, at its own cost and expense, after full payment of all sums due and owing, audit Landlord’s books and records not more than once each year within sixty (60) days after Landlord’s delivery of its annual statement of Operating Expenses, which books and records shall be maintained in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any said review of Landlord’s books and records reveals that any item(s) were incorrectly included in Operating Expenses, Tenant shall have the right to inspect Landlord’s books and records with respect to such items for each prior lease year and an adjustment, if any, shall be made in accordance herewith. If Tenant’s audit determines that Landlord’s total charges for Operating Expenses or Real Estate Taxes for a given lease year exceed by more than 5% the total amount properly chargeable to Tenant under this Lease for such year, Landlord, in addition to reimbursing Tenant such excess amount, shall pay Tenant an amount equal to the cost of the audit.

(e) On or before the Commencement Date, Tenant shall establish with a commercial bank approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), an interest bearing account, into which Tenant shall deposit the sum of $3,298,245 (representing Minimum Annual Rent and estimated Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes for the Initial Period) (the “Rent Account”). Tenant shall instruct the bank in which the Rent Account is established (the “Rent Bank”) that there shall be wired into Landlord’s account pursuant to wiring instructions issued by Landlord the sum of $91,618 on the first day of each month beginning on the Commencement Date through and including March 1, 2008, and that such instructions shall be irrevocable absent written instructions (1) from Landlord alone with respect to either (A) an assignment of this Lease and the rights to the Rent Account, instructing the Rent Bank to make payments to Landlord’s assignee, or (B) a request for payment of the balance remaining in the Rent Account, if such request is made after the occurrence of an Event of Default, and such request is accompanied by certification from Landlord that a material Event of Default has occurred, notice of the Event of Default has been properly delivered to Tenant, the grace or notice period required under the Lease and stated in the notice of the default has expired, and the Event of Default has not been cured; or (2) with respect to any other instructions modifying the amount or timing of payment, by Landlord and Tenant jointly. Landlord shall send to Tenant in the manner for delivering notices under this Lease a copy of the request, certification and notice of the Event of Default attached to the certification referred to in clause (B) of the preceding sentence when it is sent or delivered to the Rent Bank. Such disbursements shall be credited

6

against Tenant’s rent obligations as they come due, and in the event any additional sums are due and owing from Tenant to Landlord, by reason of annual Operating Expense or Real Estate Tax adjustments, or otherwise, the same shall be paid directly by Tenant to Landlord as billed. Tenant hereby grants to Landlord a security interest in the Rent Account, as security for Tenant’s performance of all of its obligations under this Lease, and Tenant shall execute (and cause the Rent Bank to execute) a control agreement and such further documents and instruments reasonable or necessary to perfect such security interest in favor of Landlord, having priority over any claims that may be made by any other party (including those of the Rent Bank). If this Lease terminates pursuant to Section 18(e) or 19, the foregoing security interest shall terminate upon Tenant satisfying any accrued and unpaid rent obligations, and the balance in the Rent Account shall be returned to Tenant. Accrued interest on the Rent Account shall be disbursed to Tenant periodically in accordance with the rules established by the Rent Bank for disbursing interest from similar accounts.

4. ADDITIONAL RENT.

Tenant shall pay to Landlord as “Additional Rent” (in addition to sums payable pursuant to paragraphs 3 (c) and 3(d)) the following:

(a) Expenses Incurred by Landlord as a Result of Tenant’s Default. All sums which may become due by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with any of the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease to be kept and observed by Tenant, and any and all damages, costs and expenses (including without limitation thereto reasonable attorney’s fees) which Landlord may suffer or incur by reason of any default of Tenant and any damage to the Building or the real estate of which the Building is a part caused by any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or violation of Tenant’s covenants in Section 5(a) below, together with interest to the date of payment (whether before or after entry of judgment and issuance of execution thereon) at a rate equal to five percent (5%) above the prime interest rate (or similar rate if the prime interest rate is no longer published) of Wachovia Bank or its successor, in effect on the date during the period said payment is due (“Default Rate”), which shall continue to accrue interest at the Default Rate after entry of judgment and issuance of execution thereon until paid in full.

(b) Use and Occupancy Taxes. All use and occupancy taxes imposed by any governmental body allocable to the Leased Space.

(c) Utilities. All charges for heat, gas, water, electric, trash and sewage disposal for the Leased Space, whether billed directly by the providers of the same to Tenant or by Landlord as the owner of the Building, which charges shall not exceed the charges actually incurred by Landlord therefor.

(d) For purposes of this Lease, the term “Rent” or “rent” shall be deemed to refer to Minimum Annual Rent and Additional Rent.

7

5. NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF TENANT: HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES.

(a) Tenant will not:

(i) damage the Leased Space or any other part of the Building;

(ii) bring into or permit to be kept in the Leased Space any dangerous, explosive or obnoxious substances except as may be used in Tenant’s Business which use Tenant shall undertake in compliance with all applicable laws regulating same;

(iii) conduct itself or permit its agents, servants, employees or invitees to conduct themselves in a manner that in Landlord’s judgment reasonably exercised is improper or unsafe except that the operation of, or activities related to, Tenant’s Business shall not be deemed to violate this provision, provided same are undertaken in compliance with all applicable laws;

(iv) manufacture any commodity other than in the course of Tenant’s Business or prepare or dispense any food or beverages in the Leased Space, except for consumption in the Leased Space by Tenant, its employees or invitees;

(v) remove, attempt to remove or manifest any intention to remove Tenant’s goods or property from the Leased Space other than in the ordinary course of business;

(vi) do or suffer to be done, any act, matter or thing objectionable to Landlord’s fire insurance companies or Board of Underwriters whereby the fire insurance or any other insurance now in force or hereafter to be placed by Landlord on the Leased Space or the Building or Center shall become void or suspended, or whereby the same shall be rated as a more hazardous risk than at the Commencement Date. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, any and all increases in premiums for insurance carried by Landlord on the Leased Space, or on the Building, caused in any way by the occupancy of Tenant.

(b) Tenant’s Responsibility Regarding Hazardous Substances.

(i) The following definitions shall apply herein:

(A) Hazardous Substances. The term “Hazardous Substances,” as used in this Lease, shall include, without limitation, flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB’s), chemicals known to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, pollutants, contaminants, hazardous wastes, toxic substances or related materials, petroleum and petroleum products, and substances declared to be hazardous or toxic under any law or regulation now or hereafter enacted or promulgated by any governmental authority.

(B) Tenant Responsible Parties. The term “Tenant Responsible Parties” as used in this Lease shall mean Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors and/or invitees.

(ii) Tenant’s Restrictions. Tenant shall not cause or permit to occur:

8

(A) Any violation of any federal, state, or local law, ordinance, or regulation now or hereafter enacted, related to environmental conditions on, under, or about the Leased Space or Center, arising from the use or occupancy of the Leased Space by any Tenant Responsible Party, including, but not limited to, soil and ground water conditions; or

(B) The use, generation, release, manufacture, refining, production, processing, storage, or disposal of any Hazardous Substance on, under, or about the Leased Space or Center except as may be used in Tenant’s Business which use Tenant shall undertake in compliance with all applicable Laws (defined below).

(iii) Environmental Clean-Up.

(A) Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, comply with all laws regulating the use, generation, storage, transportation, or disposal of Hazardous Substances (“Laws”) by Tenant Responsible Parties.

(B) Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, make all submissions to, provide all information required by, and comply with all requirements of all governmental authorities (“Authorities”) under the Laws as are applicable to use of Hazardous Substances by Tenant Responsible Parties.

(C) Should any Authority or any third party demand that a clean-up plan be prepared and that a clean-up be undertaken because of any deposit, spill, discharge, or other release of Hazardous Substances that occurs during the Term of this Lease at or from the Leased Space and which arises at any time from the use of Hazardous Substances by Tenant Responsible Parties, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, prepare and submit the required plans and all related bonds and other financial assurances, and Tenant shall carry out all such clean-up plans.

(D) Tenant shall promptly provide all information regarding the use, generation, storage, transportation, or disposal of Hazardous Substances by Tenant Responsible Parties that is requested by Landlord. If Tenant fails to fulfill any duty imposed under this subparagraph (iii) within a reasonable time, Landlord may do so; and in such case, Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in order to prepare all documents Landlord deems necessary or appropriate to determine the applicability of the Laws to the Leased Space and use of Hazardous Substances by Tenant Responsible Parties, and for compliance therewith, and Tenant shall execute all documents promptly upon Landlord’s request. No such action by Landlord and no attempt made by Landlord to mitigate damages under any Law shall constitute a waiver of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Subparagraph (iii).

(E) Tenant’s obligations and liabilities under this Subparagraph (iii) shall survive the expiration of this Lease.

(iv) Tenant’s Indemnity.

9

(A) Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord, the manager of the Center, and their respective officers, directors, beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, agents and employees, from all fines, suits, procedures, claims, and actions of every kind, and all costs associated therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) arising out of or in any way connected with any deposit, spill, discharge, or other release of Hazardous Substances that occurs during the Term of this Lease at or from the Leased Space and which arises at any time from use of Hazardous Substances by Tenant Responsible Parties, or from failure by Tenant Responsible Parties to provide all information, make all submissions, and take all steps required by all Authorities under the Laws with respect thereto.

(B) Tenant’s obligations and liabilities under this Subparagraph (iv) shall survive the expiration of this Lease.

(C) Attached to this Lease as Exhibit “C” and made part hereof is a Rider regarding Industrial Waste Discharge within Eagleview Corporate Center.

6. LATE PAYMENT.

If any payment required by Tenant under any of the terms hereof shall not be paid within five (5) days after written notice from Landlord that such payment is overdue, Tenant shall, upon demand, pay a late charge to Landlord equal to the greater of (a) Fifty ($50.00) Dollars or (b) $.05 for each dollar so due, and such late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent for purposes of this Lease; provided, however, that such late charge shall be due immediately without notice upon any failure to pay when due during any twelve (12) month period in which Landlord shall have given such written notice on two (2) prior occasions.

7. CONDITION OF LEASED SPACE.

Tenant has accepted the Leased Space and acknowledges that the Leased Space is in the condition required by this Lease.

8. TENANT’S ALTERATIONS.

(a) Except as hereafter provided, Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or improvements (“Tenant Alterations”) to the Leased Space without the consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. At the time of Landlord’s consent, Landlord shall designate whether Tenant shall be required to remove the proposed Tenant Alteration upon termination of this Lease, and the absence of such designation in Landlord’s written consent shall be deemed Landlord’s agreement that Tenant shall not be obligated to remove Tenant Alterations upon the termination of this Lease. Landlord also may impose such reasonable conditions as part of its consent as Landlord deems appropriate, taking

10

into consideration the nature of the proposed Tenant Alteration, including, without limitation, requiring Tenant to furnish Landlord with security for the payment of all costs to be incurred in connection with such work, insurance, and copies of the plans, specifications and permits necessary for such work. Nothing herein, however, shall be construed to obligate Tenant to construct any Tenant Alteration for which Landlord has given its consent.

(b) Landlord’s consent shall not be required for Tenant Alterations which (i) do not adversely impact the structural integrity of the Building or the systems serving the Building or their operation, (ii) are not visible from the Building exterior and (iii) qualify under the following:

(A) The Tenant Alteration is to be made to portions of the Leased Premises other than the laboratory areas and the cost thereof is $10,000 or less with respect to any Tenant Alteration project (or $20,000 or less in the aggregate with respect to Tenant Alteration projects undertaken over any twelve (12) consecutive month period); or

(B) The Tenant Alteration is to be made to the laboratory areas of the Leased Premises and the cost thereof is $50,000 or less with respect to any Tenant Alteration project (or $100,000 or less in the aggregate with respect to Tenant Alteration projects undertaken over any twelve (12) consecutive month period).

Tenant Alterations described in this subsection (b) for which Landlord’s consent is not required hereinafter are called “Permitted Tenant Alterations.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, painting or carpeting of the interior of the Leased Space and like cosmetic improvements shall not be deemed Tenant Alterations regardless of the cost thereof. Tenant shall not be obligated to remove Permitted Tenant Alterations upon the termination of this Lease unless an Event of Default has occurred which is then continuing and Landlord so requires such removal.

(c) All Tenant Alterations shall be done at Tenant’s expense by contractors approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned and shall be deemed given unless Landlord notifies Tenant of its objections within ten (10) business days after delivery of Tenant’s request for approval. With respect to Tenant Alterations other than the Permitted Tenant Alterations, no work shall be performed until the plans therefore have been approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned and shall be deemed approved unless Landlord notifies Tenant of objections to the proposed plans within ten (10) business days after delivery to Landlord of a complete set of the plans therefor. In connection with the review of plans submitted by Tenant, Landlord shall be reimbursed by Tenant for Landlord’s cost in reviewing such plans at the rate of $125.00 per hour; subject to reasonable increase to reflect the then current hourly charge imposed for such review by Landlord for its tenants in the Center generally, and prior to undertaking any such review, Landlord shall provide a statement of the maximum review hours to be dedicated to such review. With respect to Permitted Tenant Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of Tenant’s application for a building permit therefor, if applicable (together with all attachments thereto), and no review fee shall be charged to Tenant by Landlord in connection therewith nor

11

shall Landlord’s approval of such application be required. Tenant shall provide copies of as-built plans and specifications for all Tenant Alterations to Landlord within a reasonable time of completion of the Tenant Alteration. All Tenant Alterations shall be done in a first class, workmanlike manner and shall comply with all insurance requirements then made available to Tenant and all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereover, and, where applicable, with all reasonable requirements of Landlord imposed as a condition of such consent.

(d) If, as a condition of Landlord’s consent, removal of a Tenant Alteration is required at termination of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly remove such Tenant Alterations and repair any damage occasioned by such removal. In default thereof, Landlord may effect said removal and repairs at Tenants expense. With respect to any Tenant Alterations which Tenant is not obligated to remove hereunder (including without limitation Permitted Tenant Alterations), such Tenant Alterations, if not removed by Tenant upon the termination of this Lease, shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant, and deemed a part of Landlord’s property, notwithstanding any provision of Section 16 to the contrary.

9. MECHANIC’S LIENS.

Prior to Tenant’s performing or ordering (other than through Landlord or Landlord’s contractors) any construction or other work on or about the Leased Space for which a lien could be filed against the Leased Space or the Building, Tenant shall enter into a written waiver of liens agreement with the contractor who is to perform such work, and such written agreement shall be filed, in accordance with the Mechanics’ Lien Law of the state where the Building is located prior to the commencement of such work. Tenant’s failure to enter into or record such waiver of liens shall not be deemed a default hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any mechanics’ or other lien shall be filed against the Leased Space or the Building purporting to be for labor or material furnished or to be furnished at the request of the Tenant other than through Landlord or Landlord’s contractors, then Tenant shall at its expense cause such lien to be discharged of record by payment, bond or otherwise, within fifteen (15) days after Tenant receives notice of the filing thereof. If Tenant shall fail to cause such lien to be discharged by payment, bond or otherwise within such period, Landlord may cause such lien to be discharged by payment, bond or otherwise, without investigation as to the validity thereof or as to any offsets or defenses thereto, and Tenant shall, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for all amounts paid and costs incurred, including attorneys’ fees, in having such lien discharged of record. If, however, Tenant notifies Landlord during such fifteen (15) day period that it disputes the validity of such lien and provides security reasonably acceptable to Landlord in an amount which is sufficient to discharge such lien in full, Landlord shall refrain from satisfying such lien for a period not to exceed one hundred twenty (120) days.

10. CONDITION OF LEASED SPACE.

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, except as expressly set forth in this Lease, there have been no representations or warranties made by or on behalf of Landlord with respect to the

12

Leased Space or the Building or with respect to the suitability of either for the conduct of Tenant’s Business.

11. COMMON AREA MAINTENANCE.

(a) Landlord shall provide all maintenance, repairs and replacements to all common areas external to the Building, and the roof and structure of the Building. The cost of same shall be included in the Operating Expenses to the extent provided in Section 3(a)(iii) unless the necessity for the foregoing arises from the gross negligence or willful and wanton misconduct of Landlord or its employees, in which case such cost shall not be included as part of the Operating Expenses but shall be paid by Landlord (without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover same from the responsible party). Any such maintenance, replacements or repairs and any labor performed or materials furnished by or upon the direction of Landlord shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, using only materials of at least the same quality and integrity as that being repaired or replaced, and performed and furnished in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, ordinances and requirements of all duly constituted authorities or governmental bodies having jurisdiction over the Building, and the requirements of any board of underwriters having jurisdiction thereof. It is understood that this is a “triple net” lease, with Minimum Annual Rent paid to Landlord intended to be net of taxes, repairs not covered by this Section or Section 14, insurance and Operating Expenses.

(b) Unless otherwise agreed with Tenant in writing, Landlord agrees that all maintenance to the common areas external to the Building which the Association offers to perform or is obligated to perform for the benefit of lots in the Center shall be performed by the Association. Landlord shall use diligent efforts to enforce any such obligation of the Association. Except during such period of time as Landlord or its affiliates control the Association, Landlord shall not be liable in damages or otherwise for temporary delay or failure in furnishing any service or facility to be provided by the Association.

(c) In the absence of a judgment to the contrary, in no event shall any delay or failure to provide the services or obligations under subsections (a) or (b) above, regardless of cause, be deemed to be an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Leased Space, render Landlord liable to Tenant, authorize abatement of rent, relieve Tenant from performance of its obligations under this Lease, or result in a termination of this Lease. The foregoing, however, shall not be deemed to prevent Tenant’s exercise of its rights under Section 42 hereof.

12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

(a) Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign or mortgage (except as permitted under Section 36(b) hereof) this Lease or any interest therein or sublet the Leased Space or any part thereof. For the purposes of this paragraph, the sale or assignment of a controlling interest in the Tenant corporation or a majority interest in the Tenant partnership as the case may be shall be deemed an assignment, but the assignment to a parent, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Tenant or successor corporation shall be permitted, provided that such assignee assumes the obligations of Tenant and that such assignment shall not relieve

13

Tenant of its obligations hereunder. For purposes herein, (A) a successor corporation is one into which Tenant is merged or consolidated, or which acquired those of Tenant’s assets or business located in the Leased Space as of the date of the assignment, and (B) a controlling interest shall mean the ownership of fifty percent or more of the beneficial interest in the person or entity in question, unless the corporation is publicly traded in which case such transfers of stock (whether or not a controlling interest) shall not be deemed to be an assignment. As to any other assignment, Landlord agrees that it shall not unreasonably withhold its consent, provided the business of Tenant’s assignee or subtenant is no more hazardous than that of Tenant, it being understood that it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to require, as a condition of such consent:

(b) That 50% of any money or other economic consideration received by Tenant as a result of such subletting or assignment and which is not properly allocable to any lease of Tenant’s personal property in the Leased Space or sale of Tenant’s assets from the business operated at the Leased Space or sale of Tenant’s stock or other arms-length transaction, which exceeds, in the aggregate, the total sums which Tenant is obligated to pay Landlord under this Lease (pro rated to reflect obligations allocable to that portion of the Leased Space subject to the sublease or assignment) shall be payable to Landlord as Additional Rent under this Lease without affecting or reducing any other obligation of Tenant hereunder; and

(c) Unless otherwise agreed in Landlord’s consent, no subletting or assignment shall release Tenant of Tenant’s obligation or alter the primary liability of Tenant to pay the rental and to perform all other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. The acceptance of rental by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision hereof. Consent to one assignment or subletting shall not be deemed consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting. In the event of default by any assignee of Tenant or any successor of Tenant in the performance of any of the terms hereof, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against such assignee or successor. Landlord may consent to subsequent assignment or subletting of this Lease or amendments or modifications to this Lease with assignees of Tenant, without notifying Tenant, or any successor of Tenant, and without obtaining its or their consent thereto and such action shall not relieve Tenant of liability under this Lease.

13. ACCESS TO LEASED SPACE.

Landlord, its employees and agents, shall have the right to enter the Leased Space at all reasonable times for the purpose of examining or inspecting the same, showing the same to prospective purchasers or tenants of the Building, or mortgagees, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Leased Space or to the Building as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable provided such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions do not adversely affect Tenant’s Business or use of the Leased Space or, except with Tenant’s consent, alter the Tenant’s Alterations. Except in case of emergency which, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, threatens imminent injury to persons or property, any such entry shall be after reasonable notice to Tenant and in compliance with Tenant’s practices from time to time established with respect to testing areas or other areas where confidential information is located

14

or to which governmental regulations affecting access may apply, for which Tenant has provided written notice to Landlord. If a representative of Tenant shall not be present to open and permit entry into the Leased Space at any time when such entry by Landlord is necessary in an emergency, Landlord may enter by means of a master key (or forcibly) without liability to Tenant and without such entry constituting an eviction of Tenant or termination of this Lease. All keys must be returned to Landlord at the expiration or termination of the Lease.

14. REPAIRS.

(a) Landlord shall perform all maintenance, replacements and repairs necessary to maintain the roof, load bearing walls (other than paint and wall coverings), floors (other than carpeting, tile and similar floor coverings), foundations and other structural elements of the Building; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be obligated for any of such repairs until the expiration of a reasonable period of time after written notice that such repair is needed. The cost of same shall be included in the Operating Expenses to the extent provided in Section 3(a)(iii) unless the necessity for any of the foregoing arises from the gross negligence or wilful and wanton misconduct of Landlord or its employees, in which case such cost shall not be included as part of the Operating Expenses but shall be paid by Landlord (without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover same from the responsible party). Any such maintenance, replacements or repairs and any labor performed or materials furnished by or upon the direction of Landlord shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, using only materials of at least the same quality and integrity as that being repaired or replaced, and performed and furnished in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, ordinances and requirements of all duly constituted authorities or governmental bodies having jurisdiction over the Building, and the requirements of any board of underwriters having jurisdiction thereof.

(b) Except as the Landlord is obligated for repairs as provided above or in Section 11, Tenant shall make, at its sole cost and expense, all repairs necessary to maintain the Leased Space, including without limitation, all plumbing, heating, ventilation, air conditioning and electrical lines, pipes, fixtures and equipment not expressly to be maintained by Landlord pursuant to subparagraph (a) and shall keep the Leased Space and the fixtures therein in neat and orderly condition. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant at its expense is specifically required to make promptly all repairs (i) to that portion of any pipes, lines, ducts, wires or conduits at the Building; (ii) to the glass windows, plate glass doors, and any fixtures or appurtenances composed of glass and which are located within the Leased Space; (iii) to Tenant’s sign(s); and (iv) to any heating or air conditioning equipment installed in the Building. During the Term, Tenant at its own expense shall keep in place a maintenance contract with a reputable heating and air conditioning service company reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and provide Landlord with a copy of the same. If the Tenant refuses or neglects to make such repairs or fails to diligently prosecute the same to completion after written notice from Landlord of the need therefore and a reasonable time for cure, Landlord may make such repairs at the expense of Tenant and such expense shall be collectible as Additional Rent. Any such repairs and any labor performed or materials famished in, on or about the Leased Space shall be performed and furnished by Tenant in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, ordinances and requirements of duly constituted authorities having jurisdiction over the Building, the

15

requirements of any board of underwriters having jurisdiction thereof, as well as any reasonable regulations imposed by Landlord pertaining thereto. Without limitation of the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to approve any and all contractors and suppliers who furnish materials and labor for such repairs, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

(c) If required solely as a result of Tenant’s particular activities at the Leased Space (as opposed to general occupancy thereof by any tenant), Tenant also shall comply with, and make any repairs and installations required by any applicable law.

(d) Provided that Landlord shall exercise reasonable efforts to effectuate its repairs in a manner which will keep at a minimum Landlord’s interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Leased Space, Landlord shall not be liable by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements in or to the Leased Space, or the Building or Center or to any appurtenances or equipment therein.

15. TERMINATION AND EXTENSION.

(a) It is hereby mutually agreed that this Lease shall terminate at the end of the Term (as the same may have been accelerated pursuant to Section 2(c)), if a renewal right has not been exercised or, if exercised, upon the end of any renewal term, without notice.

(b) If Tenant shall hold over after the expiration of the Term hereof, and Landlord shall not give consent to such hold over by Tenant, such tenancy may be terminated as permitted by applicable state law, and until Tenant has vacated the Leased Space, it agrees to pay to Landlord rent at a monthly rental double the rate payable by Tenant at the expiration of the Term of this Lease.

16. SURRENDER OF LEASED SPACE.

At the end of the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Leased Space to Landlord, in broom clean condition and in good order and repair except for ordinary wear and tear and damage for which Tenant is not obligated to make repairs under this Lease. Subject to Sections 8 and 9 hereof and if an Event of Default has not occurred which is then continuing, Tenant shall at the end of the Term hereof remove any Tenant Alterations and any equipment, furniture, trade fixtures or other personal property placed in the Leased Space by Tenant, unless Landlord directs Tenant to not remove Tenant Alterations, in which event the same shall remain in place and be the property of Landlord. Tenant shall repair all damage to the Leased Space caused by such removal and, except for Tenant Alterations to remain in place as permitted or directed by Landlord, restore the Leased Space to the condition in which they were prior to the installation of the items so removed, reasonable wear and tear and damage by casualty not caused by Tenant excepted. Tenant shall surrender the Leased Space to Landlord at the end of the Term hereof, without notice of any kind, and Tenant waives all right to any such notice as may be provided under any laws now or hereafter in effect in Pennsylvania. If Tenant shall fail to remove

16

any Tenant Alterations which it was required to remove pursuant to Section 8 of this Lease or any of its equipment, furniture, trade fixtures or other personal property, Landlord may remove and store the same at the expense of Tenant or sell the same on behalf of Tenant at public or private sale in such manner as is commercially reasonable, with any proceeds thereof to be first applied to the costs and expenses, including attorney’s fees, of the storage and sale and the payment of any amounts owed hereunder by Tenant.

17. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE.

(a) Tenant covenants and agrees that it shall, without notice or demand and at its own cost and expense, indemnify and save harmless Landlord against and from, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, any and all claims by or on behalf of any person arising in any manner whatsoever from, out of, or in connection with any accident, death, injury, or damage, loss or theft of property in or about the Leased Space (whether involving property belonging to Tenant or any other person) resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, employees, licensees or invitees, and from and against all costs, reasonable attorney fees, expenses and liabilities incurred in or as a result of any such claim or action or proceeding brought against Landlord by reason of any such claim. Tenant, upon notice from Landlord, covenants to resist or defend such action or proceeding by legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

(b) Tenant shall keep in force public liability insurance with respect to the Leased Space, including contractual insurance with respect to the covenants and agreements above, with companies and in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord to afford protection of not less than Three Million ($3,000,000.00) Dollars with respect to personal injury or death and property damage, and naming Landlord as an additional insured and providing not less than thirty (30) days’ notice of cancellation. Copies of such policies or a certificate of insurance evidencing same shall be delivered to Landlord.

(c) Landlord covenants and agrees that it shall, without notice or demand and at its own cost and expense, indemnify and save harmless Tenant against and from, and Tenant shall not be liable to Landlord for, any and all claims by or on behalf of any person arising in any manner whatsoever from, out of, or in connection with any accident, death, injury, or damage, loss or theft of property in or about the Leased Space (whether involving property belonging to Landlord or any other person) resulting from the gross negligence or wanton and willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees, and from and against all costs, reasonable attorney fees, expenses and liabilities incurred in or as a result of any such claim or action or proceeding brought against Tenant by reason of any such claim. Landlord, upon notice from Tenant covenants to resist or defend such action or proceeding by legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to Tenant.

(d) Landlord shall keep in force public liability insurance with respect to the Building, including contractual insurance with respect to the covenants and agreements above, with companies and in form reasonably acceptable to Tenant to afford protection of not less than Three Million ($3,000,000.00) Dollars with respect to personal injury or death and property

17

damage, and naming Tenant as an additional insured and providing not less than thirty (30) days’ notice of cancellation. Copies of such policies or a certificate of insurance evidencing same shall be delivered to Tenant.

(e) All property insurance policies also shall contain a clause or endorsement denying the insurer any rights of subrogation against Landlord, in the case of Tenant’s insurer, and Tenant, in the case of Landlord’s insurer. As to any loss or damage covered by insurance containing a waiver of subrogation clause or similar endorsement, each party hereby releases the other, to the extent of such damaged party’s insurance indemnities, from any and all liability for such loss or damage even if such loss or damage shall be brought about by the fault or negligence of such other party, or the agents, employees, invitees or licensees of such other party; provided however, that this release shall be effective only with respect to loss or damage occurring during such time as the applicable policies of insurance shall contain a clause to the effect that this release shall not affect said policies or the right of the insured to recover thereunder. If any policy does not contain such a clause, the insured party shall, at the written request of the other party to this release, have such a clause added to said policy if an endorsement so providing is obtainable. This subsection (e) shall supersede any provisions to the contrary in subsections (a) and (c) above.

18. FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY.

(a) At all times during the effectiveness of this Lease, Landlord shall maintain in full force and effect a policy of fire and extended coverage insurance for the full replacement value of the Building, subject to a commercially reasonable deductible. The premium for such insurance and any deductibles expended shall be included as an Operating Expense. Such coverage shall be issued by any reputable insurance company licensed in Pennsylvania, with at least a Best’s rating of “A” or better. Landlord agrees to deliver a certificate evidencing such insurance coverage upon Tenant’s request from time to time.

(b) If the Leased Space or the Building is partially damaged by fire or other casualty such that Tenant is able to conduct its business therein at a reduced but economically feasible level on a temporary basis, and insurance proceeds are available to Landlord, the damages shall be repaired by and at the expense of Landlord and the rent, until such repairs shall be made, shall be apportioned from the date of such fire or other casualty according to the part of the Leased Space which is usable by Tenant. Landlord agrees to repair such damage within a reasonable period of time after receipt from Tenant of written notice of such damage, except that Tenant agrees to repair and replace its own furniture, furnishings and equipment and Tenant Alterations. If Landlord is unable to complete reconstruction of the damaged premises within two hundred ten (210) days from the date of the casualty, or at least one year prior to the then scheduled expiration date of the Lease, Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease.

(c) If the Building is totally damaged or is rendered wholly untenantable by fire or other casualty, rent shall abate from the date the Building is rendered untenantable, and each party shall have the right to terminate the Lease by written notice to the other on or before thirty (30) days after such casualty occurred. If, however, Landlord consents in writing within thirty

18

(30) days following such casualty to reconstruct the damaged premises to the condition which existed prior to such casualty and a reputable contractor acceptable to Landlord and Tenant determines that such reconstruction can be substantially completed within two hundred ten (210) days from the date of such casualty, neither party shall have the right to terminate this Lease and Landlord shall undertake reconstruction of the damaged premises. If, however, Landlord is unable to complete reconstruction of the damaged premises within two hundred ten (210) days from the date of the casualty, or at least one year prior to the then scheduled expiration date of the Lease, Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease.

(d) Whenever Landlord shall be obligated hereunder to reconstruct damaged premises, Landlord agrees to undertake such reconstruction with reasonable diligence and, if Tenant shall remain in possession of any portion of the Leased Space, in such manner to as to minimize interference or disruption of Tenant’s use of the said portion of the Leased Space. Reconstruction shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with standard construction practices and safety procedures, using only materials of at least equal quality and integrity as the materials damaged by the casualty, undertaken in such manner so as to restore the damaged premises to substantially the condition which existed prior to such casualty, and performed and furnished in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, ordinances and requirements of all duly constituted authorities or governmental bodies having jurisdiction over the Building, and the requirements of any board of underwriters having jurisdiction thereof.

(e) Upon the termination of this Lease under the conditions hereinbefore provided, Tenant’s liability for rent shall cease as of the day of the casualty. Tenant shall promptly vacate and surrender the Leased Space to Landlord in its “as is” condition, whereupon neither party shall have any further rights or obligations hereunder except that Landlord shall reimburse to Tenant (i) any portion of the Security Deposit not otherwise applied by Landlord in accordance with this Lease, and (ii) prepaid Rent paid by Tenant. Such reimbursement shall be made in full to Tenant not later than thirty (30) days following termination of this Lease, and if not so paid, such unpaid amounts shall accrue interest at the Default Rate specified in this Lease from the date of termination until paid in full. The limitations set forth in Section 28 hereof shall not apply Landlord’s liability for payment of the foregoing amounts.

19. CONDEMNATION.

If the Leased Space or the Building or any material part of either shall be condemned or otherwise subject to an eminent domain proceeding, then and in that event, upon the transfer of title to the authority exercising such power, this Lease shall terminate, and all rent paid in advance shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if only a part of the Leased Space shall be so taken and the part not so taken shall be sufficient in Tenant’s reasonable judgment for the economic and feasible operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant, at its election, may retain the part not so taken and there shall be a proportional reduction in the rent. All compensation awarded or paid upon such a total or partial taking of the Leased Space shall belong to and be the property of the Landlord. The foregoing shall not, however, be construed to preclude the Tenant from prosecuting any claim directly against the condemning

19

authority in such condemnation proceedings for loss of business, or depreciation to, damage to, or cost of removal of, or for the value of stock, trade fixtures, furniture, and other personal property belonging to the Tenant, provided, however, that no such award or claim shall diminish or otherwise adversely affect the Landlord’s award.

20. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.

At any time, and from time to time, upon the written request of Landlord or any “Mortgagee” (as defined in section 29 hereof), Tenant, within ten (10) business days of the date of such written request, agrees to execute and deliver to Landlord and/or such Mortgagee, a written statement: (a) ratifying this Lease; (b) confirming the commencement and expiration dates of the terms of this Lease; (c) certifying that Tenant is in occupancy of the Leased Space, and that the Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, assigned, supplemented or amended except by such writings as shall be stated; (d) certifying that all conditions and agreements under this Lease to be satisfied or performed by Landlord have been satisfied and performed except as shall be stated; (e) certifying that Landlord is not in default under the Lease and there are no defenses or offsets against the enforcement of this Lease by Landlord, or stating the defaults and/or defenses claimed by Tenant; (f) reciting the amount of advance rent, if any, paid by Tenant and the date to which such rent has been paid; (g) reciting the amount of security deposited with Landlord, if any; and (h) any other information which Landlord or the Mortgagee reasonably may require. The failure of Tenant to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord and/or any Mortgagee a statement in accordance with the provisions herein within the period set forth herein shall constitute an acknowledgment by Tenant which may be relied upon by any person holding or intending to acquire any interest whatsoever in the Leased Space or the Building that this Lease has not been assigned, amended, changed or modified, is in full force and effect and that the Minimum Annual Rent, and Additional Rent have been duly and fully paid not beyond the respective due dates immediately preceding the date of the request for such statement and shall constitute as to any persons entitled to rely on such statements (other than Landlord) a waiver of any defaults by Landlord or defenses or offsets against the enforcement of this Lease by Landlord which may exist prior to the date of the written request.

21. DEFAULT.

The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” of this Lease by Tenant:

(a) A failure by Tenant to pay, when due, any installment of rent hereunder or any such other sum herein required to be paid by Tenant where such failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice thereof from Landlord; provided however said written notice shall not be required to be given by Landlord more than twice in any twelve (12) month period.

(b) A failure by Tenant to observe and perform any other terms or conditions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that, if such default is of a nature that cannot be reasonably cured within such thirty (30) day period, no default shall exist so long

20

as Tenant has commenced cure within such thirty (30) day period and diligently pursues same to completion within ninety (90) days.

(c) The making by Tenant of any assignment for the benefit of creditors, an adjudication that Tenant is bankrupt, insolvent, or unable to pay its debts; the filing by or against Tenant of a petition in bankruptcy or of a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days after the filing thereof); the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located in the Leased Space or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease (unless possession is restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such appointment); or the attachment, execution or levy against, or other judicial seizure of, substantially all of Tenant’s assets located in the Leased Space or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease (unless the same is discharged within thirty (30) days after issuance thereof).

22. REMEDIES.

Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default by Tenant:

(a) Landlord may perform for the account of Tenant any such act, the omission of which constituted an Event of Default by Tenant and immediately recover as Additional Rent any expenditures made and the amount of any obligations incurred in connection therewith, plus interest at the Default Rate from the date the obligations are incurred by Landlord until payment therefor to Landlord, whether before or after entry of judgment and issuance of execution thereon.

(b) Landlord may accelerate all Minimum Annual Rent and Additional Rent due for the balance of the Term of this Lease and declare the same to be immediately due and payable. In determining the amount of any future payments due Landlord relating to Operating Expenses and/or Real Estate Taxes, Landlord shall make such determination based upon the most recent estimates of Operating Expenses and/or Real Estate Taxes available.

(c) Landlord, at its option, may serve notice upon Tenant that this Lease and the then unexpired term thereof shall cease and expire and become absolutely void on the date specified in such notice, to be not less than five (5) days after the date of such notice without any right on the part of the Tenant to save the forfeiture by payment of any sum due or by the performance of any term or condition broken; and, thereupon and at the expiration of the time limit in such notice, this Lease and the Term hereof, as well as the right, title and interest of the Tenant hereunder, shall wholly cease and expire and become void in the same manner and with the same force and effect (except as to Tenant’s liability) as if the date fixed in such notice were the date herein granted for expiration of the Term of this Lease. Thereupon, Tenant shall immediately quit and surrender to Landlord the Leased Space, and Landlord may enter into and repossess the Leased Space by summary proceedings, detainer, ejectment or otherwise and remove all occupants thereof and, at Landlord’s option, any property thereon, without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor. No such expiration or termination of this Lease

21

shall relieve Tenant of its liability and obligations under the Lease, whether or not the Leased Space shall be relet.

(d) Landlord may, at any time after the occurrence of any Event of Default, re-enter and repossess the Leased Space and any part thereof and attempt in its own name, as agent for Tenant if this Lease not be terminated, or on its own behalf if this Lease be terminated, to relet all or any part of the Leased Space for and upon such terms and to such persons and for such period or periods as Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall determine, including a term beyond the termination of this Lease; and Landlord shall not be required to accept any tenant offered by Tenant or observe any instruction given by Tenant about such reletting. For the purpose of such reletting, Landlord may decorate or make repairs, changes, alterations or additions in or to the Leased Space to the extent deemed by Landlord desirable or convenient; and the cost of such decoration, repairs, changes, alterations or additions shall be charged to and be payable by Tenant as Additional Rent hereunder, as well as any reasonable brokerage and attorneys fees incurred by Landlord; and any sums collected by Landlord from any new tenant obtained shall be credited against the balance of the rent due hereunder as aforesaid. Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly, on the days when the rent would have been payable under this Lease, the amount due hereunder less the amount obtained by Landlord from such new tenant.

(e) Landlord shall have the right of injunction, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of the terms and conditions hereof, to restrain the same and the right to invoke any remedy allowed by law or in equity, whether or not other remedies, indemnities or reimbursements are herein provided. The rights and remedies given to Landlord in this Lease are distinct, separate and cumulative remedies; and no one of them, whether or not exercised by Landlord, shall be deemed to be in exclusion of any of the others.

(f) In the event of the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder, Landlord shall have the right to change the locks on the Leased Space and exclude Tenant therefrom, and to discontinue all or part of the services and facilities provided to Tenant under this Lease or otherwise, which-action shall not be deemed an eviction. Such action may be taken, however, only upon five (5) days prior notice to Tenant, and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any liability for any damages sustained by Tenant or its property as a result of the same.

(g) If Tenant has paid accelerated rent to Landlord and Landlord thereafter re-lets any portion of the Leased Space, any sums collected by Landlord from any new tenant obtained in excess of the cost of decoration, repairs, changes, alterations or additions, and any reasonable brokerage and attorneys fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such re-letting, to the extent the same exceed all other damages incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s default, shall be paid to Tenant if, as and when received by Landlord from the replacement tenant, but in no event shall the amount to be paid to Tenant by Landlord exceed the amount of accelerated rent and other damages paid by Tenant to Landlord.

(h) Following an Event of Default, Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold, delay or condition (including, for example, the requirement of any back-rent payments by Tenant) its consent to any subtenants or assignees which Tenant may propose for all or any

22

portion of the Leased Space provided that Landlord’s acceptance of any such subtenant or assignee shall not be deemed to cure Tenant’s default nor otherwise relieve Tenant of its obligations hereunder, unless Landlord otherwise agrees in writing. Any rent paid as a result of any such assignment or sublease shall be applied in accordance with subsection (g) above.

23. CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT FOR POSSESSION IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCE.

If Tenant fails to vacate the Leased Premises upon termination of this Lease or an Event of Default under Section 21 (a) shall have occurred, Landlord shall have the further remedy of confession of judgment for possession:

ANY PROTHONOTARY OR ATTORNEY OF ANY COURT OF RECORD MAY APPEAR FOR TENANT TO FILE AN AGREEMENT FOR ENTERING IN ANY COMPETENT COURT AN AMICABLE ACTION FOR JUDGMENT IN EJECTMENT AGAINST TENANT AND ALL PERSONS CLAIMING UNDER TENANT, AND A JUDGMENT FOR THE RECOVERY BY LANDLORD OF POSSESSION MAY ISSUE FORTHWITH WITHOUT ANY PRIOR WRIT OR PROCEEDINGS WHATSOEVER. IF FOR ANY REASON AFTER SUCH ACTION SHALL HAVE BEEN COMMENCED, IT SHALL BE CANCELED OR SUSPENDED AND POSSESSION OF THE LEASED SPACE REMAINS IN OR IS RESTORED TO TENANT, LANDLORD SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT UPON ANY SUBSEQUENT DEFAULT OR TERMINATION OF THIS LEASE OR ANY RENEWAL OR EXTENSION HEREOF, TO BRING ONE OR MORE AMICABLE ACTIONS IN EJECTMENT AS HEREINBEFORE SET FORTH TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE LEASED SPACE. IF IN ANY AMICABLE ACTION IN EJECTMENT, LANDLORD SHALL CAUSE TO BE FILED IN SUCH ACTION AN AFFIDAVIT SETTING FORTH THE FACTS NECESSARY TO AUTHORIZE THE ENTRY OF JUDGMENT AND IF A TRUE COPY OF THIS LEASE (AND THE TRUTH OF THE COPY STATED IN SUCH AFFIDAVIT SHALL BE SUFFICIENT PROOF) BE FILED IN SUCH ACTION, IT SHALL NOT BE NECESSARY TO FILE THE ORIGINAL AS A WARRANT OF ATTORNEY, ANY LAW, RULE OF COURT, CUSTOM OR PRACTICE TO THE CONTRARY NOTWITHSTANDING. TENANT EXPRESSLY RELEASES TO LANDLORD, AND TO ANY AND ALL ATTORNEYS WHO MAY APPEAR FOR TENANT, ALL ERRORS IN THE SAID PROCEEDINGS, AND ALL LIABILITY THEREFOR.

23

ISOLAGEN, INC.

By:                                                          

24. WAIVER.

The failure or delay on the part of either party to enforce or exercise at any time any of the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be construed to be a waiver thereof, nor in any way to affect the validity of this Lease or any part hereof, or the right of such party to thereafter enforce each and every such term or condition. No waiver by either party of any breach of this Lease shall be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The receipt by Landlord of rent or the payment by Tenant of rent at a time when a default exists under this Lease shall not be construed as a waiver of such default. The receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the rent due shall not be construed to be other than a payment on account of the rent then due, nor shall any statement on Tenant’s check or any letter accompanying Tenant’s check be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of the rent due or to pursue any other remedies provided in this Lease. No act or thing done by this Lease shall be deemed an acceptance or a surrender of the Leased Space, and no agreement to accept such a surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.

25. QUIET ENJOYMENT.

If and so long as Tenant pays the rent reserved hereunder and observes and performs all the terms and conditions on Tenants part to be observed and performed hereunder, Tenant shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Leased Space for the entire Term hereof, subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

26. FORCE MAJEURE.

Time periods for performance of each party’s obligations (including without limitation construction obligations) under any of the terms of this Lease shall be extended for periods of time during which performance is prevented due to circumstances beyond the performing party’s control, including without limitation, embargoes, governmental regulations, act of God, war or other strife, shortages or unavailability of materials or equipment which are “special order items”, strikes, lockouts, adverse weather conditions, bankruptcy or breach of contract by a subcontractor (collectively, “Force Majeure). Force Majeure shall not apply, however, to any monetary obligation hereunder.

24

27. SUCCESSORS.

The respective rights and obligations provided in this Lease shall bind and shall inure to the parties hereto, and their successors and permitted assigns.

28. LANDLORD’S LIABILITY.

Landlord’s responsibility under this Lease shall be limited to its interest in the Leased Space and in the Building, and no members of Landlord’s partnership shall be personally liable hereunder. Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Leased Space and in the Building for the collection of any judgment, and, in entering any such judgment, the person entering the same shall request the prothonotary to mark the judgment index accordingly. If the Leased Space or the Building is transferred or conveyed, Landlord shall be relieved of all covenants and obligations under this Lease thereafter accruing, provided that notice of said transfer or conveyance is given to Tenant by Landlord.

29. SUBORDINATION.

Landlord represents that no Mortgages (hereafter defined) currently encumber the Building, any part thereof, or the land on which it is situate. Upon delivery of a nondisturbance and attornment agreement which is reasonably satisfactory to Tenant, stating that this Lease is, and all of Tenant’s rights hereunder are and shall always be, subject and subordinate to any such mortgage, leases of Landlord’s property (in sale-leaseback) pursuant to which Landlord has or shall retain the right of possession of the Leased Space (and/or the Building) or security instruments (collectively called “Mortgage”) that now exist, or may hereafter be placed upon the Leased Space or the Building, or any part thereof and all advances made or to be made thereunder and extensions thereof, and if the holder of any such interest forecloses or extinguishes Landlord’s rights in the Building or Leased Space, Tenant shall attorn to and recognize any such holder as the successor Landlord under this Lease. The aforesaid provision shall be self-operative and no further instrument or document shall be necessary unless required by any such Mortgagee or purchaser. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, any Mortgagee may at any time subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by execution of a written document subordinating such Mortgage to this Lease to the extent set forth therein, thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage. Should Landlord or any Mortgagee or purchaser desire confirmation of either such subordination or such attornment, as the case may be, Tenant upon written request, and from time to time, will execute and deliver without charge and in form reasonably satisfactory to Tenant, Landlord, the Mortgagee or the purchaser all instruments and/or documents that may be required to acknowledge such subordination and/or agreement to attorn, in recordable form within ten (10) business days following a request therefor from Landlord.

30. RULES AND REGULATIONS.

Tenant agrees to comply with the rules and regulations established by Landlord from time to time; provided, however, that none of such rules and regulation materially and adversely affect Tenant’s rights hereunder or operation of Tenant’s Business from the Leased Space, and Tenant is

25

afforded a reasonable time from notice thereof to achieve compliance therewith. The existing rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit “D”.

31. GOVERNING LAW.

This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Building is located.

32. SEVERABILITY.

If any provisions of this Lease shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal, it shall in no way affect any other provision hereof and the remaining provisions shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect.

33. NOTICES.

All notices and statements required or permitted under this Lease shall be in writing and delivered by either (a) United States Certified Mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (b) Federal Express or other nationally recognized overnight courier service, fee prepaid, or (c) hand delivery against written receipt therefor, in each case addressed as follows:

As to Tenant prior to Commencement Date:	Isolagen, Inc.
	2500 Wilcrest, 5th Floor
	Houston, TX 77042
	Attention: General Counsel
As to Tenant as of the Commencement Date:	Isolagen, Inc.
	Eagleview Corporate Center
	405 Eagleview Boulevard
	Exton, PA 19341
	Attention: General Counsel
With a copy to:	Susan Ciallella
	Dilworth Paxson LLP
	3200 Mellon Bank Center 1735 Market Street, 32nd Floor Philadelphia, PA 19103
As to Landlord:	The Hankin Group P.O. Box 562 707 Eagleview Boulevard Eagleview Corporate Center Exton, PA 19341

26

Either party may at any time, in the manner set forth for giving notices to the other, designate a different address to which notices to it shall be sent. Notice given in accordance with this Section shall be deemed given and received as of the earlier of (i) actual receipt or (ii) first attempted delivery which is refused (as opposed to being returned for insufficient postage/fee, improper address or like cause).

34. BROKERS.

Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant has not dealt with any broker, firm, company or person in connection with the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Lease, other than Cushman & Wakefield, Inc., whose commission shall be paid by Tenant pursuant to a separate agreement between tenant and such broker, and each party shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other from and against any claim by any other person claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with such party with regard to this Lease, and any attorneys fees or other expenses incurred by the other party in connection therewith. Tenant shall similarly indemnify, defend hold harmless Landlord against any claim by Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. relating to this Lease.

35. SIGNS.

Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, paint, place or erect any sign on the exterior doors or walls of the Leased Space or of the Building or Center. Subject to applicable zoning requirements and Landlord’s and Tenant’s mutual agreement on sign graphics not to be unreasonably withheld, Tenant shall have the right to maintain two signs on the Real Estate (hereafter defined in Section 44(a)(i)) located at and having dimensions not in excess of those of the existing ViroPharma signs. Landlord shall be responsible to obtain approval from the Association with respect to such signage and, as Declarant under the Covenants, hereby (i) approves the size of the signs described herein, and (ii) agrees not to unreasonably withhold its consent to the sign graphics on either sign as long as same is reasonably compatible with other business signage located within the Center.

36. SECURITY DEPOSIT.

Not later than December 31, 2007, Tenant agrees to deposit with Landlord, the sum of $95,000.00 to be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance of all the terms and conditions of this Lease (“Security Deposit”). Should the Tenant breach any of the terms and conditions of this Lease which continues beyond any applicable cure period and required notice, Landlord shall have the right, at any time, to apply the Security Deposit or any part thereof, for the purpose of curing any such default or for the purpose of reimbursing Landlord for any damage or costs occasioned by such default, but the right of Landlord to apply the Security Deposit shall not affect any other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease or under applicable law. If the Security Deposit, or any part thereof, is so applied by Landlord, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after demand, deposit additional funds with Landlord to restore the Security Deposit, and failure to do so shall constitute an event of default under this Lease.

27

If the Tenant shall have complied with all material terms and conditions of this Lease at the expiration of this Lease, the Security Deposit (without interest and amounts properly withdrawn by Landlord and not refunded by Tenant) shall be refunded to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease (including without limitation permitted terminations hereunder and terminations due to Landlord’s default which continues beyond applicable grace and cure periods following notice where applicable); provided, however, that Tenant first shall have vacated the Leased Space and surrendered possession thereof to the Landlord by delivery of keys, in accordance with the Lease provisions and shall have returned the Leased Space to Landlord in the condition required hereunder.

Nothing herein contained shall require Landlord to hold the sums so deposited as a trust fund, nor establish any relationship other than that of debtor and creditor with respect to said funds so deposited.

If Landlord shall assign or otherwise transfer its interest in this Lease, Landlord shall transfer the Security Deposit to the assignee or other transferee of such interest (with like obligation to transfer to any subsequent assignee or other transferee), and upon such transfer, Landlord shall be released and relieved from all liability and/or responsibility with respect to this Security Deposit and/or the return or application thereof.

37. USE OF INFORMATION IN ADVERTISING.

Landlord and any agent employed by Landlord shall be permitted to utilize the name of Tenant and any occupant or user of the Leased Space, and other general information about the Tenant and such occupant or user, and the terms of this Lease, in advertising and promotional material utilized by them.

38. CAPTIONS.

The title to paragraphs of this Lease are for convenience of reference only, and are not to be construed as defining, limiting or modifying the scope or intent of any of the terms and conditions of this Lease.

39. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

This Lease contains all covenants and agreements between Landlord and Tenant relating in any manner to the rental, use and occupancy of the Leased Space and Tenant’s use of the Building and other matters set forth in this Lease. No prior agreement or understanding pertaining to the same shall be valid or of any force or effect and the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall not be altered, modified or added to except in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

40. ACCESS TO THE LEASED SPACE AND COMMON AREAS.

Tenant shall have access to the Leased Space 24 hours a day, 365 days per year.

28

41. ATTORNEY FEES.

The prevailing party in any litigation or arbitration to enforce any obligation under this Lease shall be entitled to have reimbursed by the other party all reasonable costs of collection and fees for legal counsel incurred as a result of enforcing or protecting any rights under this Lease.

42. SELF-HELP.

(a) If Landlord fails to fulfill its obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall notify Landlord of such non-performance. Except in the case where immediate response is required to avoid physical damage to the Leased Space or persons or Tenant’s property therein, Landlord shall have thirty (30) days to cure such nonperformance. If Landlord fails to complete cure within such thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice from Tenant, Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to carry out such activities on behalf of Landlord so as to cure such nonperformance. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all reasonable costs, fees and expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with performing such cure. Such reimbursement shall be made within fifteen (15) days after written demand by Tenant, which demand shall be accompanied by appropriate invoices or other materials to substantiate the amount for the requested reimbursement. If Landlord fails to pay Tenant the amount requested within said fifteen (15) day period, such unpaid amounts shall accrue interest at the Default Rate which shall continue to accrue on any judgment obtained by Tenant against Landlord for recovery of such unreimbursed amounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing rights, Tenant shall not be entitled to set-off such amounts against Rent due hereunder, and Tenant hereby expressly waives such right, unless and until Tenant shall have obtained a final judgment against Landlord with respect to Landlord’s obligation under the Lease which Tenant alleges that Landlord failed to perform, and such right of set-off shall be applicable only to the amount of the judgment not paid within thirty (30) days and may be asserted by Tenant against installments of Rent thereafter coming due.

(b) Amounts due from Landlord to which the Default Rate has been applied shall continue to accrue interest at the Default Rate after entry of judgment and issuance of execution thereon until paid in full.

43. MEMORANDUM OF LEASE.

Tenant, at its expense, shall be entitled to record a memorandum of lease which Landlord shall execute and acknowledge. Concurrently with the execution of this Lease, Tenant and Landlord agree to execute such memorandum of lease along with a termination thereof, both of which shall be in form and substance sufficient to permit the recording of such instrument and otherwise reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. The termination of such memorandum of lease shall be held in escrow by Riley, Riper, Hollin & Colagreco, as escrow agent, until termination of this Lease, pursuant to a separate escrow agreement with respect to which the parties agree to negotiate in good faith promptly upon or following execution hereof. In the absence of such escrow agreement, the party designated as escrow agent shall hold such

29

termination until the earlier of (a) receipt of a court order directing release of said termination or (b) written instructions from Landlord and Tenant directing the release of said termination.

44. LANDLORD REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

(a) Landlord, to induce Tenant to enter into this Lease, represents, warrants and agrees, as of the date first set forth above and the Commencement Date, as follows, which representations and warranties shall survive until one (1) year after the Commencement Date:

(i) Title to the Property. To Landlord’s Knowledge, Landlord owns the Land upon which the Building is located and has good and marketable title of record thereto, free of any liens or encumbrance except for the Permitted Title Exceptions described on Exhibit “E” hereto. Landlord’s ownership of the Land has never been challenged. No parties other than Landlord are required to execute or consent to this Lease.

(ii) No Third Party Rights. There are no options, licenses, leases, rights of first refusal, contracts for the sale of the Land (including conditional sales agreements) or similar arrangements respecting the Land other than as are to be entered with Tenant.

(iii) Condemnation. Landlord has not received any notice or other communication from any governmental unit or other body having the power of eminent domain indicating that any part of the Land or other portion of Eagleview Corporate Center has been, will or may be condemned.

(iv) Proceedings. No action, suit, or proceeding currently is pending against the Land or, to Landlord’s Knowledge, any other portion of Eagleview Corporate Center in any court or before any board, commission agency or other governmental instrumentality. Landlord has not received written notice of any such threatened action, suit, or proceeding.

(v) Assessments: Public Improvements. No assessments or notice of assessments for public improvements have been made against the Land prior to the date of this Lease which have not been paid, other than impact fees which will be paid by Landlord, and no work has been commenced on new public improvements authorized by ordinances enacted prior to the date hereof which will result in an assessment against the Land.

(vi) Zoning and Approvals. The Land is zoned planned commercial/industrial. All subdivision and land development approvals necessary for the creation of the Land as a separate lot with direct access to a public road and for the construction of the Building on the Land (collectively “Approvals”) have been obtained and are in full force and effect as of this date. Landlord is in full compliance with all Approvals and, to Landlord’s Knowledge, no condition or state of facts now exists which, with the giving of notice or expiration of applicable time period, could cause the invalidation, termination or revocation of any of the Approvals.

30

(vii) Environmental.

(A) Environmental Reports. Landlord has delivered to Tenant a true, correct and complete copy of the environmental report titled “Report of Findings Phase I Environmental Assessment of the Eagleview Development” which was prepared by SMC Environmental Services Group and bears the reference number 9939-91000 and date of June, 1992 (“Environmental Report”). The Environmental Report covers the Real Estate, and, to Landlord’s Knowledge, no facts or circumstances have changed at the Real Estate which would make any potion of the Environmental Report incorrect or misleading.

(B) Compliance; Permits. To Landlord’s Knowledge, as of the date of this Lease, the Real Estate is in compliance with all applicable Federal, state and local laws, regulations, ordinances, rulings , and directives relating to protection or regulation of the environment (“Environmental Laws”) and with any permit or governmental authorization which relate to the Environmental Laws.

(C) Underground Storage Tanks. To Landlord’s Knowledge, no underground storage tanks are located on the Real Estate nor have any underground storage tanks been removed from the Real Estate.

(viii) Covenants. The Amended and Restated Declaration of Easements and Protective Covenants recorded in Deed Book 2074 at Page 240 as amended by a Supplement and Clarification recorded in Deed Book 2363, page 499, a First Amendment recorded in Deed Book 2596, page 550, a Second Amendment recorded in Deed Book 3590, page 1986, a Third Amendment recorded in Deed Book 3672, page 579, a Fourth Amendment recorded in Deed Book 4177, page 206, a Fifth Amendment recorded in Record Book 4206 Page 1534, a Sixth Amendment recorded in Record Book 4365 Page 649, and a Seventh Amendment recorded in Record Book 4744 Page 0278 (collectively, “Declaration”) and the Rider to Lease or Agreement of Sale Regarding Industrial Waste Discharge Within Eagleview Corporate Center (which are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Covenants”), constitute all of the protective covenants or similar agreements which affect Eagleview Corporate Center. Landlord represents and covenants that no private agreements exist which materially and adversely affect Tenant’s rights under this Lease or an owner’s rights under the Covenants, including the ability to seek enforcement thereof, nor will Landlord hereafter enter into any such agreement.

(ix) Discovery of Facts. If, prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord acquires actual knowledge of any fact which would be required to be disclosed by Landlord to render its representations and warranties true, correct and complete, in all material respects, Landlord promptly shall disclose such fact to Tenant.

(b) For purposes of this Section 44, the term (and similar terms) “to Landlord’s Knowledge” shall mean to the best knowledge of Landlord’s President, Executive Vice President and Director of Commercial Marketing (including without limitation knowledge deemed to be charged to Landlord by virtue of items and facts disclosed in the reports of consultants in Landlord’s possession wherever located), such statement or fact is true and correct and such persons possess no information which make such statement or fact incomplete or misleading.

31

45. RENEWAL OPTION.

(a) Tenant shall have the right and option to extend the term of this Lease for one renewal term, of five (5) years duration. The renewal term, if exercised, shall commence on the day immediately following the expiration of the initial Term hereof, April 1, 2013. The option to extend, as well as the commencement of the renewal term, shall be conditioned on no uncured events of default by Tenant then existing.

(b) Tenant shall exercise its renewal option only by delivering written notice of same to Landlord not later than one (1) year prior to the expiration of the then current term, which notice shall be due on or before March 31, 2012, time being of the essence. Tenant’s failure to timely exercise an option shall be deemed a waiver of all rights under this Section, in which event this Lease shall terminate upon expiration or earlier termination of the then current term.

(c) The renewal term, if exercised, shall be upon all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, except for the change in Minimum Annual Rent which, if exercised, shall be calculated as follows:

For the initial year of the renewal term, the Base Index shall be the CPI U for March, 2012, and for each subsequent year, the Base Index shall be the CPI U for the month of March one year prior to the Comparison Index.

The Base Rent for Adjustment Purposes shall mean, for the each year of the renewal term, the Minimum Annual Rent under this Lease in effect for the immediately preceding year.

The Base Index and Comparison Index for each year of the Renewal Term shall be:

Second Renewal Term Year	Base Index	Comparison Index
4/1/13-3/31/14	March 2012	March 2013
4/1/14-3/31/15	March 2013	March 2014
4/1/15-3/31/16	March 2014	March 2015
4/1/16-3/31/17	March 2015	March 2016
4/1/17-3/31/18	March 2016	March 2017

During each year of the renewal term, Minimum Annual Rent shall increase to a sum equal to the Base Rent for Adjustment Purposes, increased by one half the CPI Adjustment, but in no event shall such Minimum Annual Rent be less than the Base Rent for Adjustment Purposes for such year.

Upon the commencement of the renewal term, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the Minimum Annual Rent in effect for such year; in the event of any delay in calculation because of a delay in publication of the applicable Comparison Index, Tenant shall pay rent on account based upon the Minimum Annual Rent previously in effect, to be adjusted when the Comparison Index is published.

32

46. CHANGE TO CPI INDEX.

If the CPI U should be discontinued at any time during the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall select a substitute index which most closely approximates the CPI U and which is reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Upon agreement as to such substitute index, all references to CPI U shall be deemed to refer thereto.

47. CERTAIN COVENANTS REGARDING THE DECLARATION.

Unless an uncured event of default shall exist hereunder, Tenant shall be entitled to exercise all votes in the Association associated with the Real Estate as Landlord’s agent or proxy. Landlord shall promptly provide copies to Tenant of all notifications received by Landlord from the Association.

48. ADDITIONAL PERMITTED TITLE EXCEPTIONS.

(a) Landlord and Tenant agree that utility easements may hereafter be granted as an encumbrance on the Real Estate without Tenant’s prior consent thereto provided (i) that the terms and scope thereof are reasonable given the nature of the easement and (ii) such utility easement is located underground and does not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use of, or current access to, the Leased Space, or signage locations, or reduce available parking from that required by municipal code. Except for such easements and amendments to the Covenants (adopted in accordance with the procedures applicable thereto), no encumbrances other than the Permitted Title Exceptions shall be granted during the Term hereof.

(b) Landlord also shall have the right to grant a first mortgage encumbering the Real Estate and all improvements therein not owned by Tenant which mortgage secures loans made to Landlord in connection with the development and construction of improvements now or hereafter a part of the Real Estate, and refinancing of such loans. Landlord further covenants to Tenant to use commercially reasonable effort to have such mortgage holder agree that insurance proceeds or casualty awards shall be applied to restoration of the Real Estate and Building.

49. SEWER CAPACITY ALLOCATION.

For so long as the Term of this Lease is effective, Landlord hereby reserves to the Real Estate a sewage capacity of 7,500 gpd and agrees not to allocate sewage capacity currently available to the Center pursuant to the Treatment Plant Expansion Agreement among Landlord, Uwchlan Township and the Uwchlan Township Municipal Authority dated            , 1993 (undated but notarized January 10, 1994) (“Sewer Agreement”) in any manner which would deprive the Real Estate of a sewage capacity of 7,500 gpd. Tenant covenants and agrees that during the Term of this Lease, it will not consume more than an aggregate of 7,500 gpd for the Leased Space.

33

50. LANDLORD’S LIEN SUBORDINATION.

Landlord agrees that, upon request by Tenant at a time when there exists no Event of Default under this Lease, nor any event which upon the passage of time, the issuance of notice or both would be an Event of Default, Landlord will execute an agreement for the benefit of a bank, savings and loan institution, pension fund or institutional lender in the business of making commercial loans, making a loan to Tenant secured by Tenant’s personal property in the Leased Space, which loan funds Tenant’s Alterations, working capital needs, or inventory or equipment or other financial needs of the Tenant, subordinating any lien obtained by Landlord in such personal property, to the lien or security interest granted to such lender to secure such loan. Tenant shall pay all costs (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by Landlord in accommodating Tenant’s request.

34

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Lease to be duly executed, in counterparts (it being understood that each party need not sign the same counterpart, so long as each party has signed at least one counterpart) the day and year first above written, intending to be legally bound hereby.

LANDLORD:
THE HANKIN GROUP
By:	/s/ Robert S. Hankin
	Robert S. Hankin, General Partner

TENANT:

ISOLAGEN, INC.

By:  /s/ Robert Bitterman

35

LIST OF EXHIBITS

A  Plan Showing Leased Space and Building	Section 1
B   INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
C   Rider to Lease or Agreement of Sale Regarding Industrial Waste Discharge Within Eagleview Corporate Center	Section 5(b)(iv)(C)
D  Rules and Regulations	Section 30
E   Permitted Title Exceptions	Section 44(a)(i)

36

EX-10.15

Exhibit 10.15

AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS AMENDMENT TO LEASE (the “Amendment”), is effective as of April 1, 2011, and is by and between THE HANKIN GROUP (“Landlord”) and FIBROCELL SCIENCE, INC., formerly known as ISOLAGEN, INC. (“Tenant”).

BACKGROUND

Landlord and Tenant (then known as Isolagen, Inc.) entered into a certain lease agreement dated April 6, 2005 (the “Current Lease”) pertaining to approximately 86,500 rentable square feet of space located at 405 Eagleview Boulevard in Eagleview Corporate Center, Route 100, Exton, Uwchlan Township, Chester County, Pennsylvania.

Isolagen, Inc. filed a petition in bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, following which Tenant successfully reorganized and emerged from bankruptcy under the name Fibrocell Science, Inc. Landlord and Tenant have agreed to extend the Term of the Current Lease, originally scheduled to expire March 31, 2013, until March 31, 2023, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto, each intending to be legally bound hereby, agree that the Current Lease is hereby amended and modified as follows:

1. Extension of Term.

The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for a period of ten (10) years until March 31, 2023.

2. Option to Extend.

(a) Provided that Landlord has not given Tenant notice of default more than two (2) times following the date of execution of this Amendment, and there then exists no event of default by Tenant under the Lease nor any event that with the giving of notice and/or the passage of time would constitute an event of default, Tenant shall have the right and option to extend the Term for one (1) additional period of sixty (60) months. Tenant shall exercise this right by giving Landlord prior written notice, not sooner than fifteen (15) nor later than twelve (12) months in advance of then scheduled expiration of the Term, of Tenant’s election to extend the Term. The parties agree that time is of the essence and that this option is personal to Tenant and is non-transferable to any assignee or sublessee (regardless of whether any such assignment or sublease was made with or without Landlord’s consent) or other party.

(b) Such extension shall be under the same terms and conditions as provided in the Lease except that: (1) the Minimum Annual Rent payable by Tenant shall be at the then fair market value (and in no event less than the Minimum Annual Rent payable during the immediately preceding Term) and (2) upon exercise of the option to extend, there shall be no further options to extend.

1

(c) For the purposes of this Lease, the term “fair market value” shall mean Landlord’s reasonable determination of fair market value of rent for office/laboratory/warehouse buildings in the Eagleview Corporate Center. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s exercise of its option to extend as to Landlord’s determination of such fair market value rent. Tenant shall execute a lease renewal agreement in form prescribed by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant utilizing such determination of fair market value within twenty (20) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice; if Tenant does not exercise its option to extend by the date set forth above, or having exercised its option, does not execute a lease renewal agreement within the time period required above, Tenant shall be deemed to have revoked its option to extend, and the Lease shall terminate, without further options to extend, at the expiration of the then current Term.

(d) The provisions of this Section 2 supersede in their entirety the provisions of Section 45 of the Current Lease, which is hereby agreed to be void and of no further force and effect.

3. Rent.

(a) Paragraph 3(b) of the Current Lease is hereby deleted and amended and restated to provide as follows:

(b) For each of the lease years beginning April 1, 2011 and April 1, 2012 (the “Carryover Period”), respectively, Minimum Annual Rent shall accrue in an amount equal to the Base Rent for Adjustment Purposes, increased by one half the CPI Adjustment, but in no event shall the Minimum Annual Rent for either such year be (1) less than the Minimum Annual Rent in effect for the preceding year, nor (2) greater than $1,384,000.00 per year. For the purposes of this Section 3(b), the Base Rent for Adjustment Purposes for the lease year beginning April 1, 2011 is $1,194,350.40, being the Minimum Annual Rent in effect for the prior lease year beginning April 1, 2010. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during each year of the Carryover Period, Tenant shall be permitted to pay on account of Minimum Annual Rent the sums as provided in the schedule below (without any CPI Adjustment to such amounts in the schedule), and defer payment of the difference between Minimum Annual Rent calculated in accordance with this paragraph and Minimum Annual Rent as set forth in the schedule (hereinafter “Deferred Rent Amount”) until the expiration of the Term of the Lease as extended by this Amendment, without the occurrence of an Event of Default by Tenant, at which time Tenant’s obligation to pay the Deferred Rent Amount shall be excused. The parties agree that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Deferred Rent Amount shall be included as part of the unpaid rent due and payable to Landlord. After the Carryover Period, during each remaining year of the Lease, Tenant shall be permitted to pay on account of Minimum Annual Rent the sums as provided in the schedule below (without any CPI Adjustment to such amounts in the schedule).

2

For the purpose of this Section 3(b), the following terms shall have the meanings defined below:

(i) The “CPI U” shall mean the Consumer Price Index established by the U.S. Department of Labor Bureau of Labor Statistics for all urban consumers for the Philadelphia metropolitan area (CPI-U) (1982-1984 = 100).

(ii) The “Base Index” shall mean, for the lease year beginning April 1, 2011, the CPI U for March, 2010, and for each subsequent year, the CPI U for the month of March one year prior to the Comparison Index.

(iii) The “Comparison Index” shall mean the CPI U for month of March immediately preceding the commencement of each lease year beginning April 1, 2011.

(iv) The “CPI Adjustment” shall mean, for each year of the Term beginning April 1, 2011, an increase in the Base Rent for Adjustment Purposes by the percentage increase in the Comparison Index over the Base Index, applicable to such year.

The Minimum Annual Rent schedule (the amounts in which are not subject to a CPI Adjustment) is as follows:

Period	Rate per square foot		Minimum Annual Rent		Monthly Installment
4/1/11 - 3/30/13	$	12.00	$	1,038,000.00	$	86,500.00
4/1/13 - 3/31/15	$	12.50	$	1,081,250.00	$	90,104.17
4/1/15 - 3/31/19	$	14.50	$	1,254,250.00	$	104,520.83
4/1/19 - 3/31/23	$	17.00	$	1,470,500.00	$	122,541.67

(c) In addition to the Minimum Annual Rent, Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Real Estate Taxes and Operating Expenses, as well as all other items of Additional Rent on the Leased Space, determined in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

4. Condition of Leased Space. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it shall occupy the Leased Space in “as is” condition.

5. Tenant Alterations. Section 8 of the Current Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its place:

8. Tenant Alterations.

(a) Except as hereafter provided, Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or improvements (“Tenant Alterations”) to the Leased Space without the consent of Landlord, which consent, subject to the provisions of subsection (c) below, shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

3

At the time of Landlord’s consent, Landlord shall designate whether Tenant shall be required to remove the proposed Tenant Alteration upon termination of this Lease, and the absence of such designation in Landlord’s written consent shall be deemed Landlord’s agreement that Tenant shall not be obligated to remove Tenant Alterations upon the termination of this Lease. Landlord also may impose such reasonable conditions as part of its consent as Landlord deems appropriate, taking into consideration the nature of the proposed Tenant Alteration, including, without limitation, requiring Tenant to furnish Landlord with security for the payment of all costs to be incurred in connection with such work, and, if Eagleview Commercial Construction Company (“Contractor”) declines to perform such work, insurance, and copies of the plans, specifications and permits necessary for such work. Nothing herein, however, shall be construed to obligate Tenant to construct any Tenant Alteration for which Landlord has given its consent.

(b) Subject to Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of subsection (c) below, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for Tenant Alterations which (i) do not adversely impact the structural integrity of the Building or the systems serving the Building or their operation, and (ii) are not visible from the Building exterior.

(c) All Tenant Alterations shall be done at Tenant’s expense by Contractor, on the basis of a contract between Tenant and Contractor where the contract price is based upon the Cost of the Work plus a contractor’s fee, in which the term “Cost of the Work” shall be defined by reference to the definition of such term as used in the then current edition of the AIA Contract for Construction, and the fee shall be, with respect to any Tenant Alterations which are for laboratory improvements, 8% of the Cost of the Work, and for any other Tenant Alterations, 12% of the Cost of the Work. The contract between Tenant and Contractor shall be on an “open book” basis, and all subcontracts for more than $25,000.00 shall be subject to competitive bidding. Such contract shall also require the Contractor to maintain a reasonable schedule for the performance of Tenant Alterations. Payment for Tenant Alterations by Tenant to Contractor shall be no less frequently than monthly, and shall be pursuant to invoices for completed work or materials properly stored on site. No Tenant Alterations shall be performed by any contractor other than Contractor, unless Contractor declines to perform the proposed Tenant Alterations (“Permitted Outside Contractor Alterations”), provided that Tenant shall not use a contractor to which Landlord objects in good faith. With respect to Permitted Outside Contractor Alterations, no work shall be performed until the plans therefore have been approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned and shall be deemed approved unless Landlord notifies Tenant of objections to the proposed plans within ten (10) business days after delivery to Landlord of a complete set of the plans therefor, and until Tenant provides to Landlord the evidence of insurance and security for payment for such work as referenced in subsection (a) above. In connection with the review of plans submitted by Tenant, Landlord shall be reimbursed by Tenant for Landlord’s cost in reviewing such plans at the

4

rate of $125.00 per hour; subject to reasonable increase to reflect the then current hourly charge imposed for such review by Landlord for its tenants in the Center generally, and prior to undertaking any such review, Landlord shall provide a statement of the maximum review hours to be dedicated to such review. With respect to Permitted Outside Contractor Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of Tenant’s application for a building permit therefor, if applicable (together with all attachments thereto), and no review fee shall be charged to Tenant by Landlord in connection therewith nor shall Landlord’s approval of such application be required. Tenant shall provide copies of as-built plans and specifications for all Permitted Outside Contractor Alterations to Landlord within a reasonable time of completion of the work. All Permitted Outside Contractor Alterations shall be done in a first class, workmanlike manner and shall comply with all insurance requirements then made available to Tenant and all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereover, and, where applicable, with all reasonable requirements of Landlord. Tenant shall promptly pay for all work done by contractors performing Permitted Outside Contractor Alterations, and obtain and deliver to Landlord partial releases of lien for all work covered by invoices paid by or on behalf of Tenant for such work executed by all contractors, subcontractors and other persons entitled to file mechanic’s liens for non-payment, and final releases of mechanic’s liens upon completion of such work.

(d) If, as a condition of Landlord’s consent, removal of a Tenant Alteration is required at termination of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly remove such Tenant Alterations and repair any damage occasioned by such removal. In default thereof, Landlord may effect said removal and repairs at Tenant’s expense. With respect to any Tenant Alterations which Tenant is not obligated to remove hereunder (including without limitation Permitted Outside Contractor Alterations), such Tenant Alterations, if not removed by Tenant upon the termination of this Lease, shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant, and deemed a part of Landlord’s property, notwithstanding any provision of Section 16 to the contrary.

(e) Landlord’s consent shall not be required for Tenant Alterations which (i) do not adversely impact the structural integrity of the Building or the systems serving the Building or their operation, (ii) are not visible from the Building exterior and (iii) qualify under the following:

(A) The Tenant Alteration is to be made to portions of the Leased Premises other than the laboratory areas and the cost thereof is $10,000 or less with respect to any Tenant Alteration project (or $20,000 or less in the aggregate with respect to Tenant Alteration projects undertaken over any twelve (12) consecutive month period); or

(B) The Tenant Alteration is to be made to the laboratory areas of the Leased Premises and the cost thereof is $50,000 or less with respect to any Tenant Alteration project (or $100,000 or less in the aggregate with respect to Tenant Alteration projects undertaken over any twelve (12) consecutive month period).

5

Tenant Alterations described in this subsection (e) for which Landlord’s consent is not required hereinafter are called “Permitted Tenant Alterations.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, painting or carpeting of the interior of the Leased Space and like cosmetic improvements shall not be deemed Tenant Alterations regardless of the cost thereof. Tenant shall not be obligated to remove Permitted Tenant Alterations upon the termination of this Lease unless an Event of Default has occurred which is then continuing and Landlord so requires such removal. For the purpose of this subsection (e), in calculating the “cost” of any Tenant Alteration project to determine if any proposed Tenant Alteration is a “Permitted Tenant Alteration”, “cost” shall mean the Landlord’s good faith estimate of the entire cost of the Tenant Alteration project or projects under consideration, including all permit fees, design and engineering costs, general conditions, and the cost of all work to be performed by all trade contractors to furnish and install materials needed to complete such project, and a reasonable fee to a general contractor or construction manager for overhead and profit.

5. Section 23 of the Lease is hereby deleted, and the following substituted in its place:

23. CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT:

UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT, TENANT HEREBY AUTHORIZES AND EMPOWERS ANY PROTHONOTARY OR ATTORNEY OF ANY COURT OF RECORD TO APPEAR FOR TENANT IN ANY AND ALL ACTIONS FOR RENT IN ARREARS OR TREATED AS IF IN ARREARS AND CHARGES, WHETHER OR NOT PAYABLE AS RENT, AND TO CONFESS JUDGMENT AGAINST TENANT FOR ALL ARREARS OR SUCH SUMS TREATED AS IF IN ARREARS AND THE SAID CHARGES, AND FOR INTEREST AND COSTS, TOGETHER WITH AN ATTORNEY’S COMMISSION OF TEN PER CENT (10%) OF THE AGGREGATE OF THE FOREGOING SUMS AND CHARGES. SUCH AUTHORITY SHALL NOT BE EXHAUSTED BY ONE EXERCISE THEREOF, BUT JUDGMENT MAY BE CONFESSED FROM TIME TO TIME AS OFTEN AS ANY RENT IN ARREARS OR RENT TREATED AS IF IN ARREARS OR CHARGES FALL DUE AND ARE NOT PAID. SUCH POWERS MAY BE EXERCISED DURING AS WELL AS AFTER THE EXPIRATION OR TERMINATION OF THE TERM AND DURING, AND AT ANY TIME, AFTER ANY EXTENSION OR RENEWAL OF THE TERM.

WHEN THE LEASE SHALL BE TERMINATED BY COVENANT OR CONDITION BROKEN, EITHER DURING THE ORIGINAL TERM OR

6

ANY RENEWALS OR EXTENSIONS THEREOF, AND ALSO WHEN AND AFTER THE TERM HEREBY CREATED OR, ANY RENEWAL OR EXTENSION THEREOF SHALL HAVE EXPIRED, IT SHALL BE LAWFUL FOR ANY ATTORNEY OF ANY COURT OF RECORD AS ATTORNEY FOR TENANT TO CONFESS JUDGMENT IN EJECTMENT AGAINST TENANT AND ALL PERSONS CLAIMING UNDER TENANT, AND A JUDGMENT FOR THE RECOVERY BY LANDLORD OF POSSESSION MAY ISSUE FORTHWITH WITHOUT ANY PRIOR WRIT OR PROCEEDINGS WHATSOEVER. IF FOR ANY REASON AFTER SUCH ACTION SHALL HAVE BEEN COMMENCED, IT SHALL BE CANCELED OR SUSPENDED AND POSSESSION OF THE LEASED SPACE REMAINS IN OR IS RESTORED TO TENANT, LANDLORD SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT UPON ANY SUBSEQUENT DEFAULT OR TERMINATION OF THE LEASE, OR ANY RENEWAL OR EXTENSION HEREOF, TO BRING ONE OR MORE ACTIONS IN CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT FOR EJECTMENT AS HEREINBEFORE SET FORTH TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE LEASED SPACE. IF IN ANY ACTION TO CONFESS JUDGMENT IN EJECTMENT, LANDLORD SHALL CAUSE TO BE FILED IN SUCH ACTION AN AFFIDAVIT SETTING FORTH THE FACTS NECESSARY TO AUTHORIZE THE ENTRY OF JUDGMENT AND IF A TRUE COPY OF THIS INSTRUMENT (AND THE TRUTH OF THE COPY STATED IN SUCH AFFIDAVIT SHALL BE SUFFICIENT PROOF) BE FILED IN SUCH ACTION, IT SHALL NOT BE NECESSARY TO FILE THE ORIGINAL AS A WARRANT OF ATTORNEY, ANY LAW, RULE OF COURT, CUSTOM OR PRACTICE TO THE CONTRARY NOTWITHSTANDING. TENANT EXPRESSLY RELEASES TO LANDLORD, AND TO ANY AND ALL ATTORNEYS WHO MAY APPEAR FOR TENANT, ALL ERRORS IN THE SAID PROCEEDINGS, AND ALL LIABILITY THEREFOR. TENANT EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE BENEFIT OF ALL LAWS, NOW OR HEREAFTER IN FORCE, EXEMPTING ANY GOODS WITHIN THE LEASED SPACE OR ELSEWHERE FROM DISTRAINT, LEVY OR SALE.

FIBROCELL SCIENCE, INC.

By: s/s Declan Daly

6. Brokers.

Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant has not dealt with any broker, firm, company or person in connection with the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment, other than Newmark, Knight, Frank, Smith, Mack, whose commission shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and such broker, and each party shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other from and against any claim by any other person claiming a commission or other

7

form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with such party with regard to this Lease, and any attorneys fees or other expenses incurred by the other party in connection therewith.

7. Miscellaneous.

(a) All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as the Current Lease. From and after the date hereof, except to the extent that the context otherwise requires, the term “Lease” shall mean the Current Lease as modified by this Amendment.

(b) Except as expressly modified hereby, the terms and conditions of the Current Lease remain unmodified and in full force and effect, which the parties hereby ratify and confirm. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Current Lease and this Amendment, the latter shall control.

(c) The terms and conditions of the Current Lease, as amended hereby, constitutes the whole agreement between the parties and any further amendments or modifications to the terms of the Current Lease must be in writing and duly executed by the parties hereto.

(d) This Amendment shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs and assigns, except as specifically provided herein or in the Current Lease, and is not intended to benefit any person or entity not a party hereto.

(e) This Amendment shall be construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

(f) This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. It shall not be necessary for all parties to execute the same counterpart, so long as each party shall have executed at least one counterpart, but in this latter event, each party shall have delivered to it photocopies of counterparts showing signatures of all of the parties.

(g) This Amendment, together with the Current Lease, constitutes the entire agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be contradicted by any prior or contemporaneous representation, statement or agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

8

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment this 17^th day of February, 2012, effective as of April 1, 2011.

	LANDLORD:
	THE HANKIN GROUP, a Pennsylvania limited partnership
	By:	The Hankin Group, Inc., its general partner
	BY:	/s/ Robert S. Hankin
		Robert S. Hankin, President
	TENANT:
	FIBROCELL SCIENCE, INC.
WITNESS/ATTEST:	BY:	/s/ Declan Daly
/s/ Sue White	NAME:	Declan Daly
	TITLE:	Chief Financial Officer
	DATE:	February 17, 2012

9

EX-10.22

Exhibit 10.22

Execution Copy

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of October 9, 2018 (the “Effective Date”), is by and among Paragon Biosciences, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Management Company”), Castle Creek Pharmaceuticals, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and, solely with respect to Section 6 herein, Jeffrey S. Aronin (“Aronin”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth Section 9 of this Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Management Company, together with its Affiliates, provides, on an advisory basis, management and other services and assistance in connection with the registration and commercialization of pharmaceutical products in the United States and its territories, commonwealths and protectorates (including Puerto Rico) (the “Territory”); and

WHEREAS, the Company, the Management Company and Aronin each desire to enter into this Agreement.

AGREEMENTS

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Appointment as Management Company. The Management Company is hereby retained by the Company to provide, on a non-exclusive, advisory basis, certain management and other services and assistance to the Company as may be requested by the Company and agreed to by the Management Company from time to time during the Term, including, but not limited to, the services described on Schedule A hereto (the “Management Services”). The Management Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Management Services in a manner consistent with industry standards for such Management Services, as employed by biotechnology and/or pharmaceutical companies that are similarly situated to the Company. The Management Company shall primarily focus on providing senior-level strategic and tactical guidance, oversight, advice and support services with respect to pharmaceutical-related matters, and assistance to the Company in developing key in-house capabilities. In this capacity, the Management Company will commit significant management resources to the Company, with the Management Company’s initial leadership team including Aronin, Pat Morris, Tim Cunniff, Babar Ghias, Spiro Katerinis and such other individuals deemed appropriate by the Management Company to facilitate the Company’s business plan and objectives. It is the parties’ intent and expectation that the Management Services will include guidance, oversight, advice and support with respect to key activities necessary or useful to enhance the Company’s ability to obtain regulatory approval for the Company’s pharmaceutical products (collectively, the “Company’s Products”) in the Territory. For clarity, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the

contrary, the Management Services do not include, among other things, operational, day-to-day leadership and decision-making (including, but not limited to, leadership and decision-making with respect to the development, pricing and launch of the Company’s Products upon their FDA approval) which are instead retained exclusively by the Company.

2. Compensation. In exchange for the Management Services to be provided by the Management Company to the Company hereunder, the Company shall pay the Management Company, and the Management Company shall be entitled to receive from the Company, a monthly management fee (the “Management Fee”) in the amount of $333,333.33 with respect to each calendar month of the Term prior to the third (3rd) anniversary of the Effective Date and in the amount of $166,666.66 with respect to each calendar month of the Term following the third (3rd) anniversary of the Effective Date. The Management Fee for the first calendar month of the Term shall be payable within two (2) business days following the Effective Date. Thereafter, the Management Fee payable with respect to each calendar month shall be paid not later than the fifth day of such calendar month by recurring ACH transfer (established as an automatic feature with the Company’s bank) provided that the Management Company delivers a written invoice to the Company at least ten (10) days prior to the first day of such calendar month. If the Management Company fails to deliver a written invoice prior to the first day of such calendar month, then the Company shall pay the Management Fee with respect to a given calendar month no later than thirty (30) days after the receipt of a written invoice from the Management Company with respect to the Management Services to be provided (or that were provided) in such calendar month, by ACH or wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account or accounts previously specified in writing by the Management Company. The Management Fee shall be prorated based on the number of days in any partial calendar month during the Term. If the Management Fee decreases on any day other than the first day of a calendar month, then the Management Fee payable with respect to the applicable calendar month for the period prior to such decrease shall be prorated based on the number of days in such calendar month prior to such decrease, and the Management Fee payable with respect to such calendar month for the period following such decrease shall be prorated based on the number of days in such calendar month following such decrease. Except as contemplated by this Agreement, the Management Company shall not be entitled to receive from the Company any other compensation or remuneration in consideration for the Management Services to be provided by the Management Company to the Company hereunder.

3. Expenses. The Management Company shall bear the cost of its out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Management Services performed hereunder, and shall not be entitled to reimbursement from the Company.

4. Effective Period of Agreement and Amendments.

(a) The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall begin on the Effective Date and end on the sixth (6th) anniversary thereof; provided, that the Term may be terminated prior to the expiration thereof (i) by the Management Company at any time for any reason or no reason by giving the Company written notice of such termination at least one hundred eighty (180) days in advance of such termination date (unless such notice is waived by the Company in its sole discretion, in which case such termination shall be effective as of the date of such waiver), (ii) by the Company for Cause by giving the Management Company written notice of such termination, (iii) by the Company upon the consummation of an IPO

2

by giving the Management Company written notice of such termination; provided, however, that if any termination under this subsection (iii) occurs prior to the end of the fourth year following the Effective Date, then within thirty (30) days following such termination the Company shall pay to the Management Company an amount equal to 100% of all remaining amounts to be paid to the Management Company under this Agreement between the date of such termination and the end of such fourth year, and (iv) by the Company upon written notice to the Management Company if a Sale of Castle Creek has been consummated prior the consummation of an IPO; provided, however, that if such Sale of Castle Creek results in (x) payment to the Series B Stockholders of an aggregate amount equal to or greater than the Series B Liquidation Amount (as defined in the A&R Certificate of Incorporation) and (y) payment to the Series A Stockholders of an aggregate amount equal to or greater than the Senior Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the A&R Certificate of Incorporation) (after payment of all costs and expenses incurred by Holdings in connection with such Sale of Castle Creek, including the payment of amounts payable to the Management Company pursuant to this Section 4(a)), then, within thirty (30) days following such termination, the Company shall pay to the Management Company an amount equal to 100% of all remaining amounts to be paid to the Management Company through the sixth (6th) anniversary of the Effective Date under this Agreement.

(b) Any amendment to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be approved and executed by both the Management Company and the Company; provided, however, that such approval of the Company shall be subject to the authorization and approval of the Board. Sections 5, 6, 7, 11, 12, 15 and 16 of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of the Term.

5. Business Opportunity. During the Term and for a period of two (2) years thereafter, if the Management Company is formally offered an opportunity to pursue a potential transaction to acquire, license or obtain a pharmaceutical product in the Field or to acquire a majority ownership interest in a Person that sells pharmaceutical products in the Field (but not including a minority investment) that the Management Company reasonably believes is, or may be, within the scope of the business and investment objectives of the Company and would be beneficial to the business of the Company and that the Management Company desires to pursue (each an “Opportunity”), then the Management Company shall present such Opportunity to the Board. The Board shall determine whether to pursue any such Opportunity and shall make such determination within a reasonable period of time; provided, that if the Board determines not to pursue any such Opportunity, then the Management Company and its Affiliates will not separately pursue such Opportunity.

6. Restrictive Covenants. During the Term, the Management Company and Aronin will have access to the most sensitive and most valuable trade secrets, proprietary information and other confidential information of the Company, including pharmaceutical studies and reports, management reports, marketing studies, marketing plans, business plans, financial statements, feasibility studies, financial, accounting and statistical data, price and cost information, customer lists, contracts, policies and procedures, internal memoranda, reports and other materials or records of a proprietary or confidential nature (collectively, “Confidential Information”), which constitute valuable business assets of the Company and its Affiliates, and the use, application or disclosure of such Confidential Information will cause substantial and possibly irreparable damage

3

to the business and asset value of the Company. Therefore, as an inducement for the Company to enter into this Agreement and to protect the Confidential Information and other business interests of the Company, Aronin and the Management Company each agree to be bound by the restrictive covenants contained in this Section 6.

(a) Confidential Information. After the date of this Agreement, Aronin and the Management Company will, and, in the case of the Management Company, will cause its Affiliates, directors, managers, officers, equityholders, employees, agents, successors and permitted assigns to, keep confidential and not disclose to any other Person or use for his or its own benefit, as applicable, or the benefit of any other Person any Confidential Information; provided, however, that the obligations under this Section 6(a) will not apply to Confidential Information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public without breach of the commitments contemplated by this Section 6(a), (ii) was available to Aronin or the Management Company or its Affiliates, directors, managers, officers, equityholders, employees or agents on a non-confidential basis prior to the date of this Agreement or (iii) is required to be disclosed by any Law or Order; provided, that as soon as practicable prior to any such disclosure, Aronin and/or the Management Company, as applicable, shall give the Company prompt written notice of such disclosure to enable the Company to seek a protective order or otherwise preserve the confidentiality of such information.

(b) Covenant Not to Compete. For the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the second anniversary of the date on which all of Aronin and the Management Company and its Affiliates (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Marshman Fund Trust II) cease to own any Stock or any other equity interest in Holdings (the “Restricted Period”), Aronin and/or the Management Company, as applicable, will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, control, finance or participate in, or participate in the ownership, management, operation, control or financing of, or be connected as an owner, investor, partner, joint venturer, director, limited liability company manager, employee, independent contractor, consultant or other agent of, any Person or enterprise that is developing a pharmaceutical product in the Field, or owns, licenses, sells, or markets such a product anywhere in or with respect to the Territory.

(c) During the Restricted Period, Aronin and the Management Company will not, directly or indirectly:

i. solicit or induce or attempt to solicit or induce (including by recruiting, interviewing or identifying or targeting as a candidate for recruitment) any officer or personnel (whether engaged as an employee or independent contractor) of the Company (a “Business Associate”), to terminate, restrict or hinder such Business Associate’s association with the Company or interfere in any way with the relationship between such Business Associate and the Company; provided, however, that after the termination or expiration of this Agreement, general solicitations published in a journal, newspaper or other publication or posted on an internet job site and not specifically directed toward Business Associates will not constitute a breach of the covenants in this Section 6(c); or

4

ii. hire or otherwise retain the services of any Business Associate as officer, employee, independent contractor, licensee, consultant, advisor, agent or in any other capacity, or attempt or assist anyone else to do so.

(d) Scope of Covenants; Equitable Relief. Aronin and the Management Company acknowledge and agree that (i) the restrictive covenants contained in this Section 6 and the territorial, time, activity and other limitations set forth herein are commercially reasonable and do not impose a greater restraint than is necessary to protect the goodwill and legitimate business interests of the Company and its businesses, (ii) any breach of the restrictive covenants in this Section 6 will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that actual damages may be difficult to ascertain and would be inadequate, (iii) if any breach of any such covenant occurs, then the Company will be entitled to seek injunctive relief in addition to such other legal and equitable remedies that may be available (without limiting the availability of legal or equitable, including injunctive, remedies under any other provisions of this Agreement) and (iv) Aronin and the Management Company hereby waive the claim or defense that an adequate remedy at law exists for such a breach.

7. Inventions.

(a) The Management Company agrees that all Inventions will be the sole and exclusive property of the Company. The Management Company hereby irrevocably transfers and assigns to the Company, and agrees to irrevocably transfer and assign to the Company, all right, title and interest throughout the world in and to any and all pharmaceutical products, inventions, improvements, techniques, know-how, algorithms, processes, designs, technology, information, software, illustrations, artwork, documentation, photographs, trademarks, materials, original works of authorship, biological or chemical specimens or samples, databases and trade secrets that the Management Company may solely or jointly make, conceive or develop or reduce to practice during the Term, that result from or arise out of the Services or that are aided by the use of time, materials, facilities, trade secrets, or proprietary information of the Company, whether or not they are eligible for patent, copyright, mask work, trade secret, trademark or other legal protection (collectively, the “Inventions”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will be the sole owner of any regulatory dossiers and regulatory filings for the Company’s Products that are prepared and/or filed by the Management Company pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) The Management Company hereby irrevocably transfers and assigns to the Company, and agrees to irrevocably transfer and assign to the Company, all right, title and interest throughout the world to any and all intellectual property rights in or associated with such Inventions, including without limitation all patents, copyrights, trademark rights, trade dress rights and trade secret rights, and applications for any of the foregoing (collectively “Intellectual Property Rights”). The Management Company will promptly make full written disclosure to the Company of all Inventions and will hold all Inventions in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company. All copyrightable works made by the Management Company during the Term are and will be treated as “works made for hire” to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law. At the Company’s request and expense, during and after the Term, the Management Company will assist and cooperate

5

with the Company in all respects and will cause all Management Company personnel to assist and cooperate with the Company in all respects, and will execute documents and will cause all Management Company personnel to execute documents, and will take such further acts reasonably requested by the Company to enable the Company to acquire, transfer, maintain, perfect and enforce its Intellectual Property Rights and other legal protections for the Inventions. The Management Company hereby appoints the officers of the Company as the Management Company’s attorney-in-fact to execute documents on behalf of the Management Company for this limited purpose.

(c) The assignments by the Management Company to the Company of Inventions hereunder includes (i) all rights of attribution, paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal, (ii) any rights that the Management Company may have under the Visual Artists Rights Act of 1990 or similar federal, state, foreign or international laws or treaties, and (iii) all other rights throughout the world sometimes referred to as “moral rights” (collectively “Moral Rights”). To the extent that Moral Rights cannot be assigned under applicable law, the Management Company hereby waives such Moral Rights to the extent permitted under applicable law and consents to any and all actions of the Company that would otherwise violate such Moral Rights.

(d) To the extent that the Management Company owns or controls (presently or in the future) any patent rights, copyright rights, mask work rights, trade secret rights, or any other intellectual property or proprietary rights that may block or interfere with, or may otherwise be required for, the exercise by the Company of the rights assigned to the Company under this Section 7 (collectively, “Related Rights”), the Management Company hereby grants or will cause to be granted to the Company a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, transferable, worldwide license (with the right to sublicense) to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, copy, modify, create derivative works based upon, distribute, sublicense, display, perform and transmit any products, software, hardware, methods or materials of any kind that are covered by such Related Rights, to the extent necessary to enable the Company to exercise all of the rights assigned to the Company under this Section 7.

8. Warranties.

(a) No Pre-existing Obligations. The Management Company represents and warrants that the Management Company has no pre-existing obligations or commitments (and will not assume or otherwise undertake any obligations or commitments) that would be in conflict or inconsistent with or that would hinder the Management Company’s performance of its obligations under Section 1 of this Agreement.

(b) Agreements with Consultant Personnel. The Management Company represents and warrants that all Management Company personnel who perform Services are and will be bound by written agreements with the Management Company under which: (i) the Management Company owns or is assigned exclusive ownership of all Inventions, including all Intellectual Property Rights therein; and (ii) the Management Company personnel agree to limitations on the use and disclosure of Confidential Information no less restrictive than those provided in Section 6.

6

9. Definitions.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person. As used herein, the term “control” means: (i) the power to vote at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of a Person, or (ii) the possession, directly or indirectly, of any other power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“A&R Certificate of Incorporation” means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Holdings dated as of October 8, 2018.

“Board” means the board of directors of Holdings.

“Cause” shall exist with respect to the Management Company if:

(i) the Management Company or Aronin has been convicted of or pleaded nolo contendere in respect of any felony or any other crime involving fraud or dishonesty with respect to the Company or any of its Affiliates involving amounts in excess of $25,000;

(ii) the Management Company has substantially and repeatedly failed to perform its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, which failure continues for at least thirty (30) days following the Management Company’s receipt of written notice thereof specifying in reasonable detail the action or omission that constitutes such failure;

(iii) Aronin has engaged in consistent alcohol abuse or illegal drug use that interferes with the performance of the Management Company’s duties hereunder; or

(iv) the Management Company or Aronin has engaged in any act or omission constituting willful misconduct that has caused material injury to the Company.

“Field” means orphan dermatology.

“Holdings” means Castle Creek Pharmaceutical Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“IPO” means Holdings’ first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

“Law” means any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign, international, multinational or other constitution, statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, principle of common law or treaty.

“Order” means any order, injunction, judgment, decree, ruling, assessment or arbitration award of any government authority or arbitrator.

7

“Person” means an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, investment fund, any other business entity and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Sale of Castle Creek” means a transaction or series of related transactions in which an independent third Person, or an independent group of related third Persons, acquires (whether by merger, consolidation, sale, exclusive license, exclusive marketing or distribution, recapitalization, transfer, exchange or other distribution or disposition) from stockholders of Holdings shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of (i) the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries (provided that, in the case of such sale of the shares of capital stock of any of Holdings’ subsidiaries, the shares of capital stock of such subsidiary or subsidiaries constitute substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole), or (ii) the assets of Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Series A Stockholders” has the meaning set forth in that certain Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, by and among Holdings, the Series A Stockholders and the Series B Stockholders (as defined therein) (the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”).

“Series B Stockholders” has the meaning set forth in the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

“Stock” means, collectively, (i) any series of the Series A Preferred Stock of Holdings, (ii) the Series B Preferred Stock of Holdings and (iii) the Common Stock of Holdings (the “Common Stock”).

10. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be (a) delivered personally, (b) sent by facsimile or overnight mail, postage prepaid, or (c) sent by e-mail, with electronic, written or oral confirmation of receipt, addressed as follows (or at such other address or number for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

if to the Management Company, to:

Paragon Biosciences, LLC

1033 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 600

Northbrook, IL 60062

Fax: (224) 515-3510

Attention: President and Secretary

8

if to the Company, to:

Castle Creek Pharmaceuticals, LLC

6 Century Drive, 2^nd Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Fax: (___) ___-____

Attention: President and CEO

Any such notice shall be deemed to be delivered, given and received for all purposes as of: (i) the date so delivered, if delivered personally, (ii) upon receipt, as confirmed by a confirmation page if sent by facsimile, or by electronic, written or oral confirmation of receipt if sent by email or (iii) on the date of receipt or refusal indicated by the overnight carrier, if sent by overnight mail, postage and charges prepaid and properly addressed.

11. Liability; Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding and in addition to any rights afforded the Company and any of its present or former partners, shareholders, members, directors, officers, employees or agents (collectively, the “Company Indemnitees”), the Management Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Company Indemnitee from and against any loss, expense or damage payable to a third party by such Company Indemnitee as a result of any claim, action or proceeding brought against a Company Indemnitee by such third party, including any judgment, award, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the defense of such claim, action or proceeding, to the extent arising primarily from (i) the material breach of this Agreement by the Management Company or (ii) any fraud, bad faith or gross negligence of the Management Company or any Management Company Indemnitee (as defined below).

(b) Notwithstanding and in addition to any rights afforded the Management Company and any of its present or former partners, shareholders, members, directors, officers, employees or agents (collectively, the “Management Company Indemnitees”), the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Management Company Indemnitee from and against any loss, expense or damage payable to a third party by such Management Company Indemnitee as a result of any claim, action or proceeding brought against a Management Company Indemnitee by such third party, including any judgment, award, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the defense of such claim, action or proceeding, to the extent arising from the Management Company’s performance of the Management Services; provided, however, that Company shall have no indemnification obligations hereunder to the extent such loss, expense or damage results primarily from the material breach of this Agreement by the Management Company or fraud, bad faith or gross negligence of the Management Company or any Management Company Indemnitee.

(c) If any Management Company Indemnitee or Company Indemnitee (each, an “Indemnitee”) learns of a third party claim for which it intends to seek indemnification hereunder, then such Indemnitee shall give prompt written notice thereof to the indemnifying party and shall permit the indemnifying party to defend and/or settle such

9

third party claim, so long as it does so diligently and in good faith; provided, that any delay in providing such notice shall not limit the rights of indemnification of such Indemnitee under this Agreement except to the extent such delay prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such claim. If determined by the indemnifying party, any such indemnification may be paid by the indemnifying party in advance of the final disposition of any such action, proceeding or claim upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnitee seeking advancement to repay the amount advanced should it ultimately be determined that such Indemnitee was not entitled to be indemnified hereunder.

(d) NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY, (i) NEITHER PARTY SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, TO THE OTHER PARTY (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, REVENUES, DATA AND/OR USE), ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE PERFORMANCE BY THE MANAGEMENT COMPANY OF THE SERVICES, AND (ii) IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AGGREGATE LIABILITY OF THE MANAGEMENT COMPANY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT PAID BY THE COMPANY TO THE MANAGEMENT COMPANY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT DURING THE TWELVE (12) MONTH PERIOD IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THE OCCURRENCE OF THE EVENT GIVING RISE TO THE ALLEGED DAMAGES.

12. Structural Indemnification. The Management Company hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Company against all claims, expenses, costs, damages, liabilities and losses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties) incurred or suffered by the Company (or one or more of the Company’s Affiliates) as arising out of or resulting from any taxes imposed upon the Company related to the treatment of any employee or service provider of the Management Company for purposes of tax reporting or tax withholdings and/or the status of any employee of the Management Company as an employee of the Company.

13. Insurance. During the Term, the Company shall obtain and maintain at its own expense, standard directors and officers liability insurance policy (“D&O Policy”), which D&O Policy shall list each of the Management Company and Aronin as an additional insured. At all times during the engagement of the Management Company and for a period of six (6) years thereafter, the Company shall maintain the D&O Policy in amounts not less than those in effect on the Effective Date.

14. Relationship of the Parties. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to place the parties in the relationship of employer/employee, partners or joint venturers. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Company shall have no power to obligate or bind the Management Company in any manner whatsoever. The Management Company shall not have any power to obligate or bind the Company in any manner whatsoever, other than as provided by this Agreement and pursuant to the exercise fits authority hereunder.

10

15. Non-Assignability and Delegation. This Agreement shall not be assigned by either party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the consent of the Company to any assignment of this Agreement shall be subject to the authorization and approval of the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be permitted, without any requirement to obtain the Management Company’s consent, to assign this Agreement (a) in part or in its entirety to an Affiliate of the Company or (b) in its entirety to the successor to all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company to which this Agreement relates, whether by merger, acquisition, sale of stock, sale of assets, or otherwise. The Management Company, together with its Affiliates, shall perform the Management Services itself and shall not subcontract or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company following the authorization and approval of the Board. Any and all contracts with third parties relating to the Company Products will be between the Company and the applicable third party, except to the extent that the Company agrees in writing to allow the Management Company to directly contract with one or more third parties. Subject to the prohibitions contained in this Section 15, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the permitted successors and assigns of the Company and the Management Company.

16. Governing Law. This Agreement, including its existence, validity, construction and operating effect, and the rights of each party hereto, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to any conflicts or choice of laws provisions that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

17. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety that certain Amended and Restated Management Agreement, effective as of April 1, 2018, by and between the Management Company, the Company and Paragon Pharmaceutical Management Company. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and fully supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof.

(b) If any provision of this Agreement as applied to any party or any circumstances is determined by an arbitrator or any court having jurisdiction to be void, unenforceable or inoperative as a matter of law, then such provision shall be modified to the greatest extent legally possible so that the intent of this Agreement may be legally carried out. If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held void, unenforceable or inoperative as a matter of law in any respect or for any reason, then the validity, enforceability and operation of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected, it being intended that each party’s rights and privileges shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

(c) This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, any of which may be delivered via facsimile, .pdf or other forms of electronic delivery, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one agreement.

Signature Page Follows.

11

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

Management Company
PARAGON BIOSCIENCES, LLC
By:	/s/ Patrick J. Morris
Name:	Patrick J. Morris
Title:	Executive Vice President, Legal Affairs and General Counsel

Company
CASTLE CREEK PHARMACEUTICALS, LLC
By:	/s/ Michael E. Derby
Name:	Michael E. Derby
Title:	CEO

Aronin solely with respect to Section 6 of this Agreement
By:	/s/ Jeffrey S. Aronin
Name:	Jeffrey S. Aronin

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Management Services Agreement]

Schedule A

• Senior-level strategic and tactical guidance and support

• Oversight, advice and support services relating to pharma-related matters, including:

• Research & development and formulation

• Preclinical

• Clinical pharmacology

• New indication clinical development

• New indication project management

• New indication regulatory

• New indication quality assurance

• Regulatory strategy

• Advisory committee preparation

• Human resources support services

• Financial oversight

• Financial infrastructure

• Information technology infrastructure and technical support

• Merger and acquisition strategy and tactical support

• Oversight, advice and support services relating to finance/accounting

• Legal oversight, services and support

• Accounting, finance, and commercial services

EX-10.23

Exhibit 10.23

RIGHT OF USE AGREEMENT

This Right of Use Agreement (“Agreement”), effective as of November 1, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), is by and between Paragon Biosciences, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Paragon”), and Castle Creek Pharmaceuticals, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Portfolio Company”).

Recitals

WHEREAS, Paragon and the Portfolio Company are both engaged in the Healthcare industry.

WHEREAS, the Portfolio Company is one of Paragon’s portfolio companies.

WHEREAS, there is benefit to both Paragon and the Portfolio Company for the Portfolio Company, together with current and future Paragon portfolio companies, to use office space in Paragon’s Innovation Center located at 330 N. Wabash Street, Suite 3500, Chicago, Illinois 60611 (the “Paragon Innovation Center”).

Agreement

In consideration of the foregoing recitals and the covenants and fees set forth herein and subject to the Terms & Conditions attached hereto and the Portfolio Company’s Paragon Innovation Center rules and regulations as in effect during the Term (“Paragon’s Rules & Regulations”), together with any Addenda hereto, Paragon shall grant the Portfolio Company a license to use on a non-exclusive basis, together with Paragon and other current and future Paragon portfolio companies, one or more offices in the Paragon Innovation Center (referred to herein as the “Office”), and the facilities and services of the Paragon Innovation Center (together with the Office, sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “accommodation”), upon and subject to the terms set forth below.

The basic terms of this Agreement are as follows:

TERM

The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and end on December 31, 2020 (the “Initial Term”), subject to (a) early termination by either party for any or no reason on at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice and (b) automatic renewals for subsequent twelve (12) month periods (each, a “Renewal Term”) in the event that neither party provides written notice of non-renewal to the other party at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or Renewal Term, as the case may be. The “Term” of this Agreement shall mean the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, as the case may be.

PAYMENTS

On or before February 1, 2020, the Portfolio Company shall pay to Paragon one lump-sum payment of $500,000, together with interest thereon which shall accrue from the Effective Date through the date of payment hereunder at an interest rate of 3% per annum, compounded annually (based on a 365 day year), with respect to the Portfolio Company’s allocation of Paragon’s incremental operating expenses incurred to develop the Paragon Innovation Center.

During the Term, the Portfolio Company shall pay to Paragon $25,401 per calendar month (which amount may be increased or decreased from time to time by mutual written agreement of the parties) (the “Monthly Office Charge”), payable on or before the 15^th day of each such calendar month.

In addition, during the Term, the Portfolio Company shall pay to Paragon $3,333.33 per calendar month for the Portfolio Company’s allocated share of the Paragon Innovation Center daily operating expenses and utilities (which amount may be increased or decreased from time to time by mutual written agreement of the parties) (the “Monthly Operating Charge”).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

PARAGON BIOSCIENCES, LLC           CASTLE CREEK PHARMACEUTICALS, LLC

By: /s/ Patrick J. Morris By: /s/ Greg Wujek

Name: Patrick J. Morris Name: Greg Wujek

Its: EVP, Legal Affairs & GC Its: Chief Executive Officer

TERMS & CONDITIONS

1. NATURE OF THE AGREEMENT:

1.1. This Agreement is the commercial equivalent of an agreement for an accommodation in a hotel.    The Paragon Innovation Center remains Paragon’s property and in Paragon’s possession and control. The Portfolio Company acknowledges that this Agreement is a license agreement and creates no tenancy interest, leasehold estate or other real property interest with respect to the accommodation and shall not be deemed or construed in any way to create a partnership or relationship of landlord and tenant between the parties hereto. Use of workstations (offices, cubicles or other work spaces) is subject to availability and may change at Paragon’s discretion. The Portfolio Company will not be guaranteed the same or dedicated space during the contract period. THE PORTFOLIO COMPANY HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL NOTICES TO CURE (EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN SECTION 4.1 HEREOF), VACATE OR QUIT THE OFFICE.

1.2. The Agreement is personal to the Portfolio Company and cannot be transferred or assigned to any other party, unless written request of such assignment is submitted to Paragon and Paragon agrees to such assignment, which will be at Paragon’s sole discretion, and the Portfolio Company will not permit occupancy or use of any part of the Office or the Paragon Innovation Center by any persons other than the Portfolio Company, its agents and employees.

1.3. Subject to all Terms & Conditions, Paragon’s Rules & Regulations and any Exhibits or Addenda hereto, Paragon is granting the Portfolio Company a license for the use of the accommodations specified in this this Agreement. All utilities, including any telephones and IT/data connection(s) outlined in this Agreement, shall be provided to the accommodation without additional expense to the Portfolio Company.

1.4. In the event the Paragon Innovation Center is no longer available and Paragon is permanently unable to provide the accommodations at the Paragon Innovation Center as stated in this Agreement, this Agreement will end and the Portfolio Company will only be obligated to pay monthly fees up to the date this Agreement ends and for the additional services the Portfolio Company has used..

1.5. Paragon can enter the Portfolio Company’s Office at any time.

1.6. The Portfolio Company, its agents, employees and invitees, agree to abide by and observe the rules and regulations of Paragon’s lease (the “Lease”) with the owner of the building (“Landlord”) in which the Paragon Innovation Center is located (the “Building”). The Portfolio Company’s Agreement is subordinate to the Lease and to any other agreements to which the Lease is subordinate. This Agreement terminates, if not earlier, simultaneously with the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease for any reason. The Portfolio Company does not have any rights under the Lease (and all requests for building services shall be directed solely to Paragon), although the Portfolio Company\ will attorn to Landlord in such cases as may be required by the terms of the Lease or requested by Paragon or Landlord.

1.7. Paragon may assign this Agreement and the Portfolio Company agrees to accept any such assignee. Upon any such assignment, Paragon will be discharged from all liability hereunder.

1.8. All notices or other communications, except for service of process, must be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if delivered in person, or by a nationally-recognized commercial delivery service.

1.9. This Agreement shall be interpreted under the laws of the State of Illinois, without regard to conflicts of law. THE PORTFOLIO COMPANY HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE PERFORMANCE OR NON-PERFORMANCE HEREOF.

1.10. The Portfolio Company must pay any reasonable and proper costs including legal fees that Paragon incurs in enforcing this Agreement.

1.11. This Agreement supersedes any prior agreement and embodies the entire agreement between the Portfolio Company and Paragon with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is an arm’s length transaction between disinterested parties. There shall be no presumption of construction against the drafter of this Agreement.

1.12. The Portfolio Company and Paragon acknowledge and agree that neither Landlord, nor Landlord’s agent, are parties to this Agreement and neither of them shall have any contractual liability or duty to the Portfolio Company by virtue of this Agreement, and that this Agreement shall not affect the rights and obligations between Paragon and Landlord.

2. USE AND OCCUPANCY:

2.1. The Portfolio Company agrees to use and occupy the Office solely for general office purposes. The Portfolio Company will only conduct business in the name as stated on the first page of this Agreement or some other name that Paragon has previously approved in writing.

2.2. The Portfolio Company agrees to comply, at its expense, with all applicable laws, orders, regulations and rules, pertaining to the use and occupancy of the Office, and the conduct of the Portfolio Company’s business. The Portfolio Company must conduct its business so as not to interfere with the use of the Paragon Innovation Center by Paragon or other Paragon portfolio companies or their respective agents, employees or invitees, and the tenants of the Building and so as not to detract from the appearance of the Paragon Innovation Center. The Portfolio Company must comply with Paragon’s safety standards, with Paragon’s Rules & Regulations and the Building’s rules and regulations. The Portfolio Company may not cause any nuisance or annoyance, cause the increase of insurance premiums Paragon has to pay, or cause loss or damage to Paragon (including damage to Paragon’s reputation) or to Paragon’s Landlord. The Portfolio Company acknowledges that (a) the terms of the this Section 2.2 are a material inducement in Paragon’s execution of the Agreement and (b) any violation by the Portfolio Company of this

Section 2.2 shall constitute a material default by the Portfolio Company hereunder, entitling Paragon to terminate this Agreement without further notice or procedure.

2.3. The Portfolio Company agrees to pay promptly (i) all sales, use, excise, consumption and any other taxes and license fees which the Portfolio Company is required to pay to any governmental authority (and, at Paragon’s request, will provide evidence of such payment) and (ii) any taxes paid by Paragon to any governmental authority that are attributable to this Agreement, or the accommodations provided hereunder, including, without limitation, any gross receipts, rent and occupancy taxes, or tangible personal property taxes.

2.4. The Portfolio Company shall make no alterations or modifications in or to the Office, including, without limitation, affixing any signs or postings, and any door locks, without Paragon’s prior written consent (which Paragon may grant or withhold in its sole discretion). In the event that alterations or modifications are made without Paragon’s prior written consent, Paragon may, at Paragon’s option, correct or remove the same at the Portfolio Company’s sole cost and expense.

2.5. All keys and entry cards remain Paragon’s property and shall not be duplicated or transferred to third parties. The loss of keys or cards must immediately be reported to Paragon. The Portfolio Company will be responsible for the cost of lost keys or cards as well as the cost of changing locks.

2.6. The Portfolio Company may not have any advertising of any type using the address of the Paragon Innovation Center without Paragon’s prior written consent (which Paragon may grant or withhold in its sole discretion). Use of the address on business cards, websites, and other standard business practices are acceptable without written consent.

2.7. The Portfolio Company shall not, without Paragon’s prior written consent (which Paragon may grant or withhold in its sole discretion), store or operate any computer equipment (except personal computer equipment) or any other large business machines, reproduction equipment, heating equipment, stove, mechanical amplification equipment, vending or coin-operated machines, refrigerator or coffee equipment.

2.8. The Portfolio Company may not install any cabling, IT or telecom connections without Paragon’s prior written consent (which Paragon may grant or withhold in its sole discretion). As a condition of Paragon’s consent, the Portfolio Company will permit Paragon to oversee any installations (for example, IT or electrical systems) to verify that such installations do not interfere with the use of the Paragon Innovation Center by Paragon, other the Paragon portfolio companies or Landlord. Paragon’s consent may also be conditioned upon the payment of additional fees for installation and/or usage of such cabling, and/or the requirement that the Portfolio Company remove the cabling, etc. All cables in the ceiling or walls of the Paragon Innovation Center shall become Paragon’s property.

2.9. The electrical current shall be used for ordinary lighting, powering personal computer equipment and small appliances only. If the Portfolio Company requires any special installation or wiring for electrical use, telephone equipment or otherwise, such wiring shall be done with Paragon’s prior written approval, at the Portfolio Company’s sole expense by a company

approved by Paragon. The Portfolio Company shall not install or operate any equipment or machinery that requires a separate electrical circuit or consumes higher than normal and reasonable quantities of electricity.

3. LATE PAYMENTS

3.1. Paragon may charge the Portfolio Company a late payment charge equal to [10%] of the arrearage with respect to any payment that is due and payable under this Agreement but is not paid when due. [DARIEN] 10% is OK

4. DEFAULT AND TERMINATION:

4.1. Paragon may terminate this Agreement immediately by giving the Portfolio Company notice and without need to follow any additional procedures if: (a) the Portfolio Company becomes insolvent, bankrupt, goes into liquidation or becomes unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (b) the Portfolio Company is in breach of one of the Portfolio Company’s obligations under this Agreement which cannot be cured or which Paragon has given the Portfolio Company notice to cure and which the Portfolio Company has failed to cure within thirty (30) days after written notice of such breach.

4.2. Paragon shall have the right to terminate the Agreement immediately if the Portfolio Company is or becomes (i) identified on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Person List maintained by the U.S. Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control or any similar list or (ii) a person, entity, or government with whom a citizen of the United States is prohibited from engaging in transactions by any trade embargo, economic sanction, or other prohibition of United States law, regulation or Executive order of the President of the United States.

4.3. If Paragon terminates the Agreement for any of the reasons described in the immediately preceding paragraphs, the Portfolio Company shall remain responsible for its outstanding obligations under this Agreement. The Portfolio Company may, in addition to any other obligations contained herein, be required to pay the amounts set forth in this Agreement for the remainder of the Term if Paragon had not so terminated this Agreement, or for a further period of three months, whichever is longer. In such event, Paragon may also take possession of the Office.

4.4. A waiver by either Paragon or the Portfolio Company of a breach (or series of breaches) of any covenant or obligation under this Agreement of the other party shall not be construed to be a waiver of any other covenant or obligation or of any subsequent breach of the same covenant or obligation. Notwithstanding the Paragon’s reservation of any particular remedy hereunder, Paragon hereby reserves each and every remedy available at law or in equity in the event of a breach by the Portfolio Company hereunder.

4.5. Upon the expiration or termination of the Agreement, the Portfolio Company’s right to occupy the Office and use the Paragon Innovation Center is revoked and the Portfolio Company will remove all of its property and return the Office and furniture in the same condition in which it was

delivered to the Portfolio Company, subject to reasonable wear and tear. Any personal property left in the Office will be considered abandoned and Paragon may dispose of it without any liability to the Portfolio Company. All telephone and facsimile numbers are Paragon’s property and cannot be transferred to the Portfolio Company at the expiration or termination of the Agreement.

4.6. For a period of 30 days after the expiration or termination of this Agreement, Paragon will redirect the Portfolio Company’s mail upon receipt to an address provided in writing by the Portfolio Company at no charge and shall place a recorded message on the Portfolio Company’s telephone line providing the Portfolio Company’s new telephone number, as provided by the Portfolio Company in writing to Paragon, at no charge. Thereafter, Paragon shall have no obligation whatsoever to forward mail to the Portfolio Company or provide phone service.

4.8. If the Portfolio Company continues to occupy the Office after the Term of this Agreement has ended, the Portfolio Company will be responsible for any loss, claim or liability Paragon incur as a result of the Portfolio Company’s failure to vacate on time. Paragon may, at Paragon’s discretion, permit the Portfolio Company an extension subject to a surcharge on the Monthly Office Charge and the Monthly Operating Charge.

4.9. If the Paragon Innovation Center is made unusable in whole or in part by fire or other casualty or condemnation, Paragon may, at Paragon’s option, either terminate this Agreement upon notice to the Portfolio Company, or repair the Paragon Innovation Center.

5. LIABILITY:

5.1. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, Paragon is not liable to the Portfolio Company in respect of any loss or damage the Portfolio Company suffers in connection with this Agreement or in connection with the services or the accommodations. Without limitation of the foregoing, Paragon is not liable for any loss or damage as a result of Paragon’s failure to provide any service or accommodation under this Agreement as a result of mechanical breakdown, strike, termination of Paragon’s Lease, or otherwise.

5.2. PARAGON WILL NOT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF ANTICIPATED SAVINGS, LOSS OF OR DAMAGE TO DATA OR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

5.3. The Portfolio Company assumes all risk of loss with respect to the Portfolio Company’s personal property and the Portfolio Company’s agents, employees and invitees within the Paragon Innovation Center or the Building. [During the Term of this Agreement, the Portfolio Company will maintain with a respectable insurer licensed to do business in the state and subject to Paragon’s approval (a) all risk property insurance covering the Portfolio Company’s property and (b) comprehensive general liability insurance of no less than $1,000,000, with Paragon, the Landlord and any other parties designated by Paragon named as additional insured. The Portfolio Company will deliver certificates of insurance to Paragon evidencing such coverage prior to the commencement of this Agreement and any expiration date of such policy.]

5.4. To the extent that the party sustaining a loss by fire or other casualty to its property is compensated by insurance, Paragon and the Portfolio Company will each waive all rights of recovery against the other party and no third party shall have any right of recovery.

5.5. Notwithstanding any term to the contrary, Paragon shall not be held liable to the Portfolio Company under this Agreement if Paragon is prevented from, or delayed in, performing Paragon’s obligations under this Agreement or from carrying on Paragon’s business by acts, events, omission or accidents beyond Paragon’s reasonable control, including (without limitation): strikes, failure of a utility service or network; act of God, war, riot, civil commotion, disease or quarantine restrictions in compliance with any law or governmental rule, regulation or direction, accident, fire, floor or storm or default of suppliers or subcontractors.    Paragon’s obligation to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended during the period required to remove such force majeure event.

5.6. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Portfolio Company agrees to hold Paragon and its other portfolio companies and their respective agents, employees, contractors, officers, directors and Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims of loss, costs, liability and expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (the “Claims”), arising from or alleged to arise from (a) any default by the Portfolio Company hereunder, (b) the use or occupancy of the Paragon Innovation Center by the Portfolio Company or any person claiming under the Portfolio Company, or (c) the Portfolio Company’s negligence or the negligence of the Portfolio Company’s agents, employees, contractors, officers or directors.

EX-10.24

Exhibit 10.24

CONFIDENTIAL

November 2, 2020

Castle Creek Biosciences, LLC

405 Eagleview Blvd

Exton, PA 19341

Attention: John Maslowski, CEO Pat Morris, General Counsel, Paragon Biosciences

Dear John and Pat:

This letter (the “Agreement”) will confirm our understanding that Paragon Health Capital, LLC (“PHC”) has been hired to serve as the financial advisor to Castle Creek Biosciences, LLC and/or its affiliates, subsidiaries or related companies that exist today or which may be created by you (“CCB” or the “Company”). This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements with CCB.

1. Services. In its capacity as financial advisor, PHC’s primary objectives may include providing strategic, tactical and/or financial advisory services relating to one or more acquisitions, debt financings, equity financings, initial public offering and/or sale transactions (referred to hereinafter, individually or collectively, as a “Transaction”).

2. Fees. CCB agrees to pay to PHC as compensation for its services under this engagement the following fees:

(i) Upfront Retainer and Monthly Fees. PHC shall waive its customary upfront cash retainer and monthly fees.

(ii) Transaction Fees. In the event of a Transaction, including an equity financing (other than an initial public offering), sale, merger, acquisition, debt financing, and/or other type of Transaction where consideration (defined below in 2(iv)) is conveyed to or by the Company (or any of its security holders, creditors, shareholders and/or other constituents), the Company shall pay to PHC a fee for each transaction (a “Transaction Fee”) determined as follows:

(A) For consideration from new investors or purchasers:

a. 4.0% of consideration up to and including $50.0 million; plus

b. 2.5% of consideration in excess of $50.0 million up to and including $250.0 million; plus

c. 1.0% of consideration in excess of $250.0 million.

Plus:

(B) For consideration from existing investors or purchasers or their affiliated entities (including (i) Jeffrey S. Aronin, Marshman Fund Trust I, Marshman Fund Trust II, or other related or affiliated parties, and (ii) with respect to Valor Equity Partners and Fidelity, their various investing entities) at the time of a Transaction:

Castle Creek Biosciences, LLC

November 2, 2020

Page 2 of 7

a. 2.0% of consideration up to and including $50.0 million; plus

b. 1.25% of consideration in excess of $50.0 million up to and including $250.0 million; plus

c. 0.5% of consideration in excess of $250.0 million.

Consideration shall be calculated based on the aggregate consideration paid irrespective of the number of Transactions or tranches of Transactions.

(iii) Notwithstanding the provisions set forth above, any Transaction Fee paid to PHC pursuant to Section 2(ii), with respect to a Transaction shall be subject to a minimum amount of $1.5 million.

(iv) “Consideration” shall mean the total value of all cash, securities, repurchase or buy-out of any stock options, warrants, property and any other consideration paid or payable, directly or indirectly, in connection with a Transaction, including, without limitation, consideration paid or payable to, or for the benefit of, the Company or to any security holder of the Company, including any consideration held in escrow, future payments which are contingent upon the performance of the Company or any successor to the Company, and any dividends or distributions paid to the holders of the Company’s equity securities after the date hereof, other than usual recurring cash dividends in amounts materially greater than currently paid, or any other consideration paid or payable, directly or indirectly, in connection with a Transaction. Any consideration held pursuant to an escrow account established before or in connection with the consummation of a Transaction shall be deemed Consideration hereunder irrespective of whether such consideration is being held in escrow to satisfy future claims. If the Transaction provides for the transfer of only a portion of the assets or business of the Company and the retention of other assets relating to such entity or business, including, but not limited to, cash, cash equivalents, securities, investments, inventories or receivables, such retained assets shall be deemed to be part of the Consideration received in connection with such a Transaction. If the Transaction provides for the transfer of only a portion of the capital stock or comparable equity interests of the Company, then the value of the capital stock or equity interests not transferred shall also be deemed to be a part of the Consideration, and the value thereof shall be based on the same value per share or other unit as used in the Transaction.

All Transaction Fees shall be paid in cash by wire transfer at the time of closing each Transaction, and all fees shall be deemed fully earned when paid. PHC may elect, in its sole discretion, to receive any portion of its cash fees in securities of the Company (at the same valuation and terms of any third-party investor).

3. Expense Reimbursement. Regardless of whether a Transaction is proposed or completed, and in addition to the compensation described in paragraph 2, the Company shall regularly, and immediately upon request, reimburse PHC for all reasonable expenses (including any travel expenses, information services and reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel if appropriate) incurred in the performance of this engagement.

Paragon Health Capital, LLC

330 N. Wabash Ave., Suite 3500

Chicago, Illinois 60611

Castle Creek Biosciences, LLC

November 2, 2020

Page 3 of 7

4. Information Disclosure. The Company will furnish, or cause to be furnished, such information as PHC believes appropriate to its engagement hereunder (the “Information”), and the Company represents that all such Information will be accurate and complete in all material respects to the best of its knowledge. PHC may rely on the accuracy and completeness of the Information without independent verification.

5. No Fiduciary Responsibilities. It is specifically understood that the Company’s decision-makers will not base its decisions regarding whether and how to pursue any Transaction solely on PHC’s advice, but will also consider the advice of the Company’s other advisors and such other factors which they consider appropriate. PHC, as an independent contractor under this letter agreement, shall not assume the responsibilities of a fiduciary to the Company or its stockholders in connection with the performance of PHC’s services hereunder.

6. Indemnification. The Company and PHC agree to the provisions with respect to the Company’s indemnity of PHC and other matters set forth in Schedule I, the terms of which are incorporated herein in their entirety. Schedule I is an integral part of this letter agreement and shall survive any termination or expiration of this letter agreement.

7. Termination Any Time. PHC’s engagement hereunder may be terminated at any time by either PHC or the Company, it being understood that upon termination, this letter agreement shall have no further force or effect, except that any termination of PHC’s engagement hereunder for any reason shall not affect the Company’s obligations to pay to PHC fees accruing prior to such termination, to provide indemnification as provided in Schedule I hereto, and to reimburse expenses as set forth herein. In addition, provisions relating to the status of PHC as an independent contractor, the limitation on to whom PHC shall owe any duties, governing law, choice of forum, successors and assigns, and the waiver of the right to trial by jury shall survive any termination of this letter agreement. If the Company terminates this letter agreement, and within 24 months following the termination of this letter agreement the Company signs a definitive agreement with respect to a Transaction, PHC shall, at the time of the consummation of such Transaction, be entitled to its full fees as set forth in this letter agreement, unless PHC elects, in its sole discretion, to waive this provision.

8. Written Consent; No Impairment. This letter agreement, Schedule I and any rights, duties or obligations hereunder may not be waived, amended, modified or assigned, in any way, in whole or in part, including by operation of law, without the prior written consent of, and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and personal representatives of, each of the parties hereto. In case any provision of this letter agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this letter agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

9. Registered Broker-Dealer With FINRA. The Company acknowledges that PHC is a member of the Financial Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this agreement, PHC shall maintain full rights to ensure compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations including those set forth by FINRA and the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company also acknowledges that emails, electronic communications and correspondences through the systems of PHC are subject to being archived, reviewed and monitored in accordance with PHC’s policies, applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Paragon Health Capital, LLC

330 N. Wabash Ave., Suite 3500

Chicago, Illinois 60611

Castle Creek Biosciences, LLC

November 2, 2020

Page 4 of 7

10. Confidentiality. PHC agrees that all information it receives from the Company will be treated as strictly confidential unless the information is publicly available, and shall only be used by PHC for the purposes set forth herein.

11. Governance. This letter agreement supersedes any prior agreements, if any, made by and among the Company and its affiliates and PHC. This letter agreement and any claim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of, or relating to, this letter agreement or PHC’s engagement hereunder, directly or indirectly (including any claim concerning advice provided pursuant to this letter agreement), shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois. Any rights to trial by jury with respect to any claim, action or proceeding, directly or indirectly, arising out of, or relating to, this letter agreement or PHC’s engagement hereunder are waived by PHC and the Company.

We are pleased to accept this engagement and look forward to working with the Company. Please confirm that the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding by countersigning signing and returning this letter, or a scanned or duplicate copy, by any means of transmission, which shall thereupon constitute a binding agreement.

Paragon Health Capital, LLC

330 N. Wabash Ave., Suite 3500

Chicago, Illinois 60611

Castle Creek Biosciences, LLC

November 2, 2020

Page 5 of 7

Sincerely,
PARAGON HEALTH CAPITAL, LLC
/s/ Kerensa Jimenez
By:	Ms. Kerensa Jimenez
Title:	CEO

Accepted and Agreed to as of the date first written above:
CASTLE CREEK BIOSCIENCES, LLC
/s/ John Maslowski
By:	Mr. John Maslowski
Title:	CEO

Paragon Health Capital, LLC

330 N. Wabash Ave., Suite 3500

Chicago, Illinois 60611

Castle Creek Biosciences, LLC

November 2, 2020

Page 6 of 7

Schedule I - Indemnification Agreement

In connection with PHC’s engagement to advise and to assist the Company pursuant to the Agreement dated November 2, 2020, to which Schedule I is attached, the Company and its owners agree to indemnify PHC, any controlling person of PHC and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates, and representatives (each, an “Indemnified Party”) and hold each of them harmless against any and all losses, claims, damages, expenses, liabilities, joint or several (collectively, “Liabilities”) to which the Indemnified Parties may become liable, directly or indirectly, arising out of, or relating to, the letter agreement to which this Schedule I is attached (the “Letter Agreement”). The Company further agrees to reimburse each Indemnified Party immediately upon request for all expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) as they are incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for, defense of, or providing evidence in, any action, claim, suit, proceeding or investigation, directly or indirectly, arising out of, or relating to, the Letter Agreement or PHC’s services thereunder, whether or not pending or threatened and whether or not any Indemnified Party is a party to such proceeding. In this regard, if any time is required of an Indemnified Party in connection with PHC’s participation in any court-related activities associated with the Company, PHC shall receive a fee of $1,000 per hour per Partner or Managing Director, $500 per hour per Principal/Vice President, and/or $250 per hour per Associate/Analyst based on the number of hours PHC’s professionals are involved with such court-related activities or in preparation for such activities. The Company also agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise) to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company, directly or indirectly, arising out of, or relating to, the Letter Agreement or PHC’s services thereunder. Moreover, in no event, regardless of the legal theory advanced, shall any Indemnified Party be liable to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in the right of the Company for any consequential, indirect, incidental or special damages of any nature. In the event that an Indemnified Party is requested or required to appear as a witness in any action brought by or on behalf of or against the Company or any affiliate of the Company, or otherwise relating to this Letter Agreement, in which such Indemnified Party is not named as a defendant, the Company agrees to reimburse PHC for all expenses incurred by it in connection with such Indemnified Party’s appearing and preparing to appear as such a witness, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of its legal counsel.

Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of any complaint or the commencement of any action, proceeding or investigation in respect of which a claim hereunder for indemnity, reimbursement or hold harmless may be sought as provided above, the Indemnified Party will notify the Company in writing of such complaint or of the commencement of such action, proceeding or investigation. The Company shall select legal counsel to represent the Indemnified Party in such action, which may include counsel for the Company, unless such counsel has a conflict of interest in representing both, in which event, the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to participate with counsel of its choice in the defense of any such action, proceeding or investigation described in the preceding paragraphs, provided such counsel is reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and provided further, that the Company shall not in such event be responsible hereunder for the fees and expenses of more than one firm of separate counsel in connection with any action, proceeding or investigation in the same jurisdiction. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any action, proceeding or investigation effected without its written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

The Company agrees that, without PHC’s prior written consent, it will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation in respect of which indemnification could be sought hereunder (whether or not PHC or any other Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such claim, action, suit, proceeding or

Paragon Health Capital, LLC

330 N. Wabash Ave., Suite 3500

Chicago, Illinois 60611

Castle Creek Biosciences, LLC

November 2, 2020

Page 7 of 7

investigation), unless (a) such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from any liabilities arising out of such claim action, suit, proceeding or investigation and (b) the parties agree that the terms of such settlement shall remain confidential.

The Company and PHC agree that if any indemnification or reimbursement sought pursuant to the first paragraph of this Schedule I is for any reason unavailable or insufficient to hold any Indemnified Party harmless (except by reason of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Party) then, whether or not PHC is the person entitled to indemnification or reimbursement, the Company and PHC shall contribute to the Liabilities for which such indemnification or reimbursement is held unavailable in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (a) the relative benefits to the Company on the one hand and PHC on the other hand, in connection with the transaction to which such indemnification or reimbursement relates or (b) if the allocation provided by clause (a) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (a), but also the relative fault of the parties as well as any other relevant equitable considerations, provided, however, that in no event shall the amount to be contributed by PHC exceed the fees actually received by PHC under the Letter Agreement. The Company agrees that, for the purposes of this paragraph, the relative benefits to the Company and PHC of the contemplated transaction (whether or not such transaction is consummated) shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the aggregate consideration payable, exchangeable or transferable (or contemplated to be payable, exchangeable or transferable) in such transaction bears to the fees paid or payable to PHC as financial advisor under the Letter Agreement.

The rights of the Indemnified Parties referred to above shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may otherwise have; and shall remain in full force and effect regardless of the expiration or any termination of PHC’s engagement.

Paragon Health Capital, LLC

330 N. Wabash Ave., Suite 3500

Chicago, Illinois 60611

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Castle Creek Biosciences, Inc.

Subsidiary	Jurisdiction
Castle Creek Biosciences, LLC	Delaware
Isolagen International, S.A.	Switzerland